UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION

Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934

(Amendment No.    )

Filed by the Registrant  ☒                            Filed by a Party other than the Registrant  ☐

Check the appropriate box:

 

 Preliminary Proxy Statement
 Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
 Definitive Proxy Statement
 Definitive Additional Materials
 Soliciting Material under §240.14a-12

CENTURYLINK, INC.
(Name of registrant as specified in its charter)
(Name of person(s) filing proxy statement, if other than the registrant)
Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):
 No fee required.
 Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.
 (1) 

Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:

  

 

 (2) 

Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:

  

 

 (3) 

Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined):

  

 

 (4) 

Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:

  

 

 (5) Total fee paid:
  
  

 

 Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.
 Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.
 (1) 

Amount Previously Paid:

  

 

 (2) 

Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:

  

 

 (3) 

Filing Party:

  

 

 (4) 

Date Filed:

  

 

 

 

 


LOGO

LOGO


 

2018 Notice of Annual Meeting

and Proxy Statement

and

Annual Financial Report

 

 

May 23, 2018

10:00 a.m. local time

100 CenturyLink Drive

Monroe, Louisiana


 

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON MAY 23, 201820, 2020

This proxy statement and related materials are

available atwww.envisionreports.com/ctl. www.proxyvote.com.


LOGO

Dear Fellow Shareholders:

On behalf of the entire Board of Directors, I want to thank you for your support of CenturyLink.

Over the last year, we have certainly been busy. We are continuing the transformation we began a little more than two years ago with the acquisition of Level 3, responding to a continually and rapidly evolving world where our technology is key,de-risking our business by significantly improving our balance sheet, listening to and acting upon your feedback regarding corporate governance and executive compensation, and, as I write this letter, dealing with theCOVID-19 pandemic sweeping the world.

Committing to our Communities During theCOVID-19 Pandemic

As a company, we have taken many proactive steps to help “flatten the curve” of this virus. Our first priority is for the health and safety of our employees. All employees whose jobs allow them to work at home are currently doing so, approximately 75% of our global workforce, and, excluding our critical infrastructure personnel such as field technicians, close to 95% of our North American employees. Whether working from home or not, we have established strict social distancing practices, eliminated travel, and are using our own products and services to maintain a productive and engaged workforce during this period. We have also sought to mitigate the financial impact on employees. We have instituted an additional 80 hours of paid time off to be available forCOVID-19 issues and have expanded access to our short-term disability program to all U.S. employees. We are also working with our local leadership around the world to provide additional protections to ournon-U.S. employees.

Our employees’ response has been phenomenal. They recognize their efforts and our services are key components to our customers and communities combatting this disease. We are actively and urgently working with State, Local and Federal Governments around the globe to ensure they have the networking, connectivity and security capabilities they need to respond effectively. Similarly, we are working with our many Business and Consumer customers to ensure they have the capabilities to implement their own work-from-home initiatives and support their businesses. This is what our network was built to do. Our team is keeping people connected when it matters most, and I am incredibly proud of our team of employees. Their appreciation of their role with each other and their role in supporting our customers and communities across the globe has been truly remarkable.

We have also taken the FCC’s Keep America Connected Pledge, which means we will not disconnect or charge late fees to Consumer or Small Business customers experiencing hardships due toCOVID-19 and we have suspended data usage limits for these customers.

While the long-term effect of this pandemic remains to be fully understood, it is not too soon to say that secure,far-reaching and capable networks such as ours, together with the employees who bring them to life, are critical to the security and prosperity of the customers we serve around the world and the communities in which they live. We at CenturyLink are proud to be part of that.

The 4th Industrial Revolution

As the current crisis amply demonstrates, the world is more networked and more dynamic than ever. We are undergoing what has been termed the 4th Industrial Revolution, where digital technologies, Big Data and Artificial Intelligence (AI) fundamentally change the way the world and our customers engage in business and in governing.

CenturyLink’s core technologies are at the center of this new world. We believe the starting point for all communications is fiber as the fundamental transport technology. We are continually expanding what is already one of the world’s largest fiber networks (approximately 450,000 route miles), connecting new buildings (approximately 170,000 buildingson-net as ofyear-end), expanding our footprint (more than 60 countries today) and utilizing our extensive conduit systems to rapidly and economically augment with new fiber and transport technologies.


Internet Protocol (IP) is at the heart of this fiber-connected world and CenturyLink is at the heart of the IP world. Our IP network operates at incredible scale and can easily support our customers’ growing capacity needs. Work-from-home, distance learning, remote medicine and how the economy itself functions depend on IP and the services we provide. Whether you are a Content customer, Cloud Service Provider, Wholesaler, Enterprise, Small Business or one of our almost 5 million Consumer broadband customers, you rely on CenturyLink’s IP backbone.

Although compute resources are historically centralized into a few locations for each customer, we recognize that latency concerns, along with intensive bandwidth demands of Big Data and AI, require compute resources to move closer and closer to the network edge. Our fiber network and our newly launched CenturyLink Edge Compute products are meeting that need. For one global customer, we evaluated thousands of domestic U.S. locations and found that with slightly more than 100 CenturyLink edge compute facilities, we could serve 95% of those sites with less than 5 milliseconds of delay. This is a good, but not uncommon example of how ourfar-reaching fiber network and our focus on providing next generation solutions work together to solve our customers’ evolving needs.

There is a lot for us to look forward to in our business. But we also face pressures. As I regularly tell our team, we have to always “face the truth”, and the truth here is that a portion of our revenue will continue to decline. Products like legacy Consumer voice services or Enterprise private lines, which are based on technology from the early 2000’s, will continue to decline. These declines are expected to occur over long periods and are flattening, but these legacy declines will continue to put pressure on our top line.

Fiber is key even here. As an example, our fiber-based Consumer broadband services are growing. When we invest in fiber to a home, we change from an analog to a digital customer experience, with higher speeds, simpler product sets, better network performance, enhanced monitoring and even intuitive self-installs.

The bottom line is we operate one of the world’s largest, most powerful fiber networks. It is a critically valuable asset in which we will continue to invest to expand and upgrade – where we invest in fiber, we grow our business.

Financial Discipline

Many of you have heard me say that I believe growing Free Cash Flow per share is the best method for driving long-term growth in shareholder value. This principle is critical to how we run the business – focusing onprofitable revenue and disciplined financial management are essential to that end.

To drive profitable revenue, we have expanded our capabilities for businesses. As an example, operating in today’s hybrid-cloud world is complex for our customers. With services like Dynamic Connections (scalable, redirectable, instantaneous connectivity), Cloud Application Manager (where customers can control all of their cloud resources in a streamlined, seamless manner), Edge computing and Security embedded within the network itself, we greatly simplify our customers’ hybrid cloud environments.

At the beginning of 2019, we announced our digital and cost transformation efforts, with plans to achieve $800 million to $1 billion in cost transformation synergies over the next three years. During the year we made great progress, achieving approximately $430 million inrun-rate cost savings. The primary objective of our transformation efforts is to implement a digital operating model – evolving how our employees support our services and how our customers buy and consume those services. Cost efficiencies are a natural outcome of those efforts. As 2020 begins, we remain focused on streamlining and enhancing the CenturyLink customer experience.

Similarly, in early 2019 we announced our three-year plan to reduce net leverage to a range of 2.75 to 3.25 times Adjusted EBITDA. A strong balance sheet is critical to our ability to invest, pursue future growth opportunities and provide the flexibility to adapt to unforeseen events. I am pleased to say that we have made excellent progress toward this objective. We exited 2019 at 3.7x leverage – down from 4.0x at the end of 2018 and from 4.3x at the time of the Level 3 acquisition. In addition, over the last twelve months we refinanced $17 billion of debt – roughly half of our total outstanding debt, reducing interest expense and extending debt maturities. We believe our financial position is strong.


Corporate Governance and Executive Compensation

The CenturyLink Board continually reviews our Board composition, governance and executive compensation practices. During 2019, we deepened our engagement with you and listened to your feedback on these issues. In response to this feedback, we made extensive changes to our compensation plans. These changes are detailed in the proxy and included in a letter from the Chair of our Human Resources and Compensation Committee, Laurie Siegel.

Our Board of Directors continues to review our governance policies and Board composition to ensure we are aligned with the interests of all shareholders. Late last year, we announced several changes to the Board, including the retirement of Harvey Perry and Glen Post at our upcoming shareholder meeting. In addition, we recently added Hal Jones to the Board and, as you will see in the slate of Directors, Mary Landrieu has elected not to stand for reelection to the Board. With Harvey’s upcoming retirement, we are nominating Mike Glenn as Chairman of our Board. These changes reduce the size, improve the average tenure and position us to enhance important skills for our Board.

In addition, we established targets and expectations regarding key governance issues:

Average Board tenure of no more than 10 years. On this objective, I’m pleased to say that with the changes we are making to the Board, our average tenure will be nine years, compared to the12-year average last year;

All Board members except the CEO should be independent. With the proposed slate, that is now the case;

Maintaining a Board of between 10 and 12 directors. As you can see from the proxy, we are proposing an11-director slate;

Rotating Board chairs and assignments approximately every five years, which we are currently implementing; and

Strengthening oversight in key areas, such as our political contribution philosophy, ESG and gender pay equity initiatives.

Please join me in thanking Glen, Harvey and Mary for their leadership on your Board of Directors. At the time Harvey joined Glen on the Board more than 30 years ago, Century Telephone, as it was then known, had roughly $250 million in revenue, and operated primarily in small markets within 14 states. Over the years, Glen and Harvey have overseen the growth of the company into a global telecommunications leader, providing services in more than 60 countries with more than $20 billion in revenue. We are grateful to Glen, Harvey and Mary for their contributions and will miss their deep engagement and their counsel.

In the event it is not possible or advisable to hold anin-person annual meeting as currently planned, we are making arrangements to hold the meeting through virtual meeting technology. We will continue to monitor theCOVID-19 situation and will announce any alternative arrangements for the meeting as soon as possible. Please monitor our website at ir.centurylink.com and our filings with the SEC for updated information. If you are planning to attend our meeting, please check our website for updates, which will be posted no later than May 10, 2020. As always, we encourage you to vote your shares prior to the annual meeting.

Operating one of the world’s largest networks, we provide services that are extraordinarily important and relevant to the marketplace. We continue enhancing those services and the reach of our fiber network, responding to our customers’ evolving needs for ubiquitous, scalable and flexible solutions that allow them to control their own digital infrastructure and fuel their ongoing digital transformations. Whether for Content distribution, Big Data applications, AI, Cloud computing, Edge computing or Security, CenturyLink is at the heart of the 4th Industrial Revolution.

Wishing you all health, safety and strength during these trying times, and with thanks for your support.

Regards,

LOGO

Jeff Storey

President and Chief Executive Officer

CenturyLink


LOGO

Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting

of Shareholders

DATE AND TIME

May 20, 2020

10:00 a.m. local time

PLACE

CenturyLink Auditorium

CenturyLink Headquarters

100 CenturyLink Drive

Monroe, Louisiana

      ITEMS OF BUSINESS

  (1)

Elect as directors the 11 nominees named in the accompanying proxy statement

  (2)

Ratify the appointment of KPMG LLP as our independent auditor for 2020

  (3)

Approve an amendment to our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan

  (4)

Conduct anon-binding advisory vote to approve our executive compensation

  (5)

Transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting and any adjournment

RECORD DATE You can vote if you were a shareholder of record at the close of business on March 26, 2020.

PROXY VOTING Shareholders are invited to attend the meeting in person. Even if you expect to attend, we urge you to vote in advance using any of the methods listed below.

EMERGENCY CONTINGENCY PLAN As discussed further in the accompanying proxy statement, in the event existing public health concerns related toCOVID-19 persist, CenturyLink may take steps to best protect the health and welfare of all our stakeholders, including announcing alternate meeting attendance options or restrictions, or adjourning or rescheduling the meeting.

LOGO

Stacey W. Goff

Secretary

April 8, 2020

YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT TO US. WE URGE YOUR PARTICIPATION.

Using the voting instructions provided in your proxy materials, you may vote one of the following ways:

LOGOLOGOLOGOLOGO

By Internet:

visit www.proxyvote.com

By Phone:

call1-800-690-6903

By Mail:

mark, sign, date and return proxy card

In Person:

attend Annual Meeting


TABLE OF CONTENTS

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    i


Forward-Looking Statements

Except for historical and factual information contained herein, matters set forth in our 2020 proxy materials identified by words such as “expects,” “believes,” “will” and similar expressions are forward-looking statements as defined by the federal securities laws, and are subject to the “safe harbor” protection thereunder. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future results and are based on current expectations only, and are subject to uncertainties. Actual events and results may differ materially from those anticipated by us in those statements due to several factors, including those disclosed in our other filings with the SEC. We may change our intentions or plans discussed in our forward-looking statements without notice at any time and for any reason.

Certain Defined Terms

All references in this proxy statement or related materials to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” or “CenturyLink” refer to CenturyLink, Inc. In addition, each reference to (i) the “Board” refers to our Board of Directors, (ii) our “executives” or “executive officers”“Voting Shares” refers collectively to our six executive officers listed in the tables beginning on page 3shares of this proxy statement,Common Stock (“Common Shares”) and shares of Series L Preferred Stock (“Preferred Shares”), (iii) “meeting” or “annual meeting” refers to the 20182020 annual meeting of our shareholders described further herein, (iv) “executives,” “executive officers,” “named executives,” “named officers,” “named executive officers” or “NEOs” refers to the six current or former executivefive officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table appearing on page 7177 of this proxy statement, (v) “senior officers” refers to our executive officers and a

ii    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


limited number of additional officers whose compensation is determined by the Compensation Committee, (vi) “Compensation Committee” refers to the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of our Board, (vi) “legacy officers” or “legacy named officers”(vii) “Nominating Committee” refers to officers who commenced service with us prior to the Level 3 Combination,Nominating and “newly named executives” refers to named officers who commenced service with us upon completionCorporate Governance Committee of the Level 3 Combination, (vii)our Board, (viii) “Embarq” refers to Embarq Corporation, which we acquired on July 1, 2009, (viii)(ix) “Qwest” refers to Qwest Communications International Inc., which we acquired on April 1, 2011, (ix)(x) “Level 3” refers to Level 3 Parent, LLC and its predecessor, Level 3 Communications, Inc., prior to the Level 3 Combination on November 1, 2017, and to itssuccessor-in-interest Level 3 Parent, LLC thereafter, (x)(xi) “Level 3 Combination” refers to our business combination with Level 3, which was publicly announced on October 31, 2016 and consummated on November 1, 2017, (which we from time to time refer to as the “Closing” or “Closing Date”), and (xi) the(xii) “SEC” refers to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.Commission, (xiii) “ESG” refers to Environmental, Social and Governance, (xiv) “GAAP” refers to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and (xv) “NYSE” refers to the New York Stock Exchange. Unless otherwise provided, all information is presented as of the date of this proxy statement.


CenturyLink, Inc.

100 CenturyLink Drive

Monroe, Louisiana 71203

 

Notice of 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders

TIME AND DATE10:00 a.m. local time on May 23, 2018
PLACE

Corporate Conference Room

CenturyLink Headquarters

100 CenturyLink Drive

Monroe, Louisiana

ITEMS OF BUSINESS

(1)   Elect as directors the 13 nominees named in the accompanying proxy statement

(2)   Ratify the appointment of KPMG LLP as our independent auditor for 2018

(3)   Approve our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan

(4)   Conduct anon-binding advisory vote regarding our executive compensation

(5)   Act upon two separate shareholder proposals if properly presented at the meeting

(6)   Transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting and any adjournment.

RECORD DATEYou can vote if you were a shareholder of record on April 6, 2018.
PROXY VOTINGShareholders are invited to attend the meeting in person. Even if you expect to attend, it is important that you vote by telephone or the Internet, or by completing and returning a proxy or voting instruction card.

LOGO

Stacey W. Goff

Secretary

April 9, 2018


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                              Page

GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE ANNUAL MEETING

  
1

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

LOGO 3

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

2020 Proxy Statement    |    iii
  10


CENTURYLINKAT-A-GLANCE

Key 2019 Financial Highlights

During 2019, we met or exceeded all financial outlook measures we provided at the beginning of the year, including Adjusted EBITDA, Free Cash Flow, and Capital Expenditure objectives. Specifically, we:

 

Governance Guidelines

 10

IndependenceGenerated greater Enterprise and Tenure

12

Committees ofiGAM revenue in the Board

12

Director Nomination Process

14

Compensation Setting Process

16

Board’s Role in Overseeing Risk Management

16

Board’s Role in Setting Strategy

17

Top Board Leadership Positions and Structure

17

Accesssecond half 2019, compared to Information

18

RATIFICATION OF THE SELECTION OF THE INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

18

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

19

PROPOSAL TO APPROVE THE CENTURYLINK 2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

21

ADVISORY VOTES ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

29

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

29

OWNERSHIP OF OUR SECURITIES

35

Principal Shareholders

35

Executive Officers and Directors

36

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

38

Executive Summary

39

Our Compensation Philosophy and Linkage to Pay for Performance

42

Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay

48

Our Policies, Processes and Guidelines Related to Executive Compensation

64

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

70

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

71

Overview

71

Incentive Compensation and Other Awards

74

Pension Benefits

79

Deferred Compensation

81

Potential Termination Payments

82

Pay Ratio Disclosure

87

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

88

Overview

88

Cash and Stock Payments

89

Other Benefits

89

Director Stock Ownership Guidelines

90

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

91

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

92

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

92

Recent Transactions

92

Review Procedures

92

SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

92

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE MEETING

92

Quorum

92

Vote Required to Elect Directors

93

Vote Required to Adopt Other Proposals at the Meeting

93

Effect of Abstentions

93first half 2019 

 

Grew Adjusted EBITDA (excluding integration and transformation costs and special items) to $9.070 billion compared to $9.040 billion for the full year 2018

i

Expanded Adjusted EBITDA (excluding integration and transformation costs and special items) margin to 40.5%, compared to 38.6% for the full year 2018

Reduced Net Debt by approximately $2.0 billion in 2019, and reduced Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA to 3.7 times in 4Q19 from 4.0 times in 4Q18, moving closer to our three-year objective of 2.75 to 3.25 times

Refinanced approximately $17.0 billion in long-term debt (pro forma for first quarter 2020 activity), significantly reducing our cost of capital, and resulting in more than $200 million in annualized interest expense savings

For information on how ournon-GAAP metrics used above reconcile to GAAP measures, seeAppendix A. For more complete information on us and our recent performance, see the remainder of this proxy statement, includingAppendix B.

We are an international facilities-based communications company engaged primarily in providing a broad array of integrated services to our business and residential customers. We believe we are among the largest providers of communications services to domestic and global enterprise customers and the second largest enterprise wireline telecommunications company in the United States. We provide services in over 60 countries, with most of our revenue being derived in the United States.


We continue expanding the reach and capabilities of our network by investing at the edge of our world class fiber network consisting of approximately 450,000 route miles, connecting approximately 170,000 fiber-basedon-net enterprise buildings, connecting to public and private data centers and subsea networks. We are also investing in new technologies, leveraging our extensive fiber network that provides customers with dynamic bandwidth andlow-latency edge computing services to enable their digital transformation.

Our Customers:

CenturyLink provides services through five customer-facing segments:

International and Global Accounts Management (“iGAM”) Segment. Under our iGAM segment, we provide our products and services to approximately 200 global enterprise customers and three operating regions: Asia Pacific, Latin America, Europe Middle East and Africa. We serve customers in more than 60 countries and conduct business in 25 languages.

Enterprise Segment. Under our enterprise segment, we provide our products and services to large and medium domestic and global enterprises, and the public sector, which includes the U.S. federal, state and local governments and research and educational institutions.

Small and Medium Business (“SMB”) Segment. Under our SMB segment, we provide our products and services to small and medium businesses directly and through our indirect channel partners.

Wholesale Segment. Under our wholesale segment, we provide our products and services to a wide range of other communication providers across the wireline, wireless, cable, voice and data center sectors. Our wholesale customers range from large global telecom providers to small regional providers.

Consumer Segment. Under our consumer segment, we provide our products and services to residential customers across the United States.

Adjusted EBITDA

($ in billions)

LOGO

Leverage

Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA

LOGO

Net Debt

($ in billions)

LOGO

                              Page

Effect ofNon-Voting

  
93

Revocations

93

Voting by Participants in Our Benefit Plans

93

Cost of Proxy Solicitation

94

Other Matters Considered at the Meeting

94

Conduct of the Meeting

94

Postponement or Adjournment of the Meeting

94

OTHER MATTERS

95

Deadlines for Submitting Shareholder Nominations and Proposals for the 2019 Annual Meeting

95

Proxy Materials

95

Annual Financial Report

96

Appendix A — CenturyLink 2018 Equity Incentive Plan

A-1

Appendix B — Annual Financial Report

B-1

ii


CenturyLink, Inc.

100 CenturyLink Drive

Monroe, Louisiana 71203

PROXY STATEMENT

April 9, 2018

GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE ANNUAL MEETING

Why am I receiving these proxy materials?

Our Board of Directors is soliciting your proxy to vote at our 2018 annual meeting of shareholders because you owned shares of our stock at the close of business on April 6, 2018, the record date for the meeting, and are entitled to vote those shares at the meeting. Our proxy materials are being made available to you on the Internet beginning on or about April 12, 2018. This proxy statement summarizes information regarding matters to be considered at the meeting. For additional information on our proxy materials, see “Other Matters — Proxy Materials” appearing below.

When and where will the meeting be held?

The meeting will be held at 10:00 a.m. local time on Wednesday, May 23, 2018, in the corporate conference room at our corporate headquarters, 100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, Louisiana. If you would like directions to the meeting, please see our website,http://ir.centurylink.com. You do not need to attend the meeting to vote your shares.

What matters will be considered at the meeting?

Shareholders will vote on the following matters at the meeting:

Item and Page Reference

LOGO Board Voting
Recommendation2020 Proxy Statement    |    1
  

Vote Required for Approval

•  Election of the 13 director nominees named herein (Item 1, Page 3)

For each nomineeAffirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast

•  Ratification of the appointment of KPMG LLP as our independent auditor for 2018 (Item 2, Page 18)

ForAffirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast

•  Approval of our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to below as the “Incentive Plan” (Item 3, Page 21)

ForAffirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast

•  Non-binding advisory vote to approve our executive compensation (Item 4, Page 29)

ForAffirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast

•  A shareholder proposal regarding our lobbying activities, as further described in this proxy statement, if it is properly presented at the meeting (Item 5(a), Page 30)

AgainstAffirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast

•  A shareholder proposal regarding our billing practices, as further described in this proxy statement, if it is properly presented at the meeting (Item 5(b), Page 32)

AgainstAffirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast


How many votes may I cast?

You may cast one vote for every share of our common stock or Series L preferred stock that you owned on the record date. Our common stock and Series L preferred stock vote together as a single class on all matters. In this proxy statement, we refer to these shares as our “Common Shares” and “Preferred Shares,” respectively, and as our “Voting Shares,” collectively. As of the record date, we had 1,078,907,371 Common Shares and 7,018 Preferred Shares outstanding.

What is the difference between holding shares as a shareholder of record and as a beneficial owner?

If shares are registered in your name with our transfer agent, Computershare Investor Services L.L.C., you are the “shareholder of record” of those shares and you may directly vote these shares, together with any shares credited to your account if you are a participant in our automatic dividend reinvestment and stock purchase service.

If your shares are held on your behalf in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are the “beneficial owner” of shares held in “street name.” We have requested that our proxy materials be made available to you by your broker, bank or nominee, who is considered the shareholder of record of those shares.

If I am a shareholder of record, how do I vote?

If you are a shareholder of record, you may vote in person at the meeting or by proxy in any of the following three ways:

call1-800-652-8683 and follow the instructions provided;

log on to the Internet at www.envisionreports.com/ctl and follow the instructions at that site; or

request a paper copy of our proxy materials and, following receipt thereof, mark, sign and date your proxy card and return it to Computershare.

Please note that you may not vote by telephone or the Internet after 1:00 a.m. Central Time on May 23, 2018.

If I am a beneficial owner of shares held in street name, how do I vote?

As the beneficial owner, you have the right to instruct your broker, bank or nominee how to vote your shares by using any voting instruction card supplied by them or by following their instructions for voting by telephone, the Internet, or in person.

If I am a benefit plan participant, how do I vote?

Please see “Additional Information About the Meeting — Voting by Participants in Our Benefit Plans” appearing below.

Do I need identification to attend the meeting in person?

Yes. Please bring proper identification, together with the Important Notice Regarding Availability of Proxy Materials mailed to you, which will serve as your admission ticket. If your shares are held in street name, please bring acceptable proof of ownership, such as a letter from your broker or an account statement stating or showing that you beneficially owned Voting Shares on the record date.

Where can I find additional information about the conduct of the meeting, voting requirements, and other similar matters relating to the meeting?

Please see “Additional Information About the Meeting” appearing below.

ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

(Item 1 on Proxy or Voting Instruction Card)

The first proposal for consideration at the meeting is the election of each of the 1311 candidates named below as a director for aone-year term expiring at our 20192021 annual meeting of shareholders, or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.

Acting uponWho We Are

We believe our Board of Directors contains the recommendationright combination of skills and experience to drive shareholder value. Over the last several years, we have overseen the transformation of CenturyLink from a relatively small rural local exchange provider to one of the premier providers of communication services to domestic and global customers. More recently, we have overseen our company’s growth in Adjusted EBITDA over the last two years, reduction of its leverage, attainment of its merger synergy goals, and the identification of and progress toward achievement of additional opportunities to create value.

We have also worked to set the tone for excellence, integrity and diversity within our Board. Our directors represent a wide array of backgrounds in areas critical to our success including telecommunications, technology, government and finance as well as gender and other types of diversity. Additionally, we believe our Board is well equipped to oversee the Company’s strategy and risk management. Except for our CEO, all of our nominees have been determined to be independent.

Our Board sets the tone for governance excellence by maintaining provisions for majority voting, annual director elections and proxy access. Our Board also takes steps to ensure that it obtains information from a range of diverse sources including, among others, through shareholder engagement, invitations to key experts outside the Company to make presentations and active engagement with employees below theC-suite level. Also, in addition to shares earned via Board service, some of our directors have also purchased shares individually.

We invite you to read the board bios that follow to appreciate our directors’ individual accomplishments, attributes and skills. Your voting support for these nominees enables us to continue representing your interests and those of our stakeholders. We believe we have the right Board, with the right skills, perspectives, and experience, to manage the next phase in CenturyLink’s transformation.

Our Director Nominees

CenturyLink’s Nominating Committee recommended, and Corporate Governance Committee,the full Board nominated, the below-named 11 candidates. Other than Mr. Hal Jones, all of the nominees were elected to the Board has nominated the 13 below-named directors to stand forre-election toone-year terms at the 2019 annual meeting.

ü

Martha Bejar

ü

Virginia Boulet

ü

Peter Brown

ü

General Kevin Chilton

ü

Steven Clontz

ü

Michael Glenn

ü

Bruce Hanks

ü

Hal Jones

ü

Michael Roberts

ü

Laurie Siegel

ü

Jeff Storey

LOGO     

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTEFOR EACH OF THE ABOVE-NAMED NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR

2    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Board Qualifications

Director Qualifications

Board Skills and Experience

CenturyLink’s Board of Directors provides a wide array of skills, experience and perspectives that strengthen the Board’s ability to fulfill its oversight role on behalf of CenturyLink’s shareholders. We strive to maintain a well-rounded and diverse Board that balances:

telecommunications and technology experience with other industry expertise,

the institutional knowledge of long-tenured directors with the fresh perspective of newer directors, and

in-depth knowledge of areas critical to our business, such as cybersecurity and customer experience, with broad-based executive management skills.

As summarized below, our nominees bring a variety of skills and experience to our Board, developed across a variety of industries.

  DIRECTOR SKILLS AND EXPERTISEBejarBouletBrownChiltonClontzGlennHanksJonesRobertsSiegelStorey

SENIOR LEADERSHIP/EXECUTIVE EXPERIENCE/INDUSTRY EXPERIENCESenior/executive level experience in complex organizations, particularly those in the communications industry or selling services to enterprise customers.

🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑

BUSINESS AND DIGITAL TRANSFORMATIONExperience in leading or implementing transformation of a business or business unit, particularly with a focus on simplification and automation or risk management at an enterprise level.

🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑

RISK MANAGEMENTExperience overseeing complex enterprise risk management programs.

🌑🌑🌑🌑

FINANCE/PUBLIC ACCOUNTINGExperience in the oversight of internal controls and reporting of public company financial and operating results.

🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑

GLOBAL BUSINESS EXPERIENCEExperience crafting, leading or implementing international business strategy and operations.

🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑

CUSTOMER EXPERIENCEExperience developing strategies or leading efforts to improve and transform customer experience, particularly with respect to simplification and automation of customer platforms.

🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑

MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS EXPERIENCEExperience navigating growth opportunities, analyzing strategic transactions and negotiating complex transactions.

🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑

TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATIONExperience developing, leading or implementing new technology and innovation initiatives on an enterprise-wide basis, including a focus on digital risk mitigation.

🌑🌑🌑🌑🌑

HUMAN RESOURCES LEADERSHIPManaged human resources and talent management functions, including executive compensation system design.

🌑🌑

CYBERSECURITYKnowledge of the evolving landscape of data security, information technology and the transmission and storage of confidential information.

🌑🌑🌑

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCEExperience in assessing business operations in conjunction with evolving corporate governance and ESG principles to deliver responsible results to stakeholders.

🌑🌑🌑

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    3


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Board Qualifications

Board Diversity

LOGO

Our nominees embody tenure, gender, and professional diversity: Most of our nominees have served for four years or less. The remaining five nominees each have more than nine years of service and form the institutional knowledge backbone of the Board. More than a quarter of our nominees are women, and women hold key boardroom leadership positions including chairs of two of our four principal standing Board committees. Our commitment to gender diversity is longstanding – first electing a woman to the Board in 1995, when women in the boardroom were relatively rare. With nominees from the telecommunications and technology industries, and with leadership experience in global logistics, human capital management, the U.S. military, and international brand and franchise management – the Board’s professional experience represents a diversity of perspectives essential to effective risk management oversight.

4    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Director Biographies

Director Biographies

Martha H. Bejar

LOGO

Principal Occupation:

Former technology
executive and advisor

Committees:

Audit; Risk and
Security

Age 58

Independent Director

Director since 2016

Telecommunications Leadership with innovation experienceasco-founder and principal of Red Bison Advisory Group, LLC, which provides business advisory services to telecommunications and enterprise technology firms, from January 2014 to June 2019. Ms. Bejar also served as Chief Executive Officer and director at Unium, Inc., aWi-Fi service provider, from December 2016 to March 2018; as Chief Executive Officer and director of Flow Mobile, Inc., a broadband wireless company, from January 2012 to December 2015; as Chief Executive Officer and Chairperson of Infocrossing, Inc. (a U.S.-based cloud services affiliate of Wipro Limited) from January 2011 to March 2012; as President of Worldwide Sales and Operations at Wipro’s information technology services affiliate from 2009 to 2011; and as Corporate Vice President for the communications sector of Microsoft Corporation from June 2007 to June 2009. Prior to then, Ms. Bejar held diverse sales, operations, engineering and R&D positions at Nortel Networks Corporation and Bellsouth/AT&T

Current public company directorships: CommVault Systems; Sportsman’s Warehouse Holdings, Inc.; and Quadient SA (formerly Neopost)

Previous public company directorships in last five years: Mitel Networks Corporation and Polycom, Inc.

Other leadership experience:Rainer Scholars - Trustee and Board member

Virginia Boulet

LOGO

Principal Occupation:

Managing Director,
Legacy Capital LLC

Committees:

Nominating and
Corporate
Governance (Chair);
Human Resources
and Compensation

Age 66

Independent Director

Director since 1995

Corporate Governance and Securities expertiseas Special Counsel at Adams and Reese LLP from March 2002 to March 2014; as a Corporate and Securities Partner at Phelps Dunbar LLP from 1992 to March 2002; also served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of IMDiversity, Inc. from March 2002 to March 2004 and as an adjunct professor of securities regulation and mergers and acquisitions law at Loyola University - New Orleans College of Law, 2004 to 2018

Current public company directorships: W&T Offshore, Inc.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    5


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Director Biographies

Peter C. Brown

LOGO

Principal Occupation:

Chairman, Grassmere
Partners, LLC

Committees:

Finance (Chair); Audit

Age 61

Independent Director

Director since 2009

Executive Leadership, Finance, Growth and Strategic Development experienceas former Chairman and CEO of AMC Entertainment Inc. from 1999 to 2009 and its Chief Financial Officer from 1991 to 1999. Chairman of Grassmere Partners, LLC, a private investment firm, since 2009; founded EPR Properties, a NYSE-listed real estate investment trust, where he currently serves as a member of the Board of Trustees

Current public company directorships: Cinedigm Corporation and EPR Properties

Other leadership experience:CEC Entertainment, Inc.; National CineMedia, Inc.; Midway Games, Inc.; Lab One, Inc.; Protection One, Inc.; CORE Entertainment Holdings; Digital Cinema Implementation Partners; Movietickets.com; Swope Community Enterprises; Greater Kansas City Chamber of Commerce; The Advancement Board of the University of Kansas Medical Center and Hospital; Rockhurst High School; The Advisory Board of the University of Kansas Business School; The Kansas City Art Institute; and National Association of Theatre Owners

Kevin P. Chilton

LOGO

Principal Occupation:

President, Chilton &
Associates LLC

Committees:

Risk and Security
(Chair); Audit

Age 65

Independent Director

Director since 2017

Cybersecurity, Risk Management and Scientific leadership experience as a retired General following 34 years of service in the U.S. Air Force, including service as Commander, U.S. Strategic Command, from 2007 to 2011, overseeing the U.S. Department of Defense’s nuclear, space and cyberspace operations; as Commander, U.S. Air Force, Space Command from 2006 to 2007; as a NASA Astronaut from 1987 to 1996, including three space shuttle flights; and as Deputy Program Manager of the International Space Station from 1996 to 1998; currently serves as President of Chilton & Associates, LLC

Current public company directorships: AeroJet Rocketdyne

Previous public company directorships in last five years: Anadarko Petroleum Corporation, Level 3 Communications, Inc., Orbital ATK

Other leadership experience:Aerospace Corporation (a federally-funded R&D center); Air Force Academy Falcon Foundation; Jewish Institute for the National Security of America; Cobham Advanced Electronic Solutions; SEA Adventure Crusade, National Technology; and Engineering Solutions of Sandia, Los Alamos & Lawrence Livermore National Lab

6    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Director Biographies

Steven “Terry” Clontz

LOGO

Principal Occupation:

Global Corporate
Advisor

Committees:

Human Resources
and Compensation;
Nominating and
Corporate
Governance

Age 69

Independent Director

Director since 2017

Innovative Technologies and Global Telecommunications experience as the Chief Executive Officer of StarHub, Ltd., a Singaporean telecommunications company, from 1999 to 2010, and as the Senior Executive Vice President (International) of Singapore Technologies Telemedia Pte. Ltd. from 2010 to 2017; previously served as the Chief Executive Officer, President and a Director of IPC Information Systems from December 1995 to December 1998; Mr. Clontz held various senior executive positions (including President, Asia-Pacific) at BellSouth International, Inc. from 1987 to 1995; currently serves as a corporate advisor to ST Telemedia Pte. Ltd. since January 2018 and as a corporate advisor to Temasek International Advisors Pte. LTD. since January 2010

Current public company directorships: StarHub Ltd.

Previous public company directorships in last five years: Level 3 Communications, Inc. (2012 to 2017), InterDigital Wireless, Inc. (1998 to 2015)

Other leadership experience:Various positions with other communications companies, including Cloud9 Technologies LLC, PSA International Pte. Ltd.; Virgin Mobile Latin America, Inc. and STT GDC Pte. Ltd.

T. Michael Glenn

LOGO

Principal Occupation:

Senior Advisor, Oak
Hill Capital Partners

Committees:

Human Resources
and Compensation;
Audit

Age 64

Independent Director

Director since 2017

Market Development, Customer, Communications, Strategic, and Operational experience as the Executive Vice President of Market Development and Corporate Communications for FedEx Corp. from 1998 to December 2016; also served during this time as the President and Chief Executive Officer of FedEx Corporate Services and as a member of its five-person Executive Committee responsible for developing and implementing strategic business activities; previously held the role of Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing, Consumer Service and Corporate Communications for FedEx Express; currently serves as a senior advisor to Oak Hill Capital Partners, a private equity firm, since 2017

Current public company directorships: Pentair PLC

Previous public company directorships in last five years: Level 3 Communications, Inc.

Other leadership experience:Safe Fleet; Church Health; and Madonna Learning Center

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    7


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Director Biographies

W. Bruce Hanks

LOGO

Principal Occupation:

Consultant, Graham,

Bordelon, Golson &

Gilbert, Inc.

Committees:

Audit (Chair); Finance

Age 65

Independent Director

Director since 1992

Corporate Development, Finance, Public Accounting and Telecommunications executive experienceholding various senior level roles at CenturyLink from 1980 to 2001, including the Chief Operating Officer, Senior Vice President - Corporate Development and Strategy, Chief Financial Officer and President - Telecommunication Services; served as the Athletic Director of the University of Louisiana at Monroe from 2001 to 2004; began his career as a Certified Public Accountant with Peat, Marwick & Mitchell; currently a consultant for an investment management and financial planning company based in Monroe, Louisiana

Other leadership experience: Board member of the American Football Coaches Foundation and the Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine; National Association of Corporate Directors - Board Leadership Fellow; Advisory Board Member of IberiaBank Corporation; previous service on the executive boards of several national telecommunications industry associations, private organizations,non-profits, and other public companies not within the last five years

Hal S. Jones

LOGO

Principal Occupation:

Retired former

accounting executive

Committees:

None

Age 67

Independent Director

Director since
January 1, 2020

Public Accounting, Financial and Controls experience as the Chief Financial Officer of Graham Holdings (formerly known as the Washington Post Company) from 2009 to 2013; as the Chief Executive Officer and President of Kaplan Professional, a subsidiary of The Washington Post from 2008 to 2009; and through various senior level positions at The Washington Post Company, from 1989 to 2008; began his career as a Certified Public Accountant at PricewaterhouseCoopers from 1977 to 1988

Current public company directorships: Playa Hotels and Resorts, N.V.

Other leadership experience:Studio Theatre, a Washington, D.C.-basednon-profit theater production company

8    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Director Biographies

Michael J. Roberts

LOGO

Principal Occupation:

Founder and Chief

Executive Officer,

Westside Holdings
LLC

Committees:

Human Resources
and Compensation;

Nominating and

Corporate
Governance

Age 69

Independent Director

Director since 2011

Fortune 500 Global Executive, Marketing, and Customer experience as the President and Chief Operating Officer of McDonald’s Corporation from 2004 to 2006; previously served as the Chief Executive Officer of McDonald’s USA during 2004 and prior to that in various senior level roles at McDonald’s USA from 2001 to 2004; since 2006, currently serves as founder and chief executive officer of Westside Holdings LLC, a marketing and brand development company

Current public company directorships: W. W. Grainger, Inc.

Laurie A. Siegel

LOGO

Principal Occupation:

Founder of LAS

Advisory Services

Committees:

Human Resources
and

Compensation
(Chair);

Nominating and

Corporate
Governance

Age 63

Independent Director

Director since 2009

Human Resources and Executive Compensation experience as Senior Vice President of Human Resources and Internal Communication of Tyco International from 2003 to 2012; held various senior level positions at Honeywell International, Inc. from 1994 to 2002; founded in 2012 LAS Advisory Services, a business and human resources consultancy; currently serves as a Senior Advisor to the G100 and as a Chairman of the G100 Talent Consortium

Current public company directorships: FactSet Research Systems, Inc., California Resources Corporation

Previous public company directorships in last five years: Volt Information Sciences, Inc.

Other leadership experience:Positions with variousnon-profit organizations, including Understood(non-profit); Morristown Festival of Books; and currently serves on the Board of Directors of Swoop, a venture-backed company providing enterprise solutions enablingco-workers to carpool to work

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    9


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Director Biographies

Jeffrey K. Storey

LOGO

Principal Occupation:

President and Chief

Executive Officer,

CenturyLink

Committees:

Risk and Security

Age 59

Director since 2017

Innovative Transformational Telecommunications and Cybersecurity experience as the President and Chief Executive Officer of CenturyLink since 2018; previously served as the Chief Operating Officer of CenturyLink between 2017 and 2018; previously served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Level 3 Communications, Inc. from April 2013 to November 2017; also held the positions of President and Chief Operating Officer of Level 3 Communications, Inc. from December 2008 to April 2013; served as the President of Leucadia Telecommunications Group (Leucadia National Corporation) from 2006 to 2008; as the Chief Executive Officer and President of WilTel Communications Group Inc. from 2002 to 2005 and in various other senior level positions with WilTel or its affiliates from 1999 to 2002; held the title of Vice President of Commercial Services of Cox Communications from 1998 to 1999 and also served as a Vice President and General Manager of Cox Fibernet from 1994 to 1998; began his career in telecommunications in 1983 with Southwestern Bell Telephone where he held various engineering and operations positions

Previous public company directorships in last five years: Level 3 Communications, Inc. (2013 to 2017)

Other leadership experience:Member of the National Security Telecommunications Advisory Committee

Votes Required

To be elected, each of the 11 nominees must receive an affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast with respect to the election of directors. Any director failing to receive a majority of votes cast must promptly tender his or her resignation.

Unless authority is withheld,otherwise directed, all votes attributable to Voting Sharesvoting shares represented by each duly executed and delivered proxy will be cast for the election of each of the 13 below-namedabove-named nominees. If you wish to give specific instructions with respect to voting for directors, you may do so by indicating your instructions on your proxy or voting instruction card.

Under our bylawBylaws nominating procedures, these nominees are the only individuals who may be elected at the meeting. If for any reason any such nominee should decline or become unable to stand for election as a director, which we do not anticipate, the persons named as proxies may vote instead for another candidate designated by the Board, withoutre-soliciting proxies.

For additional information about our director nomination process and agreements under which we are obligated to nominate certain directors at the meeting, see “Corporate Governance — Director Nomination Process.”

As discussed further under “Additional Information About the Meeting — Vote Required to Elect Directors,” to be elected each of the 13 nominees must receive an affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast.

Nominees For Election to the Board:

Listed below is information on each of the 13 individuals nominated to stand for election to the Board.

The Board recommends that you vote “FOR” each of the following nominees:

 

LOGO

 

Martha H. Bejar, age 56; a director since January 2016;co-founder and principal of Red Bison Advisory Group LLC, a telecommunications and technology advisory firm founded in early 2014; Chief Executive Officer and director of Unium Inc., aWi-Fi service provider, from March 2017 to March 2018; Chief Executive Officer and director of Flow Mobile, Inc., a telecommunications company offering rural broadband wireless access services, from January 2012 to December 2015; venture partner at The Prometheus Partners, a business services company, from April 2012 to May 2014; Chairperson and Chief Executive Officer of Wipro Infocrossing Inc., a U.S.-based cloud services affiliate of Wipro Limited, from January 2011 to March 2012; President of Worldwide Sales and Operations at Wipro Technologies Inc., an IT services affiliate of Wipro Limited, from June 2009 to January 2011; Corporate Vice President for the communications sector at Microsoft Corporation, from June 2007 to June 2009; held various positions at Nortel Networks Corporation, a telecommunications and data networking company, from 1997 to 2007, including Regional President and President of North America Sales, Sales Engineering and Sales Operations; currently a director of Mitel Networks Corporation; formerly a director of Polycom, Inc. within the past five years.

Key Qualifications, Experiences and Skills:

•  Executive experience in communications and technology industries

•  Experience as a chief executive officer

•  International business and engineering experience

•  Qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert”

•  Current or former director of other publicly-held companies

LOGO

10    |    2020 Proxy Statement  

Virginia Boulet, age 64; a director since 1995; a managing director at Legacy Capital LLC, an investment banking firm based in New Orleans, Louisiana, since March 2014; Special Counsel at Adams and Reese LLP, a law firm, from 2002 to March 2014; prior to then, practiced as a corporate and securities attorney for Phelps Dunbar, L.L.P. from 1992 to 2002 and Jones Walker LLP from 1983 to 1992; an adjunct professor of securities regulation law and merger and acquisition law at LoyolaUniversity-New Orleans College of Law since 2004; currently a director of W&T Offshore, Inc.

Key Qualifications, Experiences and Skills:

•  Legal experience representing telecommunications companies and regarding business combinations

•  Director of another publicly-held company

LOGO

Peter C. Brown, age 59; a director since 2009; Chairman of Grassmere Partners, LLC, a private investment firm, since July 2009; held several executive level positions, including Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, with AMC Entertainment Inc., a theatrical exhibition company, from 1991 to 2009; founded EPR Properties, a NYSE-listed real estate investment trust formerly known as Entertainment Properties Trust, in 1997 and served as a member of the Board of Trustees until 2003; currently a director of EPR Properties and Cinedigm Corp.

Key Qualifications, Experiences and Skills:

•  Experience as a former chief executive of a publicly-held company

•  Qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert”

•  Director of other publicly-held companies

LOGO

General Kevin P. Chilton (USAF, Retired), age 63; a director since November 2017; served as a director of Level 3 prior to November 2017; an independent consultant since 2011; served as Commander, U.S. Strategic Command, from 2007 through 2011, overseeing operations for the U.S. Department of Defense nuclear, space and cyberspace operations; retired in 2011 from the U.S. Air Force after 34 years of service; served from 2006 to 2007 as Commander of Air Force Space Command, where he was responsible for all Air Force space and nuclear ICBM programs; served as a NASA astronaut from 1987 to 1996, including on three space shuttle flights, and as the Deputy Program Manager for the International Space Station from 1996 to 1998; currently serves as a director of Orbital ATK Corporation; formerly a director of Anadarko Petroleum Corporation, and Aerospace Corporation, a federally-funded research and development center that is sponsored by the U.S. Air Force, within the past five years.

Key Qualifications, Experiences and Skills:

•  Executive and managerial experience in space, cyber and military programs

•  Public policy, regulatory and political experience

•  Governmental contracting experience

•  Qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert”

•  Current or former director of other publicly-held companies

LOGO


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

LOGO

Steven T. Clontz, age 67; a director since November 2017; served as a director of Level 3 prior to November 2017; Corporate Advisor to ST Telemedia Pte. Ltd. since January 2018 and Corporate Advisor to Temasek International Advisors Pte. Ltd. since January 2010; served as Senior Executive Vice President (International) of Singapore Technologies Telemedia Pte. Ltd. from January 2010 to December 2017; previously served as chief executive officer of StarHub Limited from 1999 to 2010; served as chief executive officer, president and a director of IPC Information Systems from 1995 through 1998; between 1987 and 1995, worked at BellSouth International, where he held senior executive positions, serving the last three years as president of its Asia-Pacific division; began his career as an engineer with Southern Bell in 1973; currently serves as thenon-executive Chairman of StarHub Limited; served as a director of InterDigital, Inc. from 1998 until 2015 and Equinix, Inc. from 2005 until 2013.

Key Qualifications, Experiences and Skills:

•  Experience as a former chief executive of a publicly-held company

•  Executive and engineering experience in the telecommunications industry

•  International business experience

•  Current or former director of other domestic and international publicly-held companies

LOGO

T. Michael Glenn, age 62; a director since November 2017; served as a director of Level 3 prior to November 2017; Senior Advisor at Oak Hill Capital Partners since November 2017; served as Executive Vice President of Market Development and Corporate Communications for FedEx Corporation until his retirement in December 2016, where he previously served as a member of the five-person Executive Committee, responsible for planning and executing the corporation’s strategic business activities, and as President and Chief Executive Officer of FedEx Corporate Services, responsible for all marketing, sales and retail operations functions for all FedEx Corporation operating companies; served as Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing, Customer Service and Corporate Communications for FedEx Express, where he was responsible for directing all marketing, customer service, employee communications and public relations activities; currently serves as a director of Pentair plc and formerly served as a director of other publicly-traded domestic corporations

Key Qualifications, Experiences and Skills:

•  Executive experience with a multi-national company

•  Marketing strategy, communications and process development experience

•  Current or former director of other publicly-held companies

LOGO

W. Bruce Hanks, age 63; a director since 1992;non-executive Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of CenturyLink since May 2017 and lead independent director since February 2018; a consultant with Graham, Bordelon, Golson and Gilbert, Inc., an investment management and financial planning company, since 2005; Athletic Director of the University of Louisiana at Monroe from 2001 to 2004; held various executive positions at CenturyLink from 1980 through 2001, most notably Chief Operating Officer, Senior Vice President — Corporate Development and Strategy, Chief Financial Officer, and President — Telecommunications Services; worked as a certified public accountant with Peat, Marwick & Mitchell for three years prior to then; currently an advisory director of IberiaBank Corporation; also served in the past on the executive boards of several telecommunications industry associations and the boards of other publicly-held companies.

Key Qualifications, Experiences and Skills:

•  Prior executive experience with, and historical knowledge of, our Company

•  Former experience as a certified public accountant

•  Qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert”

•  Prior experience as a director of other publicly-held companies

LOGO

Mary L. Landrieu, age 62; a director since November 2015; senior policy advisor at Van Ness Feldman, LLP, a Washington D.C.-based law firm, since May 2014; policy advisor at Walton Family Foundation, a philanthropic organization focused on improvingK-12 education and supporting economic incentives for sustainable resource management, from 2014 to 2016; U.S. Senator from the State of Louisiana from 1996 to 2014, where she chaired the Senate Committee on Energy and Natural Resources, served on the Senate Committee on Appropriations, chaired the Subcommittees on Homeland Security, Financial Services and General Government, and the District of Columbia, chaired the Senate Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship, served on the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and chaired the Subcommittee on Disaster Recovery; Louisiana state treasurer from 1988 to 1996; Louisiana state legislative representative from 1980 to 1988; currently serves on the board of trustees or board of directors of several national organizations promoting education or children’s welfare.

Key Qualifications, Experiences and Skills:

•  Governmental and government relations experience

•  Public policy and governmental finance experience

LOGO

Harvey P. Perry, age 73; a director since 1990;non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of CenturyLink since May 2017 and, prior to then,non-executive Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of CenturyLink since 2004; retired from CenturyLink in 2003; joined CenturyLink in 1984, serving as Secretary and General Counsel for approximately 20 years and Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer for almost five years; prior to then, worked as an attorney in private practice for 15 years.

Key Qualifications, Experiences and Skills:

•  Prior executive experience with, and historical knowledge of, our Company

•  Legal experience representing telecommunications companies

LOGO

Glen F. Post, III, age 65; a director since 1985; Chief Executive Officer of CenturyLink since 1992(1), and President of CenturyLink between 1990 and November 1, 2017 (except for 2002 to 2009); Chairman of the Board of CenturyLink between 2002 and 2009; Vice Chairman of the Board of CenturyLink between 1993 and 2002; held various other positions at CenturyLink between 1976 and 1993, most notably Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer.

Key Qualifications, Experiences and Skills:

•  Executive experience in the telecommunications business

•  Experience as our chief executive

LOGO

Michael J. Roberts, age 67; a director since 2011; Chief Executive Officer and founder of Westside Holdings LLC, a marketing and brand development company, since 2006; served as President and Chief Operating Officer of McDonald’s Corporation, a foodservice retailer, from 2004 to 2006; served as Chief Executive Officer of McDonald’s USA during 2004 and as President of McDonald’s USA from 2001 to 2004; currently a director of W.W. Grainger, Inc.

Key Qualifications, Experiences and Skills:

•  Experience as a chief executive

•  Marketing and branding expertise

•  Director of another publicly-held company

LOGO

Laurie A. Siegel, age 62; a director since 2009; a business and human resources consultant since 2012; retired in September 2012 from Tyco International Ltd., a diversified manufacturing and service company, where she served as Senior Vice President of Human Resources and Internal Communications since 2003; held various positions with Honeywell International Inc. from 1994 to 2002, including Vice President of Human Resources — Specialty Materials; prior to then, was director of global compensation at Avon Products and a principal of Strategic Compensation Associates; currently a director of FactSet Research Systems Inc. and Volt Information Sciences, Inc.

Key Qualifications, Experiences and Skills:

•  Executive experience with a multi-national company

•  Human resources, executive compensation and communications expertise

•  Director of other publicly-held companies

(1)For a discussion of Mr. Post’s retirement effective on the date of the meeting, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”

LOGO

Jeffrey K. Storey, age 57; a director since November 2017; President and Chief Operating Officer of CenturyLink since November 2017(2); served as a director and President and Chief Executive Officer of Level 3 from April 2013 to October 2017 and as President and Chief Operating Officer of Level 3 from December 2008 until April 2013; served between 2006 and 2008 as President, Leucadia Telecommunications Group of Leucadia National Corporation, where he directed and managed Leucadia’s investments in telecommunications companies; prior to that, beginning in October 2002, served as President and Chief Executive Officer of WilTel Communications Group, LLC until its sale to Level 3 in December 2005; prior to that position, served as Chief Operations Officer, Network for Williams Communications, Inc., where he had responsibility for all areas of operations for the company’s communications network, including planning, engineering, field operations, service delivery and network management.

Key Qualifications, Experiences and Skills:

•  Executive experience in the telecommunications business

•  Experience as a chief executive officer of a publicly-held company

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors:Directors

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Listed below is information on each of our executive officers who are not directors.(3) Unless otherwise indicated, each person has been engaged in the principal occupation shown for more than the past five years.

 

Shaun C. Andrews
Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer

 

LOGOLOGO

 

Age: 47

 

Shaun Andrews has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer since August 2019. He has responsibility for the Company’sgo-to-market strategy, product development, privacy, and product management. Shaun also has oversight of the Company’s global marketing organization, including managing the Company’send-to-end customer experience, brands, global messaging, digital campaigns and marketing technology. Shaun started with CenturyLink in 2017 as Executive Vice President, Product Management. Mr. Andrews previously served in several capacities at Level 3 Communications, Inc., most recently as the Senior Vice President of IP and Real-Time Communications from 2016 until the Level 3 and CenturyLink combination. Prior to that role, Mr. Andrews served as Level 3’s Senior Vice President, Global Voice Services from 2012 to 2016. Mr. Andrews has nearly 25 years of experience in the technology industry, including positions with AT&T, WilTel and SBC Communications.

Indraneel Dev
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

LOGO

Age: 48

Neel Dev has served as Chief Financial Officer since September 2018. Mr. Dev has global responsibility for managing the Company’s financial planning, accounting, tax, treasury, investor relations, real estate, procurement and supply chain functions. Mr. Dev has more than 20 years of telecommunications industry experience in both operational and financial roles. He also served as Group Vice President, Finance from February 2004 to November 2017 with Level 3 Communications, Inc. and then with CenturyLink from November 2017 to September 2018. Prior to joining Level 3, Mr. Dev held leadership positions with MCI (subsequently acquired by Verizon) and MFS Communications, with both financial and operating responsibilities.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    11


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Stacey W. Goff, age 52;
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since 2009 and, in addition, Chief Administrative Officer since November 1, 2014; served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary prior to 2009.

 

LOGOLOGO

 

Age: 54

 Aamir Hussain, age 50;

Stacey Goff has practiced law for more than 25 years, and participated in our executive decision-making for several years. CenturyLink appointed him to his current role in 2009. Stacey supervises not only the Company’s legal team, but also its government relations and aviation functions. He started with CenturyLink in 1998 as Director-Corporate Legal. From November 2014 to May 2018 he served as our Chief Administrative Officer. Prior to joining CenturyLink, Stacey practiced corporate and securities law with Jones Walker LLP in New Orleans.

Scott A. Trezise
Executive Vice President, and Chief Technology Officer since October 2014; served as Managing Director and Chief Technology Officer for the Europe division at Liberty Global plc from February 2012 to October 2014; served as Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Covad Communications from October 2008 to February 2012; prior to then he held leadership and technology design roles throughout his career at TELUS Corporation, Qwest, BellSouth Corporation, Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. and Motorola Solutions Inc.

(2)For a discussion of proposed changes to Mr. Storey’s role effective on the date of the meeting, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
(3)Information on Messrs. Post and Storey appears on pages 7 and 8.

Human Resources

 

LOGOLOGO

 

Age: 51

 Sunit S. Patel, age 56; Executive Vice President

Scott Trezise has served in his current position since August 2013 and Chief Financial Officer since November 2017; served Level 3 as its Chief Financial Officer since May 2003has responsibility for the Company’s talent acquisition, employee engagement, training and Executive Vice President since March 2008;development, compensation and benefits, payroll and labor relations. Previously, Mr. Trezise served as Groupthe Senior Vice President of Level 3 from March 2003 to March 2008; served as Chief Financial Officer of Looking Glass Networks, Inc., a provider of metropolitan fiber optic networks, from April 2000 until March 2003; served as Treasurer of WorldCom Inc. and MCI Worldcom Inc., each long distance telephone service providers, from 1997 to March 2000; served as Treasurer of MFS Communications Company, Inc. from 1994 to 1997.

LOGO

Scott A. Trezise, age 49; Executive Vice President – Human Resources since August 2013; served as Senior Vice President – Human Resources forof The Shaw Group Inc. from June 2010 until its acquisition by Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. in February 2013;2013. Additionally, Mr. Trezise served as the Vice President of Human Resources for Honeywell International Inc. from June 2005 to June 2010.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Governance Guidelines

How Our Board has adopted corporate governance guidelines, which it reviews at least annually. For information on how you can obtain a complete copy of our guidelines, see “— Access to Information” below.is Selected and Elected

Among other things, our corporate governance guidelines provide as follows:Director Nomination Process

Director Qualifications

The Board of Directors will have a majority of independent directors. The Nominating Committee considers possible candidates suggested by Board and Committee members, shareholders who comply with our Bylaws, and senior management. Fromtime-to-time, the Nominating Committee may engage a third-party search firm to assist in identifying and evaluating qualified candidates. In 2019, the Nominating Committee retained an independent firm to help identify director prospects, perform candidate outreach, assist in reference and background checks, and provide other related services.

Under our Corporate Governance Guidelines, the Nominating Committee is responsible for reviewing with the Board,assesses director candidates based on an annual basis, the requisitetheir merits, independence, diversity, character, skills, and characteristicsexperience in the context of the needs of the Board. When evaluating candidates for nomination as new directors, the Nominating Committee will consider (and will ask any search firm that it engages to provide) a pool of candidates that includes women and individuals from diverse backgrounds. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines also establish a target average director tenure of no more than ten years, set a goal of all Board members as well as(except our CEO) being independent, and express the compositionBoard’s general sense that no director should be age 75 or older prior to the next annual shareholders meeting. The Nominating Committee may, but has not formally chosen to, establish additional qualifications. The Nominating Committee evaluates each individual in the context of the Board as a whole.

The Board expects directorswhole, with the objective of recommending nominees who change the job or responsibility they held when they were electedcan best contribute to the Board to volunteer to resign from the Board.

On the terms and subject to the conditions specified in our bylaws, directors will be elected by a majority votesuccess of the shareholdersbusiness and any incumbent director failing to receive a majority of votes cast must promptly tender his or her resignation to the Board.

No director may serve on more than two other unaffiliated public company boards, unless this prohibition is waived by the Board.

No director may be appointed or nominated to a new term if he or she would be age 75 or older at the time of the election or appointment.

Annually, the Board will determine affirmatively which of our directors are independent for purposes of complying with our corporate governance guidelines and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. A director will not be independent for these purposes unless the Board affirmatively determines that the director does not, either directly or indirectlybest represent shareholder interests through the director’s affiliates or associates, have a material commercial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable, familial or other relationship with the Company or its affiliates, other than as a director.

Director Responsibilities

The Board periodically reviews our long-term strategic plans and holds strategic planning sessions.

Directors are required to hold confidential allnon-public information obtained due to their directorship position absent the express permission of the Board to disclose such information.

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, when a management director retires or ceases to be an active employee for any other reason, that director will be considered to have resigned concurrently from the Board.

Chairman; Lead Director

The Board elects a Chairman from among its members. The Chairman may be a director who also has executive responsibilities, including the CEO (an executive chair), or may be one of the Company’s independent directors (anon-executive chair). The Board believes it is in the best interests of the Company for the Board to remain flexible with respect to whether to elect an executive chair or anon-executive chair so that the Board may provide for succession planning and respond effectively to changes in circumstances.

The Chairman’s responsibilities include planning for and presiding at meetings of the Board and overseeing the functioning of the Board.

Thenon-management directors meet in executive session on multiple occasions throughout the year. The lead director’s responsibilities include planning for and presiding at each meeting of thenon-management directors.(4)

CEO Evaluation and Management Succession

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee conducts an annual review of the CEO’s performance and provides a report of its findings to the Board.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee reports periodically to the Board on succession planning.

Recoupment of Compensation

If the Board or any committee of the Board determines that any bonus, incentive payment, commission, equity award or other compensation awarded to or received by an executive officer was based on any financial or operating result that was impacted by the executive officer’s knowing or intentional fraudulent or illegal conduct, we may recover from the executive officer the compensation the Board or any committee of the Board considers appropriate under the circumstances.

Stock Ownership Guidelines

We require our executive officers to beneficially own CenturyLink stock equal in market value to specified multiplescontribution of their annual base salary. All executive officers have three years from the date they first become subject to a particular ownership level to attain that target.

We require our outside directors to beneficially own CenturyLink stock equal in market value to five times their annual cash retainer. Outside directors have five years from their election or appointment date to attain that target.

For any year during which an executive or director does not meet his or her ownership target, the executive or director is required to hold a specified percentage of the CenturyLink stock that the executive or director acquires through our equity compensation programs, excluding shares sold to pay taxes associated with the acquisition thereof.

The Human Resourcesperspective, merit, experience, and Compensation Committee administers the guidelines, and may modify their terms and grant hardship exceptions in its discretion.

See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Our Policies, Processes and Guidelines Related to Executive Compensation — Stock Ownership Guidelines” for information on the executive ownership multiples and the holding percentages currently in effect.

Standards of Business Conduct and Ethics

All of our directors, officers and employees are required to abide by our long-standing ethics and compliance policies and programs, which include standards of business conduct.

Any waiver of our policies, principles or guidelines relating to business conduct or ethics for executive officers or directors may be made only by the Board or one of its duly authorized committees.

Other

Directors have full access to our officers and employees.

Like most other NYSE-listed companies, (i) the Board’s principal committees are comprised solely of independent directors, (ii) we provide orientation for new directors, (iii) we maintain a continuing education program for our directors, and (iv) the Board and each committee conducts annual self-reviews.

(4)For related information, see “— Top Board Leadership Positions and Structure.”

Independence and Tenure

Based on the information made available to it, the Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that all but one of ournon-management directors qualifies as an independent director under the standards referred to above under “— Governance Guidelines.” In making these determinations, the Board, with assistance from counsel, evaluated responses to a questionnaire completed by each director regarding relationships and possible conflicts of interest. In its review of director independence, the Board considered all known commercial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable, familial or other relationships any director may have with us.

In late 2017, we awarded through competitive bidding a telecommunications service agreement to a company owned by the brother of Harvey P. Perry, the Company’s Chairman of the Board. In connection with reviewing this arrangement in early 2018, the Board determined that Mr. Perry did not qualify as an independent director under the Company’s above-cited standards, and named W. Bruce Hanks, the Company’s Vice Chairman of the Board, as lead independent director.

Someof our other directors (excluding Mr. Perry) are employed by or affiliated with companies with which we do business in the ordinary course, either as a service provider, a customer or both. As required under the NYSE listing standards and our corporate governance guidelines, our Board examined the amounts spent by us with those companies and by those companies with us. In all cases the amounts spent under these transactions fell well below the materiality thresholds established in the NYSE listing standards and in our corporate governance guidelines. Consequently, our Board concluded that the amounts spent under these transactions did not create a material relationship with us that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment by any of these other directors.

As illustrated below, most of our directors are independent, and almost half have served on our Board for three years or less:

  INDEPENDENCE

 

   TENURE

 

  
  10

 

 3

 

   6

 

 3

 

 4

 

  
              Independent       Non-independent   1-3 yrs 4-9 yrs 10+ yrs  

Committees of the Board

During 2017, the Board of Directors held 20 meetings.

During 2017, the Board’s Audit Committee held eight meetings. The Audit Committee is currently composed of four independent directors, all of whom the Board has determined to be audit committee financial experts, as defined under the federal securities laws. The Audit Committee’s functions are described further below under “Audit Committee Report.”

The Board’s Human Resources and Compensation Committee (which in most instances is hereinafter referred to as the “Compensation Committee”) met 11 times during 2017. The Compensation Committee is currently composed of four independent directors, allof whom qualify as“non-employee directors” under Rule16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Compensation Committee is described further below under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Our Policies, Processes and Guidelines Related to Executive Compensation — Our Compensation Decision-Making Process — Role of Compensation Committee.”

The Board’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (which in most instances is hereinafter referred to as the “Nominating Committee”) is currently composed of four independent directors. It met six times during 2017.skill set. The Nominating Committee is responsible for, among other things, (i) recommending toand the Board nominees to serve as directorsalso evaluates on a periodic basis the effectiveness of its nominating processes and officers, (ii) monitoring the composition and size of the Board and its

committees, (iii) periodically reassessing our corporate governance guidelines described above, (iv) leading the Board in its annual review of the Board’s performance, (v) reviewing shareholder proposals and making recommendations to the Board regarding how to respond, (vi) conducting an intensive annual review of the performance of our Chief Executive Officer, including interviewing each of our other senior officers, and (vii) reporting to the Board on succession planning for executive officers and appointing an interim CEO if the Board does not make such an appointment within 72 hours of the CEO dying or becoming disabled.procedures. For information on how a shareholder may nominate a person for election as a director, please see the director nomination process, see “— Director Nomination Process” below.

The Board maintains a Risk Evaluation Committee, which met four times during 2017. This Committee ismandatory procedure described further below under the heading “— Risk Oversight.”

The Board has also established a Pricing Committee, which has authority to approve the terms and conditions under which we offer or sellin our securities or borrow money. This committee is comprised of Peter C. Brown, W. Bruce Hanks and Glen F. Post, III.

Each of the committees listed above is composed solely of independent directors (as defined under the standards referred to above under “— Governance Guidelines”), except for the Risk Evaluation Committee, which includes Harvey P. Perry, and the Pricing Committee, which includes Glen F. Post, III.

The table below lists the Board’s standing committees and their membership as of the date of this proxy statement:Bylaws.

 

Director(1)

Audit
Committee
Member

Human Resources
and  Compensation
Committee
Member

Nominating  and
Corporate
Governance
Committee
Member

Risk Evaluation
Committee
Member

Pricing
Committee

Member

Martha H. Bejar

Virginia Boulet

12    |    2020 Proxy Statement
  Chair

Peter C. Brown

Chair

Kevin P. Chilton(2)

Steven T. Clontz(3)

T. Michael Glenn(4)

W. Bruce Hanks

Chair

Mary L. Landrieu

Harvey P. Perry

Glen F. Post, III

Michael J. Roberts

Laurie A. Siegel

ChairLOGO

(1)Jeffrey K. Storey sits on no board committees.
(2)Kevin P. Chilton joined the Audit Committee and Risk Evaluation Committee on November 1, 2017.
(3)Steven T. Clontz joined the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee on November 1, 2017.
(4)T. Michael Glenn joined the Human Resources and Compensation Committee on November 1, 2017.

If you would like additional information on the responsibilities of the committees listed above, please refer to the committees’ respective charters, which can be obtained in the manner described below under “— Access to Information.”

During 2017, all of our directors attended at least 75% of the aggregate number of all board meetings and all meetings of board committees on which they served. In addition, each of our directors then in office attended the 2017 annual shareholders’ meeting.


Director Nomination ProcessITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

General.Nominations for the election of directors at our annual shareholders’ meetings may be made by theHow Our Board (upon the receipt of recommendations of the Nominating Committee) or by any shareholder of record who complies with our bylaws, which are summarized below. For the meeting this year, the Board has nominated the 13 nominees listed above under “Election of Directors” to stand for election as directors,is Selected and no shareholders submitted any nominations. For further information on procedures governing the submission of shareholder proposals, see “— Bylaw Requirements” and “Other Matters — Deadlines for Submitting Shareholder Nominations and Proposals for the 2019 Annual Meeting.”Elected

Bylaw Requirements.If timely notice is provided, our bylaws permit shareholders to nominate a director or bring other matters before a shareholders’ meeting. The written notice required to be sent by any shareholder nominating a director must include various information, including, as to the shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, (i) the name and address of such shareholder, any such beneficial owner, and any other parties affiliated, associated or acting in concert therewith, (ii) their beneficial ownership interests in our Voting Shares, including disclosure of arrangements that might cause such person’s voting, investment or economic interests in our Voting Shares to differ from those of our other shareholders, (iii) certain additional information concerning such parties required under the federal proxy rules, (iv) a description of all agreements with respect to the nomination among the nominating shareholder, any beneficial owner, any person acting in concert with them, each proposed nominee and certain other persons, and (v) a representation whether any such person intends to solicit proxies or votes in support of their proposed nominees. With respect to each proposed nominee, the written notice must also, among other things, (i) set forth biographical and other data required under the federal proxy rules and a description of various compensation or other arrangements or relationships between each proposed nominee and the nominating shareholder and its affiliated parties and (ii) furnish both a completed and duly executed questionnaire and a duly executed agreement designed to disclose various aspects of the proposed nominee’s background, qualifications and certain specified arrangements with other persons, as well as to receive the proposed nominee’s commitment to abide by certain specified agreements and undertakings. We may require a proposed nominee to furnish other reasonable information or certifications. Shareholders interested in bringing before a shareholders’ meeting any matter other than a director nomination should consult our bylaws for additional procedures governing such requests. We may disregard any nomination or submission of any other matter that fails to comply with these bylaw procedures.

In addition, our bylaws provide that under certain circumstances a shareholder or group of shareholders may include director candidates that they have nominated in our annual meeting proxy materials. These proxy access provisions of our bylaws provide, among other things, that a shareholder or group of up to ten shareholders seeking to include director candidates in our annual meeting proxy materials must own 3% or more of our outstanding Common Shares continuously for at least the previous three years. The number of shareholder-nominated candidates appearing in any of our annual meeting proxy materials cannot exceed 20% of the number of directors then serving on the Board. If 20% is not a whole number, the maximum number of shareholder-nominated candidates would be the closest whole number below 20%. Based on the current Board size of 13, two is the maximum number of proxy access candidates that we would be required to include in our 2019 proxy materials for the 2019 annual meeting. The nominating shareholder or group of shareholders also must deliver the information required by our bylaws, and each nominee must meet the qualifications required by our bylaws.

Shareholder requests to nominate directors or to bring any other matter before our 2019 annual shareholders’ meeting, whether or not they wish to include their candidate or proposal in our proxy materials, must be received by our Secretary by the deadlines specified in “Other Matters — Deadlines for Submitting Shareholder Nominations and Proposals for the 2019 Annual Meeting.”

The summaries above of the advance notification and proxy access provisions of our bylaws are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of Section 5 of Article IV of our bylaws. You may obtain a full copy of our bylaws by reviewing our reports filed with the SEC, by accessing our website at www.centurylink.com, or by contacting our Secretary in the manner specified below under “Other Matters.”

Agreements to Nominate Certain Directors.In connection with the Level 3 Combination,combination, on October 31, 2016, we entered into a Shareholder Rights Agreement (the “Shareholder Rights Agreement”) with STT Crossing Ltd. (“STT Crossing”), which was Level 3’s principallargest shareholder as of such date. In early 2018, STT Crossing assigned its rights under this agreement (the “Shareholder Rights Agreement”) to two of its affiliates, Everitt Investments Pte. Ltd and Aranda Investments Pte. Ltd. (the “STT Affiliates”). Pursuant to the Shareholder Rights Agreement, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is currently obligated to nominate the individual designated by the STT Affiliates for election to the Board, subject toto: (i) the fiduciary duties of the members of that committee,Committee, (ii) any applicable regulation or listing requirement of the New York Stock ExchangeNYSE, and (iii) any applicable provisions of any network security agreement between us, STT Crossing and a government agency. Followingagency.Following the execution of the Shareholder Rights Agreement, STT Crossing designated Steven T. Clontz to be added to our Board upon consummation of the Level 3 Combination, and in early 2018or the STT Affiliates selected Mr.in each instance have designated Steven T. Clontz as their designee. The Board is required to recommend that the shareholders vote in favor of the STT Affiliates’ designee and we are required to use all reasonable efforts to cause the individual to be elected as a member of the Board. In making its recommendation toconnection with recommending Mr. Clontz as a nominee, the full Board regarding the nominee for election to our Board at the meeting, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considered, among other things, Mr. Clontz’shis extensive experience in the telecommunications industry.industry and his prior contributions as a director of CenturyLink and Level 3. For additional information about the Shareholder Rights Agreement, please see the full copy of the agreement that we have filed as an exhibit to our prior SEC reports.

On October 31, 2016, we also agreed pursuant toAdditionally, on December 30, 2019, the terms of our merger agreement with Level 3 to appoint to our Board three members ofCompany announced that effective January 1, 2020, Hal Jones would join the Level 3 Board selected by us from any of the Level 3 directors who are unaffiliated with STT Crossing. During 2017, we selected Messrs. Chilton, Glenn and Storey to serve on our Board. Under the merger agreement, we further agreed to cause such appointed directors to be nominated for electionMr. Jones was among several director candidates recommended to the Board at the first annual meeting following the closing of the combination on November 1, 2017.

Role of Nominating Committee. The Nominating Committee will consider candidates properly and timely nominated by shareholders in accordance withSoutheastern Asset Management, our bylaws. Upon receipt of any such nominations, the Nominating Committee will review the submission for compliance with our bylaws, including determining if the proposed nominee meets the bylaw qualifications for service as a director. These provisions disqualify any person who (i) fails to respond satisfactorily to any inquiry for information to enable us to make certifications required by the Federal Communications Commission under the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, (ii) has been arrested or convicted of certain specified drug offenses or engaged in actions that could lead to such an arrest or conviction or (iii) fails to furnish any materials or agreements required to be provided by director nominees under our bylaws, or makes false statements or materially misleading statements or omissions in connection therewith.

From time to time, we have added to our Board directors who previously served as directors of companies we acquired. For instance, in connection with acquiring Embarq in 2009, Qwest in 2011 and Level 3 in 2017, we added several new directors to our Board who previously served as directors of those companies, seven of whom are nominees to bere-elected at the meeting. Under the agreements described above under the heading “— Agreements to Nominate Certain Directors,” we agreed to nominate Messrs. Chilton, Clontz, Glenn and Storey to stand for election at the meeting.

Under our corporate governance guidelines, the Nominating Committee assesses director candidates based on their independence, diversity, character, skills and experience in the context of the needs of the Board. Although the guidelines permit the Nominating Committee to adopt additional selection guidelines or criteria, it has chosen not to do so. Instead, the Nominating Committee annually assesses skills and characteristics then required by the Board based on its membership and needsfourth largest shareholder at the time of his appointment. With his appointment, the assessment. Board will continue to be comprised of 14 members until the 2020 Annual Shareholder Meeting.

2019 Board Refreshment

In evaluating2019, the Nominating Committee and Board considered a wide range of factors in assessing the composition of the Board, including:

the input of our shareholders;

the critical importance of balancing the need for fresh perspectives and the continued value of institutional knowledge, particularly given the complexity of our transformation over the past10-15 years;

the current and long-term needs of the Board; and

the skillsets necessary to oversee the implementation of our business strategies, including our continued evolution to a digital technology company offering a simpler and improved customer experience.

Following these discussions, we announced in late December 2019: (i) the appointment of Hal Jones to our Board, effective January 1, 2020, (ii) the designation of Mr. Glenn as Chairman of the Board and the retention of Mr. Hanks as Vice Chairman of the Board, each effective immediately following the 2020 annual meeting, (iii) the retirement of two of our long-tenured directors, Messrs. Perry and Post, effective immediately following the 2020 annual meeting, and (iv) certain changes to our governance policies discussed elsewhere herein. Earlier this year, Ms. Landrieu advised us that she had elected not to stand for re-election at the 2020 annual meeting. Additionally, we currently plan to refresh the composition of our committees on or about the date of our annual shareholder meeting.

Our Board continues to regularly review the need for refreshment by focusing on identifying individuals whose skills and experiences will enable them to make meaningful contributions to shaping and implementing CenturyLink’s business strategies. The Nominating Committee remains engaged with third-party search firms to identify candidates with the skills and attributes necessary to further advance our board refreshment goals in 2020 and beyond.

Board Evaluation and Continuing Director Education

Recognizing that a robust and constructive performance evaluation process is an essential component of Board effectiveness, the Board performs an annual evaluation of its members, committees, and the Board as a whole to determine the skills, processes, structure, and policies necessary to attain its goals and fulfill its responsibilities. While this formal evaluation is conducted on an annual basis, directors share their perspectives, feedback, and suggestions periodically throughout the year.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    13


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

How Our Board is Selected and Elected

As part of its 2019 evaluation process, our Nominating Committee engaged a nationally recognized third-party governance consultant to assist with our Board and committee evaluation process. After the independent third-party distilled the information and perspectives gathered during interviews and surveys, it presented findings to the Nominating Committee and Board for review and discussion. This year’s evaluation process, combined with shareholder input and third-party guidance, led to governance changes we believe strengthened the Board and its practices, including Board and committee composition. Specifically, the Board evaluated and refined our director skills and experience qualifications criteria to meet the current and anticipated needs of the business. Results of the process, including a review of contributions and performance of each director, are used by the Nominating Committee when considering whether to nominate such director forre-election to the Board.

New directors participate in an orientation which familiarizes them with the Company’s business, operations, strategies, and corporate governance practices, and assists them in developing Company and industry knowledge to optimize their service on the Board. The onboarding process includes meetings with members of our management team to accelerate new directors’ ability to effectively and fully discharge their responsibilities.

We encourage directors to participate in continuing education programs focused on our business and industry, committee roles and responsibilities and legal and ethical responsibilities of directors. We reimburse directors for their expenses associated with this participation. We encourage our directors to participate in nationally recognized governance organizations, including the National Association of Corporate Directors (“NACD”) and G100. We provide continuing director education during Board and committee meetings and other Board discussions as part of the formal meetings which fromtime-to-time include presentations from third parties.

Director Independence

We believe that director independence enhances the Board’s ability to provide oversight of our strategy, long-term planning and risk oversight, among other responsibilities. As a result, our Board evaluates the independence of each director nominee on an annual basis, using standards required by the SEC, NYSE and our Corporate Governance Guidelines. Consistent with these standards, the Board reviewed all relationships between the Company and each director based upon detailed written submissions by each director nominee and the volume of business transacted by us, either as a service provider or customer, with other companies with which our directors are employed or affiliated. Following its review, the Board affirmatively determined that all of our director nominees are independent other than Mr. Storey. Mr. Storey is not independent because he is CenturyLink’s President and CEO.

How Our Board is Organized

Board Leadership Structure

The Nominating Committee periodically reviews the Board’s leadership structure and, when appropriate, recommends leadership structural changes, taking into consideration the needs of the Board and the Nominating Committee considersCompany at such time.

Mr. Perry, who announced his retirement plans in December 2019, currently serves asnon-executive Chairman of our Board and Mr. Hanks serves as our Board’s Vice Chairman and Lead Outside Director. As Chairman, Mr. Perry presides over meetings of the qualifications of incumbent directorsBoard, oversees the management, development and consults with other membersfunctioning of the Board, and senior management.performs additional duties as the Board determines. As Vice Chairman and Lead Outside Director, Mr. Hanks coordinates and develops the agenda for each meeting ofnon-management directors and serves as the conduit for information management believes is necessary for thenon-management directors to perform their duties effectively and responsibly. In addition,that regard, he also provides guidance to the Nominating Committee seeks candidates committed to representingCEO on the interestsquality, quantity, and timeliness of all shareholders and notthe flow of information, with the understanding that thenon-management directors will receive any particular constituency. The Nominating Committee believes this flexible approach enables it to respond to changes causedinformation requested on their behalf by director vacancies and industry developments.the Lead Outside Director.

In connection with assessingMr. Perry’s upcoming retirement, the needsBoard approved changes to its senior leadership structure. Effective May 20, 2020, Mr. Perry will step down from his position asnon-executive Chairman of our Board and the Board intends to appoint Mr. Glenn, one of the Company’s independent directors, asnon-executive Chairman. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines require an independent director to serve as

14    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

How Our Board is Organized

Lead Outside Director if the Nominating Committee has sought individuals who possess skill and experience in a diverse range of fields. The Nominating Committee also has sought a mix of individuals from inside and outside of the communications industry. The table above listing biographical data about our directors includes a listing of the key qualifications, experiences and skills that the Nominating Committee and Board reviewed in connection with nominating orre-nominating them for service on the Board.Chairman is not an independent director. In light of our current business and operations, we believe the following skills and experience are particularly important:

senior leadership experience

industry expertise

financial, accounting or capital markets expertise

public company board experience

business combination experience

engineering, product development or similar technical expertise

brand marketing expertise

government, public policy, regulatory or political expertise

labor or human resources expertise

international business experience

legal expertise.

In connectionBoard’s plans to replace Mr. Perry with determining the current composition ofan independent director, there will be no subsequent need to maintain a Lead Outside Director, although the Board the Nominating Committee has assessed the diverse range of skills and experience of our directors outlined above, coupled with the judgment that each has exhibited and the knowledge of our operations that each has acquired in connection with their service on the Board. Although it does not have a formal diversity policy, the Nominating Committee believes that our directors possess a diverse range of backgrounds, perspectives, skills and experiences.

Although we do not have a history of receiving director nominations from shareholders, the Nominating Committee envisions that it would evaluate any such candidate on the same termsintends to continue to retain Mr. Hanks as other proposed nominees, but would place a substantial premium on retaining incumbent directors who are familiar with our management, operations, business, industry, strategies and competitive position, and who have previously demonstrated a proven ability to provide valuable contributions to the Board and CenturyLink.

Compensation Setting Process

The Compensation Committee hires consulting firms to assist it in setting executive and director compensation. In June 2015, the Committee retained Meridian Compensation Partners, LLC, following a nationwide search to replaceHay Group, which advised the Committee for the previous six years. For additional information on the processes used by the Committee to set executive compensation, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Our Policies, Processes and Guidelines Related to Executive Compensation.”

Board’s Role in Overseeing Risk Management

Our Board oversees our Company’s risk management function, which is a coordinated effort among our business units, our senior leadership, our risk management personnel and our internal auditors. Our directors typically discharge their risk oversight responsibilities by having management provide periodic briefing and educational presentations. In some cases, including major new acquisitions, capital expenditures, product development or strategic investments, the full Board participates in risk oversight. In most cases involving

recurring systemic risk, a Board committee is primarily responsible for risk oversight. For several decades, our Board has maintained a Risk Evaluation Committee, which is responsible for assisting management to identify, monitor, and manage recurring risks to our business, properties and employees. The Risk Evaluation Committee regularly monitors our litigation, enterprise risk assessments, network operations, systems integration initiatives, insurance coverages and the status of our labor relations, and is also responsible for overseeing our ethics and compliance program. As part of its risk assessment oversight, the Risk Evaluation Committee receives quarterly reports on cybersecurity, which typically include reports on recent cyber intrusions, mitigation steps taken in response to those intrusions and ongoing cybersecurity initiatives. The Board’s other committees are responsible for overseeing specific risks, particularly the Audit Committee with respect to financial, tax and accounting risks and the Compensation Committee with respect to compensation risks. For a discussion of the Compensation Committee’s risk analysis, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Our Policies, Processes and Guidelines Related to Executive Compensation — Our Compensation Decision-Making Process — Risk Assessment.” The Board regularly receives reports from each of these committees, and periodically receives enterprise risk assessment reports from management.

Board’s Role in Setting Strategy

At most of the Board’s quarterlyin-person meetings, at least one of the agenda items involves a review of the strategies to be pursued by the Company as a whole or by one of its lines of business. For most of the past 15 years, the Board has also scheduled a separateoff-sitemulti-day retreat to review industry developments and long-term strategies. From time to time at these meetings or retreats, we invite outside experts or consultants to share their views on issues impacting our strategic options. As discussed further under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” our Compensation Committee reviews our strategies annually to ensure that the performance metrics used in our executive compensation programs appropriately incentivize the pursuit of our short and long-term strategic goals.

Top Board Leadership Positions and Structure

Since 2009, the Board has annually elected anon-executiveVice Chairman. In May 2017, the Board elected Harvey P. Perry to this position.

The Board believes that the separation of the Chairman and CEO positions has functioned effectively over the past several years. Separating these positions has allowed our CEO to have primary responsibility for the operational leadership and strategic direction of our business, while allowing our Chairman to lead the Board in its fundamental role of providing guidance to and separate oversight of management. WhileThe Board further believes that this separate oversight has fostered additional focus on strategic planning and risk management.

As noted in our bylawsCorporate Governance Guidelines, it is the sense of the Board that the Chairman of the Board and the chairs of our committees should rotate approximately every five years. As described in our 2019 proxy statement, the Board comprehensively overhauled its committee structure in 2018, and, as noted above, plans to make additional refinements on or about May 20, 2020.

Board Committees

Each of our five standing Board committees supports the full Board with various risk management, governance, and strategic responsibilities.

  AUDIT

  MEMBERS*

KEY RESPONSIBILITIES

2019
MEETINGS
HELD


Martha Bejar

Peter Brown

Kevin Chilton

Michael Glenn

Bruce Hanks (C)

*  Each is an audit committee financial expert, other than Michael Glenn

Responsible for overseeing the Company’s system of financial reporting and for reviewing and discussing with management, our internal auditors and our independent auditors our major financial risks, including matters potentially impacting financial reporting

Assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to the adequacy and effectiveness of (i) our internal control over financial reporting, (ii) our internal controls regarding information technology security, and (iii) our disclosure controls and procedures

See “Audit Committee Matters—Audit Committee Report” for additional information

9
  FINANCE

  MEMBERS

KEY RESPONSIBILITIES

2019
MEETINGS
HELD


Peter Brown (C)

Bruce Hanks

Harvey Perry*

Glen Post*

*  non-independent

Assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of our financial resources and capital structure, including our (i) capital requirements, (ii) capital allocation plans, (iii) benefit plan funding, and (iv) hedging strategies

Provides guidance, as needed, regarding capital markets transactions

4

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    15


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

How Our Board is Organized

  HUMAN RESOURCES AND COMPENSATION

  MEMBERS

KEY RESPONSIBILITIES

2019
MEETINGS
HELD


Virginia Boulet

Steven Clontz

Michael Glenn

Michael Roberts

Laurie Siegel (C)

Responsible for establishing executive compensation

Responsible, in consultation with management, for overseeing our compliance with regulations governing executive and director compensation

Oversees labor relations risk

See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” for additional information

4
  NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

  MEMBERS

KEY RESPONSIBILITIES

2019
MEETINGS
HELD


Virginia Boulet (C)

Steven Clontz

Mary Landrieu

Michael Roberts

Laurie Siegel

Recommends to the Board nominees to serve as directors and officers

Oversees CEO’s annual performance evaluation

Monitors and advises on ESG matters

Oversees and recommends improvements to our governance principles, policies, and practices

Assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks associated with the company’s Board leadership structure and corporate governance matters

Performs other governance responsibilities described under “Corporate Governance”

7

16    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

How Our Board is Organized

  RISK AND SECURITY

  MEMBERS

KEY RESPONSIBILITIES

2019
MEETINGS
HELD


Martha Bejar

Kevin Chilton (C)

Mary Landrieu

Harvey Perry*

Glen Post*

JeffStorey*

*  non-independent

Assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to, among others:

•  risks posed by cyberattacks or other casualty events

•  risks related to network reliability, privacy and regulations

•  other key enterprise or operational risks as jointly determined by the Committee and management

Oversees our classified activities and facilities through a subcommittee

Oversees our corporate compliance and enterprise risk management programs and activities

Receives periodic reports on various risk exposures, including quarterly reports on cybersecurity, which typically include reports on recent cyber intrusions, mitigation steps taken in response to those intrusions, and ongoing cybersecurity initiatives

Coordinates risk oversight functions of other Board committees

4

Additional information on the roles and responsibilities of our committees is available in the committees’ respective charters, which can be obtained at our website athttp://www.CenturyLink.com/aboutus/governance.html.

Our Board’s Approach to Governance

Our Board is responsible for overseeing management, which is responsible for theday-to-day operations of the Company. The Board’s primary areas of focus includes selection of CenturyLink’s leadership, risk management oversight, strategy, long-range planning, capital allocation, corporate governance, and compliance. In addition, our Board evaluates management in its effectiveness in operating and achieving the objectives of the company. In carrying out this responsibility, our Board advises our senior management to help drive success for the long-term value creation for our shareholders. Our Board discusses and receives regular updates on a wide variety of matters affecting our business.

Corporate Governance Framework

The Board continuously reviews our governance practices and Board composition to ensure we are aligned with the interests of our shareholders and continue to take actions that will enhance our ability to oversee the execution of strategies that drive value. In 2019, the Board approved the following changes to its Corporate Governance Guidelines:

Targeting average Board tenure of no more than 10 years

Targeting to have all Board members, except our CEO, be independent

Targeting a Board size of between 10 and 12 directors

Targeting the rotation of Board committee and Board chairs approximately every five years

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines, along with other governance documents including our Code of Conduct, Bylaws, and Board committee charters and other governance policies are available on our website athttp://www.centurylink.com/aboutus/governance.html.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    17


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Shareholder Engagement Program

Shareholder Engagement Program

Our Approach

The Board believes that input from shareholders is essential to continue to enhance our governance practices, earn our shareholders’ confidence and provide the foundation for improving shareholder value. We engage on a year-round basis with holders of our equity and debt securities, as well as proxy advisory firms and ESG rating firms, among others.

LOGO

Our formal governance engagement process includes members of management, as well as key representatives from our Board.

LOGO

In 2019, our compensation program received the support of 41% of the total votes cast at our meeting. These results were disappointing and significantly below the support we have received in the past. In response to the vote, we reengaged with shareholders throughout the summer and fall, contacting shareholders representing 53% of our outstanding common stock and directly engaging with 47%, as well as the two largest proxy advisory firms. Our primary purpose for initiating these meetings was to listen to our shareholders, discuss proposed changes to our compensation plans and obtain feedback on a series of other topics, including board composition, corporate governance, strategy, performance, ESG initiatives and human capital management.

18    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Shareholder Engagement Program

During the fall of 2019, each of the shareholder and proxy advisory firm meetings was attended by the Chair of our Human Resources and Compensation Committee, and most were also attended by our Chairman, along with members of our senior management team. The input we received was shared with the members of the Board who did not directly engage in our outreach process. The chart below summarizes this feedback from our shareholders and our response:

We Listened

We Responded

Corporate Governance

Promote board diversity

ü  We adopted the “Rooney Rule” and are committed to interviewing minority candidates for open board seats.

Support gender equality

ü  We made the “Parity Pledge” for open Vice President and higher roles, including open board seats.

Review board oversight/process for political contributions

ü  We clarified the Board oversight role and political contributions policy, which is discussed further below under the heading “—Our Board’s Responsibilities—Commitment to Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Leadership.”

Board Composition

Consider new board candidates

ü  At the recommendation of a large CenturyLink shareholder, Southeastern Asset Management, we appointed a new independent director, Hal Jones, to the board effective January 1, 2020.

Reduce board tenure and increase independence

ü  We announced the retirements of two of our longest-tenured andnon-independent directors, Chairman Harvey Perry and Glen F. Post III, effective after the Company’s 2020 Annual Shareholder Meeting.

Have an Independent Chairman

ü  The Board intends to designate an independent director, Michael Glenn, as Chairman effective after the Company’s 2020 Annual Shareholder Meeting.

ESG/Sustainability

Provide updated and increased disclosure on:

ü  We issued our 2020 ESG report, which is discussed further below under the heading “—Our Board’s Responsibilities—Commitment to Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Leadership,” and implemented protocols to enhance ESG oversight by our Nominating Committee.

(1) Environmental topics such
as electrical usage

(2) Non-financial benefits and other ways we attract and retain employees

Cybersecurity

Increase disclosure on privacy and data security

ü  We provided explanations of our risk mitigation strategies for cybersecurity and data privacy risks below under the heading “—Our Board’s Responsibilities—Risk Oversight.”

Executive Compensation*

One-time awards

ü  In 2019, there were noone-time awards for any of our executive officers.

STI and LTI plan metrics

ü  We redefined our metrics under both the STI and LTI plans to enhance differentiation andpay-for-performance alignment.

Shorten performance period under LTI plan

ü  For 2020, we returned to our normal practice of three-year cliff-vested cumulative performance periods for our 2020 Annual PBRS grant.

*

An expanded Executive Compensation list can be found in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section beginning on page 42.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    19


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Our Board’s Responsibilities

Our Board’s Responsibilities

CEO and Executive Succession Planning

The Board and management recognize the importance of continuously developing our executive talent, identifying potential outside candidates and preparing for emergency situations. Our Compensation Committee, along with management, conducts periodic talent reviews that includes succession plans for our senior leadership positions, including 360° peer reviews. In 2019, the Nominating Committee engaged a nationally recognized third-

LOGO

party consultant to develop a comprehensive succession planning strategy, and CenturyLink has retained the same consultant to continue to advise the Board and the Company’s leadership. Specific objectives were to:

Understand the external market ofCEO-ready talent and update this understanding at regular intervals over the upcoming three years

Assess the current gaps in CEO readiness of key CenturyLink executives, the probability that they will be able to close the gaps, and the executive development plans and timeframes for doing so

Ensure that key CenturyLink executives have a clear and actionable development plans and establish a transparent process for leadership and the Board to track progress against development goals as needed

Consider possible CEO succession scenarios based on individual as well as collective team strengths and gaps

In 2019, our Board approved an emergency succession plan and related communications plan.

Long-term Strategic Planning

Recognizing the importance of assuring that our business strategies are designed to create long-term, sustainable value for our shareholders, our Board regularly engages in active discussions with management to formulate and implement those strategies for the overall Company and each business segment. The Board and management routinely discuss key initiatives, transformative technologies, innovation, and corporate governance guidelines do not requireopportunities focused on driving long-term value. In addition to regular Board and committee meetings, which include presentations and discussions of tactical and strategic initiatives, the Board participates in an annualin-depth review of the Company’s overall strategy with our Chairmanmanagement team. The Board and CEO positionsour management team discuss the industry and competitive landscapes, short and long-term plans and capital allocation strategies.

Risk Oversight

The Board, along with its committees, reviews and oversees CenturyLink’s risk management processes in many ways, including receiving regular reports about our enterprise risk management (“ERM”) program, which is designed to comprehensively identify our most significant risks. Under the ERM program, management develops a response plan for prioritized risks, as well as monitoring and mitigation plans for other identified risk focus areas. Management provides regular reports on the risk portfolio and response efforts to the Risk and Security Committee. The Board also works with management to assess our keyshort-and long-term risks and mitigation efforts relating to, among other things, financial reporting, strategic plans, operations, capital budgets, corporate functions, and business units. Among others, key areas we assess include:

Cybersecurity Risks – As a communications company that transmits large amounts of information over our networks, we clearly recognize that maintaining the security and integrity of information and systems under our control is a priority among our operational risk management efforts. We view cybersecurity risk as an enterprise-wide risk subject to control and monitoring at various levels of management throughout the Company. The Risk and Security Committee reviews on at least a quarterly basis risk assessments from management with respect to cybersecurity, including the adequacy and effectiveness of the

20    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Our Board’s Responsibilities

Company’s internal controls regarding cybersecurity, emerging cybersecurity developments and threats, and the Company’s strategy to mitigate cybersecurity risks such as our contingency plans in the event of security breaches or other system disruptions and cyber insurance coverage. To mitigate risk, we have implemented a global information security management program to provide consistent mitigation, common solutions, and consistent risk assessment, which is subject to oversight by and reporting to the Risk and Security Committee. Additionally, the Company periodically engages outside cybersecurity experts to assess our exposure and enhance our controls, monitoring and mitigation activities related to these risks.

Data Privacy Risks – In addition to protecting data transmitted across our network, we also protect the content of data CenturyLink collects, stores, uses, and distributes. Employee and customer information collected is encrypted both at rest and in transmission. We have adopted a data minimization policy designed to comply with and detect breaches of state, U.S., and other international jurisdictions’ laws and ensure appropriate protections when sharing information with third parties, including vendors. As part of the ERM process, the Risk and Security Committee receives reports on data privacy protection efforts and controls to meet and enhance legal and compliance requirements across the enterprise.

Other Risks and Information – Our Board committees oversee the other risks specified in the chart included in the preceding section “—Board Committees,” and our Board and committees further oversee the ESG and other risks discussed below under the heading “—Commitment to Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Leadership”.

Commitment to Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Leadership

Responsible corporate citizenship has long been a part of our governance and business strategy and continues to be separate,a key priority for our Board and management team. The Board and the Nominating Committee, in conjunction with designated management teams, are continually evaluating our ESG program and identifying meaningful environmental, product, consumer, financial, and other factors to develop metrics material to our business, and communication plans regarding our ESG strategy. Some of our ESG highlights are described below.

Ethics and Compliance –Our Code of Conduct sets forth the ethical expectations and standards of conduct required in all business dealings and interactions around the world and applies to all directors, officers, and employees alike. Our Ethics and Compliance team is an independent function led by the Company’s Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer who maintains full and direct access and makes regular reports to the Risk and Security Committee of the Board of Directors. Specifically, CenturyLink’s program:

Conducts mandatory Code of Conduct training annually, the scope and content of which is fashioned through risk assessments, and reinforced through localized, risk-based and targeted training and compliance strategies.

Offers employees several confidential avenues to report concerns and allegations of misconduct, including the Company’s Integrity Line, our global, multilingual, independent, and continuously staffed compliance hotline.

Maintains a strong multidisciplinary compliance program supported by internal processes and resources, including compliance analysts, attorneys and an investigations team, all of whom are fully trained to evaluate and facilitate the review of allegations and concerns.

Prohibits retaliation against any individual who raises a concern, makes a report, participates in an investigation, refuses to participate in suspected improper or wrongful activity, or exercises rights protected by law.

Protects human rights by incorporating our own principles and ethics in our business and supplier relationships, through contractual commitments and our Supplier Code of Conduct.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    21


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Our Board’s Responsibilities

ESG Reporting – Since 2015, we have published an annual ESG report highlighting our efforts to track our impact on the communities in which we live and operate. Although not part of this proxy statement, our most recent ESG report can be located on our website at https://ir.centurylink.com/esg/default.aspx.

Environmental Sustainability – Our recent environmental initiatives and achievements include:

Reducing our absolute carbon emissions and carbon intensity by purchasing renewable energy and investing in facility efficiency improvements and new technologies in our data centers and network facilities around the world.

Improving energy efficiency by partnering with other service providers, as well as manufacturers ofset-top boxes and small network equipment.

Maintaining or expanding the number of company locations with third-party certified Energy, Environmental, and Safety Management Systems.

In January 2020, Barron’s named CenturyLink among its list of “100 Most Sustainable U.S. Companies” for the third year in a row.

LOGO

Customer Experience – We strive to continually improve the experience we provide to our customers, including their interactions with our employees. We believe that an excellent experience not only leads to satisfied customers – but also will improve our sales and revenue results, boost employee engagement and reduce costs. We have a dedicated team responsible for evaluating the best approach to the customer experience from our largest enterprise customers to our residential customers, coupled with frequent, transparent and informative communication processes.

An essential element of delivering on our commitment is listening to our customers by offering several channels for communication including voice, text, email, chat and social media, among others. In 2019 we launched CenturyLink’s inaugural customer experience (CX) event, during which we invited customers to our headquarters to collaborate directly with our management team.

While listing to customers is the best source of customer experience feedback, we believe overlaying it with employee feedback is the most effective way to continuously improve. Consequently, we regularly invite our front-line employees to provide feedback on opportunities to improve the experience and to make it easier to do their jobs.

Community Impact –We support the passions and interests of our employees and empower them to be a positive influence in the world. We are proud to provide many opportunities to be good neighbors by volunteering time and talent to support the causes that matter most to our employees. We seek to strengthen the communities in which we live and work through philanthropy, local community initiatives, and global initiatives. Among our efforts are:

In support of STEM Education, CenturyLink offers teachers an opportunity to earn grants to innovatively implement technology in their classrooms

Employees are encouraged to actively volunteer and are supported through our Dollars for Doers grants program

22    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Our Board’s Responsibilities

Employees are offered a method for continual giving to causes that matter to them, while maximizing their contribution with our corporate match

Employees are encouraged to volunteer and donate through our annual Campaign to Fight Hunger to support hunger relief efforts around the globe

Oversight of Political and Lobbying Contributions – Our Board is engaged in the oversight of our political initiatives, and reviews annually CenturyLink’s political and lobbying activities and related budgets. We strive to advocate public policy solutions that best serve our customers, our shareholders, our employees, and the communities we serve. Our semi-annual Political Contributions Report provides transparency in this process, demonstrating ethical corporate governance and promoting confidence in the democratic process. Specifically, our Report discloses our corporate political contributions and those of our political action committees in accordance with applicable federal and state campaign finance laws, and contributions to trade associations and 501(c)(4) organizations. Although not part of this proxy statement, our most recent Political Contributions Report can be located at “About Us/Company—Information/Public Policy” on our website at https://www.centurylink.com.

Human Capital Management – The Board and management know our highly competitive business requires skilled and motivated employees and leaders with the necessary expertise to execute our innovation, efficiency, and transformation strategies. Human capital management and employee engagement have always been a priority for CenturyLink, and as we integrated with Level 3, the Board focused on the risk that a shift in culture, as well as the ongoing risk we may encounter in our competitive industry’s “war for talent,” could create for retaining the talented employees who contributed to each company’s success. The Board regularly discusses with management CenturyLink’s continuous efforts to attract and retain the caliber of employee with the type of knowledge and skills necessary to realize our goals. Both the Board and management set a “tone at the top” through: participating in and promoting our “One Company, One Culture” initiative, regularly meeting with our EVP, HR to discuss culture, talent strategy, and leadership development and staying ahead of market trends by identifying early the skills needed for our future, and designing strategies to bridge any gaps by cultivating ourin-house talent to evolve critical skills or engaging third parties. Our Human Resources team applies this strategy to every layer of our Company during annual talent assessment and succession reviews by having senior officers identify from among their direct reports potential candidates for “next-layer” leadership. Additionally, as a tactic for retaining skilled,non-executive level employees, our Compensation Committee has approved special incentive programs from time to time in an effort to retain our talent.

Positive Corporate Culture – The Board and management believe that engaged and satisfied employees are important to creating shareholder value. From the Board on down, we have dedicated time and expertise to creating a thriving culture throughout the organization, particularly following the closing of the Level 3 transaction. As part of this initiative, we engaged a nationally recognized third-party consultant, to partner in the development of CenturyLink’s “One Company One Culture” program, which incorporates a wide variety of training and communication activities to promote a collaborative, engaged workplace. We measure the program’s efficacy and identify opportunities for improvements through an engagement survey distributed approximately every four months. The survey is sent to all employees within the organization, and has been a great success, receiving approximately 80% participation rate.

Promoting Diversity – To maintain and grow CenturyLink’s diverse workforce, we formed a Diversity & Inclusion Steering Committee comprised of senior leaders focused on developing and realizing our overall diversity strategy. Efforts include (i) recruiting and outreach designed to attract diverse talent and (ii) employee resource groups – some active for more than 40 years – to support employee engagement, awareness, career development, and training. Recognition for our diversity and inclusion efforts include:

Forbes, January 2020 distinguished list of the top 500 employers in the area of Diversity

The top score of 100% again for 2020 from Corporate Equality Index, a national report by the Human Rights Campaign on corporate policies and practices related to lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer workplace equality

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    23


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Our Board’s Responsibilities

Commitment to Pay Equity –CenturyLink recently conducted a pay equity review of our U.S.,non-union employees to determine whether male and female employees who perform similar work at the same level are receiving similar pay. When evaluating peers, we reviewed, among other factors, similar roles, company tenure, work level and performance, and identified a small group of our employees who were paid below expected levels which may have been gender related. In response, we developed a plan to achieve gender pay equity in the first quarter of 2020. Moving forward, we plan to conduct these analyses regularly to ensure we continue to pay employees fairly and equitably, regardless of gender. We plan to expand it to include other factors like race and ethnicity. We also plan to continue to review our processes and technology to ensure we are making good, equitable decisions real time for all of our employees.

Director Meeting Attendance

Directors are expected to attend all Board meetings and meetings of committees on which they serve. Directors also are expected to attend each annual shareholders’ meeting. All current directors, except Hal Jones who joined our Board effective January 1, 2020, attended our 2019 annual shareholders’ meeting. During 2019 there were nine regular or special meetings of the Board, as well as 28 standing committee meetings. Each current director who served on the Board during 2019 attended more than 75% of the total number of the 2019 Board and respective Committee meetings on which he or she served. Our independent Board members met in executive session, chaired by our Lead Outside Director, without management andnon-independent directors present during four of its 2019 full Board meetings. Also, ournon-management Board members met in executive session without management present during four of its 2019 full Board meetings.

Director Compensation

Overview

The Board believes that delegating responsibilities betweeneach of our Chairmannon-employee directors (whom we also refer to as outside directors ornon-management directors) should be compensated through a mix of cash and equity-based compensation. Our Compensation Committee, consisting entirely of independent directors, has primary responsibility for periodically reviewing and considering any revisions to director compensation. In recent years, the Compensation Committee has reviewed director compensation annually with assistance from its independent compensation consultant, including conducting annual benchmarking to help assess the appropriateness and competitiveness of our director compensation programs. The Board reviews the Compensation Committee’s recommendations, discusses those recommendations with the compensation consultant, and determines the amount of director compensation.

The table and the discussion below summarize how we compensated our outside directors in 2019. This table does not include compensation paid to our CEO has beenand President, Jeff Storey, who does not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. Please see the appropriate leadership structure“Summary Compensation Table” below for our Companydetails regarding all compensation paid to Mr. Storey during fiscal 2019.

24    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Director Compensation

2019 Compensation of Outside Directors

Name

  Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
  Stock
Awards
(1),(2)
  All Other
Compensation
(3)
  Total

Continuing Directors:

            

Martha H. Bejar

   $120,000   $146,472   $4,000   $270,472

Virginia Boulet

    130,000    146,472    —      276,472

Peter C. Brown

    128,375    146,472    —      274,847

Kevin P. Chilton

    128,500    146,472    —      274,972

Steven T. Clontz

    115,000    146,472    —      261,472

T. Michael Glenn

    121,000    146,472    —      267,472

W. Bruce Hanks

    244,000    146,472    17,000    407,472

Michael J. Roberts

    114,000    146,472    —      260,472

Laurie A. Siegel

    113,000    146,472    —      259,472

Non-Returning Directors:(4)

            

Mary L. Landrieu

    113,000    146,472    —      259,472

Harvey P. Perry

    309,000    146,472    15,950    471,422

Glen F. Post, III

    109,000    146,472    4,436    259,908

(1)

For fiscal 2019, the Compensation Committee granted each outside director an award of restricted shares or restricted stock units valued at $165,000 based upon the volume-weighted average closing price of our Common Shares over a15-day trading period ending prior to the May 22, 2019, grant date. However, as required by SEC rules, the dollar value reported in this column reflects the grant date fair value of that award based upon the closing stock price of our Common Shares on the grant date in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These awards vest on May 22, 2020 (subject to accelerated vesting or forfeiture in certain limited circumstances). See “—Cash and Stock Payments.”

(2)

As of December 31, 2019, Mr. Post held 365,221 unvested shares of restricted stock (consisting of 14,706 time-based and 350,515 performance-based shares, which will vest and pay out or be forfeited in accordance with their original performance conditions) and each of our other outside directors held 14,706 unvested shares of restricted stock or unvested RSUs deferred under theNon-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred RSUs”), which constituted the only unvested equity-based awards held by our outside directors as of such date. For further information on our directors’ stock ownership, see “Ownership of Our Securities—Executive Officers and Directors,” and for information on certain deferred fee arrangements pertaining to Mr. Roberts, see “—Other Benefits.”

(3)

Includes (i) reimbursements for the cost of annual physical examinations and related travel of $5,000 for each of Mr. Hanks and Ms. Landrieu, $3,950 for Mr. Perry and $4,436 for Mr. Post, (ii) the payments related to the attendance of the KPMG Conference of $6,000 for Messrs. Hanks and Perry, (iii) payments related to the attendance of the NACD Global Board Leaders’ Summit of $6,000 for each of Ms. Landrieu and Messrs. Hanks and Perry and the payments related to the attendance of the G100 Conference of $4,000 for each of Ms. Bejar and Mr. Chilton. Except as otherwise noted in the prior sentence, the table above does not reflect (i) reimbursements for travel expenses or (ii) any benefits associated with the directors or their family members participating in recreational activities scheduled during Board retreats or meetings (as described further under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay—Other Benefits—Perquisites”).

(4)

The terms of each of these directors will end immediately following the 2020 annual shareholders meeting.

Cash and Stock Payments

Cash Fees – Each outside director is paid an annual fee of $75,000 plus $2,000 for attending each regular Board meeting, special Board meeting (including each day of the past decade, which have been marked by rapid growthBoard’s annual planning session), committee meeting and separate director education program.

During 2019, Harvey P. Perry, in his capacity as thenon-executive Chairman of the Board, received supplemental Board fees of $200,000 payable in cash. The Chairman’s duties are set forth principally in our operations and a substantial change in our product offerings and our industry. As noted above under “— Independence and Tenure,” theCorporate Governance Guidelines. See “How Our Board namedis Organized—Board Leadership Structure.”

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    25


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Director Compensation

During 2019, W. Bruce Hanks, the Company’sin his capacity asnon-executive Vice Chairman of the Board as lead independent directorand Lead Outside Director, received supplemental Board fees of $100,000 payable in early 2018. Prior to then, Mr. Perry performed all duties assigned tocash. Under our Bylaws, the Vice Chairman is charged with the responsibility of assisting the Chairman and lead director. The responsibilitiesperforming such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board or the Bylaws.

We also pay annual supplemental Board fees to the chairs of each of the Chairmanfollowing committees as follows: (i) the chair of the Audit Committee receives $25,000, (ii) the chair of the Compensation Committee receives $25,000, (iii) the chair of the Nominating Committee receives $15,000 and (iv) the leadchair of the Risk and Security Committee receives $12,500.

Equity Grant – During 2019, the Compensation Committee awarded an annual equity grant valued at $165,000 to each outside director, with the number of shares determined by dividing this target value by the volume-weighted average closing price of our Common Shares over a15-day trading period ending prior to the grant date and rounding up to the nearest whole share.

This grant was awarded to each director in the form of time-vested shares of restricted stock unless the director made an election to defer all or a portion of the award under ourNon-Employee Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (discussed below). For those directors who elected to defer any portion of the grant, the portion deferred was issued to the director as time-vested restricted stock units. These awards are scheduled to vest on May 22, 2020 (one year after grant), with vesting accelerated in certain circumstances as described in the award agreement.

Dividends (or, for restricted stock units, dividend equivalents) on these awards are not paid currently but rather accrue from the grant date through the date of vesting (for restricted stock) or the date of issuance of the underlying shares (for restricted stock units) and are subject to the same vesting terms as the related award. Dividends on shares of restricted stock are paid to the director upon vesting while dividend equivalents on restricted stock units are paid to the director at the same time as the underlying shares are issued to him or her.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan – In March 2019, the Board adopted a deferred compensation plan for ournon-employee directors. Under this plan, ournon-employee directors may defer up to 100% of their cash and equity compensation, effective for (1) equity compensationgranted tonon-employee directors for service after May 17, 2019 and (2) cash compensation earned bynon-employee directors after December 31, 2019.

Participants in theNon-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan may elect to receive payment of their account balances in either two to five annual installments or a lump sum upon a fixed date, separation from service, or up to five years following separation from service, subject to any deferrals mandated by federal law.

All cash amounts deferred under this deferred compensation plan bynon-employee directors are allocated among deemed investments that follow the performance of a broad array of funds and are reflected in the market value of each participant’s account. Distribution amounts will include investment returns (positive or negative).

If anon-employee director elects to defer all or a portion of the director’s annual equity award under this plan, as noted above, the portion of the award subject to the deferral election will be issued as restricted stock units instead of shares of restricted stock.

Legacy Qwest Deferred Compensation Plan – Closed to New Participants and Contributions – In connection with our 2011 merger with Qwest, we assumed the Qwest Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors. Under this plan, Qwest outside directors could elect to defer all or a portion of their cash directors’ fees, which were then converted to a number of “phantom units” based the value of a share of Qwest stock, with credit for dividends paid to shareholders “reinvested” in additional phantom units. Plan balances attributable to amounts deferred on or after January 1, 2005, by Qwest directors who joined our Board following the merger

26    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 1 – ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Director Compensation

were converted, based on the merger exchange ratio, to phantom units based on the value of one of our Common Shares. Other than the crediting and “reinvestment” of dividends for outstanding phantom units, CenturyLink does not make any contributions to, and no additional elective deferrals are permitted under “—this plan. Subject to the terms of the plan, each participant’s account will be distributed as a lump sum in cash as soon as practicable following the end of his or her service as a director. As of December 31, 2019, Michael J. Roberts was the only remaining participant in this plan, with a balance of 7,521 phantom units with an aggregate value of approximately $99,353 as of such date.

Other Benefits

Each outside director is entitled to be reimbursed: (i) for expenses incurred in attending Board and committee meetings, (ii) for expenses incurred in attending director education programs and (iii) up to $5,000 per year for the cost of an annual physical examination, plus related travel expenses. We supply company-owned tablets to our outside directors for use in reviewing materials posted to a dedicated portal that permits management to communicate with the Board.

Directors may use our aircraft in connection with company-related business. However, we generally do not permit our directors or their family members to use our aircraft for personal trips (except when such use can be accommodated at no incremental cost to us or on terms generally available to all of our employees in connection with a medical emergency).

Our Bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers so that they will be free from undue concern about personal liability in connection with their service to CenturyLink. We have signed agreements with each of those individuals contractually obligating us to provide these indemnification rights. We also provide our directors with customary directors and officers liability insurance.

Other Governance Information

For information on our stock ownership guidelines for our outside directors and executive officers, see “Stock Ownership—Stock Ownership Guidelines.”

Our Board periodically reviews its leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate. The Board believes that its programs for overseeing risk would be effective under a variety of top leadership structures, and, accordingly, this factor has not materially affected its current choice of leadership structure.

As explained furtherFor information on our website, you may contact either our Chairman, lead independent director or any other director by writing a letter addressed to the Chairman, Lead Independent Director or any other director c/o Post Office Box 5061, Monroe, Louisiana 71211, or by sending an email to boardinquiries@centurylink.com.hedging policies, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Our Governance of Executive Compensation—Anti-Hedging and Anti-Pledging Policies.”

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    27


Access to Information

The following documents are posted on our website at www.centurylink.com:ITEM NO. 2 – RATIFICATION OF KPMG AS OUR 2020 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

 

Amended and restated articles of incorporation
LOGO     

 

Bylaws

Corporate governance guidelines

Charters of our key Board committees

Corporate ethics and compliance program documents, including the CenturyLink Code of Conduct.

RATIFICATION OF THE SELECTION OF THE INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

(Item 2 on Proxy or Voting Instruction Card)

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTEFORTHIS PROPOSAL

The Audit Committee of the Board has appointed KPMG LLP as our independent auditor for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018,2020, and we are submitting that appointment to our shareholders for ratification on an advisory basis at the meeting. Although shareholder ratification of KPMG’s appointment is not legally required, we are submitting this matter to the shareholders, as in the past, as a matter of good corporate practice. In determining whether to reappoint KPMG as our independent auditor, the Audit Committee considered a number of factors, including, among others, the firm’s qualifications, industry expertise, prior performance, control procedures, proposed staffing and the reasonableness of its fees on an absolute basis and as compared with fees paid by comparable companies.

If the shareholders fail to vote on an advisory basis in favor of the appointment, the Audit Committee will reconsider whether to retain KPMG, and may appoint that firm or another withoutre-submitting resubmitting the matter to the shareholders. Even if the shareholders ratify the appointment, the Audit Committee may, in its discretion, select a different independent auditor at any time during the year if it determines that such a change would be in the Company’s best interests.

In connection with the audit of the 20182019 financial statements, we entered into an engagement letter with KPMG which sets forth the terms by which KPMG will provide audit services to us. Any future disputes between KPMG and us under that letter will be subject to certain specified alternative dispute resolution procedures, none of which are intended to restrict the remedies that our shareholders might independently pursue against KPMG.

The following table lists the aggregate fees and costs billed to us by KPMG and its affiliates for the 20162018 and 20172019 services identified below:

 

  Amount Billed   Amount Billed 
  2016   2017   2018   2019 

Audit Fees(1)

  $11,316,096   $12,245,495   $16,014,014   $17,639,702 

Audit-Related Fees(2)

   118,178    207,554    106,528    153,203 

Tax Fees(3)

   2,079,160    2,121,869    1,318,798    119,098 

Other

           —     —  
  

 

   

 

 

Total Fees

  $13,513,434   $14,574,918   $17,439,340   $17,912,003 
  

 

   

 

 

 

(1)

Includes the cost of services rendered in connection with (i) auditing our annual consolidated financial statements, (ii) auditing our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (iii) reviewing our quarterly financial statements, (iv) auditing the financial statements of several of our subsidiaries, (v) reviewing our registration statements and issuing related comfort letters, (vi) statutory audits for certain of our foreign subsidiaries, and (vii) consultations regarding accounting standards. In addition, the amount listed for 2018 includes a final billing of $785,000 that was received after we finalized our 2019 proxy statement and consequently was not reflected in the auditor fee table included in our 2019 proxy statement.

accounting standards. Additionally, the amounts billed in 2016 and 2017 include $1,891,000 and $702,000, respectively, for services rendered in connection with auditing separatecarve-out financial statements related to divestiture-related transactions. Amounts exclude fees paid to KPMG by Level 3 prior to its acquisition by CenturyLink of $5,278,000 and $3,515,000 in 2016 and 2017, respectively.
(2)

Includes the cost of preparing agreed upon procedures reports and providing general accounting consulting services. Amounts exclude fees paid to KPMG by Level 3 prior to its acquisition by CenturyLink of $386,000 and $172,000 in 2016 and 2017, respectively.

(3)

Includes costs associated with (i) general tax planning, consultation and compliance (which were approximately $700,000$1,300,000 in 20162018 and $900,000approximately $100,000 in 2017) and (ii) tax planning and consultation related to transactions and divestitures (which were approximately $1,400,000 in 2016 and $1,200,000 in 2017)2019). Amounts exclude fees paid to KPMG by Level 3 prior to its acquisition by CenturyLink of $8,000 and $0 in 2016 and 2017, respectively.

The Audit Committee maintains written procedures that require it to annually review andpre-approve the scope of all services to be performed by our independent auditor. This review includes an evaluation of whether the provision ofnon-audit services by our independent auditor is compatible with maintaining the auditor’s

28    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 2 – RATIFICATION OF KPMG AS OUR 2020 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

independence in providing audit and audit-related services. The Committee’s procedures prohibit the independent auditor from providing anynon-audit services unless the service is permitted under applicable law and ispre-approved by the Audit Committee or its Chairman. The Chairman is authorized topre-approve projects if the total anticipated cost of all projectspre-approved by him during any fiscal quarter does not exceed $250,000. The Audit Committee haspre-approved the Company’s independent auditor to provide up to $75,000 per quarter of miscellaneous permitted tax services that do not constitute discrete and separate projects. The Chairman and the Chief Financial Officer are required periodically to advise the full Committee of the scope and cost of services notpre-approved by the full Committee. Although applicable regulations permit us to waive thesepre-approval requirements in certain limited circumstances, the Audit Committee did not use these waiver provisions in either 20162018 or 2017.2019.

KPMG has advised us that one or more of its partners will be present at the meeting. We understand that these representatives will be available to respond to appropriate questions and will have an opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so.

Ratification of KPMG’s appointment as our independent auditor for 20182020 will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the votes cast on the proposal at the meeting.

The Board unanimously recommends a vote FOR this proposal.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    29


AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

Management is responsible forOur Audit Committee has oversight authority over CenturyLink’s financial reporting function, including our internal controls andover financial reporting (“ICFR”) and our external independent audit process. OurIn carrying out its oversight responsibilities, the Audit Committee:

Monitors management’s responsibility for fairly presenting our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) by maintaining accurate and reliable financial information through our ICFR processes.

Appoints our independent auditor.

Regularly communicates with our independent auditor is responsible for performing an independentregarding the scope and status of its annual audit of our consolidated financial statements, including our ICFR.

As part of the Committee’s oversight of the Company’s financial statements, the Committee reviews and discusses with management, the internal audit team and the Company’s independent auditor, management’s key initiatives and programs aimed at maintaining and improving ICFR, the effectiveness of the Company’s internal and disclosure control structure, and the scope and adequacy of the Company’s internal auditing program.

The Committee met nine times in 2019 and included, whenever appropriate, executive sessions in which the Committee met separately with KPMG, our independent auditor, as well as representatives of our internal control over financial reporting,audit group and to issue reports thereon. As more fully described in its charter, the Audit Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in its general oversight of these processes and for appointing and overseeing the independent auditor, including reviewing their qualifications, independence and performance.

In this context,management. During 2019, the Committee has met and held discussions with management and our internal auditors and independent auditor for 2017, KPMG LLP. Management represented to the Committee that our consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted U.S. accounting principles. The Committee has reviewed and discussed with management and KPMG the consolidated financial statements, and management’s report and KPMG’s report and attestation on internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Committee also discussed with KPMGKPMG: (i) those matters required to be discussed by Auditing Standard No. 1301,Communicationsthe applicable requirements of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”), including the quality of the Company’s accounting principles, the reasonableness of significant judgments, and the clarity of disclosures in the financial statements; (ii) the written disclosures required by PCAOB regarding the independent auditor’s communications with Audit Committees.audit committees concerning independence; (iii) KPMG’s independence, and considered the effects that the provision ofnon-audit services may have on KPMG’s independence; and (iv) various other matters pertaining to the audit and other matters handled by KPMG.

Among other matters, over the course of the past year, the Committee also:

 

emphasized the continued importance of an environment supporting the integrity of the financial reporting process;

reviewed the scope of and overall plans for the annual audit and the internal audit program, including a review of critical accounting policies, critical accounting estimates, and significant unusual transactions;

 

reviewed a report by the independent auditor describing the independent auditor’s internal quality control procedures;

 

reviewed the performance of the lead engagement partner of our independent auditor;

 

reviewed and discussed each quarterly and annual earnings press release before issuance;issuance, including reviewing the Company’s issuance of guidance and use ofnon-GAAP financial information;

 

received periodicquarterly reports from the director of internal audit, including the Company’s work regarding ICFR, and met with other members of the internal audit staff;

 

reviewed and approved plans to integrate Level 3’s internal audit operations into

monitored the Company’s remediation of the two material weaknesses reported in our internal audit operations;Annual report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018;

 

received reports on the Company’s testing of Goodwill Impairment and the recording of an impairment in the first quarter 2019;

30    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

received periodic reports pursuant to our policy for the submission andof confidential treatment of communications from employees and others about accounting, internal controls and auditing matters;matters, and conducted certainfollow-up inquiries as necessary;

 

reviewed with management the scope and effectiveness of

amended our disclosure controls and procedures;procedures in connection with assessing their effectiveness;

 

received and evaluated a report concerning the Company’s major financial risks along with the Company’s mitigating actions;

oversaw the implementation of new accounting standards, including receiving quarterly updates on the Company’s implementation of the new lease accounting standard and the appropriate related internal controls;

received detailed analyses on the Company’s accounting for income taxes and the Company’s accounting for pension assets and liabilities;

discussed our 2019 Critical Accounting Matters with KPMG, including the work performed;

met quarterly in separate executive sessions, including private sessions with the Company’s independent auditors, internal auditors and top executives;

 

received aan annual report with regard to any hiring of former employees of KPMG; and

 

as discussed in greater detail under “Corporate Governance — Risk Oversight,”

coordinated with other committees of the Risk Evaluation CommitteeBoard to oversee the Company’s risk management function, especially with respect to matters that could impact the Company’s financial taxresults or financial position; and accounting risks.

KPMG also provided to

participated in the Committeeprocess of hiring the written disclosures required by the applicable requirementsCompany’s new head of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the independent auditor’s communications with audit committees concerning independence. The Committee discussed with KPMG that firm’s independence, and considered the effects that the provisioninternal audit.

Taking all ofnon-audit services may have on KPMG’s independence.

Based on and in reliance upon the these reviews and discussions referred to above,into account and subject to the limitations on the role and responsibilities of the Committee referred to in its charter, the undersigned Committee members recommended that the Board of Directors include the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.2019.

In addition to the Company’s corporate compliance program and hotline,integrity line, the Audit Committee has established procedures for the receipt and evaluation, on a confidential basis, of any complaints or concerns regarding our accounting, auditing, financial reporting or related matters. To report such matters, please send written correspondence to Audit Committee Chair, c/o Post Office Box 4364, Monroe, Louisiana 71211.

If you would like additional information on the responsibilities of the Audit Committee, please refer to its charter, which you can obtain in the manner described above under “Corporate Governance — Access to Information.”

Submitted by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

W. Bruce Hanks (Chair)

Martha H. Bejar

Peter C. Brown

Kevin P. Chilton

T. Michael Glenn

 

W. Bruce Hanks (Chair) Peter C. Brown
Martha H. Bejar Kevin P. Chilton
LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    31


PROPOSALITEM NO. 3 – APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO APPROVE THE

CENTURYLINKOUR 2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

(Item 3 on Proxy or Voting Instruction Card)

Our Board believes that our growth depends upon the efforts of our officers, directors, employees, consultants, and advisors, and we believe that our current equity compensation plan, the proposed CenturyLink 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”) will provide, provides an effective means of attracting, retaining, and motivating qualified key personnel while encouraging long-term focus on maximizing shareholder value. The

A maximum of 34,600,000 Common Shares were initially reserved for issuance under the 2018 Plan has been adoptedas approved by our shareholders at our 2018 annual meeting. As noted in the chart on page 39, we had 5,250,061 Common Shares available for grant under the 2018 Plan as of March 9, 2020, which we do not believe will be sufficient for future grants.

Therefore, we are proposing an amendment to increase the maximum number of Common Shares reserved for issuance under the 2018 Plan to 75,600,000, which reflects an increase of 41,000,000 Common Shares (the “Share Increase Amendment” and the 2018 Plan, after giving effect to the Share Increase Amendment, the “Amended Plan”).

We have carefully reviewed the provisions of the 2018 Plan in its entirety, and we feel that the plan still reflects good equity compensation practices and is in line with shareholder interests. We are not proposing any other changes to the terms of the 2018 Plan. The Share Increase Amendment is the only difference between the 2018 Plan and the Amended Plan.

Our Board, on the recommendation of its Human Resources and Compensation Committee, has unanimously approved the Share Increase Amendment, subject to approval by our shareholders at the annual meeting.

The principal features of the 2018Amended Plan are summarized below. However, this summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to by the full text of the 2018Amended Plan, as attached to this proxy statement asAppendix AC. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all the information that you may consider to be important. Therefore, we recommend that you readAppendix AC carefully before you decide how to vote on this proposal.

Purpose of the Proposal

We believe that providing officers, directors, employees, consultants and advisors with a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of our Company is crucial to stimulating individual performance while at the same time enhancing shareholder value. While we believe that employee equity ownership is a significant contributing factor in achieving strong corporate performance, we recognize that increasing the number of available shares under incentive plans may potentially dilute the equity ownership of our current shareholders.

Prior to However, given the Level 3 Combination, we had one active equity plan under which we granted long-term incentive awards — the Amended and Restated CenturyLink 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”), which was most recently approved by our shareholders in 2016. In connection with the Level 3 Combination, we assumed the Legacy Level 3 Communications, Inc. Stock Plan (the “Legacy Level 3 Plan” and, together with the 2011 Plan, our “current equity plans”). As noted in the chart under the heading “— Equity Compensation Plan Information”, asfew number of December 31, 2017, we had 43,570,576 sharesCommon Shares remaining available for grant under our current equity plans as of December 31, 2017. However, the majority of these shares are reserved for issuance under the Legacy Level 3 Plan, which, under NYSE rules, cannot be used to make grants to anyone who was employed by CenturyLink or our then-existing subsidiaries on the day prior to the closing of the Level 3 Combination.

Therefore, we are proposing adoption of the 2018 Plan in order to replace both of our current equity plans with a single,state-of-the-art equity plan free of the limitations contained in our current equity plans. Weas noted above, we believe that adoption of the 2018 PlanShare Increase Amendment is integral to our continued ability to attract, retain, and motivate key stakeholders in a manner aligned with the interests of our shareholders.

Assuming that our shareholders approve the 2018 Plan at the annual meeting, we will not make any future grants under either of our current equity plans. However, ifIf shareholders do not approve the 2018 PlanShare Increase Amendment at the annual meeting, we will continue to use our current equity plans2018 Plan but, given the limitations on uselimited number of those plans discussed above,Common Shares remaining available for issuance, we may be required tore-evaluate our compensation structure to ensure that it remains competitive. Specifically, if the 2018 PlanShare Increase Amendment is not approved, the Company may be required to increase the cash-based component of employee compensation, which could reduce the alignment of employee and shareholder interests.

32    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 3 – APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO OUR 2018 EQUITY  INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Summary of the 2018Amended Plan

Summary of the Amended Plan

Administration of the 2018 PlanAmended Plan..The Human Resources and Compensation Committee (or a subcommittee thereof)of this committee; in either case, the “Committee”) will generally administer the 2018Amended Plan and has the authority to make awards under the 2018Amended Plan, including setting the terms of the awards. The Committee also generally has the authority to interpret the 2018 Plan, to establish any rules or regulations relating to the 2018Amended Plan, and to make any other determination that it

believes necessary or advisable for proper administration of the 2018Amended Plan. Subject to the limitations specified in the 2018Amended Plan, the Committee may delegate its authority to our Chief Executive Officer or his designee with respect to grants to employees or consultants who are not subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.Act.

EligibilityEligibility..Key employees, officers, and directors of CenturyLink and our consultants or advisors are eligible to receive awards (“Incentives”) under the 2018Amended Plan. Based on current estimates, we anticipate that approximately 2,1751,875 officers and 1110non-employee directors would be eligible to receive Incentives under the 2018Amended Plan. Incentives may be granted in any one or a combination of the following forms: incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”),non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and other stock-based awards (“Other Stock-Based Awards (as defined below)Awards”). Each of these types of Incentives is discussed in more detail in “Types of Incentives” below.

Shares Issuable under the 2018Amended Plan.A total of 34,600,00075,600,000 of our Common Shares are authorized for issuance under the 2018 Plan.Amended Plan (giving effect to the Share Increase Amendment). This figure represents approximately 3.2%7% of the outstanding Common Shares as of our record date of April 6, 2018.March 26, 2020. The closing price of a Common Share on the record date, as quoted on the NYSE, was $17.21.$9.29.

Limitations on Shares Issuable under the 2018Amended Plan.Under the 2018Amended Plan, Incentivesincentives relating to no more than 1,500,000 Common Shares may be granted to a single participant in any fiscal year. A maximum of 34,600,000 Common Shares may be issued upon exercise of options intended to qualify as incentive stock options under the Code. The maximum value of Incentives that may be granted under the 2018Amended Plan to eachnon-employee director of CenturyLink during a single calendar year is $500,000.

Share Counting.For purposes of determining the maximum number of Common Shares available for delivery under the 2018Amended Plan, shares that are not delivered because an Incentive is forfeited, canceled, or expired will return to the 2018Amended Plan and be available for reissuance. In addition, any Common Shares subject to an Incentive originally granted under the 2011 Plan that are not delivered because, following shareholders’ approval of the 2018 Plan, such Incentive is forfeited, canceled, or expired, will also be available for issuance or delivery as a new Incentive under the 2018 Plan. However, Common Shares subject to an Incentive will not be recycled if (a) they are tendered in payment of exercise or base price of a stock option or stock-settled SAR; (b) they were covered by, but not issued upon settlement of, stock-settled SARs; or (c) they were delivered or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation related to stock options or stock-settled SARs. If an Incentive, by its terms, may only be settled in cash, it will not impact the number of Common Shares available for issuance under the 2018Amended Plan.

Adjustments to Shares Issuable under the 2018 PlanAmended Plan..Proportionate adjustments will be made to all of the share limitations provided in the 2018Amended Plan, including shares subject to outstanding Incentives, in the event of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, or other comparable change in our Common Shares, and the terms of any Incentive will be adjusted to the extent appropriate to provide participants with the same relative rights before and after the occurrence of any such event.

Minimum Vesting PeriodsPeriods..Except for any Incentives that are issued in payment of cash amounts earned under our short-term incentive program, all Incentives must be granted with a minimum vesting period of at least one year without providing for incremental vesting during that first year.

Dividends and Dividend EquivalentsEquivalents..The 2018Amended Plan provides that the Committee may grant dividends or dividend equivalent rights on certain types of awards (restricted stock, RSUs, and Other Stock-Based Awards). If the Committee elects to grant such rights, any such rights must vest and pay out or be forfeited in tandem with underlying Incentives rather than during the vesting period.

 

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    33


ITEM NO. 3 – APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO OUR 2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE  COMPENSATION PLAN

Summary of the Amended Plan

Amendments to the 2018 PlanAmended Plan..Our Board may amend or discontinue the 2018Amended Plan at any time. However, our shareholders must approve any amendment to the 2018Amended Plan that would:

 

materially increase the number of Common Shares that may be issued through the 2018 Plan,Amended Plan;

 

materially increase the benefits accruing to participants,participants;

 

materially expand the classes of persons eligible to participate,participate;

 

expand the types of awards available for grant,grant;

 

materially extend the term of the 2018 Plan,Amended Plan;

 

materially reduce the price at which Common Shares may be offered through the 2018 Plan,Amended Plan; or

 

permit the repricing of an option or stock appreciation right.

Duration of the 2018 PlanAmended Plan..No Incentives may be granted under the 2018Amended Plan after May 23, 2028.2028 (the tenth anniversary of the date on which the 2018 Plan was initially approved by our shareholders).

Types of IncentivesIncentives..Each type of Incentive that may be granted under the 2018Amended Plan is described below.

Stock Options.A. A stock option is a right to purchase Common Shares from CenturyLink. The Committee will determine the number and exercise price of the options, and the time or times that the options become exercisable, provided that the option exercise price may not be less than the fair market value of a Common Share on the date of grant, except for an option granted in substitution of an outstanding award in an acquisition. The term of an option will also be determined by the Committee, but may not exceed ten years. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any stock option at any time. As noted above, the Committee may not, without the prior approval of our shareholders, decrease the exercise price for any outstanding option after the date of grant. In addition, an outstanding option may not, as of any date that the option has a per share exercise price that is greater than the then-current fair market value of a Common Share, be surrendered to us as consideration for the grant of a new option with a lower exercise price, another Incentive, a cash payment, or Common Shares, unless approved by our shareholders. Incentive stock options will be subject to certain additional requirements necessary in order to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code.

The option exercise price may be paid:

 

in cash or by check,check;

 

in Common Shares,Shares;

 

through a “cashless” exercise arrangement with a broker approved by CenturyLink,CenturyLink;

 

through a net exercise procedure if approved by the Committee,Committee; or

 

in any other manner authorized by the Committee.

Stock Appreciation Rights.A.A stock appreciation right, or SAR, is a right to receive, without payment to CenturyLink, a number of Common Shares determined by dividing the product of the number of shares as to which the stock appreciation right is exercised and the amount of the appreciation in each share by the fair market value of a share on the date of exercise of the right. The Committee will determine the base price used to measure share appreciation (which may not be less than the fair market value of a Common Share on the date of grant), whether the right may be paid in cash, and the number and term of stock appreciation rights, provided that the term of a SAR may not exceed ten years. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any SAR at any time. The 2018Amended Plan restricts decreases in the base price and certain exchanges of SARs on terms similar to the restrictions described above for options.

Restricted Stock..The The Committee may grant Common Shares subject to restrictions on sale, pledge, or other transfer by the recipient for a certain restricted period. All shares of restricted stock will be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may provide in an agreement with the participant, including provisions that may

                      ��      
34    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 3 – APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO OUR 2018 EQUITY  INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Summary of the Amended Plan

obligate the participant to forfeit the shares to us in the event of termination of employment or if specified performance goals or targets are not met. Subject to restrictions provided in the participant’s incentive agreement and the 2018Amended Plan, a participant receiving restricted stock shall have all of the rights of a shareholder as to such shares, including the right to receive dividends although, as noted above, any such dividends would not be paid currently but would vest or be forfeited in tandem with the related shares of restricted stock.

Restricted Stock Units..A A restricted stock unit, or RSU, represents the right to receive from CenturyLink one Common Share on a specific future vesting or payment date. All RSUs will be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may provide in an agreement with the participant, including provisions that may obligate the participant to forfeit the RSUs in the event of termination of employment or if specified performance goals or targets are not met. Subject to the restrictions provided in the incentive agreement and the 2018Amended Plan, a participant receiving RSUs has no rights of a shareholder until Common Shares are issued to him or her. RSUs may be granted with dividend equivalent rights. Any such dividend equivalent rights would not be paid currently but would vest or be forfeited in tandem with the related RSUs.

Other Stock-Based Awards..The 2018 The Amended Plan also permits the Committee to grant to participants awards of Common Shares and other awards that are denominated in, payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the value of, or the appreciation in value of, Common Shares (referred to herein as “Other Stock-Based Awards”)(other stock-based awards). The Committee has discretion to determine the times at which such awards are to be made, the size of such awards, the form of payment, and all other conditions of such awards, including any restrictions, deferral periods, or performance requirements.

Termination of EmploymentEmployment..In the event that a participant ceases to be an employee of CenturyLink or its subsidiaries or to provide services to us for any reason, including death, disability, early retirement, or normal retirement, any Incentives may be exercised, shall vest, or shall expire at such times as provided in the applicable incentive agreement or as may be otherwise determined by the Committee.

Change in ControlControl..Upon a change in control of CenturyLink, as defined in the Incentive Plan or the applicable incentive agreement, the vesting of time-based Incentives will only occur if the participant has a contemporaneous or subsequent termination of employment. In addition, the payout of any performance-based Incentives upon a change of control may not exceed the greater of apro-rata payout based on target performance or payout of the Incentive based on actual performance. However, within certain time periods and under certain circumstances,conditions, the Committee may:

 

require that all outstanding Incentives be exercised by a certain date;

 

require the surrender to CenturyLink of some or all outstanding Incentives in exchange for a stock or cash payment for each Incentive equal in value to the per share change of control value, calculated as described in the 2018Amended Plan, over the exercise or base price;

 

make any equitable adjustment to outstanding Incentives as the Committee deems necessary to reflect our corporate changes; or

 

provide that an Incentive shall become an Incentive relating to the number and class of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) to which the participant would have been entitled in connection with the change of control transaction if the participant had been a shareholder.

Transferability of Incentives.No Incentives granted under the 2018Amended Plan may be transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise encumbered by a participant except: (a) by will; (b) by the laws of descent and distribution; (c) if permitted by the Committee and so provided in the applicable incentive agreement, pursuant to a domestic relations order, as defined in the Code; or (d) as to options only, if permitted by the Committee and so provided in the applicable incentive agreement, to immediate family members or to a partnership, limited liability company or trust for which the sole owners, members or beneficiaries are the participant or immediate family members.

Tax WithholdingWithholding..We may withhold from any payments or share issuances under the 2018Amended Plan, or collect as a condition of payment, any taxes required by law to be withheld. The participant may, but is not required to,

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    35


ITEM NO. 3 – APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO OUR 2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE  COMPENSATION PLAN

Summary of the Amended Plan

satisfy his or her withholding tax obligation by electing to deliver currently-owned Common Shares, or to have us withhold shares from the shares the participant would otherwise receive, in either case having a value equal to the maximum amount required to be withheld. This election must be made prior to the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. The Committee has the right to disapprove of any such election, except for participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.Act.

Purchase of IncentivesIncentives..The Committee may approve the repurchase by CenturyLink of an unexercised or unvested Incentive from the holder by mutual agreement, so long as the repurchase would not constitute the repricing of an option or SAR.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

The federal income tax consequences related to the issuance of the different types of Incentives that may be awarded under the 2018Amended Plan are summarized below. Participants who are granted Incentives under the 2018Amended Plan should consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences based on their particular circumstances.

Stock OptionsOptions..A participant who is granted a stock option normally will not realize any income, nor will we normally receive any deduction for federal income tax purposes, in the year the option is granted.

When anon-qualified stock option granted under the 2018Amended Plan is exercised, the participant will realize ordinary income measured by the difference between the aggregate purchase price of the shares acquired and the aggregate fair market value of the shares acquired on the exercise date and, subject to the limitations of Section 162(m) (as described below), we will be entitled to a deduction in the year the option is exercised equal to the amount the participant is required to treat as ordinary income.

Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. An employee generally will not recognize any income upon the exercise of any incentive stock option, but the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise over the option price will be an item of tax preference, which may, depending on particular factors relating to the employee, subject the employee to the alternative minimum tax imposed by Section 55 of the Code. The alternative minimum tax is imposed in addition to the federal individual income tax, and it is intended to ensure that individual taxpayers do not completely avoid federal income tax by using preference items. An employee will recognize capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the exercise price and the sale price on the sale or exchange of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option, provided the employee does not dispose of such shares within two years from the date of grant and one year from the date of exercise of the incentive stock option (the holding periods). An employee disposing of such shares before the expiration of the holding periods will recognize ordinary income generally equal to the difference between the option price and the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise. The remaining gain, if any, will be capital gain. We will not be entitled to a federal income tax deduction in connection with the exercise of an incentive stock option, except where the employee disposes of the shares received upon exercise before the expiration of the holding periods.

If the exercise price of anon-qualified option is paid by the surrender of previously-owned shares, the basis and the holding period of the previously-owned shares carry over to the same number of shares received in exchange for the previously-owned shares. The compensation income recognized on exercise of these options is added to the basis of the shares received. If the exercised option is an incentive stock option and the shares surrendered were acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option and have not been held for the holding periods, the optionee will recognize income on such exchange, and the basis of the shares received will be equal to the fair market value of the shares surrendered. If the applicable holding period has been met on the date of exercise, there will be no income recognition and the basis and the holding period of the previously owned shares will carry over to the same number of shares received in exchange, and the remaining shares will begin a new holding period and have a zero basis.

Stock Appreciation RightsRights..Generally, a participant who is granted a stock appreciation right under the 2018Amended Plan will not recognize any taxable income at the time of the grant. The participant will recognize ordinary income upon exercise equal to the amount of cash or the fair market value of the shares received on the day they are received.

36    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 3 – APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO OUR 2018 EQUITY  INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Federal Income Tax Consequences

In general, there are no federal income tax deductions allowed to CenturyLink upon the grant of stock appreciation rights. Upon the exercise of the stock appreciation right, however, we will be entitled to a deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income that the participant is required to recognize as a result of the exercise, provided that the deduction is not otherwise disallowed under Section 162(m).

Restricted StockStock..Unless the participant makes an election to accelerate recognition of the income to the date of grant under Section 83(b) of the Code (as described below), the participant will not recognize income, and we will not be allowed a tax deduction, at the time the restricted stock award is granted. When the restrictions lapse, the participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the shares as of that date, and we will be allowed a corresponding federal income tax deduction at that time, subject to any applicable limitations under Section 162(m). If the participant files an election under Section 83(b) of the Code within 30 days of the date of grant of restricted stock, the participant will recognize ordinary income as of the date of the grant equal to the fair market value of the shares as of that date, and we will be allowed a corresponding federal income tax deduction at that time, subject to any applicable limitations under Section 162(m). Any future appreciation in the shares will be taxable to the participant at capital gains rates. If the shares are later forfeited, however, the participant will not be able to recover the tax previously paid pursuant to a Section 83(b) election.

Restricted Stock Units.A participant will not be deemed to have received taxable income upon the grant of restricted stock units. The participant will be deemed to have received taxable ordinary income at such time as shares are distributed with respect to the restricted stock units in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares distributed to the participant. Upon the distribution of shares to a participant with respect to restricted stock units, we will ordinarily be entitled to a deduction for federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the taxable ordinary income of the participant, subject to any applicable limitations under Section 162(m). The basis of the shares received will equal the amount of taxable ordinary income recognized by the participant upon receipt of such shares.

Other Stock-Based AwardsAwards..Generally, a participant who is granted an Other Stock-Based Award under the 2018Amended Plan will recognize ordinary income at the time the cash or Common Shares associated with the award are received. If shares are received, the ordinary income will be equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares received over any amount paid by the participant in exchange for the shares.

In the year that the participant recognizes ordinary taxable income in respect of such Incentive, we will be entitled to a deduction for federal income tax purposes equal to the amount of ordinary income that the participant is required to recognize, provided that the deduction is not otherwise disallowed under Section 162(m).

Section 162(m). 162(m). Section 162(m) of the Code limits the amount of compensation paid to certain covered employees that we may deduct for federal income tax purposes to $1 million per employee per year. As revised by federal tax reform legislation passed in December 2017,Under Section 162(m)’s definition of, “covered employees” includesconsist of any individual who served as our CEO or CFO at any time during the taxable year plus the three other most highly-compensated officers (other than the CEO and CFO) for the taxable year. Once an individual becomes a covered employee for any taxable year beginning after December 31, 2016, that individual will remain a covered employee for all future years, including after termination of employment or even death. As a result, compensation payable to a covered employee under the 2018Amended Plan that might otherwise be deductible may not be deductible if all compensation paid to the employee for the taxable year exceeds $1 million.

Section 409A of the CodeCode..If any Incentive constitutesnon-qualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, it will be necessary that the Incentive be structured to comply with Section 409A to avoid the imposition of additional tax, penalties, and interest on the participant.

Tax Consequences of a Change of ControlControl..If, upon a change of control of CenturyLink, the exercisability, vesting, or payout of an Incentive is accelerated, any excess on the date of the change of control of the fair market value of the shares or cash issued under accelerated Incentives over the purchase price of such shares, if any, may be characterized as “parachute payments” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) if the sum of such amounts and any other such contingent payments received by the employee exceeds an amount

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    37


ITEM NO. 3 – APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO OUR 2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE  COMPENSATION PLAN

Federal Income Tax Consequences

equal to three times the “base amount” for such employee. The base amount generally is the average of the annual compensation of the employee for the five years preceding such change in ownership or control. An “excess parachute payment,” with respect to any employee, is the excess of the parachute payments to such person, in the aggregate, over and above such person’s base amount. If the amounts received by an employee upon a change of control are characterized as parachute payments, the employee will be subject to a 20% excise tax on the excess parachute payment and we will be denied any deduction with respect to such excess parachute payment.

The foregoing discussion summarizes the federal income tax consequences of Incentives that may be granted under the 2018Amended Plan based on current provisions of the Code, which are subject to change. This summary does not cover any foreign, state, or local tax consequences.

Vote Required

Approval of the 2018Amended Plan requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the votes cast on the proposal.proposal at the meeting.

The Board recommends that you vote FOR this proposal.

LOGO     

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTEFOR

THIS PROPOSAL

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table providestables provide information as of December 31, 20172019, and March 9, 2020, about our equity compensation plans under which Common Shares are authorized for issuance.

A. As of December 31, 2019

Plan Category

  Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options and rights
(a)
   Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options and
rights
(b) (1)
   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))
(c) (2)
 

Equity Compensation Plans approved by shareholders

   1,550,824    36.35    8,565,514 

Equity Compensation Plans not approved by shareholders

   12,403,513    27.37    35,005,062 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

   13,954,337    27.41    43,570,576 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plan Category

  Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options and rights
(a)
(1)
  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options and rights
(b)
(2)
  

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under plans    
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))

(c)

Equity Compensation Plans approved by shareholders

    8,821,040    $—       18,784,622

Equity Compensation Plans not approved by shareholders(3)

    3,424,930   $28.04    —       

Totals

    12,245,970(4)    $28.04    18,784,622(5) 

 

(1)

These amounts include restricted stock units, some of which represent the difference between the number of shares of restricted stock subject to market conditions granted at target and the maximum possible payout for these awards. Depending on performance, the actual share payout of these awards may range between0-200% of target.

(2)

The outstanding awardsamounts in column (a) include both options and restricted stock units. As restricted stock units, which do not have an exercise price,price. Consequently, those awards were excluded from the calculation of this exercise price. The weighted-average remaining term of the exercise prices disclosedoption awards included in this column (b)is 0.18 years.

(3)

These amounts represent Common Shares to be issued upon exercise or vesting of equity awards that were assumed in connection with certain acquisitions or issued under plans that were assumed in those acquisitions.

(4)

This figure consists of 469,042 options to purchase Common Shares and 11,776,928 Common Shares subject to restricted stock units (RSUs). In addition, as of December 31, 2019, we had 17,136,454 unvested shares of restricted stock outstanding (which, when combined with the Common Shares subject to RSUs in the prior sentence, yields a total of 29,382,424 full-value awards outstanding). These were the only types of equity awards outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

(5)

Represents the number of shares remaining available for issuance as new awards under our 2018 Plan as of December 31, 2019.

38    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


ITEM NO. 3 – APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO OUR 2018 EQUITY  INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Equity Compensation Plan Information

B. As of March 9, 2020

Plan Category

  Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options and rights
(a) (1)
  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options and rights
(b) (2)
  

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under plans    
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))

(c)

Equity Compensation Plans approved by shareholders

    12,752,160    $—       5,250,061

Equity Compensation Plans not approved by shareholders(3)

    1,314,171   $38.15    —       

Totals

    14,066,331(4)    $38.15    5,250,061(5) 

(1)

These amounts include restricted stock units, some of which represent the difference between the number of shares of restricted stock subject to market conditions granted at target and the maximum possible payout for these awards. Depending on performance, the actual share payout of these awards may range between0-200% of target.

(2)

The amounts in column (a) include restricted stock units, which do not have an exercise price. Consequently, those awards were excluded from the calculation of this exercise price. The weighted-average remaining term of the option awards included in this column is 0.59 years.

(3)

These amounts represent Common Shares to be issued upon exercise or vesting of equity awards that were assumed in connection with certain acquisitions or issued under plans that were assumed in those acquisitions.

(4)

This figure consists of 1,245 options to purchase Common Shares and 14,065,086 Common Shares subject to restricted stock units (RSUs). In addition, as of March 9, 2020, we had 19,820,297 unvested shares of restricted stock outstanding (which, when combined with the Common Shares subject to RSUs in the prior sentence, yields a total of 33,886,628 full-value awards outstanding). These were the only types of equity awards outstanding as of March 9, 2020.

(5)

Represents the number of shares remaining available for issuance disclosed in this column relate toas new awards under our two current equity plans: (i) the 2011 Plan (included under “Equity Compensation Plans approved by shareholders”) and (ii) the Legacy Level 3 Plan, which was approved by Level 3, but not CenturyLink, shareholders (and thus is included under “Equity Compensation Plans not approved by shareholders”). A description of the Legacy Level 3 Plan follows this chart. If our shareholders approve the 2018 Plan at the meeting, no additional shares will be issued in the future from eitheras of the 2011 Plan or the Legacy Level 3 Plan.March 9, 2020.

 

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    39


In connection with the Level 3 Combination, we assumed the Legacy Level 3 Plan. The Legacy Level 3 Plan was approved by Level 3’s shareholders on May 21, 2015 and no new grants may be made under the Legacy Level 3 Plan after May 21, 2025, although awards made prior to that date may remain outstanding beyond that date. In accordance with NYSE rules, we will not make grants from the Legacy Level 3 Plan to those employees and directors who, prior to the Level 3 Combination, were employed by or provided services to CenturyLink or our then-existing subsidiaries. The Legacy Level 3 Plan is currently administered by our Compensation Committee, which may delegate some of its authority to officers and employees of the Company, subject to certain exceptions. As noted in the table above, after adjustment as provided in the merger agreement, a total of 35,005,062 Common Shares remained available for issuance under the Legacy Level 3 Plan at December 31, 2017 (out of an overall total of 48,677,624 shares reserved for issuance). Currently under the Legacy Level 3 Plan, the Committee may make awards of qualified or nonqualified stock options with a maximum term of 10 years, restricted stock, RSUs, SARs, performance awards, and Other Stock-Based Awards. Shares surrendered in payment of the exercise price of options or SARs or in payment of withholding taxes are not eligible for reissuance under the Legacy Level 3 Plan. Our Board amended the Legacy Level 3 Plan as of the Closing Date to, among other things, reflect these merger-adjusted share limitations and conform the administration and change of control provisions to those of our other outstanding equity incentive plans.

As noted above, if shareholders approve the 2018 Plan as proposed, we will make no future issuances under either of our two equity incentive plans (the 2011 Plan or the Legacy Level 3 Plan).

ITEM NO. 4 – ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

(Item 4 on Proxy or Voting Instruction Card) –“SAY-ON-PAY”

Each year, since 2011 we have providedprovide our shareholders the opportunity to vote on anon-binding, advisory resolution to approve the compensation of our named executive officers as disclosed in our annual proxy statements pursuant to the rules of the SEC.

Under our executive compensation programs, our named executive officersNEOs are rewarded for achieving specific annual and long-term goals, as well as increased shareholder value. We believe this structure aligns executive pay with our financial performance and the creation of sustainable shareholder value. The Human Resources and Compensation Committee of our Board (the “Committee”) continually reviews our executive compensation programs to ensure they achieve the goals of aligning our compensation with both current market practices and your interests as shareholders.

As discussed in greater detail elsewhere in this proxy statement, the Committee spends considerable time and effort to ensure that not only do we have the right leadership in place, but also that our executive compensation programs continue to appropriately incentivize and reward each key member of the team in a manner that aligns with shareholder interests. During 2019, this included a significant emphasis on shareholder outreach, and taking action in response to the input we received from shareholders, including making changes to our 2020 compensation programs. For additional information on our executive compensation programs generally and our recent compensation actions specifically, we urge you to read the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “Executive Compensation” sections of this proxy statement.

At the meeting, we will ask you to vote, in an advisory manner, to approve the overall compensation of our named executive officers, as described in this proxy statement, including the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the Summary Compensation Table and the other related tables and disclosures. This proposal, commonly known as a“say-on-pay” proposal, gives you the opportunity to express your views. This advisory vote is not intended to address any specific element of compensation, but rather relates to the overall compensation of our named executive officers and our executive compensation policies and practices as described in this proxy statement. Accordingly, your vote will not directly affect or otherwise limit any existing compensation or award arrangement of any of our named executive officers.

While this“say-on-pay” vote is advisory and will not be binding on our Company or the Board, it will provide valuable information for future use by our Compensation Committee regarding shareholder sentiment about our executive compensation. We understand that executive compensation is an important matter for our shareholders. Accordingly, we invite shareholders who wish to communicate with our Board on executive compensation or any other matters to contact us as provided under “Corporate Governance — Top Leadership Positions and Structure.Governance–Shareholder Engagement.

Approval of this proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the votes cast on the proposal at the meeting.

The Board recommends

LOGO     

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTEFOR THIS PROPOSAL

40    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


LOGO

LETTER FROM THE CHAIR OF OUR COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

Fellow shareholders,

2018 was a transformative year for CenturyLink as we completed the acquisition of Level 3, made significant leadership changes including our CEO and CFO roles and undertook ambitious plans for integration and synergy realization. It was not a year of “business as usual”, and our compensation practices varied from what our shareholders have come to expect of us. In particular, significantone-time awards were utilized to effect leadership changes and some plan features were altered, such as shifting from a three-year performance period to two years in our long-term incentive plan. While we never intended for these practices to be repeated in subsequent years, our shareholders sent us a strong message of disapproval in the form of a significant drop in shareholder support for oursay-on-pay proposal. We have heard that you vote FOR the overall compensationmessage, engaged with our shareholders and benefited greatly from this engagement.

Our 2019say-on-pay proposal received only 41% support from shareholders, well below previous years and also falling well short of our namedgoals. The vote result was a clear indication that investors had reservations with how we paid our executive officers as describedteam in this proxy statement.2018. For the Board, the vote result was a clear call to action: the Committee committed to reviewing our executive compensation program from top to bottom, and making changes to improve the program.

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALSOur review started with our shareholders. We embarked on an ambitious effort to meet directly with our shareholders to specifically seek feedback on executive compensation. We invited investors holding a total of more than half of our outstanding shares to meet with us; more than 47% of our shareholder base accepted our invitation. I participated in every one of these meetings, and our Board Chairman attended most of these meetings.

(Items 5(a) and 5(b) on Proxy or Voting Instruction Card)

We periodically receive suggestionsThe feedback from our shareholders, some as formal shareholder proposals. We give careful considerationinvestors, among other factors, led us to all suggestions,make substantial changes to our executive compensation program. For instance, we immediately discontinued the use ofone-time awards, deemphasized and assess whether they promotedifferentiated the bestuse of Adjusted EBITDA in our short- and long-term interestsincentive plans, returned to a three-year performance period and added a relative TSR modifier for our long-term incentive plan.

The impact of CenturyLink and its shareholders.

We expect Items 5(a) and 5(b) to be presented by shareholders at the meeting. Following SEC rules, we are reprinting the proposals and supporting statements as they were submitted to us, other than minor formatting changes. We take no responsibility for them. On request to the Secretary at the address listed under “Other Matters — Annual Financial Report,” we will provide information about the sponsor’s shareholdings. Adoption of bothmany of these proposals requireschanges won’t be fully reflected in our compensation tables until the affirmativeend of 2020. The 2019 compensation program was already in place prior to our 2019say-on-pay vote ofand our subsequent shareholder engagement program. However, as you’ll see from the holders of at least asummary compensation table numbers, our CEO’s total pay fell by more than half from 2018. The majority of this reduction is due to elimination ofone-time awards and the votes castimpact of timing of changes in position for our CEO.

I express my gratitude to our shareholders who took the time to provide thoughtful and insightful input. The Committee is dedicated to structuring an executive compensation program that motivates our management team to perform and create long-term value for our shareholders. We look forward to continuing our engagement with shareholders, and we invite your input on our compensation program and the proposal at the meeting.

changes that we have put in place for 2020.

The Board recommends thatThank you vote AGAINST Items 5(a) and 5(b) for the reasons we give after each one below.privilege of serving you as a Director of CenturyLink.

Lobbying Proposal (Item (5(a))LOGO

The following proposal was submitted by theAFL-CIO Reserve Fund, located at 816 16th Street, NW, Washington D.C., 20006.Laurie Siegel

“Whereas, we believe in full disclosure of CenturyLink directDirector and indirect lobbying activitiesChair, Human Resources and expenditures to assess whether CenturyLink’s lobbying is consistent with its expressed goals and in the best interests of shareholders.

Resolved, the shareholders of CenturyLink request the preparation of a report, updated annually, disclosing:Compensation Committee

 

1.Company policy and procedures governing lobbying, both direct and indirect, and grassroots lobbying communications.
                             2.Payments by CenturyLink used for (a) direct or indirect lobbying or (b) grassroots lobbying communications, in each case including the amount of the payment and the recipient.
                             3.CenturyLink’s membership in and payments to anytax-exempt organization that writes and endorses model legislation.
4.Description of management’s decision making process and the Board’s oversight for making payments described in section 2 above.

For purposes of this proposal, a “grassroots lobbying communication” is a communication directed to the general public that (a) refers to specific legislation or regulation, (b) reflects a view on the legislation or regulation and (c) encourages the recipient of the communication to take action with respect to the legislation or regulation. “Indirect lobbying” is lobbying engaged in by a trade association or other organization of which CenturyLink is a member.

Both “direct and indirect lobbying” and “grassroots lobbying communications” include efforts at the local, state and federal levels.

The report shall be presented to the Audit Committee or other relevant oversight committees and posted on CenturyLink’s website.

Supporting Statement

We encourage transparency and accountability in the use of corporate funds to influence legislation and regulation. CenturyLink spent over $20 million from 2010 — 2016 on federal lobbying. This figure does not include lobbying expenditures to influence legislation in states, where CenturyLink also lobbies in 38 states (“Amid Federal Gridlock, Lobbying Rises in the States,”Center for Public Integrity, February 11, 2016), but disclosure is uneven or absent. For example, CenturyLink spent $729,286 on lobbying in Minnesota from 2011 — 2016. CenturyLink’s lobbying over customer privacy has attracted media scrutiny (“Telecom Lobbying Muscle Kills Privacy Rules,”Associated Press, April 17, 2017).

CenturyLink is a member of USTelecom, which spent $9.38 million on lobbying in 2015 and 2016. CenturyLink does not comprehensively disclose its memberships in trade associations nor the amounts of its payments used for lobbying, and CenturyLink does not disclose membership in or contributions totax-exempt organizations that write and endorse model legislation, such as its membership in the American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC). Transparent reporting would reveal whether company assets are being used for objectives contrary to CenturyLink’s long-term interests.

We are concerned that our company’s lack of trade association and ALEC disclosure presents reputational risks. For example, CenturyLink’s ALEC membership has drawn press scrutiny (“Telecom Sleaze: ALEC and Its Communication’s Funders — AT&T, Verizon, CenturyLink, Comcast and Time Warner Cable,”Huffington Post, May 2, 2015), and over 100 companies have publicly left ALEC, including 3M, Google, Shell, Sprint andT-Mobile.”

The Board recommends that you vote AGAINST this proposal for the following reasons:

We believe our continued success and long-term profitability are substantially dependent upon our ability to actively engage in political, legislative and regulatory processes to advocate in favor of laws and policies that are in the best interests of our company, shareholders and customers. The proponent’s proposal this year is substantially similar to the proposal it submitted last year, which received less than 30% support of the shares voted at last year’s annual meeting.

For the reasons discussed further below, we continue to believe that we currently disclose a substantial amount of information on our lobbying activities and that the preparation and publication of the report contemplated by this proposal is neither necessary nor an efficient use of our resources.

Information regarding our participation in the political process is set forth in our semi-annual Political Contributions Reports (the “Semi-Annual Reports”), which are available for review on our website. Our Semi-Annual Reports outline the core principles governing our political participation.

In addition to furnishing our Semi-Annual Reports, we file substantial amounts of information about our lobbying activity under federal, state and local laws. At the federal level, we file quarterly reports under the Lobbying Disclosure Act disclosing our lobbying expenditures and detailing the entities we lobbied and the subject matter of our lobbying efforts. This includes quarterly reporting to the Federal Election Commission regarding our employee political action committee. Any lobbying firms hired by us file similar reports, and trade associations to which we contribute are separately subject to strict public disclosure requirements regarding their lobbying activities. We and ourin-house and external lobbyists also file reports disclosing political contributions and related payments. Furthermore, we file all lobbying reports required by state laws, which in some cases have broader disclosure requirements than federal law. Shareholders can access this information through websites maintained by the U.S. House of Representatives, the U.S. Senate, the Federal Election Commission, and various state governmental bodies, or through various commercial websites that aggregate similar data.

Our policies and procedures governing lobbying and political activities are subject to rigorous internal controls designed to ensure, among other things, that our applicable disclosures are full and complete. As noted in our Semi-Annual Reports, our Senior Vice President, Public Policy and Government Relations, together with senior management, the Board, and various public policy and legal personnel, oversees and manages our corporate political activities in an effort to attain our public policy objectives and comply with all applicable laws. We have a policy of not contributing to “Super PACs”.

We believe we significantly benefit by participating in a number of industry and trade associations, which provide us with access to valuable industry data and expertise. These groups are independent organizations that represent the diverse interests of their members, and deal with a wide range of issues. These organizations frequently make expenditures or take action contrary to our preferences, often without our knowledge. As such, we do not believe that our membership in these organizations should be viewed as an endorsement of any particular organization or policy. Disclosure of the information contemplated by the proposal could be used to unfairly suggest that we support every position taken by organizations to which we contribute. For these reasons, we do not believe that additional disclosures regarding our contributions to such organizations would be helpful to shareholders.

We expend significant resources in connection with our political and lobbying activities. We believe the information that we currently furnish in our Semi-Annual Reports and file with state and federal agencies strikes an appropriate balance between transparency and avoiding excessive burden and cost. We believe that requiring us to gather and disclose additional information would result in an unproductive consumption of valuable time and corporate resources by tracking insignificant activities without materially enhancing existing disclosures.

We also oppose the proposal because many of its aspects are vague or unworkable, and may create confusion. We believe the proposal’s definition of lobbying and lobbying expenditures are ambiguous

and could, depending on the jurisdiction, include items such as office rent, business travel expenses, and even employee salaries. As a result, the disclosures required by the proposal could be inconsistent and confusing, because a particular expenditure might be lobbying-related in one jurisdiction, but not in another.

The proposal seeks to impose unnecessary line-item disclosures on lobbying expenditures that are not required by law and are not standard among other companies, including our competitors. Complying with the requirements of this proposal could put us at a relative disadvantage to our competitors. Any new requirements should be addressed by lawmakers and uniformly imposed on all entities.

Finally, you should be aware that the proponent’s Supporting Statement cites figures that we cannot verify and an article that appears to apply to companies other than us.

The Board is confident that the Company’s current lobbying activities are effective and fully aligned with the shareholders’ long-term interests. For the reasons set forth above, the Board believes that this proposal is overly burdensome, would result in an unproductive use of our resources, and is not in the best interests of our shareholders.

Billing Practices Proposal (Item 5(b))

The following proposal was submitted by Thomas P. Swiler, located at 3709 Embudito Drive NE, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87111.

“Whereas: Customers have a right to know how much the services they buy, including taxes, will cost them, and according to CenturyLink’s Code of Conduct, “We must truthfully market, promote, advertise and sell our products. This is consistent with our commitment to act honestly in all business affairs. All descriptions of our products, services, and prices must be truthful and accurate.”

Resolved: Shareholders request that CenturyLink ensure adherence to this principle by providing customers an itemized list, including taxes, of charges, credits, expected monthly costs, the value and duration of limited time promotions, and commitment period associated with any service change within seven days of their decision to change the service. Shareholders further request that customers shall be given the option to delay the service change until they have approved the costs by dialing a unique code listed on the itemized list, or, if an immediate service charge is desired, be able to revert to their previous service within seven days of receiving the itemized list. This procedure will ensure that customers receive what they expect, which will improve customer satisfaction and retention, and will ultimately benefit the company and its shareholders.

Supporting Statement:

You are urged to vote “Yes” for this proposal for the following reasons;

As a CenturyLink customer, I have experienced instances in which the monthly cost, after initial charges and credits, that appeared on my bill after making a service change was not the monthly cost promised, and it becomes contingent on me to correct the problem, if it can be fixed at all, wasting my time and causing me frustration. While this mode of operation may provide short-term benefits to the company and employees who may receive bonuses by locking customers into a limited term commitment as a price higher than anticipated, it does so at a long-term expense to the company and shareholders due to the dwindling customer base that results when dissatisfied customers choose different telecommunications options. By providing customers with written acknowledgement of agreed upon services and pricing, there can be no misrepresentation or misunderstanding of the agreed to terms. Customer satisfaction will increase, and more customers will be retained.”

The Board recommends that you vote AGAINST this proposal for the following reasons:

Our Board agrees that customer satisfaction and retention are crucial to the Company’s success, and spends considerable time with management attempting to improve our customers’ experience. As described in greater

detail below, our Board believes that the steps proposed by the proponent are unnecessary and unworkable because:

Our Board has focused on customer satisfaction for many years and has overseen the implementation of a wide range of actions designed to improve our customers’ experience; and

Our recent and continuing changes will advance the goal of improved customer satisfaction more effectively than the proponent’s proposal.

Actions Taken to Improve Customer Experience.We have long recognized the need for strong customer relations. In recent years we have worked to reduce the complexity of our product offerings and bills, which we believe were largely an outgrowth of sweeping changes in the communications and technology industries, among other factors. With extensive involvement of the Board, we augmented these efforts during the last half of 2017 with a comprehensive review of our policies, procedures and practices relating to consumer sales, service and billing.

As a result of these efforts, over the past couple of years we have, among other things:

created a new executive leadership team responsible for our customer advocacy group, which we believe has significantly enhanced and improved the timely flow of customer information to our most senior leaders;

enhanced our ability to detect customer issues through improved data analytics capabilities;

simplified our product offerings and bill presentations, including improving our bill estimation and quoting tools, expanding our use of service confirmation letters and taking other steps designed to reduce billing fluctuations and uncertainties;

revised our customer call intake and training functions to reduce the risk of conflicting or potentially confusing messages; and

conditioned payment of a portion of our senior management’s annual compensation upon attaining targeted improvements in customer care.

In the near term, we plan to further improve our customer processes through, among other things, enhancing our ability to gather and analyze all forms of customer feedback and continuing to expand and improve our training programs. Moreover, we plan to continue to canvass our operations in anon-going manner to identify other potential changes we can make to improve customer satisfaction in an evolving marketplace.

Effect of Our Changes.The Board is confident that our above-described recent actions have simplified our products and strengthened our processes. The Board further believes that these changes, coupled with the other changes we plan to implement, will improve the experience of our customers, thereby attaining the goals sought by the proponent.

We do not believe that the additional changes proposed by the proponent are appropriate or workable. Unlike our focus on continuous improvements, the proponent has proposed a static mandate, which we believe could limit our future flexibility to adopt approaches that our management, customer base or regulators subsequently determine to be more effective in serving our customers’ needs. The proponent also seeks information which is already made available to customers. Presently, we generally make our prices and charges available to consumers online, during sales calls, and in correspondence and bills. We also routinely provide confirmation of service letters to customers after the point of sale.

The proposal seeks to have us make a more specific representation about a customer’s initial or later bills, but this information is not always available due to future events that are outside our control, or is not always determinable at or near the time of sale. The proposal would also obligate us to create an expensive and unduly

complex new infrastructure that we believe many of our customers might find cumbersome, confusing or unsatisfactory. We believe the proponent’s proposal would also require us to craft a proliferating number of software applications and additional steps for the activation of service, thereby hindering our efforts over the past couple of years to simplify our customer care and billing processes. In addition, the sequencing of installation events suggested by the proponent could create material inconsistencies with our existing order completion systems, as well as our legal and regulatory obligations.

Ultimately, we believe our recent, pending and future changes will more effectively advance the goal of customer satisfaction than the proponent’s proposal.

For the reasons set forth above, the Board believes that the concerns raised by this proposal have been addressed and that the proposal is unnecessary, unworkable and not in your best interests.

OWNERSHIP OF OUR SECURITIES

Principal Shareholders

The following table sets forth information regarding ownership of our Common Shares by the persons known to us to have beneficially owned more than 5% of the outstanding Common Shares on December 31, 2017 (the “investors”), unless otherwise noted.

Name and Address

LOGO Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership of
Common Shares(1)2020 Proxy Statement    |    41
  Percent of
Outstanding
Common
Shares(1)

Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited

60B Orchard Road

#06-18 Tower 2

Singapore 238891

118,164,323(2)11.0

The Vanguard Group

100 Vanguard Blvd.

Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355

101,372,433(3)9.5

Blackrock, Inc.

55 East 52nd Street

New York, New York 10055

72,517,271(4)6.8

Southeastern Asset Management, Inc.

6410 Poplar Avenue, Suite 900

Memphis, Tennessee 38119

71,486,921(5)6.7

(1)The figures and percentages in the table above have been determined in accordance with Rule13d-3 of the SEC based upon information furnished by the investors, except that we have calculated the percentages in the table based on the actual number of Common Shares outstanding on the dates as to which the investors have reported their holdings (as noted in notes 2 through 5), as opposed to the estimated percentages set forth in the reports of such investors referred to below in such notes. In addition to Common Shares, we have outstanding Preferred Shares that vote together with the Common Shares as a single class on all matters. One or more persons beneficially own more than 5% of the Preferred Shares; however, the percentage of total voting power held by such persons is immaterial. For additional information regarding the Preferred Shares, see “General Information About the Annual Meeting — How many votes may I cast?”
(2)Based on information contained in a Schedule 13D/A Report dated as of April 5, 2018 that this investor filed with the SEC. In this report, the investor indicated that, as of April 5, 2018, it shared with two of its subsidiaries voting power and dispositive power with respect to all of the above-listed shares.
(3)Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G/A Report dated as of February 7, 2018 that this investor filed with the SEC. In this report, the investor indicated that, as of December 31, 2017, it (i) held sole voting power with respect to 1,353,681 of these shares, (ii) shared voting power with respect to 212,211 of these shares, (iii) held sole dispositive power with respect to 99,828,012 of these shares and (iv) shared dispositive power with respect to 1,544,421 of the above-listed shares.
(4)Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G/A Report dated as of January 24, 2018 that this investor filed with the SEC. In this report, the investor indicated that, as of December 31, 2017, it held sole voting power with respect to 63,622,438 of these shares and sole dispositive power with respect to all of the above-listed shares.
(5)Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G/A Report dated as of February 13, 2018 that this investor filed with the SEC. In this report, the investor indicated that, as of December 31, 2017, it (i) shared voting power with respect to 31,864,230 shares, (ii) held sole voting power with respect to 35,194,325 of these shares, (iii) shared dispositive power with respect to 32,889,230 shares and (iv) held sole dispositive power with respect to 38,597,691 of the above-listed shares.

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information, as of the record date, regarding the beneficial ownership of Common Shares by our executive officers and directors. Except as otherwise noted, all beneficially owned shares are held with sole voting and investment power and are not pledged to third parties.

   Components of Total Shares
Beneficially Owned
     

Name

  Unrestricted Shares
Beneficially
Owned(1)
   Unvested
Restricted
Stock(2)
   Total Shares
Beneficially

Owned(3), (4)
 

Current Executive Officers:

      

Stacey W. Goff

   93,125    393,962    487,087 

Aamir Hussain

   90,505    470,833    561,338 

Sunit S. Patel(5)

   682,820    318,616    1,001,436 

Glen F. Post, III

   1,001,645    1,086,431    2,088,076 

Jeffrey K. Storey

   1,180,107    542,590    1,722,697 

Scott A. Trezise

   25,126    234,812    259,938 

Outside Directors:

      

Martha H. Bejar

   20,109    5,882    25,991 

Virginia Boulet

   37,258    5,882    43,140 

Peter C. Brown(6)

   24,297    5,882    30,179 

Kevin P. Chilton

   37,562    4,224    41,786 

Steven T. Clontz(7)

   167,295    4,224    171,519 

T. Michael Glenn(8)

   71,028    4,224    75,252 

W. Bruce Hanks

   52,840    5,882    58,722 

Mary L. Landrieu

   4,859    5,882    10,741 

Harvey P. Perry(9)

   91,555    5,882    97,437 

Michael J. Roberts

   34,630    5,882    40,512 

Laurie A. Siegel

   32,038    5,882    37,920 

Former Executive Officer:

      

R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.

   36,010    73,144    109,154 

All executive officers and directors as a group (17) persons)(10)

   3,646,799    3,106,972    6,753,771 

(1)This column includes the following number of shares allocated to the individual’s account under one of our qualified 401(k) plans: 7,175 — Mr. Goff; 186,158 — Mr. Post; 5,081 — Mr. Storey; 9,187 — Mr. Patel and 21,324 — Mr. Ewing. Participants in these plans are entitled to direct the voting of their plan shares, as described in greater detail elsewhere herein.
(2)Reflects (i) for all shares listed, unvested shares of restricted stock over which the person holds sole voting power but no investment power, and (ii) with respect to our performance-based restricted stock granted to our executive officers, the number of shares that will vest if we attain target levels of performance.
(3)Excludes (i) shares that might be issued under restricted stock units if our performance exceeds target levels and (ii) “phantom units” held by Mr. Roberts that are payable in cash upon the termination of his service as a director, as described further under “Director Compensation — Other Benefits.”
(4)None of the persons named in the table beneficially owns more than 1% of the outstanding Common Shares. The shares beneficially owned by all directors and executive officers as a group constituted 0.6% of the outstanding Common Shares as of the record date.
(5)Includes 1,428 shares indirectly held and beneficially owned by Mr. Patel in an individual retirement account.
(6)Includes 24,297 shares held by atax-exempt charitable foundation, as to which Mr. Brown has voting and dispositive powers by virtue of his control of the foundation.
(7)Includes 40,000 shares held by Mr. Clontz’s wife and 500 shares held by his son as to which Mr. Clontz disclaims beneficial ownership.


(8)Includes 32,143 shares held indirectly by Mr. Glenn in a trust.
(9)Includes 709 shares beneficially held by Mr. Perry’s spouse, as to which Mr. Perry disclaims beneficial ownership, and 35,987 shares held by Mr. Perry through our dividend reinvestment plan (as of the most recent date practicable).
(10)As described further in the notes above, includes (i) 1,428 shares held through an individual retirement account, (ii) 24,297 shares held beneficially through a foundation, (iii) 32,143 shares held indirectly by a trust, (iv) 40,709 shares held beneficially by spouses of these individuals and 500 shares owned by the son of one of these individuals, in each case as to which beneficial ownership is disclaimed, and (v) 35,987 shares held through our dividend reinvestment plan (as of the most recent date practicable), excluding 2,384 shares held through such plan by one of our executive officers who no longer participates in such plan.

 

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This CD&A section is comprised of the following subsections:

I.

Executive Summary

II.

Shareholder Engagement and Responsiveness toSay-On-Pay Vote

III.

Our Compensation Philosophy, Objectives and Linkage to Corporate Strategy

IV.

Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of Pay

V.

Our Executive Compensation Process

VI.

Our Use of “Benchmarking” Data

VII.

Our Governance of Executive Compensation

I. Executive Summary

Our Business

IntroductionWe are an international facilities-based communications company engaged primarily in providing a broad array of integrated services to our business and residential customers. We believe we are among the largest providers of communications services to domestic and global enterprise customers and the second largest enterprise wireline telecommunications company in the United States. We provide services in over 60 countries, with most of our revenue being derived in the United States.

Fiscal 2017 was a transformational yearWe continue expanding the reach and capabilities of our network by investing at the edge of our world class fiber network consisting of approximately 450,000 route miles, connecting approximately 170,000 fiber-basedon-net enterprise buildings, connecting to public and private data centers and subsea networks. We are also investing in new technologies, leveraging our company’s history. extensive fiber network that provide customers with dynamic bandwidth andlow-latency edge computing services to enable their digital transformation.

LOGO

Our Named Executive Officers

•  Jeffrey K. Storey

Chief Executive Officer and President

•  Indraneel Dev

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

•  Stacey W. Goff

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

•  Scott A. Trezise

Executive Vice President, Human Resources

•  Shaun C. Andrews

Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer

For additional information on each, please see “Item No. 1—Election of Directors—Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors.”

42    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

I. Executive Summary

Recent Business Developments

We completed our combination with Level 3 (the “Level 3 Combination”) was completed on November 1, 2017, (the “Closing” or “Closing Date”), creatingwhich transformed our company into the second largest domestic wireline communications provider serving global enterprise customers, with enhanced capabilities to meetcustomers. By the demandsend of 2018, we had achieved $850 million of deal-related synergies ahead of our customers inthree-year target. Additionally, during 2019 we announced an increasingly competitive environment. Below are highlightsincremental $800 million to $1 billion of annualized cost savings target over a three-year period.

During 2019, we met or exceeded all financial outlook measures we provided at the beginning of the combined company’s profile:year, including Adjusted EBITDA, Free Cash Flow, and Capital Expenditure objectives. Specifically, we:

LOGO

*Excluding

Generated greater Enterprise and iGAM revenue related to our divested colocation business and including estimated intercompany eliminations and purchase accounting adjustments.

Given the dramatic increase in the Company’s scalesecond half 2019, compared to the first half 2019

Grew Adjusted EBITDA (excluding integration and geographic footprinttransformation costs and the significant changesspecial items) to corporate strategy$9.070 billion compared to $9.040 billion for full year 2018

Expanded Adjusted EBITDA (excluding integration and transformation costs and special items) margin to 40.5%, compared to 38.6% for full year 2018

Reduced Net Debt by approximately $2.0 billion in 2019, and reduced Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA to 3.7 times in 4Q19 from 4.0 times in 4Q18, moving closer to our three-year objective of 2.75 to 3.25 times

Refinanced approximately $17.0 billion in long-term debt (pro forma for first quarter 2020 activity), significantly reducing our cost of capital, and resulting fromin more than $200 million in annualized interest expense savings

SeeAppendix A for a reconciliation of the Level 3 Combination,non-GAAP metrics above to GAAP measures.

Say-on-Pay Vote Results, Shareholder Engagement, and Compensation Program Updates

As described in greater detail below, in response to only 41% of our shareholders supporting our 2019say-on-pay proposal, our Board and its Human Resources and Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) spent considerable time and effort during 2019 conducting a robust shareholder engagement program and recalibrating our existing executive compensation programprograms to supportaddress the challenges and opportunities inherent in combiningof the two companies. As describedCompany going forward. In that program, as discussed in greater detail in subsection II below, during theone-year period between the merger announcement in October 2016our Board and the Closing,management solicited input from investors representing 53% of our outstanding shares, ultimately meeting with investors representing 47% of our outstanding shares.

As a result of that engagement process, the Committee focused on designing an executive compensation programhas approved extensive changes to retain, incentivize and appropriately reward the Company’s senior leadership team throughout the duration of the transaction, from the critical period between announcement and Closing and through post-Closing

38

Approx. 450,000 Route Miles of Fiber Globally Approx. 360,000 International Transport Miles International Transport Route Miles are a combination of leased and owned, fiber and optical transport connectivity. 100,000+ On-Net buildings 52,500 Employees Globally More Than 60+ Countries and Counting Proforma Revenue Approx. $24B (Estimated trailing twelve months ending December 31, 2017)*


implementation of the combined company’s strategy. An important component of that process was the implementation of previously-announced succession plans for the chief executive officer (“CEO”) and chief financial officer (“CFO”) positions, including the recruitment and incorporation of two former Level 3 executives into the CenturyLink executive management team who will succeed our long-tenured CFO and CEO.

For 2017, our named executive officers were:

•  Glen F. Post, III

Chief Executive Officer

•  Jeffrey K. Storey

President and Chief Operating Officer

•  Sunit S. Patel

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

•  Aamir Hussain

Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

•  Stacey W. Goff

Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

•  R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.

Former Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary

Because the Closing occurred during the fiscal year, our named executive officer group for 2017 consists of both legacy CenturyLink executives (Messrs. Post, Hussain, Goff, and Ewing, our “legacy named executives”) as well as two former Level 3 executives who joined us as CenturyLink executive officers at the Closing (Messrs. Storey and Patel, our “newly named executives”).

This2020 incentive programs. To help you understand these changes, this Compensation Discussion and Analysis (the “CD&A”) is organizedaddresses our executive compensation for 2019, which were made before our 2019say-on-pay vote, as well as previewing program changes that have been implemented for 2020 in response to shareholder input.

During 2020, we have transitioned into four subsections:the operational phase of our long-term strategy. Following discussions with our shareholders, an internal review process and consultation with the Committee’s independent compensation consultants, we have made significant changes to our 2020 incentive programs as follows:

We discontinued the use ofone-time awards.

We confirmed our target pay relative to market pay.

In our short-term incentive (“STI”) plan:

 

o

We deemphasized EBITDA;

o

We added Revenue as a metric; and

o

We added a cap on the individual performance adjustment.

Subsection                                                                                                                                                        

LOGO Page

I.

2020 Proxy Statement    |    43
  

Executive Summary

39

II.

Our Compensation Philosophy and Linkage to Pay for Performance

42

III.

Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay

48

IV.

Our Policies, Processes and Guidelines Related to Executive Compensation

64


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

I. Executive Summary

As described further below,

In our long-term incentive (“LTI”) plan:

o

We returned to a three-year performance period;

o

We transitioned from atwo-year Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate metric to a three-year cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target; and

o

We added a relative total shareholder return (“TSR”) Modifier.

While we have made significant changes to our 2020 incentive plans following our shareholder outreach, our 2019 incentive plans remained unchanged from 2018 (other than the central goalsdiscontinuance ofone-time awards). The 2019 compensation program was in place prior to the 2019 Annual Meeting, and the Committee did not have the benefit of the latest shareholder feedback before formulating the 2019 program.

Additional details of our executive2019 compensation programs and 2020 program changes are to incentivize our executives to attain objectivesdescribed in the sections that follow.

2019 Performance Highlights

During 2019, we believemet and exceeded several financial and operational goals that the Committee had previously selected as short-term and equity compensation targets and made tough decisions that will create shareholder value, to reward performance that contributes to the execution of our business strategies, and to attract and retain the right executives for our business.

2017 Business Highlights. In addition to successfully completing the Level 3 Combination, we achieved several other significant accomplishments during 2017, including the following:

 

Paid dividends of nearly $1.5 billion to shareholders.

Improved 2019 revenue performance:

o

Met our objective to grow second half 2019 revenue compared to first half 2019 for two of our business segments, Enterprise and iGAM

o

Maintained our focus on profitable growth

Grew Adjusted EBITDA and expanded Adjusted EBITDA margins

 

Invested in our network to improve transmission speed availability across our broadband service footprint, resulting in the growth of the percent of addressable units receiving service with transmission speeds of 100 megabits per second (Mbps) or higher and 1 gigabit per second (Gbps) or higher by 34% and 24%, respectively. We ended the year with 4.4 million addressable units capable of speeds of 100 Mbps or higher and approximately 1.7 million addressable units capable of 1 Gbps or higher.transformation initiatives, enabling us to:

 

o

Enhance the customer experience

o

Achieve $430 million in annualizedrun-rate cost savings as of the end of 2019, one year into the three-year program that we announced in early 2019

Launched 12 new products and services for enterprise and small business customers (including Level 3 product or service launches), including (i) Cloud Application Manager, (ii) Amazon Chime delivered by CenturyLink, (iii) Managed Enterprise with Cisco Meraki, (iv) Big Data as a Service with Managed Cloudera, (v) Business VoIP for Small Businesses, and (vi) CenturyLink BusinessWi-Fi; and released 12 major product enhancements to include increased functionality for ManagedSD-WAN and CenturyLink Private Cloud products.

ExpandedExecuted on our post-Level 3 Combination security offerings into new international markets and enhanced our ability to serve customers by integrating various legacy Level 3 and CenturyLink products and services.capital allocation plan:

 

Completed the sale of our data center and colocation business forpre-tax cash proceeds of $1.8 billion and a 10% equity stake in the purchaser consortium’s newly-formed global secure infrastructure company, Cyxtera Technologies.
o

Reduced debt outstanding by over $2 billion

o

Refinanced over $17 billion in debt (pro forma for first quarter 2020 activity)

o

Reducednet-cash interest expense

o

Reduced our Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA leverage ratio to 3.7x as of the end of 2019, from 4.0x as of the end of 2018

o

Invested in our business, increasing capital expenditures by more than $450 million in 2019 compared to 2018

o

Continued to return more than $1 billion in cash to shareholders via dividends

2017 Executive Compensation HighlightsPay for Performance Orientation.Throughout 2017, the Committee took steps to (i) attract and appropriately compensate newly-hired executives with skills tailored to the combined company, (ii) retain, reward and adequately incentivize our legacy named executives in connection with their integration efforts before and after the Closing and (iii) begin development of

Our executive compensation programs suitable for the combined company. In the course of these actions, we continued to focus on maintaining a strong linkage between executive paybe heavily performance-based and our performance and strategic goals and developing executive compensation packages designed to be competitive with our market for executive talent.

Our recent key executive compensation decisions and highlights are summarized below.

Our executive compensation program for 2017 continued to emphasize variable “at risk” compensation, with thecompensation. The majority of each named executive officer’s (“NEOs”) total target compensation is structured as a combination of short- and long-term performance-driven incentives (which, for our CEO, represented 90% of his total target compensation).

As in prior years, the Committee set challenging performance targets under our incentive programs to ensure that payouts track corporate performance. In fact, we did not fully achieve ourpre-established goals for 2017. Specifically:

Our short-term incentive bonus payouts for 2017 were 73.0% of targeted amounts for each of our legacy named executives.

Nearly 75% of the performance-based restricted shares originally granted to our named executives in 2015 were forfeited based upon our actual performance over the three-year performance period ending December 31, 2017.

Our annual long-term incentive grants to our legacy named executives in February 2017 consisted of a combination of performance-based restricted stock (60% of the target grant value) and time-vested restricted stock (40% of the target grant value).

During its annual review of executive compensation in February 2017, the Committee generally maintained levels of target total compensation for our legacy named executives substantially similar to levels awarded in prior years, subject to a few modest exceptions necessary to address below-market pay packages.

We recently converted our long standing supplemental life insurance policies, which currently cover three grandfathered senior executives, to policies with fixed premiums at significantly reduced levels and the Committee approved the resumption of premium payments beginning with 2016 and 2017.

We announced a CFO succession plan, which was contingent upon the successful completion of the Level 3 Combination. To implement the plan, Mr. Ewing, who served as our CFO prior to the Level 3 Combination, agreed to step down from all executive positions effective with the Closing and then fully retired from all positions with the Company after a short transition period. Mr. Patel, who had served as CFO for Level 3 prior to the Level 3 Combination, was appointed to succeed Mr. Ewing as CFO effective upon the Closing.

In June 2017, the Company announced a CEO succession plan, which initially envisioned Mr. Post, our current CEO, stepping down from that role effective January 1, 2019. In March 2018, Mr. Post elected to accelerate the plan by retiring at the meeting. We anticipate that Mr. Storey, who most recently

served as Level 3’s President and CEO and was appointed as our President and Chief Operating Officer effective upon the completion of the Level 3 Combination, will succeed Mr. Post as CEO at that time.

Throughoutmid-2017, the Committee or its chair approved or reviewed offer letters to Messrs. Storey and Patel and certain other Level 3 officers selected to join our post-combination senior leadership team upon the Closing.

Our newly named executives participated in a discretionary bonus program for the two months of 2017 in which they served as CenturyLink officers, and each earned a payout of 100% of his targeted amount,pro-rated for thetwo-month period of service (following which they will participate in our short-term incentive program).

Additionally, in anticipation of the Level 3 Combination, the Committee reviewed market compensation data for each individual expected to serve as an executive officer of the combined company following the Closing. In June, the Committee approved compensation adjustments for a select group of legacy executives contingent and effective upon the Closing. These changes were based on market data that compared executive pay to a new peer group for the combined company. See further discussion under the heading “— Use of ‘Benchmarking’ Data — Compensation Benchmarking” in Subsection IV below.

In order to attract, retain and incentivize our executives before and after the Level 3 Combination, the Committee granted a combination of integration and retention awards to our legacy executives. The details of these actions are discussed under the heading “— Awards Related to Level 3 Combination” in Subsection III below.

Effective upon the Closing, Messrs. Storey and Patel officially joined us as executive officers and received certain special cash and equity awards as provided in their previously-disclosed offer letters, which are described under the heading “— Awards Related to Level 3 Combination” in Subsection III below.

After 34 years of service to the Company, Mr. Ewing agreed to step down from all executive positions effective with the Closing in order to implement the above-discussed CFO succession plan agreed to by the Company and Level 3 as a component of the Level 3 Combination. As discussed above, Mr. Patel succeeded Mr. Ewing as CFO effective upon the Closing, and after a short transition period, Mr. Ewing fully retired from employment with the Company. The Committee approved additional compensation from contractually obligated amounts, which are described under the heading “— Compensation Paid to our Former Executive” in Subsection III below, following their consideration of a range of factors, including Mr. Ewing’s contributions to the growth of CenturyLink over his long tenure and the critical role he played in negotiating, financing and implementing the Level 3 Combination.

Assessment of “Say on Pay” Voting Results and Shareholder Outreach

In May 2015, 2016 and 2017, our shareholders cast approximately 95%, 89% and 87% respectively, of their votes in favor of our “say on pay” proposal. The Committee takes the results of these votes into consideration when making executive compensation decisions. Although this level of support seems to indicate that our shareholders are generally satisfied with the scope and structure of our compensation programs, our senior management continued our shareholder outreach program with our top institutional investors that began in 2014. Most recently, in May 2017, we contacted our top institutional investors, holding approximately 20% of our outstanding shares, and offered shareholder outreach calls. We remain committed to providing our shareholders with an opportunity for open dialogue on compensation matters and other issues relevant to our business, and expect to continue to engage in outreach efforts in the future.

II. Our Compensation Philosophy and Linkage to Pay for Performance

Our Compensation Philosophy

We compensate our senior management through a mix of programs designed to be market-competitive and fiscally responsible. More specifically, our executive compensation programs are designed to:

 

provide anappropriatemix of fixed and variable compensation to attract, retain and motivate key executives,

ensure that a majority of our executive compensation isperformance-based to supportcreation of long-term shareholder value without encouraging excessive risk taking,

targetcompensation at the 50th percentile of market levels,when targeted levels of performance are achieved, for similarly-situated and comparably-skilled executives at a select group of peer companies approved by the Committee,

recognize and reward outstanding contributions and results, both on an individual basis and a company or divisional basis, compared to peer compensation and performance benchmark levels,

promote internal equity by offering comparable pay to executives whom we expect to make roughly equivalent contributions, while differentiating executives’ compensation arrangements when appropriate, and

monitorsharedilution.

Overview of Pay Elements and Linkage to Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

We believe the following core elements of our compensation program help us to realize our compensation philosophy and objectives:

 

Pay Element

 

Characteristics

 

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Base Salary

Annualfixed cash compensationProvides acompetitive and stable component of income to our executives

Short-Term Incentive Bonus

Annualvariable cash compensation based on the achievement of annual performance measures. For 2017, 85% of these payments were based on financial targets, comprised ofoperating cash flow andcore revenue, with 15% based oncustomer experience improvements. For each executive, the Committee has an opportunity to make a positive or negative adjustment based on the executive’s performance againstindividual objectivesProvidescompetitiveshort-term incentive opportunities for our executives to earn annual cash bonusesbased on performance objectives that, if attained, can reasonably be expected to (i) promote our business and strategic objectives and (ii) correspond to those paid to similarly-situated and comparably skilled executives at peer companies

Performance-Based Restricted Stock (60% of long-term incentive grant value)

44    |    2020 Proxy Statement
  Annual long-termvariable equity awards that cliff vest three years from the date of grant based on our performance as measured against specificpre-established performance criteria. For grants made in 2017, vesting of 50% of the award will be based on ourrelative three-year total shareholder return (“TSR”) versus our custom industry peer group and vesting of the other 50% will be based on athree-year revenue targetFosters a culture of ownership, aligns the long-term interests of our executives with our shareholders and rewards or penalizes executives based on our long-term relative TSR and absolute revenue performance

Time-vested Restricted Stock (40% of long-term incentive grant value)

Annual long-term equity awards that vest based on years of serviceProvides variable compensation that helps to retain executives and ensures our executives’ interests are aligned with those of shareholders to promote the creation oflong-term valueLOGO

The Committee believes our incentive programs supported our strategic and cultural priorities for 2017 as described below:

Our senior officers’ 2017 pay was linked tosimilar performance objectives for both our short-term and long-term incentive compensation, as we determined revenue stabilization to be an important goal requiring successful execution of both our short-term and our long-term strategies.

We determined that our generation ofcore revenue has been critical to our goal of stabilizing and ultimately increasing our consolidated revenues with a view to attain strategic revenue growth sufficient to offset our continuing legacy revenue losses. Core revenue was a performance measure in both our short-term incentive bonus and performance-based restricted shares, representing 27% to 29% of our executive officers’ 2017 target total compensation.


Total shareholder return relative to our peers was one of the performance measures used in our performance-based restricted shares, representing 18% to 21% of our executive officers’ 2017 target total compensation. This compensation will ultimately be realized only if we successfully execute our strategic plans and perform satisfactorily in relation to our industry peers.

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

I. Executive Summary

 

Operating cash flowenables us to, among other things, (i) fund strategic capital investments designed to expand our business opportunities, (ii) return cash to our shareholders through dividends or periodic share repurchases, and (iii) meet our debt and pension commitments. Operating cash flow is a performance measure in our short-term incentive bonus, representing 8% to 9% of our executive officers’ 2017 target total compensation.

Improvingcustomer experience is critical to maintain and grow our revenue base. This performance measure includes operational goals and metrics that measure how well we are serving our customers as well as their perceptions of our service. CenturyLink is committed to meeting the needs of all our customers, improving customer satisfaction and service scores, reducing customer inconveniences and decreasing repair times. Customer experience is a performance measure in our short-term incentive bonus, representing 3% of our executive officers’ 2017 target total compensation.

Theindividual performance objectives provide “line of sight” to each senior officer’s performance regarding their specific areas of responsibility. In addition, this aspect of the short-term incentive plan design reinforces leadership behaviors promoting our Unifying Principles and expectations of our broader workforce. We believe that successfully executing on clearly-defined individual performance objectives will help us improve team collaboration, expand our product lines, refine our market strategies, strengthen our network, execute expansion opportunities, reduce costs and otherwise improve our operations.

Given theon-going integration of the two companies, the Committee has continued to revise our incentive programs to align them with the size, market, operations and strategic imperatives of the combined company.

The following chart illustrates the approximate allocation of our CEO and our current other named executive officers (“NEOs”)the total target compensation opportunity for 2017our current CEO and named executive officers (shown as “CEO” and “2019 NEOs,” respectively, below) between elements that are fixed and variable or performance-based pay that is “at risk”:

 

LOGO

LOGO

LOGO

 

A fixed annual salary (“base”) represents 10% of our CEO’s total target compensation and 15%20% of our other NEOs’ average target total compensation.

 

Variable pay is comprised of a short-term incentive (“STI”) bonus, time-vested restricted stock awards (“RSA”TBRS”) and performance-based restricted stock (“PBRS”) awards, (“PSA”), which represents 90% of our CEO’s total target compensation and 85%80% of our other current NEOs’ average target total compensation. This portion of pay is considered “at risk” since the receipt or value of the award is subject to the attainment of certain performance goals, vesting requirements, and overall stock performance.

Significant Stock Ownership2019 Compensation Highlights.Stock ownership guidelines further align executives

Total CEO Pay, as reported in the Summary Compensation Table appearing below, was reduced by over 50%, from 2018 to 2019, by returning to traditional pay practices. As in prior years, the Committee set challenging performance targets under our incentive programs designed to ensure that payouts track corporate performance and, shareholders while focusingover the executives on our long-term success. We established our executive stock ownership guidelines after review of executive compensation best practices. Under our stock ownership guidelines as of December 31, 2017:long term, shareholder value creation.

 

Mr. Post held over $30.1 million in stock (including restricted shares), which was 24.1 times base salary and approximately 4.0 times greater than his

During 2019, we achieved 97% of target ownership level of six times base salary.

Our other NEOs held an aggregate of over $74.1 million in stock (including restricted shares), which was, on average, 18.6 times their respective base salaries and nearly 6.2 times greater than their respective target ownership level of three times base salary.

Althoughpayout for our Stock Ownership guidelines provide that newly-appointed executives have three years to meet ownership guidelines, each of Messrs. Storey and Patel already has holdings in excess of his current target level (three times base salary).STI plan. Specifically, we:

Even though our CEO and other NEOs already exceeded their stock ownership guidelines, our named executives personally acquired an additional 121,000 shares of stock after Closing, which demonstrates their confidence in the potential for the combined company.

Pay-For-Performance Alignment

As illustrated by the data below, we believe our compensation over the past several years has remained in alignment with our performance.

Short-Term Incentive Performance.The Committee sets target levels of performance based on a variety of factors, including its assessment of the difficulty of achieving such levels and the potential impact of such achievement on enhancing shareholder value. The percentages in the table below represent the actual payouts to our senior officers under our short-term incentive program (our “STI program”) for each of the past three years as a percentage of the target opportunity set for him or her by the Committee for that performance year.

Performance Year

  Actual
Payout as a
% of Target
Opportunity
 

2015

   77.6

2016

   80.2

2017

   73.0%(1) 
  

 

 

 

3-year Average

   76.9

 

(1)Does not include the short-term incentive payouts earned by Messrs. Storey or Patelo

Substantially met our target for thetwo-month period following the Closing, which were paid outAdjusted EBITDA, comprising 65% of our STI plan, at 100% of target,pro-rated for partial year service, under a separate discretionary plan.98.6% attainment level;

Long-Term Incentive Performance. For several years, our annual long-term incentive grants (our “LTI program”) have consisted of shares of restricted stock, vesting of a portion of which is contingent upon the Company’s performance as measured against certainpre-established criteria. In recent years, we have used two different performance metrics with these LTI grants, with vesting ofone-half of the performance-based award being tied to a relative metric (our three-year total shareholder return relative to a select peer group), and vesting of the remainingone-half being tied to an absolute metric (the sum of our annual revenue targets over three-year performance periods as measured againstpre-established targets). Since 2014, the Committee has awarded

o

Met our target for Free Cash Flow, comprising 25% of our STI plan, at a 100.6% attainment level; and

o

Partially met our Customer Experience goals, comprising 10% of our STI plan, resulting in our 80% attainment level.

PBRS awards accounted for 60% of the aggregate grant date value of the executives’ LTI awards in the form of performance-based restricted stock, up from 50% in prior years.

The percentages in the tables below represent the percentage of the target value of the executives’ LTI awards granted in the form of performance-based restricted stock and time-vested restricted stock, including the portion based upon relative TSR and absolute revenue performance objectives.

Grant Years(1)

  % of Total Fair
Value Awarded in
Time-Vested
Restricted Shares
  % of Total Fair
Value Awarded in
TSR Performance-
Based Restricted
Shares(2)
  % of Total Fair
Value Awarded in
Absolute  Revenue
Performance-Based
Restricted Shares
 

2013

   50  25  25

2014 — 2017

   40  30  30

(1)The performance period for each year grant is three years beginning on January 1 of the respective grant year.
(2)As noted in the table and commentary below and “— Use of ‘Benchmarking’ Data — Compensation Benchmarking” in Subsection IV below, the applicable TSR peer group has been a self-constructed peer group since 2013.

As described in greater detail in “— Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation” under Subsection III below, in order to further align our pay with performance, our performance-based restricted shares are granted at target performance levels, but the ultimate payout of those awards can range between 0% to 200%, depending on our actual performance as determined at the end of the three-year performance period.

The payout percentages in the tables below represent the percentage of the target number of performance-based restricted stockoriginally granted to our senior officers in 2017 and 2018 which completed their respective performance periods on December 31, 2019.

For our 2017 annual grant of PBRS, approximately 84.6% of the target shares vested based upon our actual performance over the three-year performance period ending December 31, 2019 based on two equally weighted metrics:

o

We achieved $57.9 billion of our $58.6 billion target for three-year cumulative Core Revenue, for a 83.4% payout and

o

We achieved the 43rd percentile for three-year Relative TSR, for an 85.7% payout.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    45


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

I. Executive Summary

For our 2018 annual grant of PBRS, approximately 157.1% of the shares vested based upon our actual performance over thetwo-year performance period ending December 31, 2019, based on:

o

Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate Growth of 7.6% compared to target of 6.8%, for atwo-year Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate payout of 157.1%. Half of these shares remain subject to a continued service requirement and will vest on February 19, 2021.

II. Shareholder Engagement and Responsiveness toSay-On-Pay Vote

“Say-on-Pay” Outcome

In 2017, 2018 and 2019, our shareholders cast approximately 88%, 79% and 41%, respectively, of their votes, excluding abstentions, in favor of our“say-on-pay” proposal.

We took our unfavorable 2019 vote very seriously and conducted an enhanced shareholder engagement process, review and recalibration of our existing executive compensation programs during the remainder of 2019.

Enhanced Shareholder Engagement Program

In order for management and the Board to better understand and consider shareholders’ perspectives, we regularly communicate with our shareholders, including to solicit and discuss their views on governance, executive compensation and other matters. We believe our regular engagement has been productive and permits an open exchange of ideas and perspectives between us and our shareholders.

We are committed to providing our shareholders with an opportunity for open dialogue on compensation matters and other issues relevant to our business.

During 2019, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, the Chair of our Compensation Committee, and members of management instituted an expanded shareholder engagement process in two phases (prior to and after our 2019say-on-pay vote), soliciting input from our top institutional investors representing 53% of outstanding shares, ultimately meeting with investors representing 47% of our outstanding shares.

The Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee value the opinions of our shareholders and when making compensation decisions for our executive officers we will continue to consider the voting outcome of futuresay-on-pay proposals and investor feedback received during our annual shareholder engagement program.

46    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

II. Shareholder Engagement and Responsiveness toSay-On-Pay Vote

Shareholder Feedback and Our Responses

Our 2019 shareholder engagement meetings covered a wide range of important executive compensation, corporate governance, environmental and social stewardship, and public policy issues, and we shared the input we received with our full Board or its key committees. The chart below summarizes the executive compensation feedback from our shareholders and our response:

We Listened

We Responded

Use of one-time awards

ü In 2019, there were noone-time awards for any of our executive officers.

Similar metrics used in STI and LTI plans

ü In 2020, we reduced and differentiated the emphasis of Adjusted EBITDA, which is a metric in both our STI and LTI plans, by:

(i) reducing the portion of our STI plan measured on Adjusted EBITDA (from 65% to 50%) and

(ii) differentiating the time horizon and target setting process for Adjusted EBITDA in our STI and LTI plans (our STI plan is based onone-year targets and our LTI plan is based on a three-year cumulative target, which in each case are based on our annual and long-range plans that are reviewed and approved by our Board of Directors)

ü We made further changes to our LTI plan to further differentiate the metrics used between our STI and LTI plans, as described further below:

ü We added a Relative TSR Modifier to our LTI plan

ü We added Revenue for 15% weighting to our STI plan

ü We added to our STI plan a 20% cap for individual performance adjustments for our NEOs (starting with our 2019 bonus payouts)

Shortened performance period under LTI plan

ü For 2020, we returned to our normal practice of3-year cumulative performance periods for our 2020 Annual PBRS grant. This change also extends the vesting to 100% at the end of 3 years.

No relative metrics under LTI plan

ü In order to strengthen shareholder alignment and to further diversify the metrices used in our incentive plans, we added to our LTI plan a Relative TSR Modifier performance measure over three-years. The results of our3-year TSR could result in a positive or negative adjustment (+/- 20%) to our 2020 annual performance-based restricted stock grant for senior officers. There will be no positive adjustment if CenturyLink’s TSR is negative over the3-year period.

CEO Pay not aligned with company performance

ü For 2018, total CEO pay was impacted byone-time items and timing of transitional changes that added additional complexity topay-for-performance analyses

ü Through our realizable pay analysis (see subsection III below), we will continue to provide additional disclosure that demonstrates how performance and “realized” and “realizable” pay are appropriately aligned with Company performance

ü We believe the 2020 STI and LTI plan changes described further above will continue to strengthen future pay for performance alignment and are consistent with our Company strategy of profitable growth

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    47


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

II. Shareholder Engagement and Responsiveness toSay-On-Pay Vote

We believe the input we received from our shareholders has strengthened our compensation plans and look forward to continuing the dialogue with our shareholders regarding how best to align our executive compensation practices with shareholder interests.

III. Our Compensation Philosophy, Objectives and Linkage to Corporate Strategy

Our Compensation Philosophy

We compensate our senior officers through a mix of programs designed to be market-competitive and fiscally responsible. More specifically, our executive compensation programs are designed to:

provide anappropriatemix of fixed and variable compensation to attract, retain and motivate key executives,

ensure that a majority of our executive compensation isperformance-based to supportcreation of long-term shareholder value without encouraging excessive risk taking and toreward performance over multiple time horizons,

generally targetcompensation at the 50th percentile of market levels,when targeted levels

of performance are achieved, for similarly-situated and comparably-skilled executives at a select group of peer companies approved by the Committee,

recognize and reward outstanding contributions and results, both on an individual basis and a company or divisional basis, compared to peer compensation and performance benchmark levels,

promote internal equity by offering comparable pay to executives whom we expect to make roughly equivalent contributions, while differentiating executives’ compensation arrangements when appropriate, and

monitorsharedilution.

Overview of Pay Elements and Link to Compensation Philosophy and Corporate Strategy

The Committee believes the following core elements and performance metrics of our compensation programs help us to realize our compensation philosophy and objectives and support our strategic and cultural priorities for 2019 as described below:

Characteristics, Compensation

Philosophy and Objectives

Corporate Strategy

Base Salary 

Characteristics:

Annual fixed cash compensation

Compensation Philosophy & Objectives:

Provides a competitive and stable component of income to our executives

Attract and retain key talent

48    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

III. Our Compensation Philosophy, Objectives and Linkage to Corporate Strategy

Characteristics, Compensation

Philosophy and Objectives

Corporate Strategy

Short-Term

Incentive

Bonus

Characteristics:

Annual variable cash compensation based on the achievement of annual performance measures

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives:

Provides competitive short-term incentive opportunities for our executives to earn annual cash bonuses based on performance objectives that, if attained, can reasonably be expected to (i) promote our business and strategic objectives and (ii) correspond to those paid to similarly-situated and comparably skilled executives at peer companies

STI annual performance metrics were selected to align to our corporate strategy forprofitable growth:

2019 STI Plan:

Adjusted EBITDA(1) (65% of STI plan)

- measures the operational performance and profitability of our businesses and commonly used with industry investors to evaluate our total enterprise value.

Free Cash Flow(2) (25% of STI plan)

- comprehensive measure of the company’s overall financing position

Customer Experience(3) (10% of STI plan)

- critical to maintain and grow our revenue base.

Individual Performance

- for each senior officer, the Committee has an opportunity to make a positive or negative adjustment based on “line of sight” to each senior officer’s performance regarding their specific areas of responsibility and individual objectives

- for our NEOs, the individual performance adjustment is capped at 20% positive adjustment from calculated STI payout

Preview of 2020 STI Plan:

Same metrics as our 2019 STI with reduced weighting for Adjusted EBITDA to 50% and added revenue as an additional metric.

Revenue (15% of STI plan)

- generation of revenue is critical to our goal of stabilizing, and ultimately increasing, our consolidated revenues with a view to attain strategic revenue growth sufficient to offset our continuing legacy revenue losses

Long-Term

Incentive

Awards

Characteristics:

Annual long-term variable equity awards that vest over three years from the date of grant with 60% based on the achievement measured againstpre-established performance measures and 40% based on three years of service.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives:

Fosters a culture of ownership, aligns the long-term interests of our executives with our shareholders and rewards or penalizes executives based on our performance of Adjusted EBITDA growth overtwo-year period and helps to retain executives through stock price growth and the creation of long-term value

Performance-Based Restricted Shares

(60% of LTI grant value)

2019 LTI Plan:

- Due to the complex and urgent nature of integration and transformation following the Level 3 combination, our 2019 LTI plan’s performance metric and period was:

-Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate target over atwo-year period, which aligns to our corporate strategy for profitable growth (50% vests after thetwo-year period and remaining 50% vests after one additional year of service)

Preview of 2020 LTI Plan:

- For 2020, we have transitioned into the operation phase of our long-term strategy and we have returned to normal LTI practice and our 2020 LTI plan’s performance metrics and period are:

-Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target to reward for achieving profitable growth over a three-year period; and

-Relative TSR Modifier to reward for achieving stock price growth relative to TSR peer group over a three-year period

Time-Vested Restricted Shares

(40% of LTI grant value)

2019 and 2020 LTI Plans:

- amount of time-vested restricted share compensation that is ultimately realized depends on how well we successfully execute our strategic plans and overall our stock performance

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    49


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

III. Our Compensation Philosophy, Objectives and Linkage to Corporate Strategy

(1)

Adjusted EBITDA - measures the operational performance and profitability of our businesses, excluding certainnon-operating andnon-cash expenses, and cash availability prior to servicing debt and pension commitments, returning cash to shareholders, and capital investments to grow and maintain company assets

(2)

Free Cash Flow - measures cash flow available to debt and equity shareholders after the company has paid all operating costs including interest payments on debt and pension commitments, capital expenditures, and working capital; comprehensive measure of the company’s overall financing position taking into account expenses such as interest payments, tax payments, and capital expenses.

(3)

Customer Experience - measure includes operational goals and metrics that measure how well we are serving our customers as well as their perceptions of our service

Our Pay Program Evolution

Following our November 1, 2017, combination with Level 3, under Mr. Storey’s leadership and with the support of the Board, we defined a long-term strategy that ultimately vested, with all remaining shares being forfeited. To further enhanceincludes a multi-year approach focusing on integration in 2018, transformation in 2019 and operation of the combined company in 2020.

Our Strategy, Objectives and 2019 Imperatives

LOGO

During the integration and transformation phases of our long-term strategy, in 2018 and 2019, our STI and LTI plans included the following performance metrics to support our strategic priorities and align the pay for our NEOs with performance linkage, any dividends granted on these shares are not paid currently, but rather accumulate during the restricted periodas discussed below and vest or are forfeitedfurther in tandem with the related shares.

Actual Payouts of TSR Performance-Based Restricted Stockthis CD&A:

 

Grant Year

  Performance
Period
   Peer Group   CTL TSR  Percentile
Rank
     Actual
Payout
%
 

2013

   2013 — 2015    TSR Peer Group    -19.47  16th     0

2014

   2014 — 2016    TSR Peer Group    -5.34  25th     50

2015

   2015 — 2017    TSR Peer Group    -47.17  13th     0

 

    

 

 

 

3-year average

 

    16.7
STI Performance Metrics - Adjusted EBITDA, Free Cash Flow and Customer Experience

Actual Payouts

LTI Performance Metric -two-year performance period measured on Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate

2020 Incentive Plan Enhancements. For 2020, we have transitioned into the operation phase of Absolute Revenue Performance-Based Restricted Stockour long-term strategy. As discussed further in this

Grant Year

  Performance
Period
   Performance Goal(1)   Absolute Revenue
Target
   Company’s
Performance
      Actual
Payout
%
 

2013

   2013 — 2015    

Sum of Core Revenue
Targets over Three-Year
Performance Period
 
 
 
  $49.125 million    99.5    92.6

2014

   2014 — 2016    

Sum of Core Revenue
Targets over Three-Year
Performance Period
 
 
 
  $48.525 million    99.2    89.1

2015

   2015 — 2017    

Sum of Core Revenue
Targets over Three-Year
Performance Period
 
 
 
  $47.145 million    98.3     76.2

 

     

 

 

 

3-year average

 

     86.0

(1)For additional information, see “— Annual Grants of Long-Term Incentive Compensation” below.

Stock Performance.As mentioned throughout this section, our LTI program is designed to align the interests of the executivesCD&A, following an internal review process, extensive discussions with our shareholders and therefore reward and incent superior performance. Since these awards are grants of restricted stock,consultation with our executive compensation consultants, we revised the actual value of LTI awards (both time-vested and performance-based shares of restricted stock) fluctuates with the change in stock price. In making LTI grants,design for our Committee typically approves a target LTI value and the actual number of shares in each grant is determined by dividing that target value by the volume-weighted average closing price of a share of2020 incentive programs to support our common stock over the15-trading-day period ending five trading days prior to the grant date (“VWAP”), rounding to the nearest whole share. The chart below reflects the VWAP used to calculate each of our 2015, 2016, and 2017 LTI grants, the closing share price on any vesting dates that have occurred for each grant between the applicable grant date and the end of fiscal 2017, and the change in value of a share of our common stock from the grant date VWAP to the last trading day of fiscal 2017.

Stock performance through December 31, 2017strategic priorities as described below:

 

Grant Date

  Grant Date
Value of a
Share
(VWAP)(1)
     Closing Share
Price on First
Vesting Date(2)
   Closing Share
Price on
Second
Vesting Date(2)
   Closing Share
Price on
12/29/17(3)
     Closing Share
Price on
12/29/17 as a
percentage of
Grant Date
Value(4)
 

02/23/15

  $38.74    $29.25   $24.71   $16.68     -57

02/23/16

  $26.09    $24.71      $16.68     -36

02/21/17

  $25.12          $16.68     -34
added Revenue as metric to our STI plan to encourage and rewardtop-line performance

changed the metric and performance period for our LTI plan to three-year cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target

added three-year Relative TSR Modifier, as a positive or negative adjustment +/- 20%, for our LTI plan.

 

(1)As noted above, we determine the number of shares in a given grant of restricted stock by dividing the LTI target value by the applicable VWAP (the volume-weighted average closing price of our shares of common stock over a15-trading day period ending five trading days prior to the grant date), and rounding to the nearest share. This valuation method is different from the equity grant valuation method we are required to disclose in our Summary Compensation Table under applicable accounting and SEC disclosure rules.
(2)The vesting dates for the first two tranches of the February 2015 LTI grants have already occurred, as has the vesting date for the first tranche of the February 2016 LTI grants. This column represents the closing stock price on each of vesting dates, if applicable.
50    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

III. Our Compensation Philosophy, Objectives and Linkage to Corporate Strategy

Short-Term Incentive Plan

Strategy

  Integrate and
Transform
 Operate

Metrics

  

2018 & 2019

Weighting

 

2020

  Weighting  

Adjusted EBITDA

  65% 50%

Free Cash Flow

  25% 25%

Revenue

  —   15%

Customer Experience

  10% 10%

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Strategy

Integrate and
Transform
Operate

Metrics

2018 & 2019

Weighting

2020

  Weighting  

Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate (2 year)

100%—  

Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA (3 year)

—  100%

Relative TSR Modifier (3 year)

—  +/-20%

Pay Outcome Alignment with Performance

Over the last three- and five-years, ourpay-for-performance alignment reflects actual performance against our STI and LTI targets, with realized (or realizable) equity compensation impacted by stock performance for the same periods. As summarized in the chart below, the average realizable pay, excludingone-time items, for our CEO (Mr. Post from 2015 to 2017 and Mr. Storey from 2018 to 2019) was 84.4% and 71.6% of target pay for last three- and five-years, respectively.

For 2015 to 2017, realized pay was significantly below target which reflects the below target STI and LTI plan performance and declining stock performance for those years. For further information on our incentive plan performance for these years, please see our 2016, 2017 and 2018 proxy statements.

Following our combination with Level 3, we have seen positive improvement in the execution against our STI and LTI targets. Specifically, during 2018 and we achieved strong financial performance, driving STI payout of 107.0% and the Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate payout of 157.1% for thetwo-year performance period that ended on December 31, 2019. Our overall stock performance has declined approximately 26% since our 2018 annual LTI award, which has offset the 157.1% PBRS payout, and in combination with STI performance, resulted in estimated realizable pay of 101.7% for 2018.

During 2019, we achieved solid financial performance by substantially meeting our STI targets, for a 97.0% payout. For purpose of realizable pay, we are assuming target level performance with respect to our Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate two-year performance period and actual stock performance through the first vesting date for estimated realizable pay of 93.0% for 2019.

Some of the changes to our STI and LTI plans outlined above were not implemented until late 2019 or early 2020 and we anticipate seeingpay-for-performance alignment to become increasingly clear in future years.

(3)Represents the closing price on the last trading day of fiscal 2017.
LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    51
(4)Represents the stock performance (based on the change in value, but disregarding dividends) of the 2015, 2016 and 2017 LTI grants from grant date through the end of fiscal 2017, determined by dividing the $16.68 closing price on the last day of trading in 2017 by the grant date VWAP.

Realizable Pay for our CEO.


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

III. Our Compensation Philosophy, Objectives and Linkage to Corporate Strategy

The chart below illustrates the realizable pay for 2015, 2016 and 2017 for our CEO, most90% of which was “at risk” variable compensation. We calculatecompensation (STI, TBRS and PBRS), with each year’s realized and realizable pay for a given year by adding togetherillustrated in the (i) actual salary paid during the year, (ii) STI bonus that was ultimately paid out for performance during that year, (iii) the value of RSAstable and PSAs that vested during the year and (iv) the value of RSAs and PSAs that are projected to vest based on actual performance through the end of the year, valuing the shares based on the closing price of our common stock on the last business day of the year.

chart below.

5 Year Realized and Realizable Pay

  
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
  

STI – Payout 77.6%

 STI – Payout 80.2% STI – Payout 73.0% STI – Payout 107.0% STI – Payout 97.0%
  

TBRS – Realized 62.1%

 TBRS – Realized 71.7% TBRS – Realized 58.4% TBRS – Realized 75.4% TBRS – Realized 90.8%
  

PBRS – Realized 17.9%

 

•  3 Year Performance Period

 

•  Core Revenue – 76.2%

 

•  Relative TSR – 0%

 

PBRS – Realized 40.1%

 

•  3 Year Performance Period

 

•  Core Revenue – 82.4%

 

•  Relative TSR – 76.2%

 

PBRS – Realized 42.9%

 

•  3 Year Performance Period

 

•  Core Revenue – 83.4%

 

•  Relative TSR – 85.7%

 

PBRS – Realized 115.8% (half) and Realizable

 

•  2 Year Performance Period

 

•  Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate – 157.1%

 

PBRS – Realizable 90.8%

 

•  2 Year Performance Period

 

•  Adjusted EBITDA RunRate - TBD (assume target for this purpose)

  
2015 Realized Pay(1) 49.2% 2016 Realized Pay(1) 62.2% 2017 Realized Pay(1) 58.4% 2018 Realizable Pay(2) 101.7% 2019 Realizable Pay(2) 93.0%

As this chart illustrates, our CEO’s realizable pay has averaged 55% over the last 3 years, specifically 49%, 57% and 58% of his total target compensation for years 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The realizable pay for each pay element of pay that impacted our CEO’s realizable pay is discussed further above in this Subsection under the headings “— Short-Term Incentive Performance,” “— Long-Term Incentive Performance” and “Stock Performance.”

 

LOGO

III. Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay

Our Compensation Practices

To assist us in achieving our broad compensation goals, we apply the following practices (many of which are described further elsewhere in this CD&A):

What We Do…

LOGO

 

(1)Focus on

Realized Pay - measures the actual pay realized, excludingone-time awards, for our former CEO Mr. Post, for a given year by adding together the (i) actual salary paid during the year, (ii) STI bonus that was ultimately paid during the year and (iii) the value of time- and performance-based compensationweighted heavily towards long-term incentive awardsLTI that vested.

 

(2)Benchmark against 50th percentilepeer compensation

Realizable Pay - measures the actual pay realized and realizable, excludingone-time awards, for Mr. Storey, for a given year by adding together the (i) actual salary paid during the year, (ii) STI bonus that was ultimately paid during the year, (iii) the value of time- and performance-based LTI that vested and (iv) the value of unvested time- and performance-based LTI, at “target” levels, based on stock price as of February 28, 2020.

Maintain robuststock ownership guidelines applicable to our executive officers and outside directors

Annually review our compensation programs to avoid encouraging excessively risky behavior

Conductannual“say-on-pay” votes

Periodicallyseek inputfrom shareholders on our executive compensation program

Maintain a compensation“clawback” policy

Imposecompensation forfeiture covenants broader than those mandated by law

Review the composition of ourpeer groups at least annually

Conductindependent and intensive performance reviews of our senior officers

Cap the numberIV. Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of relative TSR performance-based shares that may vest if our own TSR is negative

Review realizable pay of our senior officers and total compensation “tally” sheets

Requireshareholders to approve any future severance agreements valued at more than 2.99 times the executive’s target cash compensation

Pay

48

2015-2017 Realizable Pay 2015 Target Comp 2015 Realizable Pay 2016 Target Comp 2016 Realizable Pay 2017 Target Comp 2017 Realizable Pay Base Salary STI TBRS PBRS: Core Revenue PBRS: TSR Cash: Integration Award PBRS: Integration Award


What We Don’t Do…

Enter into employment agreements with our executives

Maintain asupplemental executive retirement plan

Permit our directors or employees tohedge our stock, or our directors or senior officers topledge our stock

Paydividends on unvested restricted stock

Permit the Committee’scompensation consultant to provide other services to CenturyLink

Pay, provide or permit:

(i)excessive perquisites,

(ii)excise tax“gross-up” payments, or

(iii)single-trigger change of control equity acceleration benefits.

Summary of 20172019 Compensation for our Named Executive Officers

TwoHistorically, we have had considerable success in attracting and retaining talent with fiscally prudent market-based pay packages. As our Company continues to evolve into a leading technology company, the pool of individuals we compete to hire continuously constricts, making recruitment more challenging. The individuals in that limited candidate pool, who have unique talents and expertise, are able to command much higher levels of compensation than what we have paid historically and now include candidates from software and other technology-focused companies.

The remaining sections outline why we believe the core principlescompensation packages awarded to our executives are in the best interests of our compensation philosophy are to offer (i) competitive compensation to our named executive officers at the 50th percentile of market levels and (ii) an appropriate mix of fixed and variable compensation.

During 2017, the Committee assessed the adequacy of our executive compensation both before and after the Closing, usingpre- and post-combination benchmarking data, and took the following actions:

Pre-Combination.In February 2017, in connection with its annual review of total target compensation of our legacy named executives, the Committee determined that the average total target compensation was approximately 9% below the 50th percentile of market levels forpre-combination compensation benchmark data. As a result, the Committee approved certain changes to the compensation, as described further below, which resulted in average total target compensation that was approximately 6% below the 50th percentile of market levels forpre-combination compensation benchmark data.

Post-Combination.As disclosed previously, the Committee, in preparation for the Closing, conducted a supplemental benchmarking assessment of executive pay for each individual who was expected to continue or join the Company as a senior officer following the Closing. Since the Committee was considering compensation that would be contingent and effective upon the completion of the Level 3 Combination, the Committee approved a new peer group for use in benchmarking compensation. As described in greater detail under “— Use of ‘Benchmarking’ Data — Compensation Benchmarking” in Subsection IV below, the revised peer group is more comparable to the combined company in terms of size, markets and operations.

The Committee used that assessment in creating competitive pay packages to induce each of Messrs. Storey and Patel, our newly named executives, to join our executive management team upon the Closing.

In addition, the Committee determined that average total target compensation for Messrs. Post, Hussain and Goff, even after the adjustments made during the February 2017 annual review process, was approximately 40% below the 50th percentile of market levels derived from the new post-combination compensation benchmark data. Therefore, the Committee decided to make certain additional changes to the compensation of Messrs. Hussain and Goff, with such changes contingent and effective upon the Closing. The Committee did not make any changes to Messrs. Post and Ewing’son-going compensation arrangements, given their pending retirement.

As a result of these actions and decisions, the average total target compensation, immediately after the Closing, for Messrs. Post, Patel, Hussain, Goff and Storey was approximately 25% below the 50th percentile of market levels for post-combination compensation benchmark data.

Each element of our 2017 compensation is discussed further below in this Subsection under the headings “— Salary,” “— Short-Term Incentive Bonuses,” “— Annual Grants of Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation” and “— Awards Related to Level 3 Combination.” In each case,shareholders. For more information on how we determined specific pay levels is located in Subsection IV2019, see further discussion under the headingsheading “—Our Executive Compensation Decision-Making Process” and “—Use of ‘Benchmarking’ Data — ‘Benchmarking Data—Compensation Benchmarking.”Benchmarking” in Subsections V and VI below.

52    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IV. Our 2019 Compensation paidProgram and Components of Pay

As of December 31, 2019, the total target compensation opportunities for our NEOs are shown in the table below.

Total Target Compensation(1)

Named Officer

  Salary   STI Target
Bonus
Percentage
 STI Target
Bonus
Opportunity
  Total
Target
Cash
  LTI
Target
(2)
  Total Target
Compensation

Jeffrey K. Storey

   $1,800,011   200% $3,600,022  $5,400,034  $12,600,000  $18,000,034 (3)

Indraneel Dev

   $   650,000   120% $   780,000  $1,430,000  $  2,700,000  $  4,130,000 (4)

Stacey W. Goff

   $   600,018   120% $   720,021  $1,320,039  $  2,000,000  $  3,320,039 (5)

Scott A. Trezise

   $   500,011     90% $   450,010  $   950,021  $     800,000  $  1,750,021 (4)

Shaun C. Andrews

   $   525,000   100% $   525,000  $1,050,000  $  1,400,000  $  2,450,000 (5)

(1)

For more complete information presented in accordance with the SEC’s rules, see the Summary Compensation Table below.

(2)

The LTI target in this table represents the value of the target levels of equity awards to be granted as of December 31, 2019, which differ from amounts reported in the Summary Compensation Table, which are calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. As described further below, two of our NEOs received changes to their LTI targets and grants in February 2020 may differ from amounts above.

(3)

The Total Target Compensation for Mr. Storey is between the 50th and 75th percentiles of our compensation benchmarking data.

(4)

The Total Target Compensation for Messrs. Dev and Trezise is between the 25th and 50th percentile of our compensation benchmarking data.

(5)

The Total Target Compensation for Messrs. Goff and Andrews is near the 50th percentile of our compensation benchmarking data.

Mr. Storey is an experienced executive in the telecommunications industry, as discussed in detail under “Election of Directors—Our Director Nominees” and his total target compensation is competitive compared to CEOs in our peer group. Mr. Ewing, whose employment ended onDev was appointed as our CFO in November 17, 2017,2018 and his total target compensation between the 25th and 50th percentile of our compensation benchmarking data is commensurate with his experience compared to CFOs in our peer group. As discussed further below, the Committee reviewed the compensation benchmarking data for all executive officers in this Subsection underFebruary 2020 and increased the heading “— Compensation Paid tobase salary, STI target bonus, and the LTI target bonus for Mr. Dev after completing another year as our Former Executive Officer.”CFO. Following Mr. Dev’s pay increase in February 2020, the ratio of Mr. Storey’s total target compensation is approximately 3.2 times more than Mr. Dev’s total target compensation, which aligns with market benchmarks.

Salary

General.Early each year, the Committee takes a number of steps in connection with setting annual salaries, including reviewing compensation tally sheets and benchmarking data, reviewing each senior officer’s pay and performance relative to other senior officers, and considering when the officer last received a pay increase. More information on how we determined specific pay levels in 2017, see further discussion under the heading “— Our Compensation Decision-Making Process” and “— Use of ‘Benchmarking’ Data — Compensation Benchmarking” in Subsection IV below.

Annual Review Process (February 2017)2019). InDuring its annual review of executive compensation in February 2017,2019, the Committee reviewed the compensation benchmarking data for each senior officer, comparing the officer’s pay to our peer group for the combined company. Following this review and discussion, the Committee increased Mr. Trezise’s annual salary to $500,011 and left unchanged the salary for our other NEOs.

pre-combinationMid-Year Salary Adjustments. After its annual review process, one of our senior officers resigned, who previously lead our marketing function, and the Company consolidated our product management and marketing functions under Mr. Andrews. The Board appointed Mr. Andrews Chief Marketing Officer effective August 21, 2019. In conjunction with this appointment, his base salary was increased from $425,006 to $525,000.

Recent Actions (February 2020).In February 2020, the Committee reviewed the compensation benchmarking data for all executive officers and awarded aincreased Mr. Dev’s annual salary increase of 10% for Mr. Hussainto $750,000, in recognitionlight of his position to market and performance and market position,as CFO, and left unchanged the salary for our other named executive officers.NEOs.

Salary Adjustments Effective upon Closing (November 1, 2017). After its annual review process, the Committee conducted an additional compensation benchmarking assessment mid-year in anticipation

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    53


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IV. Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of the Level 3 Combination. The Committee’s review of this data informed its decisions with respect to initial compensation arrangements for each of the two newly named executives (as memorialized in each officer’s offer letter) and also additional base salary increases for certain legacy named executives, all of which were contingent and effective upon the Closing. Effective upon Closing, Mr. Storey was named President and COO with an annual salary of $1,500,000 and Mr. Patel became our Executive Vice President and CFO with an annual base salary of $750,000. In addition, the base salary of each of Messrs. Hussain and Goff was increased to $600,000 effective on the Closing.Pay

Recent Actions.In February 2018, the Committee reviewed the updated compensation benchmarking data for all executive officers and left unchanged the salary for our named executive officers. See further discussion under the heading “— Use of ‘Benchmarking’ Data — Compensation Benchmarking” in Subsection IV below.

Short-Term Incentive Bonuses

General.With the assistance of its compensation consultant and management, the Committee approves STI bonus target percentages each year. Typically, in the first quarter of each year, with the assistance of management, the Committee approvesevaluates our STI program and approves: (i) the performance objectives for prospective bonuses, (ii) the “threshold,” “target” and “maximum” thresholdperformance levels, of performance, (iii) the weighting of the performance objectives, (iv) the amount of bonus payable if the target level of performance is attained and (v) the finally determined amount of bonus payments attributable to performance for the prior year. During 2017, the Committee took various actions to ensure that appropriate STI award opportunities were granted to (i) legacy named executives under CenturyLink programs covering the periods before and after the Level 3 Combination and (ii) Messrs. Storey and Patel under a legacy Level 3 bonus program for the two months following the Closing in which they served as members of our 2017 senior leadership team.

The table below summarizes the 2017 STI bonus opportunities for our named executive officers.

Named Officer

  2017
Salary(1)
   x   Bonus
Target%(2)
  =   Target Bonus
Opportunity
 

Current Executives:

         

Glen F. Post, III

  $1,250,000      175   $2,187,500 

Jeffrey K. Storey

   248,219      175    432,517 

Sunit S. Patel

   124,521      120    147,475 

Aamir Hussain

   550,699      103.6    570,755 

Stacey W. Goff

   550,662      111.8    615,756 

Former Executive:

         

R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.

   585,949      110    644,544 

(1)Salary reflected in this table represents earned salary during 2017 and includes certain adjustments andpro-rations described below. Salary reflected for Mr. Hussain is his salary earned during 2017 with a salary increase, from $500,000 to $550,000, effective on February 26, 2017, and an increase to $600,000 on November 1, 2017. Salary for Mr. Goff represents salary earned during 2017 with a salary increase from $541,000 to $600,000 on November 1, 2017. The salary reflected in this table represents earned salary from November 1 through December 31, 2017 based on an annual salary of $750,000 for Mr. Patel and $1,500,000 for Mr. Storey. Salary reflected for Mr. Ewing is the portion of his annual salary of $663,138 that he earned through his retirement date of November 17, 2017.
(2)Represents target bonus percentages effective for 2017. For Messrs. Hussain and Goff, the target bonus percentage represents a blended target percentage, as each received an increase in their target bonus percentage to 120% on November 1, 2017 from 100% and 110% respectively. For Messrs. Storey and Patel, the target bonus percentages were set by the Committee effective November 1, 2017.

STI Performance Objectives and TargetsTarget Setting Process..Each year, over the course of several meetings, the Committee reviews in detail the relevancealignment of our STI performance objectives for alignment with our business goals and objectives.objectives for the current year.

STI Performance Objectives. In March 2017,February 2019, the Committee reaffirmed its decision fromapproved the prior two yearsSTI performance objectives for our 2019 STI program, comprised of the below-listed financial and operational metrics, to offer STI bonuses for all senior officers based upon our attainment of consolidated operating cash flow and consolidated core revenue targets (collectively “financial performance objectives”). In addition,align with the Committee added Customer Experience as an additional performance objective for 2017. corporate strategy.

Adjusted EBITDA. As used in our 2019 STI plan, adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”) is anon-GAAP measure that excludesnon-cash compensation and includes total STI bonus expense for eligible employees and approved payout level. Adjusted EBITDA is our largest financial performance objective, weighted at 65%, and, as noted further above, is critical to our 2019 corporate objective of focusing on our operations and profitable growth.

Free Cash Flow. Free Cash Flow, weighted at 25%, is anon-GAAP measure of net cash from operating activities less capital expenditures and before dividends. Free Cash Flow performance similarly aligns with our 2019 corporate objective of focusing on profitable growth.

Customer Experience. Improving our customer experience is critical to maintain and grow our revenue base. This performance measure, weighted at 10%, includes operational goals and metrics that measure how well we are serving our customers as well as their perceptions of our service. CenturyLink is committed to meeting the needs of all our customers, improving customer satisfaction and service scores, reducing customer inconveniences and decreasing repair times.

Individual Performance Objectives.The Committee evaluates the degree to which each senior officer achieves their individual performance objectives, comprised of certain specific objectives and benchmarks, as well as qualitative assessments of each officer’s performance during the year and reserves the right to increase or decrease the bonus payout level based on these assessments. In response to shareholder feedback, effective with our 2019 STI plan, the Committee has added a cap of 20% for positive adjustments to payout levels for our NEOs. Additional information about our views on discretionary adjustments is included below in this Subsection.

See the further discussion under the heading “—Overview of Pay Elements and Linkage to Compensation Philosophy and Objectives” in Subsection II above, “—2019 Performance Results and “— 2017 Performance Results”Calculation of Bonuses” below.

CenturyLink STI PlanTarget Setting Process. Similar to prior years, in 2019, the Company employed a rigorous process to establish its budget, which directly supported the Company’s strategic objectives and was the basis for developing the 2019 STI performance targets.

First, the annual budget was “built up” from business unit and department levels to create a consolidated corporate budget reviewed and approved by the Board and publicly-released financial guidance.

In March 2017,February 2019, the Committee approved a target level of 6% of operating cash flow return on average assets for purposes of fixing the maximum amount of potential annual bonuses for 2017 payable to our senior officers in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).

In March 2017, the Committee also approvedpreviously-described STI performance objectives comprised ofincluding threshold, target, and maximum financial performance levels forpre-combination operating cash flowderived from the Board-approved budget and core revenues (weighted 85%) and certain specified operational performance metrics for measuring improvements in customer experience (weighted 15%). Immediately prior to the Level 3 Combination, the Committee approved similar financial performance targets for the combined company’s consolidated revenue and consolidated adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) for the post-combination portion of 2017 (weighted 85% for such period) and reaffirmed that operational performance metrics for customer experience would be weighted 15%.external guidance. The Committee further determined that actual STI bonuses paid to legacy CenturyLink officers for 2017 would be based on attainment of thesepre-combination and post-combination metrics, weighted in accordance with the proportionate length of each period.

If the threshold performance level with respect to any particular financial or operational performance objective under our STI program is not attained, the bonus payable to the participating officer with respect to that portion of his or her targeted bonus opportunity will be calculated to be zero. If threshold performance is met on

any particular metric, each participating officer will earn a reduced portion of his or her target bonus amount for that portion of the award. If the maximum performance level with respect to any particular metric is met or exceeded, each participating officer will earn 200% of his or her target bonus amount. Measurement of the attainment of any particular metric will be interpolated if actual performance is between (i) the “threshold” and the “target” performance levels or (ii) the “target” and the “maximum” performance levels.

In March 2017, the Committee, in collaboration with our CEO, also approved the above-described guidelines designed to enable the Committee, in its discretion, to increase or decrease the bonus of each senior officer by up to 10%, based on the officer’s individual performance during 2017 with respect to (i) assisting the Company to meet its expense budget, (ii) exhibiting collaboration and leadership skills, (iii) attaining three to four specific individualized performance objectives and (iv) the officer’s individual assessment under2019. Based on shareholder feedback during our management performance rating system.

Legacy Level 3 Discretionary Bonus Program.Given that the Level 3 Combination occurred very late in our fiscal year,expanded 2019 shareholder engagement process, the Committee agreedwill implement a cap, of no more than 20%, to determine bonuses payable toincrease the bonus of our newly named executives for thetwo-month period in which they were employed by CenturyLink using the same discretionary bonus program previously used by Level 3 for its executives. Under this program, the Committee would assess the performance of standalone Level 3 over thistwo-month period, measured against a variety of financial performance objectives. However, these objectives were not intended as specific targets and the Committee’s determination to pay a bonus under this program was entirely discretionary.

2017 Performance Results.In February 2018, the Committee reviewed audited results of the Company’s performance as compared to the financial performance targets established for 2017. As explained below, the Committee determined that the aggregate earned company performance was 73.0% of the target bonus for legacy named executives and 100% of the target bonus for our newly named executives.

CenturyLink STI Plan

For the CenturyLink STI program, overall STI performance for the full year was determined by adding together performance results from the two separate performance periods: (i) theten-monthpre-combination period and (ii) thetwo-month post-combination period. The 2017 bonuses for Messrs. Post, Hussain, Goff and Ewing areNEOs based on thepre- and post-combination targets and performance, as described both above and below.Pre-combination targets were set in February 2017 and do not include any financial results for Level 3. Post-combination targets were set immediately prior to the Closing and include financial results for the combined company.
individual performance.

 

 162(m) Target — Operating Cash Flow Return on Average Assets.Weattained a 9.4% operating cash flow return on average assets, which exceeded the target level established by the Committee in February 2017 for purposes of fixing the maximum amount of potential annual bonuses for 2017 payable to our senior officers in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code.

 Core Revenue. We achieved consolidated core revenue results that were below ourpre- and post-combination targets, resulting in earned performance of 76.4% and 51.9% of thepre- and post-combination targets, respectively.

54    |    2020 Proxy Statement  Operating Cash Flow. We achieved consolidated operating cash flow results that were below ourpre-combination target, thereby resulting in earned performance of 67.7% of thepre-combination target.

Adjusted EBITDA. We achieved consolidated adjusted EBITDA results that were below our post-combination target, thereby resulting in 46.8% of the post-combination target.

Improved Customer Experience. We achieved sustained improvement in provisioning, customer satisfaction and service levels. Additionally, we completed several initiatives that we believe will drive

LOGO


improved customer experience in future years. As a result of these accomplishments, we awarded 90% for the customer experience performance objective.

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IV. Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of Pay

 

Individual Performance Objectives. The Committee reviewed with management the degree to which each senior officer met certain specific individual performance objectives and benchmarks, as well as qualitative assessments of each officer’s performance. As noted below under “- Committee Discretion,” the Committee elected not to make individual performance adjustments with impact to any of our legacy named executive officers’ 2017 bonus awards.

Upon completion of each fiscal year, our actual operatingfinancial performance results may be adjusted up or down, as appropriate, in accordance with the Committee’s long-standing guidelines that are designed to eliminate the effects of extraordinary ornon-recurring transactions that were not known, anticipated or quantifiable on the date the performance goals were established. Consistent with these long-standing guidelines, theThe Committee made certaindid not make any adjustments to our actual operatingfinancial performance results for 2017, including adjustments2019.

2019 Performance Results and Calculation of Bonuses. During 2019, the Committee monitored interim performance through quarterly updates to reflect the actual timing of the sale of our data center and colocation business.

Legacy Level 3 Discretionary Bonus Program

For thetwo-month discretionaryassess projected bonus program in which our newly named executives participated, when assessing our overall short-term incentive performance,payout levels. In February 2020, the Committee reviewed post-combinationinternal audited results of the Company’s performance as compared to the financial performance targets established for 2019 and certified the achieved company performance composite score. As explained below, the Committee determined that the calculated company performance was 97% of the target bonus opportunity for our NEOs.

The table below illustrates the weighting of each performance objective, the target and achieved performance for stand-alone Level 3 financial2019. For a more detailed description of our performance under each of the performance objectives, please see “—Calculation of Bonuses” under this section.

2019 STI Plan and operationalPerformance Results

Financial Performance Objectives (90% Weighting)

   Weighted Score Achieved 89%(1) 

Financial Targets ($ in Millions)

  Threshold         Target   Maximum   Weighting  Achieved(1) 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $8,800          $9,100    $9,600    65%   $9,070    

Performance Payout %

  50%          100%    200%     98.6%    

Free Cash Flow

  $2,608          $3,260    $3,912    25%   $3,276    

Performance Payout %

  50%          100%    150%     100.6%    

Customer Experience Performance (10% Weighting)

   Weighted Score Achieved 8%(1) 

Goals

  Performance   Weighting  Achieved(2) 

Customer Experience

  

-  Our overall customer satisfaction is not at our desired level but the Committee concluded that we made positive progress in 2019. Based on these results, the Committee awarded 80% for the customer experience performance objective.

   

   10%   80% 

2019 Overall STI Company Performance

Achieved 97%  

(1)

The achieved payout percentage is calculated for each financial performance objective based on a corresponding payout scale approved by the Committee. If the threshold performance level with respect to any particular financial performance objective under our STI program is not attained, the bonus payable to the participating officer with respect to that portion of his or her targeted bonus opportunity will be calculated as zero. If threshold performance is met on any particular metric, each participating officer will earn a reduced portion of his or her target bonus amount for that portion of the award. If the maximum performance level with respect to any particular metric is met or exceeded, each participating officer will earn a maximum of 200% of his or her target bonus amount. Measurement of the attainment of any particular metric will be interpolated if actual performance is between (i) the “threshold” and the “target” performance levels or (ii) the “target” and the “maximum” performance levels.

(2)

The achieved payout percentage is determined based on the Committee’s qualitative review of certain criteria and performance metrics, as described under “Customer Experience Performance” below.

Customer Experience Performance. Our overall customer satisfaction performance objectives.for 2019 showed year over year improvement in our Business relationship net promotor scores and our consumer relationship net promotor scores were up slightly, and we saw improvement in strategic focus areas. As a result of these results, the Committee awarded 80% for the customer experience performance objective. Customer experience research suggests increased promotor scores will drive increase in customer spend within 24 months.

 

 Financial Performance Objectives. We achieved consolidated core network services revenue, consolidated adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow that were 99.5%, 96.9% and 108.8% of our post-combination targets, respectively.
LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    55


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IV. Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of Pay

Calculation of Bonuses under the CenturyLink STI Plan. For 2017,2019, the STI bonus payments were calculated using the performance objectives, payout scale, and other criteria approved by the Committee in the first quarter of the year and immediately prior to Closing. After our internal audit personnel have reviewed these determinations and calculations, they are provided in writing to the Committee for its review and approval.

The 2017 bonuses paid to our named executives were calculated under a three-steptwo-step process. In

step one, the Committee calculated the company performance composite score by weighting the company’s achieved performance against the financial and operational performance objectives described in the table above. After our internal audit personnel have reviewed these determinations and calculations, they are provided in writing to the Committee for its review and approval.

step two, the Committee authorized actual STI bonuses for our NEOs, which were consistent with Committee approved company payout level, which includes certain discretionary adjustments for individual performance as discussed below.

Committee Discretion on Company-Wide Performance. For 2019, the Committee determineddid not elect to use its discretion to adjust the calculated company-wide performance STI payout.

The Committee believes that we had exceededexercising discretion (positive and negative) is an important supplemental component of our Section 162(m) targetpay-for-performance philosophy, which is designed to reach balanced compensation decisions that are consistent with our strategy and adjust compensation for both current year performance and sustained long-term value creation. By applying discretion, the Committee seeks to mitigate the risks associated with a rigid and strictly formulaic compensation program, which could unintentionally create incentives for our executives to focus only on certain performance metrics, encourage imprudent risk taking, and not provide the best results for shareholders. In addition, the use of discretion allows the Committee to respond to changes in economic conditions, our operating cash flow return on average assetsenvironment, and therefore, eachother significant factors that may affect the long-term performance of our legacy named executives qualified for potential annual bonuses up to a fixed maximum amount defined as a percentagebusiness that are not directly reflected in the year’s financial results. The use of the executive’s 2017 salary. In step two,discretion also allows the Committee calculated bonusesto adjust compensation based on factors that would not be appropriately reflected by measuringa strictly formulaic approach, such as reducing risk or championing company values. Notwithstanding the company’s performanceforegoing, the Committee firmly believes that quantitative factors should play the central role in determining performance-based payouts, and that positive discretionary adjustments should be used sparingly.

Discretionary Adjustment for Individual Performance. The Committee discussed at great length the financial accomplishments achieved in 2019, including Adjusted EBITDA and Free Cash Flow results against theguidance outlook and internal targets, and placed emphasis on below financial and operational accomplishments in support of their election to make individual performance objectives described above under the heading “— 2017 Performance Results.” In stepadjustments for three theof our NEOs.

The Committee authorized actual bonuses for our legacy named executives, which were substantially lower than the maximum potential bonuses calculated in step one. For 2017 awards, no named executive officer receivedrewarded each of Messrs. Dev, Trezise and Andrews with a 10% discretionary adjustment for individual performance.

Determination of Bonuses for Newly Named Executives. In making its discretionary determination to authorize bonus payments for the last two months of 2017 to Messers. Patel and Storey at 100% of their target bonus opportunity, the Committee took into account Level 3’s financialindividual performance described above underfurther below.

Mr. Dev’s leadership and fiscal oversight was pivotal to reducing our outstanding debt by over $2 billion, refinancing over $17 billion in debt, reduction in interest expense by over $200 million on an annualized basis, reduction in our Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA leverage ratio and, in addition, Mr. Dev successfully oversaw the heading “— 2017 Performance Results”.remediation of two material weaknesses.

Under Mr. Trezise’s individual performance and leadership we had the following achievements in human resources and talent areas, specifically: successful labor negotiations ahead of schedule for cost savings of approximately $45M, transformed our HR operating model driving efficiency and cost savings, implemented artificial intelligence tools, strong talent acquisition performance, positive trending for employee engagement scores, completed first pay equity review, enhanced focus on skills transformation for our employees and achieved overall budget savings targets.

Mr. Andrews exceeded expectations for delivery of industry leading functionality and experiences across several of our key products. Through his leadership and collaboration with sales leaders for our Business segment, we successfully turned iGAM and GEAR from decline to growth in the second half of 2019. Mr. Andrews transformed our sales overlay function, consolidated our marketing and product organizations and created a public sector ecosystem, all of which drove increased sales results and improved alignment and operational efficiencies across multiple functions.

56    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IV. Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of Pay

Actual STI Bonus Amounts Authorized.The actual amounts of the named executive officers’ 2017NEOs’ 2019 bonuses were calculated as follows:

 

Named Officer

  Target Bonus
Opportunity(1)
   x   Earned
Company
Performance
%(2)
  +   Discretionary
Adjustment
for Individual
Performance(3)
   =   Bonus(4) 

Current Executives:

             

Glen F. Post, III

  $2,187,500      73   $0     $1,596,675 

Jeffrey K. Storey

   432,517      100    0      432,517 

Sunit S. Patel

   147,475      100    0      147,475 

Aamir Hussain

   570,755      73    0      416,651 

Stacey W. Goff

   615,756      73    0      449,502 

Former Executive:

             

R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.

   644,544      73    0      470,517 

2019 STI Bonus Amounts

 

Named Officer

  Target Bonus
Opportunity
(1)
   X   Company
Performance
%
(2)
  X   Discretionary
Adjustment  for
Individual
Performance
(3)
  =   

STI Bonus 

Amount 

 

Current Executives:

            

Jeffrey K. Storey

   $3,600,022         97%     100%    $3,492,021  

Indraneel Dev

   780,000         97%     110%     832,260  

Stacey W. Goff

   720,021         97%     100%     698,420  

Scott A. Trezise

   439,654         97%     110%     469,111  

Shaun C. Andrews

   461,442            97%        110%        492,359  

 

(1)

Determined in the manner reflected in the chart above under the heading “— Short-Term Incentive Bonuses — General.”based on earned salary and applicable STI target bonus percentage during 2019 and includespro-rations for any changes to salary and/or STI target bonus percentage described below.

a)

Target Bonus Opportunity for Mr. Storey reflects his salary earned during 2019 of $1,800,011 and a STI target bonus percentage of 200%.

b)

Target Bonus Opportunity for Mr. Dev reflects his salary earned during 2019 of $650,000 and a STI target bonus percentage of 120%.

c)

Target Bonus Opportunity for Mr. Goff reflects his salary earned during 2019 of $600,018 and a STI target bonus percentage of 120%.

d)

Target Bonus Opportunity for Mr. Trezise reflects his salary earned during 2019 with a salary increase, from $475,010 to $500,011, effective on February 23, 2019, and an increase of STI target bonus percentage from 80% to 90%, also effective on February 23, 2019.

e)

Target Bonus Opportunity for Mr. Andrews reflects his salary earned during 2019 with a salary increase, from $425,006 to $525,000, effective on August 21, 2019, and a STI target bonus percentage of 100%.

(2)

Calculated or determined as discussed above under “— 20172019 Performance Results.”

(3)

Determined based on achievement of individual performance objectives as described further above in this Subsection.

(4)For Messrs. Post, Hussain Goff and Ewing, these bonus amounts are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table appearing below under the column“Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.” For Messrs. Patel and Storey, these bonus amounts are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table appearing below under the column “Bonus.”

Committee Discretion to Pay in Cash or Shares.As noted above, for the CenturyLink STI Plan, we exceeded our target for our 162(m) objectives which set the maximum 2017 bonuses payable to each of our senior officers. The Committee maintains the discretion, subject to certain limits, to either increase or decrease the bonus amounts determined on the basis of actual performance earned for financial and individual targets and objectives. The actual performance earned onpre- and post-combination targets ranged from 71.5% to 73.7%. For the sake of administrative ease, the Committee elected to apply minimal discretionary adjustments and payout the 2017 annual incentive bonus payments at 73% for each of our legacy named executives.

The Committee may authorize the payment of annual bonuses in cash or shares of common stock. Since 2000, the Committee has paid these bonuses entirely in cash, principally to diversify our compensation mix and to conserve shares in our equity plans.

Recent Actions (February 2020).Effective January 1, 2018, our newly named executives participate in the CenturyLink STI program with our legacy named executives. In connection with establishing targets for the 20182020 STI program, the Committee increased Mr. Dev’s STI Target Bonus Percentage to 125%, in light of his position to market and performance as CFO, and made no changes to the target bonus percentage for any of our named executives. However, the Committee revised the financial and operational performance objectives used in the 2018 STI program, including the weighting of the various metrics, in order to better align the program with the business strategies and goals of the combined company going forward.other NEOs.

Annual Grants of Long-Term Incentive Compensation

General.Our long-term incentive (“LTI”) compensation plans authorize the Committee to grant a variety of stock-based incentive awards to key personnel. We strive to provide equity compensation in forms that (1) create appropriate incentives to optimize performance at reasonable cost, that(2) minimize enterprise risk, that(3) align the interests of our officers and shareholders, that(4) foster our long-term financial and strategic objectives and that(5) are competitive with incentives offered by other companies.

For the last ten years, the Committee has elected to grant all of our LTI awards in the form of restricted stock for a variety of reasons, including:

the Committee’s recognition of the prevalent use of restricted stock by our peers,

the Committee’s desire to minimize the dilution associated with our LTI awards, and

the retentive value of restricted stock under varying market conditions.

Consistent with this practice, in February 2017, the Committee granted 60% of our legacy named executives’ target LTI in the form of performance-based shares of restricted stock, which is ultimately payable only if we attain certain specified goals. The remaining 40% of each legacy named executive’s LTI award was granted in the form of time-vested shares of restricted stock, the value of which is dependent on our performance over an extended vesting period.

Performance Benchmarks.On an annual basis, over the course of several meetings, the Committee evaluates our LTI program and reviews the relevance of our LTI plans and performance benchmarks for alignment with our long-term strategic plan. In connectionAs described in more detail below, CenturyLink has a long-standing practice of granting 60% of LTI compensation for our executives, which is the largest component of pay for our senior officers at 42% and average of 35% for our CEO and Other NEOs’ total target compensation, respectively, in PBRS or units that is measured on metrics that are aligned with making annual LTI grants to our legacy named executives in February 2017, the Committee elected to keep the same two performance benchmarks, relative TSRlong-term strategy and absolute revenue, that we used for performance-based restricted shares granted in the last few years. See further discussion under the heading “— Overview of Pay Elements and Linkage to Compensation Philosophy and Objectives” in Subsection II above.will drive shareholder value.

An overview of ourTSR performance-based restricted shares granted in early 2017 is outlined below.

 

 Performance Benchmark: Our benchmark is our percentile rank versus the below-described24-company TSR peer group. See further discussion under the heading “— Use of ‘Benchmarking’ Data — Performance Benchmarking” in Subsection IV below.

 Performance Period: January 1, 2017 through December 31, 2019.

Performance Vesting: The ultimate number of TSR performance-based restricted shares that vest will be based on our TSR during the above-described performance period relative to the TSR of the TSR peer group over the same period, as illustrated in the table below.

Relative Total Shareholder Return

Performance Level

LOGO
 Company’s Percentile Rank2020 Proxy Statement    |    57  Payout as % of
Target
Award(1)


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IV. Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of Pay

Below is an overview that summarizes to the history and evolution of our LTI plans:

Maximum

 ³ 75th Percentile200%

TargetForm of LTI Awards: Since 2008, the Committee has elected to grant all of our LTI awards in the form of restricted stock (and, in limited situations, in restricted stock units or RSUs) for a variety of reasons, including:

50th Percentile100%

Threshold

25th Percentile50%

Below Threshold

< 25th Percentile0%

 

(1)Linear interpolation is used when our relative TSR performance is between

the threshold, target and maximum amounts to determine the corresponding percentageCommittee’s recognition of the target award earned.prevalent use of restricted stock by our peers,

An overview of ourabsolute revenue performance-based restricted shares granted in early 2017 is outlined below.

 

  

the benefit of providing shareholder alignment through the use of shares,

the Committee’s desire to minimize the dilution associated with our LTI awards, and

the retentive value of restricted stock under varying market conditions.

Because Mr. Storey is retirement eligible, his annual LTI awards (2018 and 2019) were in the form of RSUs rather than shares of restricted stock.

LTI Performance Mix: Since 2010, the Committee has elected to include performance-based restricted stock or RSUs (“PBRS”) as part of our annual LTI grants with the weighting of PBRS increasing from 50% to 60% in 2014, and the remaining portion in the form of time-based restricted stock or RSUs (“TBRS”).

LTI Performance and Vesting Period: In 2010 through 2017, our annual grants of performance-based restricted stock were based on a three-year performance period. Due to the transformative nature of the Level 3 combination and the continuing evolution of our business strategy as we integrate the two companies, for our 2018 and 2019 grants, the Committee believed that atwo-year performance period was most appropriate to achieve our business goals with 50% vesting at the end of two years and remaining 50% at three years. For our 2020 grant, we have returned to three-year performance period with cliff vesting at the end of three years.

LTI Performance Benchmark: The ultimate number of our PBRS that have or will vest are contingent upon the Company’s performance as measured against certainpre-established criteria, including:

Relative TSR in 2010 through 2012,

Cumulative Core Revenue and Relative TSR in 2013 through 2017,

Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate in 2018 and 2019, and

Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA and Relative TSR in 2020.

LTI Performance Target and Payout: In order to further align our pay with performance, our PBRS are granted at target performance levels, but the ultimate payout of those awards can range between 0% to 200%, depending on our actual performance as determined at the end of thetwo- or three-year performance period.

2019 LTI Performance Objectives and Target Setting Process.Our annual LTI grants to our named executives consisted of a combination of PBRS awards (60% of the target grant value) and TBRS awards (40% of the target grant value).

LTI Performance Objectives. In 2019, similar to 2018, the PBRS granted to senior officers is measured on an absolute Adjusted EBITDA Run Rateperformance benchmark, described in further detail below:

2019 Performance Benchmark:Our benchmark is an absolute revenue targetAdjusted EBITDA Run Ratetarget over the below-described three-yeartwo-year performance period, which is equal to the sum of three annual absolute revenue targets separately established by the Committee during the first quarter of the years 2017, 2018, and 2019. “Absolute revenue”period. “Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, and depreciation and amortization, applying the same adjustments that were approved in setting the target (which include the exclusion of transformation, integration and transaction costs, inclusion of synergy savings, exclusion of stock based compensation, adjustments to reflect a 100% bonus accrual for the given quarter, and adjustments to exclude certainone-time ornon-recurring charges or credits), in each case defined in the same manner as the Company reported such amounts in its earnings release for the year in a manner designed to correspond to revenue from our core operations, excluding certain specifically definednon-core revenues, principally those associated with our receipt of governmental subsidy payments.ended December 31, 2018.

 

 

2019 Performance Period:January 1, 20172019 through December 31, 2019.2020.

58    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IV. Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of Pay

 

2019 Vesting Dates: The PBRS earned under the 2019 PBRS will vest in two equal installments on March 1 of each of 2021 and 2022 based on attainment during the performance period of an Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate target of 0.0%, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

2019 Performance VestingTarget and Payout: The ultimate number of our absolute revenue performance-based restricted sharesPBRS that vest, can range between 0% to 200%, and will be based on our achievement of the aggregate three-year absolute revenue target,Adjusted EBITDA Run Ratetarget (measured from fourth quarter of 2018 to fourth quarter of 2020), as illustrated in the table below; provided, however, none of our absolute revenue performance-based restricted shares will vest unless we attain a 6% operating cash flow annual return on average assets during the performance period. Upon completion of each fiscal year within the three-year performance period, the Committee intends to adjust our actual operating, to the extent necessary, in accordance with the Committee’s long-standing guidelines that are designed to eliminate the effects of extraordinary ornon-recurring transactions that were not known, anticipated or quantifiable on the date the performance goals were established.below.

 

Absolute Revenue

 

Performance Level

  Company’s Performance(1)   Payout as % of
Target
Award(2)
 

Adjusted EBITDA

Run Rate(1)

Payout as % of  

Target Award(2)   

Maximum

   ³ 103.5%    200% ³ 2.8%200%

Target

   100.0%    100%     0.0%100%

Threshold

   96.5%    50%     (2.8)%  50%

Below Threshold

   < 96.5%    0% < (2.8)%    0%

 

(1)

Determined by dividing (i) the sum of our absolute revenueAdjusted EBITDA actually attained for the years 2017,fourth quarter of 2020 minus the Adjusted EBITDA actually attained for the fourth quarter of 2018 and 2019 by (ii) the sumAdjusted EBITDA actually attained for the fourth quarter of our absolute revenue targets separately established for each of the years 2017, 2018 and 2019.2018.

(2)

Linear interpolation is used when our absolute revenueAdjusted EBITDA Run Rate performance is between the threshold, target and maximum amounts to determine the corresponding percentage of target award earned.

For additional informationLTI Performance Target Setting Process. Similar to prior years, in 2019, the Company employed a rigorous process to establish its annual budget and long-range plan, which directly supported the Company’s long-term strategic objectives and was the basis for developing the Adjusted EBITDA Run Ratethreshold,target and maximum amounts, as illustrated in the table above.

First, the annual budget and long-range plan was “built up” from business unit and department levels to create a consolidated corporate budget and long-range plan reviewed and approved by the Board.

In February 2019, the Committee approved the previously-described LTI performance objectives including threshold, target, and maximum performance levels derived from the Board-approved budget and long-range financial plan. The long-range financial plans are informed by the Company’s strategic planning process, where capital allocation strategy, go to market, operational and transformation plans are discussed with the Board of Directors. The strategic and financial plans are informed by wireline industry trends, competitive landscape, product lifecycle, operational initiatives, capital allocation priorities and several other company specific and external factors that influence our business. As a result, our Committee determined that our LTI performance objectives were based on rigorous performance requirements designed to motivate executives to achieve Company financial results that generate shareholder value.

Upon completion of the performance period, our actual financial performance results may be adjusted up or down, as appropriate, in accordance with the Committee’s long-standing guidelines that are designed to eliminate the effects of extraordinary ornon-recurring transactions that were not known, anticipated or quantifiable on the above-described grants, see “Executive Compensation — Incentive Compensation and Other Awards.”date the performance goals were established.

20172019 Annual LTI Grants.Following its deliberations in February 2017, the Committee formally approved an increase in target annual LTI compensation Except for Mr. Hussain to $1,600,000. This increase was primarily the result of the Committee’s recognition of Mr. Hussain’s overall leadershipMessrs. Dev, Trezise and performance demonstrated in 2016, but also reflected the Committee’s review of compensation benchmarking. See further discussion under the heading “— Use of ‘Benchmarking’ Data — Performance Benchmarking” in Subsection IV below. During 2017,Andrews, the Committee granted annual LTI awards to our other legacy named executives on terms and in February 2019 at amounts substantially similar to the awards granted to them in 2016.

2018. Mr. Dev’s 2019 LTI target was increased to $2,700,000, as previously approved by the Committee upon his promotion to CFO in November 2018. Mr. Andrews’ 2019 LTI target was increased to $750,000, as previously approved by the Committee following a review of compensation benchmarking in November 2018. In February 2017,2019, the Committee reviewed the compensation benchmarking data for all executive officers and increased Mr. Trezise’s LTI target to $800,000 and left unchanged the LTI target for our other NEOs.

On February 28, 2019, the Committee granted to each of our legacy named executives the following number of (i) restricted shares or RSUs that will vest over a three-year period principally in exchange for continued service (“time-vested restricted shares”shares or RSUs”), (ii) performance-based restricted shares or RSUs that will vest in February two equal

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    59


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IV. Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of Pay

installments on March 1 of each of 2021 and 2022 based on our relative total shareholder returnattainment during the 2019 Performance Period, as defined above, of an Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate target of 0.0% (the “TSR performance-based restricted shares”“Performance-Vested Shares or RSUs”) and (iii) performance-based restricted shares that will vest in February 2020 principally based on our attainment of absolute revenue targets over the above-described three-year performance period (the “absolute revenue performance-based restricted shares”):

2017 Annual LTI Grants (Excluding Special Grants), as described further above:

 

       Performance-Based Restricted Shares     

Named Officer

  

 

Time-vested Restricted
Shares

   No. of TSR
Performance-
Based
Restricted
Shares(2)
   No. of
Absolute
Revenue
Performance-
Based
Restricted
Shares(2)
   Fair
Value(1)
   Total Fair
Value(1)
 
  No. of
Shares
   Fair Value(1)         

Current Executives:

            

Glen F. Post, III

   135,361   $3,400,000    101,521    101,522   $5,100,000   $8,500,000 

Aamir Hussain

   25,480    640,000    19,110    19,110    960,000    1,600,000 

Stacey W. Goff

   20,065    504,000    15,049    15,049    756,000    1,260,000 

Former Executive:

            

R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.

   24,842    624,000    18,632    18,633    936,000    1,560,000 

2019 Annual LTI Grants

 
    Time-vested
Restricted Shares or  RSUs
        Performance-based
Restricted Shares or  RSUs
           

Named Officer

  No. of
Shares
(1)(3)
   Grant Value(1)        No. of
Shares
(2)(3)
   Grant Value(4)        Total Grant
Value
(4)
 

Current Executives:

              

Jeffrey K. Storey(5)

  

 

358,884

 

  

 

$5,040,000

 

    

 

538,328

 

  

 

$7,560,000

 

    

 

$12,600,000  

 

Indraneel Dev

  

 

  76,904

 

  

 

  1,080,000

 

    

 

115,356

 

  

 

  1,620,000

 

    

 

    2,700,000  

 

Stacey W. Goff

  

 

  56,966

 

  

 

     800,000

 

    

 

  85,449

 

  

 

  1,200,000

 

    

 

    2,000,000  

 

Scott A. Trezise

  

 

  22,786

 

  

 

     320,000

 

    

 

  34,180

 

  

 

     480,000

 

    

 

       800,000  

 

Shaun. C. Andrews

     21,362         300,000           32,043         450,000                750,000   

 

(1)

Represents the number of restricted shares or RSUs granted in 2019.

(2)

As discussed further above, the actual number of shares that vest in the future may be lower or higher, depending on the level of performance achieved.

(3)

Dividends on the shares of restricted stock (or, with respect to RSUs, dividend equivalents) will not be paid while unvested, but will accrue and paid or be forfeited in tandem with the vesting of the related shares or RSUs.

(4)

For purposes of these grants, we determined both the number of time-vested and performance-based restricted shares or RSUs by dividing the total fairgrant value granted to the executive by the volume-weighted average closing price of a share of our common stock over the15-trading-day period ending five trading days prior to the grant date (“VWAP”), rounding to the nearest whole share. However, as noted previously, for purposes of reporting these awards in the Summary Compensation Table, our shares of time-vested restricted stock or RSUs are valued based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant and our shares of performance-based restricted stock or RSUs are valued as of the grant date based on probable outcomes, as required by applicable accounting and SEC disclosure rules. See footnote 2 to the Summary Compensation Table for more information.

(2)Represents the number of restricted shares granted in 2017. As discussed further above, the actual number of shares that vest in the future may be lower or higher, depending on the level of performance achieved.

 

(5)

Mr. Storey’s annual grant was in the form of RSUs.

Recent Actions (February 2020).At Except for Messrs. Dev, Trezise, and Andrews, the Committee granted annual LTI awards to our named executives in February 2020 at amounts substantially similar to the awards granted to them in 2019. Mr. Andrews’ 2020 LTI target was increased to $1,400,000 in August 2019, following his promotion to Chief Marketing Officer and the Committee’s review of compensation benchmarking data. In February 2020, the Committee reviewed the compensation benchmarking data for all executive officers and increased Mr. Dev’s LTI target to $4,000,000 and Mr. Trezise’s LTI target to $1,000,000 and left unchanged the LTI target for our other NEOs. See further discussion under the heading “—Use of Benchmarking Data—Compensation Benchmarking” in Subsection IV below.

As discussed earlier in this CD&A, at its February 20182020 meeting, the Committee changed the metrics and returned to a three-year performance period for our 2020 LTI plan. The vesting of the 2020 PBRS is contingent upon achievement of a three-year Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target and Relative TSR modifier over the three-year performance period, each of which is described in further detail below and will cliff vest at the end of three years. Consistent with past practice, the Committee granted LTI awards to our senior officers with a similarthe same mix of 60% performance-basedPBRS and 40% time-vested restricted stock awards. However, the performance measureTBRS.

2020 Performance Benchmarks:As described further under “performance vesting” below, ourtwo-step process utilizes two performance metrics in order to determine the ultimate payout.

Absolute Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA:Our primary metric is an absolute Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target over the below-described three-year performance period (2020-2022). “Adjusted EBITDA” is defined each year in a manner designed to correspond to our annual guidance as reported in our earnings release for consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, and depreciation and amortization, excluding Connect

60    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IV. Our 2019 Compensation Program and performance period were changed to an adjusted EBITDA run rate for atwo-year period that will vest over three years. Components of Pay

America Fund and Rural Digital Opportunity Fund revenue, applying the same adjustments that were approved in setting the target (which include the exclusion of certain transformation, integration and transaction costs, inclusion of synergy savings, exclusion of stock based compensation, adjustments to reflect a 100% bonus accrual, foreign currency, and adjustments for other material non-operational driven charges or credits).

Relative TSR Modifier:Our second metric is our percentile rank versus a 17 company TSR peer group that provides an opportunity to earn up to 20% above or below Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance as described further below. See further discussion under the heading “—Use of ‘Benchmarking’ Data—Performance Benchmarking Peer Group” in Subsection VI below.

2020 Performance Period: January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2022.

Vesting Dates: The ultimate number of our performance-based restricted shares will vest in full on March 1, 2023, three years from the grant date, subject to our senior officers’ continued employment through such date and the Committee’s certification of the results.

2020 Performance Target and Payout: The ultimate number of our performance-based restricted shares that vest will be determined on atwo-step payout calculation, with the ultimate payout ranging from0-200% as illustrated in the table below:

Step 1—Absolute Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA:

From 0% to 200% of the target number of performance-based restricted shares may be earned based on Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA for the three-year performance period.

Performance

Achievement Level

Step 1:

Absolute Cumulative
Adjusted EBITDA
Performance

Payout as % of Target  
Number of  
Performance-Based  
Restricted Shares
(1)

Maximum

Maximum Amount

200%

Target

Target Amount(2)

100%

Threshold

Threshold Amount

50%

Below Threshold

< Threshold

0%

(1)

Payouts interpolated between defined performance levels / minimum, target and maximum levels.

(2)

We do not feel it is appropriate to disclose our Cumulative Adjusted EBTIDA target as it would constitute forward-looking guidance. The Company employed a rigorous process to establish its annual budget and long-range plan for the same three-year period when setting the threshold, target and maximum amounts which directly support the Company’s long-term strategic objectives.

Step 2—Relative TSR Modifier:

Provided that the Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target exceeds threshold, our senior officers have an opportunity to earn up to 20% above or below the achieved number of the target number of PBRS, determined under Step 1, based on CenturyLink’s TSR performance for the three-year performance period relative to the Company TSR peer group. No additional incremental payout under Step 2 is possible if our TSR is negative. Maximum payout under Steps 1 and 2 cannot exceed 200%.

For each ofinformation regarding our named executives, other than Mr. Storey, the Committee elected to grant equity awards at levels based on the compensation benchmarking conducted in the summer of 2017 for the post-transaction combined company. Mr. Storey did not receive an award in February 2018, as his employment offer letter provides that he is not eligible to receive another LTI grant until February 2019 (at which time his target LTI value will be no less than $8,375,000). SeeTSR peer group, see further discussion under the heading “—Use“-Use of ‘Benchmarking’ Data — CompensationBenchmarkingData-TSR Performance Benchmarking” in Subsection IVVI below.

In connection with the announcement of Mr. Post’s decision to retire at the meeting, the Committee authorized (i) the vesting upon retirement of half of Mr. Post’s 2018 time-vested restricted shares, (ii) Mr. Post’s retention of half of his 2018 performance-based restricted shares subject to their original performance conditionsLong-Term Incentive Performance Update and (iii) the vesting upon retirement of the equity portion of Mr. Post’s 2017 special integration award at a 100%Outcomes.The payout rate. The Committee also authorized Mr. Post to receive full vesting of all time-vested restricted shares

granted to him before 2018 and to retain, subject to their original performance conditions, all performance-based restricted shares granted to him before 2018.

Awards Related to Level 3 Combination

Special Awards to Legacy Named Executives.Given the recruitment, retention and motivational challenges inherent in undertaking a transaction as complicated as the Level 3 Combination, in June of 2017, the Committee, with the assistance of its compensation consultant and management, approved an integration and retention award program in which our legacy named executives participated. The details of these awards are outlined below.

Integration Awards. These integration awards were intended to incentivize the performance of certain key officers through the Closing and the critical integration period following the Closing. Messrs. Post, Hussain and Goff were selected to participate.

The target value of the integration award to each of these officers was as follows: Mr. Post, $3,000,000; Mr. Hussain, $600,000 and Mr. Goff, $550,000. The target value of each integration award was split into two equally-weighted components: 50%percentages in the form of cash and 50% intables below represent the form of shares of performance-based restricted stock.

The cash portion of this award was scheduled to vest on the Closing Date, with the actual payout to the officer ranging between 80% and 120%percentage of the target value depending upon the Committee’s subjective determination of the officer’s integration-related performance. Immediately prior to the Closing, the Committee assessed the integration-related performance of each of Messrs. Post, Hussain, and Goff through the Closing, and decided to award each a payout on that cash portion at the 100% target value. The cash amounts paid at the Closing are included in the Summary Compensation under the heading “Bonus” in the following amounts: Mr. Post, $1,500,000; Mr. Hussain, $300,000 and Mr. Goff, $275,000.

With respect to the equity portion of the award, it will vest on December 15, 2018 subject to the officer’s continued service to the Company through the vesting date and the actual number of shares vesting will range between 80% and 120% of the number of shares granted, depending on the Committee’s subjective determination of the officer’s integration-related performance between the Closing and the vesting date. The equity portion of this integration award is reported in the Summary Compensation Table under the column “Stock Awards” and in the Grant of Plan-Based Awards Table.

Retention Awards. These retention awards were intended to assist the Company in retaining certain key executives whose services the Committee believed would be essential to successfully completing the Level 3 Combination and integrating the operations of the two companies. Messrs. Hussain and Goff were selected to participate. The retention awards consist of time-vested shares of restricted stock, with a grant date value of $4,500,000 for both Messrs. Hussain and Goff. The awards will vestone-third per year over a three-year period, subject to the executive’s continued service with the Company.

Mr. Hussain was selected to participate because he is a highly sought-after leader in the technology and network services market and the Committee determined that his leadership would be critical to the Company achieving its integration and synergy goals. Similarly, the Committee determined that Mr. Goff’s assistance was critical to successfully attaining the regulatory approvals necessary to complete the Level 3 Combination and to successfully integrating the legal and regulatory affairs of the Company post-Closing. These retention awards are reported in the Summary Compensation Table under the column “Stock Awards” and also in the Grant of Plan-Based Awards Table.

CenturyLink Signing Awards to Newly Named Executives.Both of our newly named executives received certain cash and equity awards as inducements to join our senior leadership team following the Closing.

With respect to Mr. Storey, his offer letter entitled him to receive the following special awards:

A cash signing bonus of $6,600,000, payable in cash in two equal installments, with the first installment paid to him shortly following the Closing and the second installment to be paid on November 1, 2018. The first installment ($3,300,000) is reported under the “Bonus” column of the Summary Compensation Table and we expect that the second installment will be reported in the Summary Compensation Table of next year’s proxy statement.

An initial LTI grant valued at $10,469,000 at the Closing. This initial equity grant consisted of 60% performance-based shares of restricted stock and 40% time-vested shares of restricted stock. Both the time- and performance-based portions of this grant will vest on February 1, 2019 subject to Mr. Storey’s continued employment through that date, but the payout on the performance-based shares will range between 0% to 200% of the targeted amount, depending upon our performance as measured against an adjusted EBITDA run rate goal. The Committee deferred finalizing the terms and conditions of the performance-based portion of this award until February 2018, primarily in order to align the performance metric used in Mr. Storey’s award with the performance metric used in the 2018 performance-based restricted shares awarded at such time in the ordinary course to our executives (other than Mr. Storey), which are described further above under “— Annual Grants of Long -Term Incentive Compensation — Recent Actions.” Consequently, Mr. Storey’s performance-based shares are not reported as compensation in this year’s Summary Compensation Table or the other tables that accompany it, but will be reported as 2018 compensation in next year’s proxy statement.

In addition, the Committee approved an acceleration of the vesting of Mr. Storey’s outstanding restricted stock unit (“RSU”) awards that were previously granted by Level 3 and converted to CenturyLink restricted stock units in the Level 3 Combination effective as of the Closing, except for 50% of the RSUs that had been granted to him by Level 3 in 2017, which will vest as originally scheduled. Although the vesting of some of his RSUs were accelerated, each will settle and pay out in shares of common stock in accordance with its original payment schedule.

With respect to Mr. Patel, his offer letter entitled him to receive the following special awards:

A cash signing bonus of $1,300,000, which was paid to him shortly after the Closing. This amount is reported under the “Bonus” column of the Summary Compensation Table.

Two special LTI grants in the form of shares of restricted stock:

The first special LTI grant was valued at $1,500,000 and will vest on November 1, 2020, assuming continuous employment through such date, with a payout range of between 0 to 200% of the grant’s target value based on the level of achievement of two equally-weighted performance criteria (attaining an adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) run rate goal, and a subjective evaluation of Mr. Patel’s performance by the Committee). As with Mr. Storey’s above-described special award, the Committee finalized the terms and conditions of the performance-based portion of Mr. Patel’s award in February 2018. As with Mr. Storey’s award, Mr. Patel’s performance-based shares are not reported as compensation in this year’s Summary Compensation Table or the other tables accompanying it, but will be reported as 2018 compensation in next year’s proxy statement.

The second special LTI grant was a time-vested restricted stock grant with a grant date value of $1,300,000, which will vest on November 1, 2018, provided that Mr. Patel remains employed with us on that date. This second LTI grant is reported in the Summary Compensation Table under the column “Stock Awards” and also in the Grant of Plan-Based Awards Table.

In addition, the Committee approved the acceleration of vesting of Mr. Patel’s outstanding RSU awards that were previously granted by Level 3 and converted to CenturyLink RSUs in the Level 3 Combination effective as of the Closing, except with respect to the RSUs granted to him by Level 3 in 2017, which will continue to vest on

their original terms and conditions. In addition, all RSUs that were granted to him before 2017 were cancelled and converted to a deferred cash award based on theper-share closing price of our common stock on the date of Closing, which will be paid to Mr. Patel in cash on the same schedule that thenow-cancelled awards would have otherwise settled and paid out in shares.

Assumption of Level 3 Integration Awards with Continued Service Requirements.Prior to the Closing, Level 3 also implemented certain retention programs in order to address its own transaction-related incentive and retention concerns. The majority of these awards were paid out by Level 3 upon Closing. However, at the Closing, we assumed the remaining portion of those awards for which any portion remained contingent on continued service. Each of Messrs. Storey and Patel holds such an award. Specifically, provided the executive continues to provide services to us through November 1, 2018, Mr. Storey is entitled to a cash payments totaling $2,542,000 and Mr. Patel is entitled to cash payments totaling $1,429,000. Assuming the executive meets his continued service requirement, this amount will be reported for him in the “Bonus” column of Summary Compensation Table in our proxy statement for next year.

The number of time- and performance-based shares that werePBRS granted to our named executivessenior officers that ultimately vested, with all remaining shares being forfeited. To further enhance the pay for performance linkage, any dividends paid on these shares of PBRS (or dividend equivalents on performance-based RSUs) are not paid while unrestricted, but rather accumulate during the restricted period and vest or are forfeited in connectiontandem with the Level 3 Combination are summarized in the “2017 Acquisition-Related Stock Awards” table below.

2017 Acquisition-Related Stock Awardsrelated shares or

 

       Performance-Based Restricted Shares     

Named Officer

  

 

Time-vested Restricted
Shares

   No. of
EBITDA
Performance-
Based
Restricted
Shares(1) (2)
   No. of
Integration
Performance-
Based
Restricted
Shares(1)
   Fair
Value(1)
   Total Fair
Value(1)
 
  No. of
Shares(1)
   Fair Value(1)         

Glen F. Post, III

      $        62,640   $1,500,000   $1,500,000 

Jeffrey K. Storey

   217,036    4,187,600    325,554        6,281,400    10,469,000 

Sunit S. Patel

   67,377    1,300,000    77,742        1,500,000    2,800,000 

Aamir Hussain

   187,920    4,500,000        12,528    300,000    4,800,000 

Stacey W. Goff

   187,920    4,500,000        11,484    275,000    4,775,000 
LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    61


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IV. Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of Pay

units. The average target number of PBRS that ultimately vested for the four annual LTI grants from 2015 through 2018 (with performance periods ending on December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019) is 89.8%.

LTI Grant Year,

Performance Period and

Performance Metric

 

Attainment Level for LTI Grant Year(1)

 

      Total Payout  
Percentage
(2)  
 
 2015  2016  2017  2018  2019  2020  2021  2022      

2015 Annual LTI Grant (2015-2017)

           

Cumulative Core Revenue (50% weighting)

  76.2%          38.1

Relative TSR (50% weighting)

  0%          0.0

Total

                                       38.1

2016 Annual LTI Grant (2016-2018)

           

Cumulative Core Revenue (50% weighting)

   82.4%         41.2

Relative TSR (50% weighting)

   76.2%         38.1

Total

                                       79.3

2017 Annual LTI Grant (2017-2019)

           

Cumulative Core Revenue (50% weighting)

    83.4%(3)        41.7

Relative TSR (50% weighting)

    85.7%(4)        42.9

Total

                                       84.6

2017 Special Grant for Mr. Storey (2018)

   

Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate (100% weighting)

              200%                        200.0

2018 Annual LTI Grant (2018-2019)

   

Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate (100% weighting)

              157.1%(5)                    157.1

2018 Promotion Grant for Mr. Storey (2018-2020)

   

Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA (0-100% payout)

     TBD       TBD 

Relative TSR (101-200% payout)

     TBD       TBD 

Total

                                       TBD 

2019 Annual LTI Grant (2019-2020)

   

Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate (100% weighting)

                  TBD                TBD 

2020 Annual LTI Grant (2020-2022)

   

Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA (100% weighting)

       TBD     TBD 

Relative TSR Modifier(+/-20% modifier)

       TBD     TBD 

Total

                                       TBD 

 

(1)For purposes

“TBD” means to be determined upon completion of these grants, we determined both the performance period.

(2)

The achieved payout percentage is calculated for each performance metric based on a corresponding payout scale. If the threshold performance level with respect to any particular performance metric under our LTI program is not attained, the target number of time-vestedshares for each participating officer will be forfeited and performance-based restrictedzero shares by dividingwill vest. If threshold performance is met on any particular performance metric, then 50% of the total fair valuetarget number of shares for each participating officer will vest, with all remaining shares being forfeited. If target performance is met on any particular performance metric, then 100% of the target number of shares for each participating officer will vest. If the maximum performance level with respect to any particular metric is met or exceeded, each participating officer will earn 200% of his or her target number of shares. Measurement of the attainment of any particular metric will be interpolated if actual performance is between (i) the “threshold” and the “target” performance levels or (ii) the “target” and the “maximum” performance levels.

(3)

The three-year performance period was completed on December 31, 2019 for the Cumulative Core Revenue PBRS stock granted to our senior officers in 2017. The table below outlines the executive bypayout percentages that represent the volume-weighted average closing price of our Common Shares over a15-trading day period ending five trading days prior to the grant date. In the Summary Compensation Table, however, our 2017 grants of time-vested restricted stock are valued based on the closing stock price of our Common Shares on the day of grant and our 2017 grants of performance-based restricted shares are valued aspercentage of the grant date based on probable outcomes, in each case in accordancetarget number of shares that ultimately vested, with mandated SEC disclosure rules. See footnote 2 to the Summary Compensation Table for more information.all remaining shares being forfeited.

Cumulative Core Revenue

TargetCompany’s
Performance

Actual  

Payout %  

Maximum

$60.6 billion

Target

$58.6 billion$57.9 billion83.4%   

Threshold

$56.5 billion

(2)As described under “— CenturyLink Signing Awards
62    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IV. Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of Pay

(4)

The three-year performance period was completed on December 31, 2019 for the Relative TSR PBRS granted to Newly Named Executives”,our senior officers in 2017. The table below outlines the terms and conditions for these awards were set in February 2018. As such, in accordancepayout percentages that represent the percentage of the target number of that ultimately vested, with FASB ASB Topic 718 and mandated SEC disclosure rules, these awards are not reported in the Summary Compensation Table or the tables accompanying it.all remaining shares being forfeited.

 

Relative TSR

TargetCompany’s TSR
Performance

Actual  

Payout %  

Maximum

75th Percentile Rank

Target

50th Percentile Rank

-22.96%;

43rd Percentile Rank


85.7%   

Threshold

25th Percentile Rank

 

(5)

The performance period was completed on December 31, 2019 for the Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate PBRS granted to our senior officers in 2018. The table below outlines the payout percentages that represent the percentage of the target number of that ultimately vested, with all remaining shares being forfeited.

Compensation Paid to our Former Executive

Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate

  Target   Company’s
Performance
   

Actual  

Payout %  

 

Maximum

   8.2%     

Target

   6.8%    7.6%    157.1%   

Threshold

   5.4%           

As noted previously, the CFO succession plan was negotiated in conjunction with the Level 3 Combination and Mr. Ewing, who served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer prior to the Level 3 Combination, agreed to step down from all executive positions at the Closing. After a short transition period, Mr. Ewing fully retired from the Company on November 17, 2017.

In addition to the compensation Mr. Ewing earned while an employee and amounts or broad-based benefits paid or payable to him under our existing programs, the Committee made certain supplemental compensation awards. Because Mr. Ewing was willing and able to continue serving as our CFO after the Closing if not for the CFO succession plan, the Committee determined that he qualified for payments under our executive severance plan (which is described in greater detail under “— Other Benefits — Severance Benefits” below) of which 52 weeks of severance benefits was contractually due to Mr. Ewing ($1,399,158), increased by another 52 weeks at the Committee’s discretion ($1,399,158), for a total cash severance payable to him of $2,798,316. Given that he was retirement-eligible at the time of his departure, under the terms of our STI program, Mr. Ewing earned apro-rated annual bonus for 2017 based on actual performance. The Committee also approved certain changes to his outstanding equity awards. Specifically, the Committee accelerated the vesting of his fiscal 2015, 2016 and 2017 shares of time-vested restricted stock (5,369, 15,946 and 24,842 shares, respectively) effective on his retirement date. With respect to his performance-based restricted stock, Mr. Ewing was permitted to continue to hold those awards granted to him in fiscal 2015, 2016 and 2017 (24,160, 35,879 and 37,265 shares, respectively), in each case subject to their original performance conditions. The Committee also approved a special discretionary cash bonus of $1,000,000. In approving the additional severance benefits, accelerated vesting of his outstanding stock awards and special cash bonus, the Committee considered a range of factors, including (i) the critical role Mr. Ewing played in negotiating, financing and implementing the Level 3 Combination, (ii) his contributions to the growth of CenturyLink over the past 34 years and the implementation of the CFO succession plan and (iii) Mr. Ewing’s agreement to, among other things, waive any claims against us and refrain from competing against us for a year.

Other Benefits

As a final component of executive compensation, we provide a broad array of benefits designed to be competitive, in the aggregate, with similar benefits provided by our peers. We summarize these additional benefits below.

Retirement PlansPlans.. We maintain traditional broad-based qualified defined benefit and defined contribution retirement plans for our employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. With respect to these qualified plans, we maintain nonqualified plans that permit our officers to receive or defer supplemental amounts in excess of federally-imposed caps that limit the amount of benefits highly-compensated employees are entitled to receive under qualified plans. Additional information regarding our retirement plans is provided in the tables and accompanying discussion included below under the heading “Executive Compensation.”

Change of Control ArrangementsArrangements..We have agreed to provide cash and other severance benefits to each of our executive officers who is terminated under certain specified circumstances following a change of control of CenturyLink. If triggered, benefits under these change of control agreements include payment of (i) a lump sum cash severance payment equal to a multiple of the officer’s annual cash compensation, (ii) the officer’s annual bonus, based on actual performance and the portion of the year served, (iii) certain welfare benefits are continued for a limited period, and (iv) the value or benefit of any long-term equity incentive compensation, if and to the extent that the exercisability, vesting or payment thereof is accelerated or otherwise enhanced upon a change of control pursuant to the terms of any applicable long-term equity incentive compensation plan or agreement.

Under these agreements, change of control benefits are payable to our executive officers if within a certain specified period following a change in control (referred to as the “protected period”) the officer is terminated without cause or resigns with “good reason,” which is defined to include a diminution of responsibilities, an assignment of inappropriate duties, and a transfer of the officer exceeding 50 miles.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    63


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IV. Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of Pay

The table below shows (i) the length of the “protected period” afforded to officers following a change of control and (ii) the multiple of salary and bonus payment and years of welfare benefits to which officers will be entitled if change of control benefits become payable under our agreements and related policies:

 

    Protected
Period
  Multiple of
Annual Cash
Compensation
  

Years of

Welfare

Benefits

CEO

  2 years  3 times  3 years

Other Executives

  1.5 years  2 times  2 years

Other Officers

  1 year  1 time  1 year

For more information on change of control arrangements applicable to our executives, including our rationale for providing these benefits, see “Executive Compensation — Compensation—Potential Termination Payments — Payments—Payments Made Upon a Change of Control.” For information on change of control severance benefits payable to our junior officers and managers, see “—Severance Benefits” in the next subsection below.

Severance BenefitsBenefits..Our executive severance plan provides cash severance payments equal to two years of total targeted cash compensation (defined as salary plus the targeted amount of annual incentive bonus) for our CEO or one year of total targeted cash compensation for any other senior officer in the event that the senior officer is involuntarily terminated by us without cause in the absence of a change of control.

PaymentsThe table below shows (i) the multiple of salary and bonus payment and (ii) years of welfare benefits to which officers will be entitled if a senior officersofficer is involuntarily terminated by us without cause in connection withthe absence of a change of control are separately governed by the change of control arrangements discussed immediately above under the heading “— Change of Control Arrangements.”control:

Multiple of
Annual Cash
Compensation

Years of  

Welfare  

Benefits  

CEO

2 times2 years  

Other Executives and Senior Officers

1 time1 year  

Under our executive severance plan, subject to certain conditions and exclusions, more junior officers or managers receive certain specified cash payments and other benefits if they are either (i) involuntarily terminated without cause in the absence of a change of control or (ii) involuntarily terminated without cause or resign with good reason in connection with a change of control. Our full-timenon-union employees not covered by our executive severance plan may, subject to certain conditions, be entitled to certain specified cash severance payments in connection with certain qualifying terminations.

Under a policy that we adopted in 2012, we are required to seek shareholder approval of any future senior executive severance agreements providing for cash payments, perquisites and accelerated health or welfare benefits with a value greater than 2.99 times the sum of the executive’s base salary plus target bonus.

Level 3 Key Executive Severance Plan. CenturyLink assumed various benefit plans as part of the Combination, including the Level 3 Key Executive Severance Plan (the “KESP”). The KESP will remain in effect through thetwo-year anniversary of the Closing and certain employees who joined us in connection with the Level 3 Combination will continue to participate in it during thattwo-year period. Following thetwo-year period, severance rights and benefits for current participants of KESP will be governed by CenturyLink’s executive severance plan and change of control arrangements discussed above.

Messrs. Storey and Patel are currently participants in the KESP, which provides for the severance benefits described below upon a qualifying termination. In consideration for the severance benefits under the KESP, the executive officers are required to execute a release of claims and are subject to restrictive covenants concerning noncompetition andnon-solicitation of employees, customers and business partners, in each case for 24 months following the applicable date of termination with respect to Messrs. Storey and Patel.

Upon a qualifying termination, a KESP participant would be entitled to receive certain payments and benefits, including (i) a lump sum cash severance payment equal to a two times the sum of the participant’s base salary and most recent target annual bonus, (ii) apro-rated annual bonus for the year of termination, (iii) a lump

sum cash payment equal the total of certain welfare benefit premium payments that the company would have been obliged to cover over a24-month period, and (iv) reimbursement of up to $10,000 for the cost of outplacement services.

As provided in his offer letter, if, as anticipated, Mr. Storey assumes the position of CEO prior to the expiration of the KESP on the second anniversary of the Closing, then he will cease as a participant of the KESP effective with his appointment as CEO and his severance rights and benefits will be governed by the CenturyLink executive severance plan and change of control arrangements discussed above.

Life Insurance BenefitsBenefits..We sponsor a long-standing supplemental life insurance premium reimbursement plan that has been closed to new participants for nearly a decade. Under this plan, threeone of our current or former senior officers hold(Mr. Goff) holds supplemental life insurance policies for which we are obligated to pay the premiums. We paid no premiums to fund these benefits from 2012 to 2016, and therefore no premium reimbursement amounts were reported in the Summary Compensation Table for any of those years.2016. Over the past several years, we began to assist our officers in converting older life insurance policies into newer, lower-cost policies. Most recently, in December 2016, we converted the last of these policies and were able to fix the cost of future annual premiums, resulting in reductions ranging from 33% to 91% from premiums paid in 2011. In 2017, the Committee approved the resumption of premium payments on behalf of our four grandfathered senior executives, and the Company paid premium for years 2016 and 2017. As such, the 2017 premium amount reflected in the Summary Compensation Table represents twice the annual premium cost that is duepaid in 2018 and future years. In consultation with the Committee, we plan to continue to evaluate other options to control the cost of providing these benefits to the three remaining grandfathered plan participants.

64    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IV. Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of Pay

Perquisites.Officers are entitled to be reimbursed for the cost of an annual physical examination, plus related travel expenses.

Our aircraft usage policy permits the CEO to use our aircraft for personal travel up to $250,000 per year in personal travel without reimbursing us, and permits each other executive officer to use our aircraft for up to $10,000 per year in personal travel without reimbursing us. Under the termsonly if he or she pays for cost in advance of our offer letter with Mr. Storey, however, he is not subject to this limitation on aircraft usage during his interim service as President and COO.flight. In all such cases, personal travel is permitted only if aircraft is available and not needed for superseding business purposes. Periodically, the Committee reviews the cost associated with the personal use of aircraft by senior management and determines whether or not to alter our aircraft usage policy. In connection with electing to retain this policy, the Committee has determined that the policy (i) provides valuable and cost-effective benefits to our executives that reside or frequently travel into our corporate headquarters that is located in a small city with limited commercial airline service, (ii) enables our executives to travel in a manner that we believe is more expeditious than commercial airline service, and (iii) is being implementedutilized responsibly by the executives.

For purposes of valuing and reporting the use of our aircraft, we determine the incremental cost of aircraft usage on an hourly basis, calculated in accordance with applicable guidelines of the SEC. The incremental cost of this usage, which may be substantially different than the cost as determined under alternative calculation methodologies, is reported in the Summary Compensation Table appearing below.

From time to time, we have scheduled one of our annual regular boardBoard meetings and related committee meetings over amulti-day period. These meetings are often held in an area where we conduct operations, and in such cases include site visits that enable our directors and senior officers to meet with local personnel. The spouses of our directors and executive officers are invited to attend these retreats, and we typically schedule recreational activities for those who are able and willing to participate.

For more information on the items under this heading, see the Summary Compensation Table appearing below.

Other Employee Benefits. We maintain certain broad-based employee welfare benefit plans in which the executive officers are generally permitted to participate on terms that are either substantially similar to those

provided to all other participants or which provide our executives with enhanced benefits upon their death or disability. We

V. Our Executive Compensation Process

Allocation of Responsibilities

Role of Human Resources and Compensation Committee.Subject to the Board’s oversight, the Committee establishes, evaluates and monitors our executive compensation programs and oversees our human resources strategies. Specifically, the Committee approves:

the compensation payable to each executive officer, as well as any other senior officer;

for our STI and performance-based LTI programs, (i) the performance objectives, (ii) the “threshold,” “target” and “maximum” levels of performance, (iii) the weighting of the performance objectives, (iv) the amount of bonus payable or shares to vest if the target level of performance is attained and (v) the finally determined amount of cash bonus payments or fully-vested shares;

the peer group for compensation benchmarking and the peer group for performance benchmarking; and

a delegation of authority to the CEO for LTI grants to ournon-senior officers.

Among other things, the Committee also maintainestablishes, implements, administers and monitors our director cash and equity compensation programs. For more information, see “Director Compensation.”

Role of Compensation Consultants.The Committee engages the services of a supplemental disability plan designedcompensation consultant to assist in the design and review of executive compensation programs, to determine whether the Committee’s philosophy and practices are reasonable and compatible with prevailing practices, and to provide guidance on specific compensation levels based on industry trends and practices.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    65


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

V. Our Executive Compensation Process

For 2019, the Committee engaged Meridian Compensation Partners, LLC (“Meridian”) as its independent compensation consultant. For 2019, representatives of Meridian actively participated in the design and development of our executive compensation programs, assisted in the development of specialnon-recurring compensation grants and attended all of the Committee’s meetings. Meridian provides no other services to the Company, and, has no prior relationship with any of our NEOs. As required by SEC rules and NYSE listing standards, the Committee has assessed the independence of Meridian and concluded that its work has not raised any conflicts of interest.

Role of CEO and Management.Although the Compensation Committee is responsible for all executive compensation decisions, each year it solicits and receives the CEO’s recommendations, particularly with respect to senior officers’ salaries and performance in the key areas outlined above in “—Our Compensation Decision-Making Process.”

Senior Officers.The CEO and the executive management team, in consultation with the compensation consultant, recommend to the Committee business goals to be used in establishing incentive compensation performance metrics targets and awards for our senior officers. In addition, our Executive Vice President, Human Resources, works closely with the Committee and its compensation consultant to ensure disability paymentsthat the Committee is provided with appropriate information to discharge its responsibilities.

Non-Senior Officers.The Committee oversees our processes and receives an annual report from the CEO on the compensation programs for ournon-senior officers. The CEO, in consultation with the executive management team, is responsible for approval of:

the total cash compensation paid to ournon-senior officers; and

all LTI awards to thenon-seniorofficers, acting under authority delegated to him by the Committee in the event payments are unavailable fromaccordance with our disability insurer.shareholder-approved equity plans.

66    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO

IV.


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

V. Our Policies, Processes and Guidelines Related to Executive Compensation Process

Our Compensation Decision-Making Process

As described further below, the Committee, subject to the Board’s oversight, establishes, evaluates and monitors our executive compensation programs. The compensation decision-making process includes input from the Committee’s independent consultant, our CEO and other members of management, and involves a careful balancing of a wide range of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

Compensation Decision-Making Considerations

  Input FromConsultant  Input
From CEO
Management

Structure and Elements of Pay Programs

  

The competitive compensation practices of peer companies

  Consultantü  

Performance of our Company in relation to our peers and our internal goals

  Management  
ü

The financial impact and risk characteristics of our compensation programs

  
Consultant
and CEOü
  
ü

The strategic and financial imperatives of our business

  CEO  
ü

Setting Competitive Compensation Pay Levels

  

Market data regarding base salary, short-term incentive target, long-term incentive target and total target compensation paid to comparable executives at peer companies

  Consultantü  

The officer’s scope of responsibility, industry experience, particular set of skills, vulnerability to job solicitations from competitors and anticipated degree of difficulty of replacing the officer with someone of comparable experience and skill

  
Consultant
and CEOü
  
ü

The officer’s pay and performance relative to other officers and employees

  CEO  
ü

The officer’s demonstrated leadership characteristics, ability to act as a growth agent within the company and ability to think strategically

  CEO  
ü

Internal equity issues that could impact cohesion, teamwork or the overall viability of the executive group

  CEO  
ü

The potential of these senior officers to assume different, additional or greater responsibilities in the future

  CEO  
ü

The officer’s realized and realizable compensation in recent years and, to a limited degree, his or her accumulated wealth under our programs

  
CEO and
Management
  
üü

Pay for Performance

  

Performance of our Company in relation to our peers and our key performance objectives

  

Consultant,
CEO and
Managementü
  

üü

The business performance under the officer’s leadership and scope of responsibility

  CEO  
ü

The officer’s overall performance is assessed based on individual results, the role the officer plays in maintaining a cohesive management team and improving the performance of others, and the officer’s relative strengths and weaknesses compared to the other senior officers

  
CEO and
Management
  
üü

The role the officer may have played in any recent extraordinary corporate achievements

   
CEO and
Management
  
üü

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    67


Role of Human Resources andCOMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

V. Our Executive Compensation Committee.Subject to the Board’s oversight, the Committee establishes, evaluates and monitors our executive compensation programs and oversees our human resources strategies. Specifically, the Committee approves:Process

 

the compensation payable to each executive officer, as well as any other senior officer;

for our STI and performance-based LTI programs, (i) the performance objectives, (ii) the “threshold,” “target” and “maximum” threshold levels of performance, (iii) the weighting of the performance objectives, (iv) the amount of bonus payable or shares to vest if the target level of performance is attained and (v) the finally determined amount of cash bonus payments or fully-vested shares;

the peer group for compensation benchmarking and the peer group for performance benchmarking; and

a delegation of authority to the CEO for LTI grants to ournon-senior officers.

Among other things, the Committee also establishes, implements, administers and monitors our director cash and equity compensation programs. For more information, see “Director Compensation.”

Role of Compensation Consultants.The Committee engages the services of a compensation consultant to assist in the design and review of executive compensation programs, to determine whether the Committee’s philosophy and practices are reasonable and compatible with prevailing practices, and to provide guidance on specific compensation levels based on industry trends and practices.

The Committee has used Meridian Compensation Partners, LLC (“Meridian”) as its compensation consultant since August 2015. During 2017, representatives of Meridian actively participated in the design and development of our executive compensation programs, assisted in the development of specialnon-recurring compensation grants and attended all of the Committee’s meetings. Meridian provides no other services to the Company, and, to our knowledge, has no prior relationship with any of our named executive officers. As required by SEC rules and NYSE listing standards, the Committee has assessed the independence of Meridian and concluded that its work has not raised any conflicts of interest.

Role of CEO and Management.Although the Compensation Committee is responsible for all executive compensation decisions, each year it solicits and receives the CEO’s recommendations, particularly with respect to senior officers’ salaries and performance in the key areas outlined above in “— Our Compensation Decision-Making Process.”

Senior Officers.The CEO and the executive management team, in consultation with the compensation consultant, recommend to the Committee business goals to be used in establishing incentive compensation performance targets and awards for our senior officers. In addition, our Executive Vice President, Human Resources, works closely with the Committee and its compensation consultant to ensure that the Committee is provided with appropriate information to discharge its responsibilities.

Non-Senior Officers.The Committee oversees our processes and receives an annual report from the CEO on the compensation programs for ournon-senior officers. The CEO, in consultation with the executive management team, is responsible for approval of:

the total cash compensation paid to ournon-senior officers; and

all LTI awards to thenon-senior officers, acting under authority delegated to him by the Committee in accordance with our shareholder-approved equity plans.

Timing of Long-Term Incentive Awards.

The Committee typically makes annual LTI grants to executives during the first quarter after we publicly release our earnings. However, the Committee may defer grants for a variety of reasons, including to request additional information or conduct further reviews of management’s performance. In addition, the Committee may grant special awards at different times during the year, when and as merited by the circumstances. LTI grants to newly-hired executive officers are typically made at the next regularly-scheduled Committee meeting following their hire date.

Tally Sheets.

Each year, we compile lists of compensation data relating to each of our executives. These “tally sheets” include annual compensation data for each executive, including his or her salary, STI award, LTI award, and realizable pay. These tally sheets also contain performance highlights on results and behaviors for each of our executives. The Committee uses these tally sheets to (i) review the total annual compensation of the executive officersofficer and (ii) ensure that the Committee has a comprehensive understanding of all elements of our compensation programs.

Risk Assessment.

As part of its duties, the Committee assesses risks arising out of our employee compensation policies and practices. Based on its most recent assessment, the Committee does not believe that the risks arising from our compensation policies and practices are reasonably likely to materially adversely affect us. In reaching this determination, we have taken into account the risk exposures of our operations and the following design elements of our compensation programs and policies:

 

our balance of annual and long-term compensation elements at the executive and management levels,

 

our use in most years of a diverse mix of performance metrics that create incentives for management to attain goals well aligned with the shareholders’ interests,

 

the multi-year vesting of LTI awards, which promotes focus on our long-term performance and mitigates the risk of undue focus on our short-term results,

 

“clawback” policies and award caps that provide safeguards against inappropriate behavior, and

 

bonus arrangements that generally permit either the Committee (for compensation payable to senior officers) or senior management (for compensation payable to other key employees) to exercise “negative discretion”“discretion” to reduce the amount of certain incentive awards.

We believe these features, as well as the stock ownership requirements for our executive officers, result in a compensation program that aligns our executives’ interests with those of our shareholders and does not promote excessive risk-taking on the part of our executives or other employees.

VI. Our Use of “Benchmarking” Data

General.

Each year, with assistance from its independent consultant, the Committee reviews “peer groups” of other companies comparable to CenturyLink for purposes of assessing the compensation for our comparative compensationNEOs and senior officers and, as applicable, our total shareholder return performance. We typically perform this analysis in the second half of each year in order to ensure the data remains well-suited for its intended purposes and uses during the upcoming year. However,

68    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

VI. Our Use of “Benchmarking” Data

Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group

The competitive market analyses of compensation for our NEOs and senior officers is compiled and reviewed during 2017,atwo-step process in the second half of each year. Once established, we believe that a well-selected peer group for compensation benchmarking should remain fairly stable for several years to help inform reliable and consistent market positioning, longer-term pay trends and market practices.

In the first step, the Committee conducted supplemental analyses in connection with preparingreviews and approves the list of companies that comprise our peer group for the changesuse in the sizecompetitive market analyses of compensation for our NEOs and charactersenior officers (“Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group”). We do not believe many companies compete directly with us and are also similarly sized. To address the limited number of direct peers, our compensation consultant completes an evaluation process to identify and screen relevant public companies that have one or more of the Company resulting fromfollowing attributes with the Level 3 Combination.desired result of fifteen to twenty peer companies. After the initial similar industry screen, the Committee considered revenue as the criterion with the highest relevance in selecting peer companies. The following attributes were reviewed and screened:

Compensation Benchmarking.The

Similar Industry and Technology Focus that includes telecommunications services, cable & satellite and various technology industries within our Global Industry Classification Standards (“GICS”) industry andsub-industry;

Revenues betweenone-half and two times our revenue;

Reasonably sized enterprise value;

Reasonably sized assets;

Market Capitalization betweenone-fourth and three andone-half times our market cap;

Peer of peers and reverse peers; and

Peer groups used by proxy advisors.

During the second half of 2018, the Committee, based on input from its compensation consultant, reviewed the results from the above-described screening process for the compensation benchmarking peer groups from prior year and consolidated the primary and high-tech peer groups discussed in our 2019 proxy statement. As part of this consolidation, the Committee added four companies from last year’s high-tech peer group (Cognizent Technology Solutions, Oracle, Seagate Technology and Western Digital) to last year’s primary peer group and survey dataremoved one company (AT&T Inc. due to its significant larger size than CenturyLink). The Committee believes that the continued inclusion of Verizon Communications Inc. is appropriate, as they continue to be aligned to many aspects of our business, notwithstanding being considerably larger than us.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    69


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

VI. Our Use of “Benchmarking” Data

As compared to the Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group, we are ranked below the 25th percentile of market capitalization, at the 50th percentile of enterprise value, at the 54th percentile of revenue and at the 68th percentile of assets, each as illustrated below.

LOGO

The Committee believes the resulting 19 company peer group listed below, that comprises our “Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group,” provides a meaningful gauge of current pay practices and levels as well as overall compensation trends among companies engaged in the different aspects of the Company’s business. This Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group was used in support of pay decisions for our NEOs and senior officers in order to benchmark2019.

Telecommunication Services

BCE Inc. TELUS Corporation
Frontier Communications Corp.T-Mobile US Inc.
Sprint Corporation Verizon Communications Inc.

Cable & Satellite

Charter Communications, Inc. DISH Network Corporation
Comcast Corporation Liberty Global plc

Various Technology

Industries

CISCO Systems Inc. Oracle Corporation
Cognizant Technology Solutions   Corp. Seagate Technology plc
DXC Technology Company QUALCOMM Incorporated
HP Inc. Western Digital Corporation
Motorola Solutions, Inc

In the second step, the Committee’s compensation levelsconsultant prepares competitive market analyses of compensation for our executives against peer executives at companies that are comparable to ours based on revenue size,NEOs and senior officers. The competitive market cap, industrydata for our NEOs and business model.senior officers is

For our named executive officers, our compensation consultant compiled

70    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

VI. Our Use of “Benchmarking” Data

comprised of the compensation data publicly disclosed by the companies included within the peer groups identified below. During 2017, when making our overall compensation pay decisions, ourpre-combination compensation benchmarking was distinct from our post-combination compensation benchmarking.

In preparation for 2017 pay decisions, the Committee reviewed the continued suitability of the 2016 peer group and elected to remove Cablevision Systems Corporation and Time Warner Cable and approved the resulting revised peer group labeled below as the“Pre-CombinationCompensation Benchmarking Peer Group determined in step one and, for 2017 Compensation Benchmarking.” The Committee and its consultant used thispre-combination peer group for purposes of

assessing the reasonableness of ourexecutive positions where publicly disclosed compensation prior to the Level 3 Combination. In selecting the companies included in this peer group, the Committee focused principally on telecommunications, cable and other communications companies that were generally comparable to us, prior to the Combination, in terms of size, markets and operations.

Pre-Combination Peer Group for 2017 Compensation Benchmarking

BCE Inc.

Liberty Global PLC

Charter Communications, Inc.

Motorola Solutions, Inc.

CISCO Systems Inc.

QUALCOMM Incorporated

Comcast Corporation

Sprint Corporation

Computer Sciences Corporation

Telus Corporation

DISH Network Corporation

T-Mobile US Inc.

Frontier Communications Corp.

Windstream Holdings, Inc.

Level 3 Communications, Inc.

Xerox Corporation

In anticipation of the Combination, the Committee reviewed thepre-combination peer group and in May 2017 elected to add AT&T, HP Inc., and Verizon while at the same time removing Level 3, Windstream and Xerox, which resulted in the revised peer group labeled below as the “Post-Combination Peer Group for 2017 Compensation Benchmarking.” In selecting the 16 peer companies included in this revised group, the Committee focused principally on telecommunications, cable and other communications companies that are generally comparable to us, following the Combination, in terms of size, markets and operations. The Committee analyzed post-combination peer group data when making compensation pay decisions that became effective upon the Closing.

Post-Combination Peer Group for 2017 Compensation Benchmarking

AT&T Inc.

HP, Inc.

BCE Inc.

Liberty Global PLC

Charter Communications, Inc.

Motorola Solutions, Inc.

CISCO Systems Inc.

QUALCOMM Incorporated

Comcast Corporation

Sprint Corporation

Computer Sciences Corporation

Telus Corporation

DISH Network Corporation

T-Mobile US Inc.

Frontier Communications Corp.

Verizon

In order to provide the Committee with additional information in support of their compensation decisions, a secondary “High Tech” peer group was developed. It includes companies across all aspects of high tech in such areas as IT services, Software, Hardware, Consulting, Distributors and Semiconductors. This group serves as a supplement to the revised peer group and provides an additional perspective on pay levels and practices for the technology industry sector.

Post-Combination High Tech Peer Group for 2017 Compensation Benchmarking

Accenture PLC

Motorola Solutions, Inc.(1)

CISCO Systems Inc.(1)

Netflix Inc.

Cognizant Tech Solutions

Oracle Corp.

Computer Sciences Corporation(1)

QUALCOMM Incorporated(1)

Facebook Inc.

Seagate Technology PLC

Flex LTD

Tech Data Corp.

HP, Inc.(1)

Western Digital Corp

(1)Also included in the Committee’s above-listed Post-Combination Peer Group for 2017 Compensation Benchmarking

In addition to thepre- and post-combination compensation peer groups described above, the Committee’s compensation consultant utilized, to a lesser degree,is not available, survey data containing compensation information for companies in the telecommunications industry and general industry that are generally similar in size to usus.

During the second half of 2019, the Committee, based on input from its compensation consultant, reviewed the compensation benchmarking peer groups outlined above and made no changes to the Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group in support of pay decisions for executive positions where needed.our senior officers in 2020.

For additional information about how we setthe Committee utilizes the competitive market analyses in support of pay levels,decisions for our NEOs and senior officers, see “— Our Compensation Decision-Making Process.”

Performance Benchmarking.With the aid of its compensation consultant, the Committee annually reviews the broad industry peer group that it introduced in 2013 for purposes of benchmarking our relative performance based upon our historical three-year TSR. This peer group Peer Group

Our Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group is focused principally on telecommunications, cable and other communications companies that are generally comparable to us in terms of size, markets and operations. The peer group is substantially similar to the peer group of 2016 with the exception that Cablevision Systems Corporation was acquired by Altice in May 2016 and was therefore removed from the TSR peer group. In addition, JDS Uniphase Corporation changed its name to Viavi Solutions after spinning off a portion of its operations. Our 2017 peer groups for compensation benchmarking were somewhat constrained by the number of companies, and revenue, enterprise value and market cap size. In contrast, the peer group forused to determine our relative total shareholder return performance benchmarking(“TSR Peer Group”) is comprised of a broader universe of companies we believe investors are considering when they decide whether to invest in us or our industry.industry and company size is less important with business similarity and risk profile being much more important.

Our compensation consultant leads an evaluation process to identify and screen relevant public companies to determine our TSR Peer Group, with the desired result of at least fifteen to twenty peer companies, as follows:

 

Start with a robust universe of potential peers in similar industry and technology focus that includes telecommunications services, cable and satellite and various technology industries within our GICS industry andsub-industry

Conduct a historical stock price correlation between CenturyLink and a potential peer universe based on the industry sectors identified

Perform back-testing on historical stock performance (i.e. TSR and Beta and impacts of macroeconomic factors that would impact all companies similarly)

As discussed earlier in this CD&A, over the last two years we have been focusing on integration and transformation following the Level 3 combination. In light of this, and unpredictable stock performance during this time, the Committee stepped back from our historical practice (2010-2017) of awarding at least half of our performance-based LTI in Relative TSR. At its February 2020 meeting, the Committee changed the metrics and performance period for our 2020 LTI plan, which included the addition of a Relative TSR Modifier over three-year performance period.

During the second half of 2019, in preparation for the upcoming 2020 annual LTI grant, the Committee reviewed the TSR Peer Group described in our 2019 proxy statement for Mr. Storey’sone-time promotion grant that was granted to him in 2018. A primary consideration when selecting our TSR Peer Group for 2020 was the need to have peers with similar industry, business and risk profile as CenturyLink.

Following an extensive internal review process with our executive compensation consultants, the Committee reviewed the results from the above-described screening process and approved the following 17 company TSR Peer Group, at its February 2020 meeting, that includes 14 of the 16 TSR peers used in Mr. Storey’sone-time promotion grant (Mitel was acquired and Windstream filed for bankruptcy), supplemented by three large, international integrated telecom companies based outside the U.S. (BT Group plc, Orange S.A. and Telefonica

TSR Peer Group for Performance Benchmarking Relating to 2017 AwardsLOGO

2020 Proxy Statement    |    71


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

VI. Our Use of “Benchmarking” Data

S.A.). The threenon-U.S. companies were selected to maintain a robust sample of peers (of at least fifteen to twenty peer companies) and because the companies are large, complex and provide similar services as CenturyLink. The TSR Peer Group for the 2020 annual LTI grant is as follows:

AT&T, Inc.(3)Telecommunication Services

  Liberty Global plc (1)

Cincinnati Bell AT&T Inc.

  Motorola Solutions, Inc.(1)

CISCO Systems Inc.(1)

QUALCOMM Incorporated(1)

Comcast Corporation(1)

Sirius XM Holdings Inc.

Consolidated Communications Holdings Inc.

Spok Holdings, Inc.

Crown Castle International Corp.

Sprint Corporation (1)

DISH Network Corporation(1)

Telephone &and Data Systems, Inc.

Equinix Inc.

BT Group plc   TELUS Corporation
Frontier Communications Corp.United States Cellular Corporation

Frontier

Orange S.A. Verizon Communications Corp. (1)Inc.
Telefonica S.A.

Cable and Satellite

  Verizon Communications Inc.(3) Comcast Corporation Liberty Global plc
DISH Network Corporation

General Communication Inc.Various Technology

Industries

  Viacom, CISCO Systems Inc. Viasat, Inc.
Motorola Solutions, Inc Zayo Group Holdings, Inc.

72    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

VII. Our Governance of Executive Compensation

VII. Our Governance of Executive Compensation

Our Compensation Practices

To assist us in achieving our broad compensation goals, we apply the following practices (many of which are described further elsewhere in this CD&A):

IDT Corporationü

What

We Do...

 Viavi SolutionsüFocus on performance-based compensation weighted heavily towards long-term incentive awards
üBenchmark generally against 50th percentile peer compensation levels
üMaintain robust stock ownership guidelines applicable to our executive officers and outside directors
üAnnually review our compensation programs to avoid encouraging excessive risk taking
üConduct annual succession planning process for our CEO
üConduct annual“say-on-pay” votes
üDiscuss our executive compensation program during shareholder engagement
üMaintain a compensation “clawback” policy
üImpose compensation forfeiture covenants broader than those mandated by law
üReview the composition of our peer groups at least annually
üConduct independent and intensive performance reviews of our senior officers
üCap the number of relative TSR performance-based shares that may vest if our own TSR is negative
üReview realizable pay of our senior officers and total compensation “tally” sheets
üRequire shareholders to approve any future severance agreements valued at more than 2.99 times the executive’s target cash compensation

Level 3 Communications, Inc.(2)×

What We     Don’t Do...    

 Windstream Holdings, Inc.(2)×Maintain a supplemental executive retirement plan
×Permit our directors or employees to hedge our stock, or our directors or senior officers to pledge our stock
×Pay dividends on unvested restricted stock
×Permit the Committee’s compensation consultant to provide other services to CenturyLink
×Pay, provide or permit:

(i)excessive perquisites,

(ii)excise tax“gross-up” payments, or

(iii)single-trigger change of controlequity acceleration benefits.

 

(1)Also included in the Committee’s above-listedPre- and Post-Combination Peer Groups
(2)Removed from Post-Combination Compensation Peer Group
LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    73
(3)Added to the Post-Combination Compensation Peer Group for 2017 Compensation Benchmarking


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

VII. Our Governance of Executive Compensation

Forfeiture of Prior Compensation

For approximately 20 years, all recipients of our LTI grants have been required to contractually agree to forfeit certain of their awards (and to return to us any cash, securities or other assets received by them upon the sale of Common Shares they acquired through certain prior equity awards) if at any time during their employment with us or within 18 months after termination of employment they engage in activity contrary or harmful to our interests. The Committee is authorized to waive these forfeiture provisions if it determines in its sole discretion that such action is in our best interests. Our STI plan contains substantially similar forfeiture provisions.

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines authorize the Board to recover, or “clawback,” compensation from an executive officer if the Board determines that any bonus, incentive payment, equity award or other compensation received by the executive was based on any financial or operating result that was impacted by the executive’s knowing or intentional fraudulent or illegal conduct. Certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

2002 would require our CEO and CFO to reimburse us for incentive compensation paid or trading profits earned following the release of financial statements that are subsequently restated due to material noncompliance with SEC reporting requirements caused by misconduct. In addition, provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 will, upon the completion of related rulemaking, require all of our current or former executive officers to make similar reimbursement payments in connection with certain financial statement restatements, irrespective of whether such executives were involved with the mistake that caused the restatement.

Stock Ownership Guidelines

Under our current stock ownership guidelines, our executive officers are required to beneficially own CenturyLink stock in market value equal to a multiple of their annual salary, as outlined in the table below, and each outside director must beneficially own CenturyLink stock equal in market value to five times the annual cash retainer payable to outside directors. Each executive officer and outside director has three and five years, respectively, to attain these targets.

Executive Officer

Stock Ownership GuidelinesStock
Ownership
Guidelines

CEO

6 times base salary$7.5 million(1)

All Other Executive Officers

3 times base salary$2.6 million(2)

Outside Directors

5 times annual cash retainer$325,000

(1)Based on annual salary as of December 31, 2017
(2)Based on average annual salary for all other executive officers as of December 31, 2017

For any year during which an executive or outside director does not meet his or her ownership target, the executive or director is required to hold 65% of the CenturyLink stock that he or she acquires through our equity compensation programs, excluding shares sold to pay related taxes.

As of December 31, 2017, all of our executive officers and all of our outside directors were in compliance with, and in most cases significantly exceeded, our stock ownership guidelines. For additional information on our stock ownership guidelines, see “Governance Guidelines.”

Use of Employment Agreements

We have a long-standing practice of not providing traditional employment agreements to our officers, and none of our executives has an employment agreement. However, we do from time to time enter into initial employment offer letters with prospective new employees, including executive officers. In connection with the Level 3 Combination, we entered into anofficers, some of which include future commitments on our part. Mr. Storey’s offer letter, with each of our newly named executives, Messrs. Storeyas amended and Patel.restated in 2018, does contain future commitments by the Company, as described in greater detail under “Potential Termination Payments.”

No Excise TaxGross-ups

We do not provide taxgross-up benefits in any offor our executive compensation programs. However, ourprograms; however, there are a few broad-based relocation policy providescompensation programs in which we provide for a taxgross-upgross-ups. to any employee who qualifies for relocation expense reimbursement. We do not intend to provide taxgross-up benefits in any new executive compensation programs.

Anti-Hedging and Anti-Pledging Policies

Under our insider trading policy, our employees and directors may not:

 

purchase or sell short-term options with respect to CenturyLink shares,

purchase or sell short-term options with respect to CenturyLink shares,

 

engage in “short sales” of CenturyLink shares, or

engage in “short sales” of CenturyLink shares, or

engage in hedging transactions involving CenturyLink shares which allow employees to fix the value of their CenturyLink shareholdings without all the risks of ownership or cause them to no longer have the same interests or objectives as our other shareholders.

engage in hedging transactions involving CenturyLink shares which allow employees to fix the value of their CenturyLink shareholdings without all the risks of ownership or cause them to no longer have the same interests or objectives as our other shareholders (including, but not limited to, financial instruments such as prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds).

In addition, under our insider trading policy, our senior officers and directors are prohibited from holding our securities in a margin account or otherwise pledging our securities as collateral.

To our knowledge, all of our senior officers and directors are currently in compliance with our anti-hedging and anti-pledging policies.

Robust Stock Ownership Guidelines

Stock ownership guidelines further align the interests of executives and shareholders while focusing our executives on our long-term success. We established our executive stock ownership guidelines after review of executive compensation best practices. Under our stock ownership guidelines as of December 31, 2019:

Mr. Storey held more than $54 million in stock, total of 4,087,993 total shares (comprised of directly held restricted shares and unvested restricted shares or units and target shares of unvested performance-based restricted stock units), which was 30 times his base salary and 5 times greater than his target ownership level of six times base salary.

74    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

VII. Our Governance of Executive Compensation

Our other current NEOs held an aggregate of more than $17.5 million in stock (comprised of directly held restricted shares and unvested restricted shares or units), which was, on average, 7.4 times their respective base salaries and—2.5 times greater than their respective target ownership levels of three times base salary.

Even though our CEO and other NEOs already exceeded their stock ownership guidelines, Mr. Storey purchased 83,000 and 50,000 shares in March and May 2019, respectively, and Mr. Dev purchased 50,000, 15,000 and 30,000 shares in March 2019, May 2019 and March 2020, respectively, which demonstrates their commitment to the Company and alignment with shareholders.

For additional information, see “Stock Ownership—Stock Ownership Guidelines.”

Deductibility of Executive Compensation

Section 162(m) of the Code limits the amount of compensation paid to certain covered officers that we may deduct for federal income tax purposes to $1 million per covered officer per year.

Historically, compensation that qualified as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) was not subject to the $1 million limitation. In recent years,As recently as 2017, largely due to the availability of this performance-based exemption, the deductibility of various payments and benefits has beenwas one factor among many considered by the Committee in determining executive compensation. As in previous years, our 2017 executive compensation program was designed to allow us to grant certain awards (including our STI and performance-based LTI awards) that were intended to qualify as performance-based for purposes of Section 162(m) and thus be fully deductible.

However, the federal tax reform legislation passed in December 2017 included significant changes to Section 162(m). Among these changes were an expansion of the scope of covered officers subject to the Section 162(m) deduction limitation and the elimination of the performance-based compensation exemption.

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, compensation paid to a covered officer in excess of $1 million will not be deductible unless it qualifies for transition relief applicable to certain performance-based arrangements in place as of November 2, 2017. Among other things, this means that all compensation paid to each covered officer in 2018 and beyond will be subject to the $1 million deduction limitation, regardless of whether it is structured as performance-based compensation, unless the transition relief applies.

Section 162(m) is highly technical and complex. Because of ambiguities as to the application and interpretation of Section 162(m), including the uncertain scope of the transition relief for “grandfathered” performance-based compensation, we can give no assurance that compensation intended to satisfy the requirements for performance-based exemption from the Section 162(m) deduction limit will, in fact, satisfy the exemption. Further, the Committee reserves the right to modify compensation that was initially intended to be exempt from Section 162(m) if it determines that such modifications are consistent with the company’s business needs.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    75


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

The Human Resources and Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the report included above under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” Based on this review and discussion, the Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis report be included in this proxy statement and incorporated into our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.2019.

Submitted by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.

Laurie A. Siegel (Chair)

Virginia Boulet

T. Michael Glenn

Steven T. Clontz

Michael J. Roberts

 

Laurie A. Siegel (Chair) Virginia Boulet
T. Michael Glenn Michael J. Roberts
76    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

OverviewSummary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the compensation of (i) our principal executive officer, (ii) our current and former principal financial officersofficer, and (iii) each of ourthe three most highly compensatedother individuals who were serving as executive officers other than our principal executive and financial officers.at the end of 2019. Following this table is additional information regarding incentive compensation, pension benefits, deferred compensation and potential termination payments pertaining to the named officers. For additional information on the compensation summarized below and other benefits, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”

Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal

Position

  Year  Salary  Bonus(1)  Equity
Awards(2)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(3)
   Change in
Pension
Value(4)
  All Other
Compensation(5)
  Total 

Current Executives:

          

Glen F. Post, III

Chief Executive Officer

   2017  $1,250,000  $1,500,000  $9,814,604  $1,596,875   $395,943  $158,138  $14,715,560 
   2016   1,250,000      10,518,344   1,754,375    333,816   109,679   13,966,214 
   2015   1,250,000      7,277,717   1,697,500    330,649   108,645   10,664,511 

Sunit S. Patel(6)

Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer

   2017  $124,521  $1,447,475  $3,383,274(7)            $4,955,269 

Aamir Hussain

Executive Vice President

and Chief Technology Officer

   2017  $550,699  $300,000  $6,728,022  $416,651      $13,302  $8,008,674 
   2016   496,049      2,598,654   397,831       13,548   3,506,082 
   
2015
 
  
475,010
 
  

 
  
1,198,665
 
  
368,607
 
   

 
  
9,275
 
  
2,051,557
 

Stacey W. Goff

Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

   2017  $550,662  $275,000  $6,373,228  $449,502   $54,643  $59,028  $7,762,063 
   2016   540,758      1,559,195   477,057    161,857   36,146   2,775,013 
   2015   537,728      1,078,819   459,417       54,279   2,130,243 
          
          

Jeffery K. Storey(8)

President and Chief Operating Officer

   2017  $248,219  $3,732,517  $6,952,604(9)         $11,589  $10,944,929 

Former Executive:

          

R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.(10)

   2017  $585,949  $1,000,000  $1,503,851  $470,517   $276,233  $2,901,491  $6,738,041 
   2016   666,266      1,930,420   587,780    186,454   43,456   3,414,376 
   2015   663,138      1,335,661   566,480    191,830   47,520   2,804,629 

Summary Compensation Table

   Name and Principle

   Position

 Year Salary Bonus Stock
Awards
(1)
 Non-equity
Incentive  Plan
Compensation
(2)
 Change in
Pension
Value
(3)
 All Other
Compensation
(4)
 Total

Jeffrey K. Storey
President and CEO

   2019  $1,800,011  $0  $11,834,226  $3,492,021  $0  $108,850  $17,235,108   
   2018   1,683,299   5,842,000   24,262,040   3,790,772   0   77,535   35,655,646   
   2017   248,219   3,732,517   6,952,604   0   0   11,589   10,944,929   

Indraneel Dev
EVP and CFO

   2019  $650,000  $0  $2,535,909  $832,260  $0  $11,200  $4,029,369   
   2018   463,770   227,027   1,588,732   438,427   0   11,000   2,728,956   

Stacey W. Goff
EVP, General Counsel
and Secretary

   2019  $600,018  $0  $1,878,454  $698,420  $251,876  $17,189  $3,445,957   
   2018   600,018   0   2,070,386   847,465   0   57,586   3,575,455   
   2017   550,662   275,000   6,373,228   449,502   54,643   59,528   7,762,563   

Scott A. Trezise
EVP, Human Resources

   2019  $496,312  $0  $751,382  $469,111  $0  $14,350  $1,731,155   
   2018   475,010   0   724,646   467,600   0   194,048   1,861,304   

Shaun C. Andrews
EVP, Chief Marketing
Officer

   2019  $461,442  $0  $704,412  $492,359  $0  $19,095  $1,677,308   

 

(1)The

For 2019, the amounts shown in this column reflect:reflect the fair value of annual grants of restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards made to our named executives under our long-term incentive compensation program.

the cash portion of integration awards granted to Messrs. Post, Hussain and Goff on June 1, 2017 in connection with the Level 3 Combination, which was paid to each at the Closing;

the cash signing bonus paid to Messrs. Patel and Storey, our newly named executives, under their offer letters (all of which was paid to Mr. Patel at the Closing andone-half of which was paid to Mr. Storey at the Closing, with the other half, not included in the table above, to be paid to him on November 1, 2018, subject to his continued employment);

the short-term incentive bonus payments made to each of our newly named executives for thetwo-month period ending December 31, 2017 under the legacy Level 3 Discretionary Bonus Plan; and

a special discretionary cash bonus made to Mr. Ewing in late 2017 under the separation agreement described in Note 10 below.

For additional information about these cash awards,equity grants, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Analysis—Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay – Short Term Incentive Bonuses” and “– Awards Related to Level 3 Combination.”

(2)The amounts shown in this column reflect:

the fair value of annual grants of restricted stock awards made to our legacy named executives under our long-term incentive compensation program;

the fair value of special retention or integration awards of restricted stock made to Messrs. Post, Hussain and Goff on June 1, 2017 in connection with the Level 3 Combination;

the fair value of the time-vested portion of signing date grants of restricted stock made to our newly named executives at the Closing in accordance with their offer letters; and

the incremental fair value of certain RSUs held by each of Messrs. Patel and Storey, all of which were originally granted by Level 3 and converted to CenturyLink RSUs in the Level 3 Combination, for which vesting was accelerated at the Closing as provided in their offer letters to induce the executives to join our senior leadership team.

For additional information about the equity grants made during 2017 and the acceleration of the RSUs held by our newly named executives, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay – Annual Pay—Grants of Long-Term Incentive Compensation” and “– Awards Related to Level 3 Combination.Compensation.

The fair value of the awards presented in the table above has been determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For purposes of this table, in accordance with SEC disclosure rules, we determined the fair value of shares of:

both time-vested and performance-based restricted stock – including the time-vested portion of annual grants, integrationand restricted stock unit awards (for which the degree of vesting depends on a subjective performance evaluation), retention awards, and the time-vested portion of signing awards – based on the closing trading price of our Common Shares on the day of grant;

grant.

relative performance-based restricted stock (as defined below) as of the grant date based on probable outcomes using Monte Carlo simulations;

absolute performance-based restricted stock (as defined below) based on probable outcomes (subject to future adjustments based upon changes in the closing trading price of our Common Shares at the end of each reporting period); and

for the modified RSUs held by the newly-named executives, the incremental fair value of the modified award (fair value of the modified award minus the fair value of the original award, each as of the modification date).

The aggregate value of the restricted stockequity awards granted to theseeach named executivesexecutive in 2017,2019, based on the grant date closing trading price of our Common Shares and assuming maximum payout of his performance-based restricted shares, would be as follows: Mr. Post, $14,977,994,Storey, $18,934,773, Mr. Patel, $1,202,679, Mr. Hussain, $6,462,460,Dev, $4,057,455, Mr. Goff, $7,138,620,$3,005,526, Mr. Storey, $3,874,093,Trezise, $1,202,216, and Mr. Ewing, $2,451,507.Andrews, $1,127,059. See Note 1012 titled “Share-based Compensation” of the notes to our audited financial statements included inAppendix B our Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 for an explanation of material assumptions that we used to calculate the fair value of these stock awards.

(3)(2)

The amounts shown in this column reflect cash payments made under our short-term incentive program for actual performance in the respective years. For additional information, see “– “—Incentive Compensation and Other Awards – 2017 Awards.Awards—2019.

(4)(3)

Reflects the net change during each of the years reflected in the present value of the named executives’Mr. Goff’s accumulated benefits under the defined benefit plans discussed below under the heading “– “—Pension Benefits.” The net change for 2018 was negative for Mr. Goff in 2015 and is reported as no change$0 in accordance with applicable SEC disclosure rules.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    77


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Summary Compensation Table

(5)(4)The

For fiscal 2019, the amounts shown in this column are comprised of (i) reimbursements for the cost of an annual physical examination,examination; (ii) personal use of our aircraft,aircraft; (iii) contributions or other allocations to our defined contribution plans,plans; and (iv) the resumption of payments of life insurance premiums under a legacy reimbursement plan, and (v) cash severance payments and other post-employment benefits in each case for and on behalf of the named executives as follows:

 

Name

  Physical
Exam
   Aircraft
Use
   Contributions
to Plans
   Insurance
Premiums
   Total 

Mr. Storey

   $       0   $97,650    $11,200    $       0   $108,850 

Mr. Dev

   0    0    11,200    0    11,200 

Mr. Goff

   0    0    10,692    6,497    17,189 

Mr. Trezise

   3,150    0    11,200    0    14,350 

Mr. Andrews

   0    0    19,095    0    19,095 

Name

 Year   Physical
Exam
   Aircraft
Use
   Contributions
to Plans
   Life
Insurance
Premiums
   Post
Employment
Payments
   Total 

Current Executives:

             

Mr. Post

  2017   $2,941   $16,500   $105,019   $33,678   $   $158,138 
  2016    4,011    2,640    103,028            109,679 
  2015    3,035    6,120    99,490            108,645 

Mr. Patel

  2017                         

Mr. Hussain

  2017    4,027        9,275            13,302 
  2016    4,273        9,275            13,548 
  2015            9,275            9,275 

Mr. Goff

  2017        9,500    27,614    21,914        59,028 
  2016        1,140    35,006            36,146 
  2015    7,441    6,600    40,238            54,279 

Mr. Storey

  2017        11,589                11,589 

Former Executive:

             

Mr. Ewing

  2017        3,750    38,497    45,308    2,814,116    2,901,491 
  2016    3,753        39,703            43,456 
  2015    3,775        43,745            47,520 

In accordance with applicable SEC and accounting rules, we have not reflected the accrual or payment of dividends relating to unvested restricted stock as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table. In addition, the amounts shown in the Summary Compensation Table do not reflect any benefits associated with the named officers or their family members participating in recreational activities scheduled during board retreats. For additional information regarding perquisites, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Analysis–Our 2019 Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay – Pay—Other Benefits –Perquisites.Benefits—Perquisites.

(6)Effective at the Closing, Mr. Patel was appointed as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The amounts reflected in the Summary Compensation Table above include only compensation paid to Mr. Patel by us between November 1 and December 31, 2017, including the signing date cash and equity awards referenced in Notes 1 and 2 above.
(7)Effective at the Closing, Mr. Patel was granted (i) 77,742 shares of performance-based restricted stock and (ii) 67,377 shares of time-vested restricted stock. For the reasons discussed under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” the Company’s Compensation Committee established the metric applicable to Mr. Patel’s performance-based restricted shares in February 2018. Pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718, the grant of Mr. Patel’s award of those performance-based restricted shares is deemed to have occurred in 2018 and, accordingly, the fair value of this grant will be reported as 2018 compensation in our 2019 proxy statement. As such, the chart above reflects only the fair value of the above-described time-vested restricted shares.
(8)Effective at the Closing, Mr. Storey was appointed as our President and Chief Operating Officer. The amounts reflected in the Summary Compensation Table include only compensation paid to Mr. Storey by us between November 1 and December 31, 2017, including the signing date cash and equity awards referenced in Notes 1 and 2 above.
(9)

Effective at the Closing, Mr. Storey was granted (i) 325,554 shares of performance-based restricted stock and (ii) 217,036 shares of time-vested restricted stock. For the reasons discussed under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” the Company’s Compensation Committee established the metric applicable to Mr. Storey’s performance-based restricted shares in early 2018. Pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718, the grant of Mr. Storey’s award of those performance-based restricted shares is deemed to have occurred in 2018 and, accordingly, the fair value of this grant will be reported as 2018 compensation in our 2019 proxy

statement. As such, the Summary Compensation Table above reflects only the fair value of the above-described time-vested restricted shares.
(10)Mr. Ewing agreed to step down as our Chief Financial Officer at the Closing, and following a short transition period he fully retired on November 17, 2017. Portions of his 2017 compensation are attributable to payments made under a separation agreement we entered into with him in connection with his retirement. For additional information about Mr. Ewing’s separation compensation, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay – Compensation Paid to Our Former Executive.”

Incentive Compensation and Other Awards

20172019 Awards.

The table and discussion below summarize:

 

the range of potential cash payouts to each of our legacy named executives under our short-term incentive program with respect to performance during 2017;2019; and

 

grants of long-term compensation awarded to each named officer on the dates indicated below, consistingincluding the type of (i)equity award and whether the number of shares of time-vested restricted stock awarded, (ii) the range of potential share payouts under relative performance-based restricted stock awards and (iii) the range of potential share payouts under absolute performance-based restricted stock awards, which for purposes of the table below are referred to as the time-vested awards, the relative performance awards and the absolute performance awards, respectively.award is time- or performance-based.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards(1)

 

Name

 

Type of Award

and Grant Date(2)

 Range of Payouts Under 2017 Non-
Equity Incentive Plan Awards(3)
  Estimated Future Share Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards(4)
  All other
Stock
Awards:
Unvested
Shares
(#)(5)
  Grant
Date Fair
Value
of Stock
Awards
($)(6)
 
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
  Threshold
(#)
  Target
(#)
  Maximum
(#)
   

Current Executives:

         

Glen F. Post, III

 Annual Bonus $1,093,750  $2,187,500  $4,375,000              $ 
 Annual TVRS                    135,361   3,339,356 
 AnnualPBRS-R           50,761   101,521   203,042      3,161,364 
 AnnualPBRS-A           50,761   101,522   203,044      1,693,387 
 Integration RS                    62,640   1,620,497 

Sunit S. Patel

 Signing TVRS                    67,377   1,202,679 

Aamir Hussain

 Annual Bonus  285,377   570,755   1,141,510                
 Annual TVRS                    25,480   628,592 
 AnnualPBRS-R           9,555   19,110   38,220      595,085 
 AnnualPBRS-A           9,555   19,110   38,220      318,755 
 Retention TVRS                    187,920   4,861,490 
 Integration RS                    12,528   324,099 

Stacey W. Goff

 Annual Bonus  307,878   615,756   1,231,512                
 Annual TVRS                    20,065   495,004 
 AnnualPBRS-R           7,525   15,049   30,098      468,626 
 AnnualPBRS-A           7,525   15,049   30,098      251,017 
 Retention TVRS                    187,920   4,861,490 
 Integration RS           ��         11,484   297,091 

Jeffrey K. Storey

 Signing TVRS                    217,036   3,874,093 

Former Executive:

         

R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.

 Annual Bonus  322,272   644,544   1,289,087                
 Annual TVRS                    24,842   612,852 
 AnnualPBRS-R           9,316   18,632   37,264      580,200 
 AnnualPBRS-A           9,317   18,633   37,266      310,798 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

   

Type of Award

and Grant
Date
(1)

 Range of Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards
(2)
 Estimated Future Share Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards
 

All other Stock

Awards:

Unvested
Shares (#)

 

Grant Date

Fair Value
Awards
(3)

Name

 Threshold
($)
 

Target

($)

 

Maximum

($)

 

Threshold

(#)

 

Target

(#)

 

Maximum

(#)

Mr. Storey

   Annual Bonus  $1,800,011  $3,600,022  $7,200,044          
   Annual TVRS               358,884  $4,733,680
   Annual PVRS         269,164   538,328   1,076,656     7,100,546
                  $11,834,226

Mr. Dev

   Annual Bonus  $390,000  $780,000  $1,560,000          
   Annual TVRS               76,904  $1,014,364
   Annual PVRS         57,678   115,356   230,712     1,521,546
                  $2,535,909

Mr. Goff

   Annual Bonus  $360,011  $720,021  $1,440,042          
   Annual TVRS               56,966  $751,382
   Annual PVRS         42,725   85,449   170,898     1,127,072
                  $1,878,454

Mr. Trezise

   Annual Bonus  $219,827  $439,654  $879,308          
   Annual TVRS               22,786  $300,547
   Annual PVRS         17,090   34,180   68,360     450,834
                  $751,382

Mr. Andrews

   Annual Bonus  $230,721  $461,442  $922,884          
   Annual TVRS               21,362  $281,765
   Annual PVRS         16,022   32,043   64,086     422,647
                                           $704,412

78    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Incentive Compensation Awards

 

(1)

This chart includes only cash bonuses granted under incentive plans, and excludes cash payments reported in the “Bonus” column of the Summary Compensation Table. For more information on thesenon-incentive

cash bonuses, see Footnote 1 to the Summary Compensation Table and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay” and other disclosures set forth below. For the reasons noted in footnotes 7 and 9 to the Summary Compensation Table, this chart also excludes grants of performance-based restricted stock awarded to our newly-appointed executives on the Closing Date but not finalized until February 2018.
(2)For purposes of this column:

 

“Annual Bonus” means the bonuses that our legacy named executives were eligible to earn under the CenturyLink STI Program for 2017;

“Annual Bonus” means the bonuses that our named executives were eligible to earn under our STI Program for 2019;

 

“Annual TVRS” means our time-vested restricted stock awarded under our annual long-term incentive program to our legacy named officers on February 21, 2017;

“Annual TVRS” means our time-vested restricted stock or restricted stock units awarded under our annual long-term incentive program to each named executives on February 28, 2019; and

 

“AnnualPBRS-R” means our relative performance-based restricted stock awarded under our annual long-term incentive program to our legacy named officers on February 21, 2017;

“AnnualPBRS-A” means our absolute performance-based restricted stock awarded under our annual long-term incentive program to our legacy named officers on February 21, 2017;

“Integration RS” means grants of restricted stock made under an integration award program to certain legacy named executives on June 1, 2017, payout of which could range between80-120% of shares granted based on a subjective performance evaluation;

“Retention TVRS” means grants of time-vested restricted stock made under a retention award program to Messrs. Hussain and Goff on June 1, 2017; and

“Signing TVRS” means grants of time-vested restricted stock awarded to our newly named executives at the Closing, as provided in their offer letters.

“Annual PBRS” means our performance-based restricted stock or restricted stock units awarded under our annual long-term incentive program to each named executives on February 28, 2019;

For more information on these awards, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Analysis—Our 2019 Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay — Pay—Short-Term Incentive Bonuses,” “ — Annual and “—Grants of Long-Term Incentive Compensation,Compensation. and “ — Awards Related to Level 3 Combination.”

(3)(2)

These columns provide information on the potential payouts under the annual bonus program for 20172019 for our legacy named executives (the CenturyLink STI Plan). The actual amounts paid for 20172019 performance are reported in the“Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table. Failure to meet the “threshold” level of performance would result in no payout to the executive.

(4)(3)Represents the relative and absolute performance awards granted to each of our legacy named officers on February 21, 2017 (as part of our annual LTI program), as described in greater detail below.
(5)Represents the time-vested awards granted to each of our legacy named officers on February 21, 2017 (as part of our annual LTI program), to certain legacy named officers on June 1, 2017 (under our integration and retention award programs), and to our newly named officers on November 1, 2017 (as signing awards under their offer letters), as described in greater detail below.
(6)

Calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 in the manner described in Note 1 to the Summary Compensation Table above.

Short-Term Incentive Compensation.Our legacy named executives participated in the CenturyLink short-term incentiveShort-Term Incentive (“STI”) program for 2017, but our newly named executives, who were employed with us for only two months of 2017, earned discretionary bonuses under the Legacy Level 3 Discretionary Bonus Program.2019. For more information regarding these programs, including the specific performance metrics applicable to the CenturyLink STI program, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Analysis—Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay — Pay—Short-Term Incentive Bonuses.”

Annual Grants of Long-Term Incentive Compensation.We make annual grants of long-term incentive awards to our executive officers. For the past several years, these awards have been 40% time-vested and 60%

performance-based. In February 2017,2019, each of our legacy named executives waswere granted both time- and performance-based shares of restricted stock, under this program.although all of the time-vested and performance-vested grants to Mr. Storey were in the form of restricted stock units. The time-vested sharesawards will vestone-third per year over the first three anniversaries of the date of grant and the performance-based sharesawards will vest in February 2020,two equal installments on March 1 of 2021 and 2022, depending upon our attainmentachievement of two separate performance metrics as measured over a three-year performance period (our total shareholder return, the “relative” metric, and our attainment of absolute revenue targets, the “absolute” metric).two-year Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate target. For more information, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Analysis—Our 2019 Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay — Annual Pay—Grants of Long-Term Incentive Compensation.”

Awards Related to Level 3 Combination.We granted a combination of integration and retention awards to certain legacy named executives, For information regarding LTI grants made in order to retain and incentivize them throughprior years, see the closing ofdisclosure in our proxy statement for the Level 3 Combination and the critical post-Closing integration period. In addition, we granted certain cash and equity awards to our newly named executives in order to incentivize them to join our senior leadership teamyear following the Level 3 Combination. For more information on these programs, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Our Compensation Program Objectives and Componentsdate of Pay — Awards Related to Level 3 Combination.grant.

Acceleration of Vesting of Equity Awards.All of the shares of the time-vested restricted stock and performance-based restricted stock awardedequity awards granted in 2017 also2019 will vest upon the death or disability of the named officer, and some or all of these sharesofficer. In addition, the Compensation Committee may, under certain circumstancesin its discretion, vest or remain subject to future vestingwaive the continued service requirement for a named executive’s outstanding equity awards upon the retirement of the named officer at his or her retirement (at early or normal retirement age.age), in whole or in part. Mr. Storey’s equity awards may accelerate under certain additional scenarios, as memorialized in his amended and restated offer letter. For more information on these vesting acceleration triggers, see “—Potential Termination Payments—Equity Acceleration Provisions of Mr. Storey’s Amended and Restated Offer Letter.” In addition, we have entered into change of control agreements with each named officer, which provide that, upon certain terminations of employment following a change of control of the Company, the sharestime-vested portions of the 2017 time-vested restricted stockoutstanding equity awards will vest and the shares of the 2017 performance-based restricted stock willportions may remain outstanding subject to future vesting, all as described in greater detail below under “ — “—Potential Termination Payments.Payments—Payments Made Upon a Change of Control. The vesting terms for our outstanding restricted stock granted in earlier years are described in our prior proxy statements.

Dividends and Voting Rights.All dividends related to shares of the above-described time-vested and performance-based restricted stock (or dividend equivalents, in the case of time- or performance-based restricted stock units) will be paid to the holder only upon the vesting or issuance of such shares.shares or units. Unless and until forfeited, theseany shares of restricted stock may be voted by the named executive officers.NEOs. However, holders of restricted stock units will have no voting rights unless and until they are issued shares in settlement of those awards.

Forfeiture.All of these above-described restricted sharesequity awards are subject to forfeiture if the officer competes with us or engages in certain other activities harmful to us, all as specified further in the forms of incentive agreements that we have filed with the SEC. For more information, see “ — “—Potential Termination Payments.”

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    79


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Incentive Compensation Awards

Outstanding Awards.

The following table summarizes information about all outstanding unvested equity awards held by our named executives at December 31, 2017.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017(1)2019.

 

   Stock Awards   Equity Incentive Awards(2) 

Name

  Grant Date   Number of
Unvested
Shares or

Units (#)
  Market
Value of
Unvested

Shares or
Units ($)
   Number of
Unvested
Shares or

Units (#)
  Market
Value of
Unvested
Shares or

Units ($)
 

Current Executives:

        

Glen F. Post, III

   2/23/2015    29,254(3)  $487,957    131,640(12)  $2,195,755 
   2/23/2016    86,884(3)   1,449,225    195,491   3,260,790 
   2/21/2017    135,361(3)   2,257,821    203,043   3,386,757 
   6/1/2017    62,640(3)   1,044,835        

Sunit S. Patel

   3/1/2017    146,262(4)   2,439,650        
   11/1/2017    67,377(5)   1,123,848        

Aamir Hussain

   2/23/2015    4,818(6)   80,364    21,682(12)   361,656 
   2/23/2016    21,466(7)   358,053    48,298   805,611 
   2/21/2017    25,480(8)   425,006    38,220   637,510 
   6/1/2017    12,528(9)   208,967        
   6/1/2017    187,920(10)   3,134,506        

Stacey W. Goff

   2/23/2015    4,337(6)   72,341    19,514(12)   325,494 
   2/23/2016    12,880(7)   214,838    28,979   483,370 
   2/21/2017    20,065(8)   334,684    30,098   502,035 
   6/1/2017    11,484(9)   191,553        
   6/1/2017    187,920(10)   3,134,506        

Jeffrey K. Storey

   3/1/2017    163,382(4)   2,725,212        
   11/1/2017    217,036(11)   3,620,160        

Former Executive:

        

R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.(13)

   2/23/2015           24,160(12)   402,989 
   2/23/2016           35,879   598,462 
   2/21/2017           37,265   621,580 

Outstanding Awards at December 31, 2019(1)

        Stock Awards      Equity Incentive Awards(2)
   Name  Grant Date  Number of
Unvested Shares
or Units (#)
 Market Value of
Shares that Have
Not Vested ($)
      Number of
Unvested Shares
or Units (#)
 

Market Value of

Unvested Shares  

or Units ($)

Mr. Storey

    3/1/2017    108,920(3)   $1,438,833       —    $—  
    5/24/2018    178,069(4)    2,352,291       400,655(8)    5,292,653
    5/24/2018    104,580(5)    1,381,502       235,306(9)    3,108,392
    2/28/2019    358,884(4)    4,740,858       538,328(12)    7,111,313

Mr. Dev

    7/1/2016    3,994(3)    52,761       —     —  
    3/1/2017    11,136(3)    147,107       —     —  
    11/1/2017    17,276(6)    228,216       —     —  
    2/19/2018    13,185(4)    174,174       19,777(8)    261,254
    8/7/2018    —     —         45,063(10)    595,282
    2/28/2019    76,904(4)    1,015,902       115,356(12)    1,523,853

Mr. Goff

    2/21/2017    6,689(4)    88,362       30,098(11)    397,595
    6/1/2017    62,640(7)    827,474       —     —  
    2/21/2018    30,844(4)    407,449       69,399(8)    916,761
    2/28/2019    56,966(4)    752,521       85,449(12)    1,128,781

Mr. Trezise

    2/21/2017    3,451(4)    45,588       15,527(11)    205,112
    6/1/2017    48,720(7)    643,591       —     —  
    2/21/2018    10,796(4)    142,615       24,290(8)    320,871
    2/28/2019    22,786(4)    301,003       34,180(12)    451,518

Mr. Andrews

    7/1/2016    2,058(3)    27,186       —     —  
    3/1/2017    4,586(3)    60,581       —     —  
    2/21/2018    7,711(4)    101,862       17,350(8)    229,194
     2/28/2019    21,362(4)    282,192          32,043(12)    423,288

 

(1)

All information presented in this table is as of December 31, 2017,2019, and does not reflect vesting of outstanding equity awards or issuance of additional awards since such date.

(2)

Represents performance-based restricted shares granted on February 23, 2015, February 23, 2016 and February 21, 2017 to our legacy named officers.equity awards, payouts of which may range between0-200%. The table above assumes that, as of December 31, 2017, that2019, we would perform at “target” levels, such that all performance-based shares granted to each named executive would vest fully. For additional information on the vesting and other terms of our most recent grant of performance-based restricted shares, see “ — Incentive Compensation and other Awards” and “ — Terms of 2017 Restricted Stock Awards.”at 100%.

(3)As explained in greater detail under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Annual Grants of Long-Term Incentive Compensation — Recent Events,” all of these shares will vest upon Mr. Post’s retirement at the meeting.
(4)

Represents restricted stock units, originally granted to our newlycertain named executives by Level 3, which were converted to time-vested CenturyLink restricted stock units as a result of the Level 3 Combination. These grantsThe awards granted on March 1, 2017 vested oron March 1, 2020 and the awards granted on July 1, 2016 will vest on July 1, 2020, subject to the named executive’s continued employment on such date.

(4)

Represents an annual grant of time-vested restricted stock (for Messrs. Dev, Goff, Trezise and Andrews) or restricted stock units (for Mr. Storey) that will vest in three equal installments on the first three years following the grant date subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

 Grant Date

Vesting Date

February 19, 2018

February 19, 2020 for Mr. Dev

February 21, 2018

Two equal installments on February 21 of 2020 and 2021 for Messrs. Goff and Trezise

May 24, 2018

Two equal installments on May 24 of 2020 and 2021 for Mr. Storey

February 28, 2019

Three equal installments on March 1 of 2018, 20192020, 2021 and 2022 for Messrs. Storey, Dev, Goff, Trezise and Andrews

80    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Incentive Compensation Awards

(5)

Represents a promotion grant of time-vested restricted stock granted to Mr. Storey that will vest in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the grant date (May 24 of 2018), subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

(6)

These shares of time-vested restricted stock will vest on November 1, 2020, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

(5)As described in greater detail elsewhere herein, Mr. Patel received two special equity grants at Closing, one of which was time-vested and the other performance-based. The table above reflects only the time-vested portion of Mr. Patel’s signing equity grants, which will vest on November 1, 2018 subject to his continued employment through that date. As described further elsewhere herein, because the performance metrics for the performance-based award were not established until early 2018, under applicable accounting rules the grant date of that award (77,742 shares, with a market value of $1,296,737 on December 31, 2017) did not occur until 2018 and thus will first be reported in these tables in our 2019 proxy statement.

(6)These shares of time-vested restricted stock vested on February 23, 2018, subject to the executive’s continued employment through that date.
(7)These shares of time-vested restricted stock vested or will vest in two equal installments on February 23 of 2018 and 2019, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.
(8)These shares of time-vested restricted stock vested or will vest in three equal installments on February 21 of 2018, 2019, and 2020, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.
(9)Represents shares of restricted stock granted under an integration award program to certain legacy named executives. These awards will vest on December 15, 2018, subject to the executive’s continued employment through that date, with the actual payout ranging between80-120% of the number of shares granted based on the Committee’s subjective evaluation of the executive’s individual performance between the Closing and the vesting date.
(10)

Represents shares of restricted stock granted under a retention award program to certain legacy named executives. These awards will vestone-third per year on June 1, of 2018, 2019, and 2020, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

(8)

Represents the performance-based portion of our 2018 annual restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards. These awards will vest in two equal installments on February 21 of 2020 and 2021, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date. Based on our performance from 2018 to 2019, 151.1% of the first installment of the performance-based restricted stock or units paid out and vested in February 2020.

(9)

Represents the performance-based portion of a promotion grant to Mr. Storey. The number of shares earned will range between 0 to 200% of the number granted, with the number earned determined using atwo-step process: (1) between 0 to 100% of target will be earned depending on the Company’s cumulative Adjusted EBITDA results for the three-year period from 2018 to 2020 and (2) provided that target performance is met or exceeded under step (1), Mr. Storey may earn above target (up to a maximum 200% of target) based on the Company’s relative total shareholder return over the same period against the performance of a peer group of companies in the telecommunications industry.

(10)

Represents a special performance-based award granted to Mr. Dev before he was appointed an executive officer. This award is divided into two equal tranches, with payout under each tranche ranging from 0 to 200% depending upon our achievement against atwo-year Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate target. The first tranche is defined and calculated in the same manner as the performance-based portion of our 2018 annual grants and the performance period covers fiscal years 2018 and 2019 (vesting date of February 28, 2020), while the second tranche is defined in the same manner as the performance-based portion of our 2019 annual LTI grants and covers fiscal years 2019 and 2020 (vesting date of August 7, 2021). Based on our performance from 2018 to 2019, 151.1% of the performance-based restricted stock for the first tranche vested in February 2020.

(11)As described in greater detail elsewhere herein, Mr. Storey received two special equity grants at Closing, one of which was time-vested and

Represents the other performance-based. The table above reflects only the time-vestedperformance-based portion of Mr. Storey’s signing equity grant, which will vestawards granted in 2017 as part of our annual LTI program. Based on February 1,our performance from 2017 to 2019, subject to his continued employment through that date. As described further elsewhere herein, because the performance metrics for the performance-based award were not established until early 2018, under applicable accounting rules the grant date of that award (325,554 shares, with a market value of $5,430,241 on December 31, 2017) did not occur until 2018 and thus will first be reported in these tables in our 2019 proxy statement.

(12)In early 2018, we determined that, with respect to the 2015 grants, for which the three-year performance period ended on December 31, 2017, (i) none85.71% of the TSR performance-based restricted stock would vest and all such shares would be forfeited and (ii) 76.2%83.4% of the absolute revenue performance-based restricted would vestCore Revenue PBRS vested in February 2020 and the remaining shares would bewere forfeited.

(13)(12)Upon Mr. Ewing’s retirement, he was permitted to retain his outstanding

Represents the performance-based portion of our 2019 annual restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards. These awards which remain subject to their original performance conditions.will vest in two equal installments on March 1 of 2021 and 2022, depending upon our achievement of atwo-year Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate target. For more information on Mr. Ewing’s termination-related compensation,these grants, see “—Incentive Compensation Awards” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Analysis—Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay — Compensation Paid to Our Former Executive” and “Potential Termination Payments — Amounts Paid to Former Executive.Pay—Grants of Long-Term Incentive Compensation.

Vesting of Equity Awards During 2017. 2019

The following table provides details regarding the shares of restricted stock or restricted stock unitsequity awards held by our named executives that vested during 2017. Although there2019. Restricted stock and restricted stock units were some stock options outstanding during part of 2017, all such optionsthe only equity awards held by our named executives expired, unexercised, on February 21, 2017.

Stock Vested During 2017during 2019.

 

Name

  Number of
Shares
Acquired
on Vesting(1)
   Value Realized
on Vesting(2)
 

Current Executives:

    

Glen F. Post, III

   215,325   $5,259,350 

Sunit S. Patel(3)

   387,437    6,915,750 

Aamir Hussain

   36,572    725,217 

Stacey W. Goff

   34,736    848,023 

Jeffrey K. Storey(4)

   875,432    15,626,461 

Former Executive:

    

R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.

   89,165    1,733,094 

Stock Vested During 2019

Name

  Number of Shares
Acquired  on
Vesting
(1)
  

Value Realized on  

Vesting(2)

Mr. Storey

    1,063,929   $13,479,617

Mr. Dev

    55,490    749,737

Mr. Goff

    114,167    1,338,934

Mr. Trezise

    71,576    812,600

Mr. Andrews

    16,678    221,859

 

(1)

Represents both time-vested and performance-based equity awards that vested during 2019. For eachdetails on the payout of our legacy named executives, this represents the vesting of (i) time-vested restricted shares granted in 2014, 2015 and 2016, and (ii) certain performance-based restricted shares granted in 2015, the vesting conditions of which are described inequity awards, please see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Analysis—Our 2019 Compensation Program and Components of Pay—Grants of Long Term Incentive Compensation—Long Term Incentive Performance Updates” and “—Our Compensation Philosophy Objectives and Linkage to Pay for Performance — Corporate Strategy—Overview of Pay Elements and Linkage to Compensation Philosophy and Objectives — Actual Payouts of Performance-Based Restricted Stock.Corporate Strategy. For information regarding the awards vesting for each of Messrs. Patel and Storey, see notes 3 and 4, respectively.

(2)

Based on the closing trading price of the Common Shares on the applicable vesting date.

(3)As provided in Mr. Patel’s offer letter, we accelerated the vesting of his outstanding restricted stock units (previously granted by Level 3 and converted to CenturyLink RSUs in the Level 3 Combination) immediately following the Closing, except for the RSUs that Level 3 had granted to him in 2017, which will vest as originally scheduled (as described further in note 4 of the Outstanding Equity Awards table). In addition, all RSUs that had been granted to him before 2017 were cancelled and converted to a deferred cash award based on the
LOGOper-share2020 Proxy Statement    closing price of our common stock on the date of Closing, which will be paid to Mr. Patel in cash on the same schedule that thenow-cancelled awards would have otherwise settled and paid out in shares. Therefore, the value reported as “Value Realized on Vesting” for Mr. Patel in this table was not actually realized by him during 2017 but instead has been deferred for payment in future years. See below under “Deferred Compensation” for details regarding the payout schedule of this deferred cash award.|    81
(4)As provided in Mr. Storey’s offer letter, we accelerated the vesting of his outstanding restricted stock units (previously granted by Level 3 and converted to CenturyLink RSUs in the Level 3 Combination) immediately following the Closing, except for 50% of the RSUs that Level 3 had granted to him in 2017, which will vest as originally scheduled (as described further in note 4 of the Outstanding Equity Awards table). Although the vesting of these 875,432 RSUs was accelerated, each will settle and pay out in shares in accordance with its original payment schedule. Therefore, the number of shares reported as “Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting” for Mr. Storey in this table was not issued to him during 2017 but instead will be issued to him in future years. See below under “Deferred Compensation” for details regarding the payout schedule of these awards.


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Pension Benefits

 

Pension Benefits

Amount of Benefits.

The following table and discussion summarize pension benefits payable to theone of our named officers under (i) the CenturyLink Component of the CenturyLink Combined Pension Plan, qualified under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a), which permits eligible participants (including officers) who have completed at least five years of service to receive a pension benefit upon attaining early or normal retirement age, and (ii) our nonqualified supplemental defined benefit plan, which is designed to pay supplemental retirement benefits to certain officers in amounts equal to the benefits such officers would otherwise forego due to federal limitations on compensation and benefits under qualified plans. We refer to these particular defined benefit plans below as our “Qualified Plan” and our “Supplemental Plan,” respectively, and as our “Pension Plans,” collectively.

 

Name(1)

  Plan Name  Number of
Years of Credited
Service
   Present
Value of
Accumulated
Benefit(2)
   Payments During
Last Fiscal Year
 

Current Executives:

        

Glen F. Post, III(3)

  Qualified Plan   19   $2,304,197   $ 
  Supplemental Plan

 

   

 

19

 

 

��

   

 

2,945,407

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Stacey W. Goff

  Qualified Plan   19    668,591     
  Supplemental Plan   19    523,687     

Former Executive:

        

R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.(4)

  Qualified Plan   19    1,711,675     
  Supplemental Plan

 

   

 

19

 

 

 

   

 

1,209,531

 

 

 

    

 

9,619

 

(5)  

 

Pension Benefits

Name(1)

  Plan Name  Number of
Years of
Credited
Service
  Present
Value of
Accumulated
Benefit
(2)
  

Payments

During Last  

Fiscal Year

Stacey W. Goff

  Qualified Plan  21  $785,641  
   Supplemental Plan  21  $602,503  

 

(1)Each

None of Messrs. Patel, Hussain and Storey, Dev, Trezise or Andrews are ineligibleeligible to participate in these plans since they joined us after both of our Pension Plans were closed to new participants.

(2)

These figures represent accumulated benefits as of December 31, 20172019 based on several assumptions, including the assumption that the executive remains employed by us and begins receiving retirement benefits at the normal retirement age of 65, with such accumulated benefits being discounted from the normal retirement age to December 31, 20172019 using discount rates ranging between 3.57%3.25% and 3.70%3.40%. No adjustments have been made to reflect reductions required under any qualified domestic relations orders. See Note 911 titled “Employee Benefits” of the notes to our audited financial statements included inAppendix B for additional information.

(3)As described elsewhere herein in greater detail, Mr. Post plans to retire at the meeting. Mr. Post will be eligible to commence receiving pension benefits in June 2018.
(4)In accordance with our previously-announced CFO succession plan, Mr. Ewing agreed to step down from all executive positions effective upon the Closing and fully retired from all positions with the Company on November 17, 2017. For a more complete description of payments made to Mr. Ewing in connection with his retirement, see “ — Potential Termination Payments — Amounts Paid to Former Executive.”
(5)As part of a qualified domestic relations order, Mr. Ewing’s former wife is receiving payments under the Supplemental Plan, which commenced on August 1, 2015, in the amount of approximately $800 per month. The amount shown in the table represents payments made to her during 2017 ($9,619). The present value of the annuity of Mr. Ewing’s former wife is included in the Present Value of Accumulated Benefit column.

Pension Plans.

With limited exceptions specified in the Pension Plans, we “froze” our Qualified Plan and Supplemental Plan as of December 31, 2010, which means that no additional monthly pension benefits have accrued under such plans since that date (although service after that date continues to count towards vesting and benefit eligibility and a limited transitional benefit for eligible participants continued to accrue through 2015).

Prior to this freezing of benefit accruals, the aggregate amount of these named officers’ total monthly pension benefit under the Qualified Plan and Supplemental Plan was equal to the participant’s years of service since 1999 (up to a maximum of 30 years) multiplied by the sum of (i) 0.5% of his final average pay plus (ii) 0.5% of his final average pay in excess of his Social Security covered compensation, where “final average pay” was defined as the participant’s average monthly compensation during the 60 consecutive month period within his last ten years of employment in which he received his highest compensation. Effective December 31, 2010, the Qualified Plan and Supplemental PlanPension Plans were amended to cease all future benefit accruals under the above formula (except where a collective bargaining agreement provides otherwise). In lieu of additional accruals under the above-described formula, each affected participant’s accrued benefit as of December 31, 2010 were increased 4% per year, compounded annually through the earlier of December 31, 2015 or the termination of the participant’s employment.

Under both Pension Plans, “average monthly compensation” is determined based on the participant’s salary plus annual cash incentive bonus. Although the retirement benefits described above are provided through separate plans, we have in the past transferred benefits from the Supplemental Plan to the Qualified Plan, and reserve the right to make further similar transfers to the extent allowed under applicable law. The value of benefits transferred to the Qualified Plan, which directly offset the value of benefits in the Supplemental Plan, will be payable to the recipients in the form of enhanced annuities or supplemental benefits and are reflected in the table above under the “Present Value of Accumulated Benefits” column.

The normal form of benefit payment under both of our Pension Plans is (i) in the case of unmarried participants, a monthly annuity payable for the life of the participant, and (ii) in the case of married participants, an actuarially equivalent monthly annuity payable for the lifetime of the participant and a survivor annuity payable for the lifetime of the spouse upon the participant’s death. Participants may elect optional forms of annuity benefits under each Pension Plan and, in the case of the Qualified Plan, an annuity that guarantees ten years of benefits, all of which are actuarially equivalent in value to the normal form of benefit. The enhanced annuities described in the prior paragraph may be paid in the form of a lump sum, at the participant’s election.

82    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


The normal retirement age is 65 under both of the Pension Plans. Participants may receive benefits under both of these plans upon “early retirement,” which is defined as attaining age 55 with five years of service. Under both of these plans, the benefit payable upon early termination is calculated under formulas that pay between 60% to 100% of the base plan benefit and 48% to 92% of the excess plan benefit, in each case with the lowest percentage applying to early retirement at age 55 and proportionately higher percentages applying to early retirement after age 55. For additional information on early retirement benefits, please see the applicable early retirement provisions of the Pension Plans, copies of which are filed with the SEC.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Deferred Compensation

Deferred Compensation

The following table and discussion provides information on (i) our Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan, under which certain of our legacy named officers have deferredmay elect to defer a portion of their salary in excess of the amounts that may be deferred under federal law governing qualified 401(k) plans, and (ii) the deferred compensation arrangementsarrangement we have with each of our newly named executives as a result of accelerating the vesting of certain equity awards in connection with the Level 3 Combination,Mr. Storey, which areis described in more detail above under “- Vesting of Equity Awards During 2017” and in the text following the table below.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

Name(1)

  Aggregate
Balance at
December 31,
2016
   Executive
Contributions
in 2017(2)
   CenturyLink
Contributions
in 2017(3)
   Aggregate
Earnings in
2017(4)
  Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
   Aggregate
Balance at
December 31,
2017
 

Current Executives:

           

Glen F. Post, III

  $4,314,074   $256,207   $96,740   $572,097      $5,239,118 

Sunit S. Patel

       6,915,750               6,915,750 

Stacey W. Goff

   1,680,014    84,534    24,702    337,148       2,126,398 

Jeffrey K. Storey

       15,626,461        (1,024,255      14,602,206 

Former Executive:

           

R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.

   1,612,427    141,848    29,222    255,751       2,039,248 

(1)For 2017, Messrs. Patel, Storey, and Hussain were either ineligible to participate or chose not For 2019, only Mr. Andrews elected to participate in our Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

Name

  Aggregate
Balance at
December 31,
2018
(1)
  Executive
Contributions
in 2019
(2)
  CenturyLink
Contributions
in 2019
(3)
  Aggregate
Earnings
in 2019
(4)
 Aggregate
Withdrawals /
Distributions
(5)
  

Aggregate

Balance at

December 31,  

2019(1)

Mr. Storey

   $5,277,836   $0   $0   ($575,316)  $3,466,923   $1,235,597  

Mr. Dev

    —      —      —      —     —      —    

Mr. Goff

    2,029,270    —      —      502,402   —      2,531,672  

Mr. Trezise

    —      —      —      —     —      —    

Mr. Andrews

    —      10,765    7,895    574   —      19,234  
(1)

For each of Messrs. Goff and Andrews, this figure represents the aggregate balance of his Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan.Plan account. For Mr. Storey, this figure represents the value of RSUs that were converted to CenturyLink RSUs and accelerated immediately following the Level 3 Combination but which continue to pay out in Common Shares according to their original payout schedule (the “Deferred RSUs”).

(2)

For each legacy named officer,participants in the Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan, the amounts in this column reflect contributions under the Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan by the officer of salary paid in 20172019 and reported as 20172019 salary compensation in the Summary Compensation Table. For Mr. Patel, this figure represents the value of the deferred cash award he received upon the acceleration and cash out of certain Level 3 RSUs that were converted to CenturyLink RSUs as result of the Level 3 Combination (the “Deferred Cash Award”). For Mr. Storey, this figure represents the value of RSUs, as of the Closing, that were converted to CenturyLink RSUs and accelerated immediately following the Level 3 Combination but which will continue to pay out in Common Shares according to their original payout schedule (the “Deferred RSUs”).

(3)

For participants in the Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan, this column includes our partial match of the officer’s contribution under the terms of that plan, all of which were included as 20172019 compensation in the column of the Summary Compensation Table labeled “All Other Compensation.”

(4)

For participants in the Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan, this column represents aggregate earnings in 20172019 including interest, dividends and distributions earned with respect to deferred compensation invested by the officers in the manner described in the text below. For Mr. Storey, this figure represents the change in value of his Deferred RSUs between the Closingduring 2019 (realized gain or loss on Deferred RSUs paid out during 2019 and the endunrealized gain or loss on his remaining Deferred RSUs as of 2017.December 31, 2019).

 

(5)

For Mr. Storey, this figure represents the value of Deferred RSUs paid out to him during 2019 (valued based on the closing price of a Common Share on the scheduled payout date).

Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan.Under. Under this plan, certain of our senior officers may defer up to 50% of their salary in excess of the federal limit on annual contributions to a qualified 401(k) plan. For every dollar that

an eligible participant contributes to this plan up to 6% of his or her excess salary, we add an amount equal to the

total matching percentage then in effect for matching contributions made by us under our qualified 401(k) plan (which for 20172019 equaled the sum of all of the initial 1% contributed and half of the next 5% contributed). All amounts contributed under this supplemental plan by the participants or us are allocated among deemed investments whichthat follow the performance of the same broad array of funds offered under our qualified 401(k) plan. This is reflected in the market value of each participant’s account. Participants may change their deemed investments in these funds at any time. We reserve the right to transfer benefits from the Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan to our qualified 401(k) or retirement plans to the extent allowed under Treasury regulations and other guidance. The value of benefits transferred to our qualified plans directly offsets the value of benefits in the Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan. Participants in the Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan normally receive payment of their account balances in a lump sum once they cease working full-time for us, subject to any deferrals mandated by federal law.

Deferred Cash AwardRSUs for Mr. PatelStorey.As. As provided in Mr. Patel’sStorey’s original offer letter, upon the closing of the Level 3 Combination, we accelerated the vesting of a portion of his outstanding restricted stock units (previouslyRSUs (which had originally been granted to him by Level 3 and were converted to CenturyLink RSUs in the Level 3 Combination) immediately following the Closing, except for the RSUs that Level 3 had granted, although they will continue to him in 2017, which will vest as originally scheduled (as described further in note 4 of the Outstanding Equity Awards table). In addition, all RSUs that had been granted to him before 2017 were cancelled and converted to a deferred cash award based on theper-share closing price of our common stock on the date of Closing ($6,915,750), which will be paid to Mr. Patel in cash on the same schedule that thenow-cancelled awards would have otherwise settled and paid out in shares. In accordance with that schedule, Mr. Patel received or will receive the following approximate amounts on the following dates: $2,894,949 on February 1, 2018; $936,625 on April 1, 2018; $1,171,031 on July 1, 2018; $936,661 on February 1, 2019; $664,323 on July 1, 2019; and $312,161 on July 1, 2020.

Deferred RSUs for Mr. Storey.As provided in Mr. Storey’s offer letter, we accelerated the vesting of his outstanding restricted stock units (previously granted by Level 3 and converted to CenturyLink RSUs in the Level 3 Combination) immediately following the Closing, except for 50% of the RSUs that Level 3 had granted to him in 2017, which will vest as originally scheduled (as described further in note 4 of the Outstanding Equity Awards table). Although the vesting of these 875,432 RSUs was accelerated, each will settle and pay out in shares in accordance with its original payment schedule. In accordance with that schedule, the following vested and deferred RSUs held by Mr. Storey settled or will settle in Common Shares on the following dates: 215,450 RSUs on February 1, 2018; 54,462 RSUs on March 1, 2018; 117,229 RSUs on April 1, 2018; 139,919 RSUs on July 1, 2018; 117,229 RSUs on February 1, 2019; 54,462 RSUs on March 1, 2019; 83,146 RSUs on July 1, 2019; 54,460 RSUs on March 1, 2020;2020 and 39,075 RSUs on July 1, 2020.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    83


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Potential Termination Payments

Potential Termination Payments

The materials below discuss payments and benefits that our officers are eligible to receive if theythey: (i) resign or retire, (ii) are terminated by us, with or without cause, (iii) die or become disabled, or (iv) become entitled to termination benefits following a change of control of CenturyLink. The amounts actually paid to Mr. Ewing in connection with the termination of his employment with us in late 2017 are detailed below under “- Amounts Paid to Former Executive.”

General Information

Notwithstanding the information appearing below, you should be aware that our officers have agreed to forfeit their equity compensation awards (and profits derived therefrom) if they compete with us or engage in other activity harmful to our interests while employed with us or within 18 months after termination. Certain other compensation might also be recoverable by us under certain circumstances after termination of employment. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Analysis—Our Policies, Processes and Guidelines Related toGovernance of Executive Compensation — Compensation—Forfeiture of Prior Compensation” for more information.

Payments Made Upon All Terminations.Regardless of the manner in which our employees’ employment terminates prior to a change of control, they are entitled to receive amounts earned during their term of employment (subject to the potential forfeitures discussed above). With respect to each such terminated employee, such amounts include his or her:

 

salary and earned but unused vacation pay through the date of termination, payable immediately following termination in cash

salary and earned but unused vacation pay through the date of termination, payable immediately following termination in cash;

 

annual incentive bonus, but only if such employee served for the entire bonus period or through the date such bonus is payable (unless this service requirement is waived or more favorable treatment is applicable in the case of retirement, death or disability)

annual incentive bonus, but only if such employee served for the entire bonus period or through the date such bonus is payable (unless this service requirement is waived or more favorable treatment is applicable in the case of retirement, death or disability);

 

restricted stock that has vested

equity awards that have vested;

 

benefits accrued and vested under our qualified and supplemental defined benefit pension plans, with payouts generally occurring at early or normal retirement age

benefits accrued and vested under our qualified and supplemental defined benefit pension plans, with payouts generally occurring at early or normal retirement age;

 

vested account balance held in our qualified and supplemental defined contribution plans, which the employee is generally free to receive at the time of termination

vested account balance held in our qualified and supplemental defined contribution plans, which the employee is generally free to receive at the time of termination; and

 

rights to continued health care benefits to the extent required by law.

rights to continued health care benefits to the extent required by law.

Payments Made Upon Voluntary or Involuntary Terminations.In addition to benefits described under the heading immediately above, employees involuntarily terminated by us without cause prior to a change of control are also entitled, subject to certain conditions, to:

 

exercise all vested options within 190 days of the termination date

payment of their annual incentive bonus or apro rataportion thereof, depending on their termination date;

 

accelerated vesting of all, or a portion of, unvested time-vested restricted stock if approved by our Compensation Committee

if approved by our Compensation Committee in its discretion, the terminated employee will (i) receive accelerated vesting of all, or a portion of, unvested time-vested equity awards, (ii) be permitted to retain all or a portion of his or her unvested performance-based restricted stock for the remainder of the applicable performance period or (iii) a combination of both; and

 

a cash severance payment in the amount described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay — Other Benefits — Severance Benefits” plus the receipt of any short-term incentive bonus payable under their applicable bonus plan and outplacement assistance benefits.

a cash severance payment in the amount described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Our Compensation Program and Components of Pay—Other Benefits—Severance Benefits” plus the receipt of any short-term incentive bonus payable under their applicable bonus plan and outplacement assistance benefits.

None of the benefits listed immediately above are payable if the employee resigns or is terminated for cause, except that resigning employees are entitled to exercise their vested options within 190 days and employees terminated for cause could request the Compensation Committee to accelerate their unvested time-vested restricted stock (which is unlikely to be granted).cause.

Payments Made Upon Retirement.Employees who retire in conformity with our retirement plans and policies are entitled, subject to certain conditions, to:

 

exercise all of their options, all of which accelerate upon retirement, within three years of their retirement date;

 

payment of their annual incentive bonus or apro rata portion thereof, depending on their retirement date;

 

post-retirement life, health and welfare benefits; and

post-retirement life, health and welfare benefits; and

 

all of the benefits described under the heading “—Payments Made Upon All Terminations.”

84    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


all of the benefits described under the heading “ —

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Potential Termination Payments Made Upon All Terminations.”

In addition, the Committee has discretion to accelerate the vesting of all, or a portion of, unvested time-vested restricted stock and/equity awards or to permit an employee who retires from the Company to retain all or a portion of his or her unvested performance-based restricted stockequity awards for the remainder of the applicable performance period.

Payments Made Upon Death or Disability.Upon death or disability, officers (or their estates) are generally entitled to (without duplication of benefits):

 

payments under our disability or life insurance plans, as applicable;

exercise all of their options, all of which accelerate upon death or disability, within two years;

keep all of their time-vested restricted stock, whether vested or unvested;

payments under our disability or life insurance plans, as applicable;

 

 

keep all of their time-vested equity awards, whether vested or unvested;

retain a pro rata portion of their performance-based equity awards, which would remain subject to performance and vesting conditions;

payment of their annual incentive bonus or apro rata portion thereof, depending on their date of death or disability;

 

continued rights to receive (i) life, health and welfare benefits at early or normal retirement age, in the event of disabilities of employees with ten years of prior service, or (ii) health and welfare benefits payable to surviving eligible dependents, in the event of death of employees meeting certain age and service requirements; and

all of the benefits described under the heading “—Payments Made Upon All Terminations,” except that (i) upon death benefits under our retirement plans are generally available only to surviving spouses and (ii) benefits payable to mentally disabled employees under our nonqualified defined benefit retirement plans may be paid prior to retirement age.

Equity Acceleration Provisions of Mr. Storey’s Amended and Restated Offer Letter.In conjunction with appointing Mr. Storey as our CEO in 2018, we amended and restated our offer letter with him that provides that certain outstanding, unvested equity awards will accelerate upon a “qualifying termination” or, subject to certain conditions, his retirement. A “qualifying termination” is defined in his amended and restated offer letter to include death, “disability,” termination by us without “cause,” or termination by Mr. Storey with “good reason” (each as further defined in the offer letter). Upon a qualifying termination, vesting of all unvested time-vested awards is accelerated and, with respect to performance-based awards, Mr. Storey will be permitted to retain all such awards although they will remain subject to their original performance conditions and payout schedule (except upon his death, when the awards would pay out at target). In addition, upon his retirement, provided that he has given us 90 days notice of his intent to retire, Mr. Storey is entitled to receive (i) life, healthfull service vesting as well with respect to his annual LTI grants (not including the promotion grant he was awarded upon his appointment as CEO), with any performance-based awards remaining subject to their original performance and welfare benefits at early or normal retirement age, in the event of disabilities of employees with ten years of prior service, or (ii) health and welfare benefits payable to surviving eligible dependents, in the event of death of employees meeting certain age and service requirements; and

vesting conditions.

all of the benefits described under the heading “ — Payments Made Upon All Terminations,” except that (i) upon death benefits under our retirement plans are generally available only to surviving spouses and (ii) benefits payable to mentally disabled employees under our nonqualified defined benefit retirement plans may be paid prior to retirement age.

Payments Made Upon a Change of Control.We have entered into agreements that entitle each of our executive officers who are terminated without cause or resign under certain specified circumstances within certain specified periods following any change in control of CenturyLink to receive (i) receive a lump sum cash severance payment equal to a multiple of such officer’s annual cash compensation (defined as salary plus the average annual incentive bonus over the past three years), and (ii) receive such officer’s currently pending bonus orpro rata portion thereof, depending on the date of termination, and (iii) continue to receive, subject to certain exceptions, certain welfareother benefits for certain specified periods. Seedescribed under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Analysis—Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay — Pay—Other Benefits — Benefits—Change of Control Arrangements” for a description of the benefits under our change of control agreements.Arrangements.”

Under CenturyLink’s above-referenced agreements, a “change in control” of CenturyLink would be deemed to occur uponupon: (i) any person (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becoming the beneficial owner of 30% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, (ii) a majority of our directors being replaced, (iii) consummation of certain mergers, substantial asset sales or similar business combinations, or (iv) approval by the shareholders of a liquidation or dissolution of CenturyLink.

The above-referenced agreements provide the benefits described above if we terminate the officer’s employment without cause or the officer resigns with “good reason,” which we describe further under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Analysis—Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay — Pay—Other Benefits — Benefits–Change of Control Arrangements.” We have filed copies or forms of these agreements with the SEC.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    85


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Potential Termination Payments

Participants in our supplemental defined benefit plan whose service is terminated within two years of the change in control of CenturyLink will receive a cash payment equal to the present value of their plan benefits (after providing age and service credits of up to three years if the participant is terminated by us without cause or resigns with “good reason”), determined in accordance with actuarial assumptions specified in the plan. Certain account balances under our qualified retirement plans will also fully vest upon a change of control of CenturyLink.

Under the terms of our equity incentive plans, incentives granted under those plans will not vest, accelerate, become exercisable or be deemed fully paid unless otherwise provided in a separate agreement, plan or instrument. None of our equity award agreements since 2011 have providedprovide for any such accelerated recognition of benefits solely upon a change of control. Instead, our current award agreements provide that any holder of incentives who is terminated by us or our successor without cause or resigns with good reason following a change of control will be entitled to receive full vesting of his or her time-vested restricted shares and continued rights under his or her performance-based restricted shares (on the same terms as if he or she had not been terminated).

We believe the above-described change of control benefits enhance shareholder value because:

 

prior to a takeover, these protections help us to recruit and retain talented officers and to help maintain the productivity of our workforce by alleviating concerns over economic security, and

prior to a takeover, these protections help us to recruit and retain talented officers and to help maintain the productivity of our workforce by alleviating concerns over economic security, and

 

during or after a takeover, these protections (i) help our personnel, when evaluating a possible business combination, to focus on the best interests of CenturyLink and its shareholders, and (ii) reduce the risk that personnel will accept job offers from competitors during takeover discussions.

during or after a takeover, these protections (i) help our personnel, when evaluating a possible business combination, to focus on the best interests of CenturyLink and its shareholders, and (ii) reduce the risk that personnel will accept job offers from competitors during takeover discussions.

Estimated Potential Termination Payments.

The table below provides estimates of the value of payments and benefits that would become payable if our current named executives were terminated in the manner described below, in each case based on various assumptions, the most significant of which are described in the table’s notes.

86    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Potential Termination Payments

 

    Type of Termination of Employment(1) 

Name

 

Type of

Termination

Payment(2)

 Involuntary
Termination
Without
Cause(3)
  Retirement(4)  Disability  Death  Termination
Upon a
Change of
Control(5)
 

Glen F. Post, III

 

 

Annual Bonus

 

 $

 

1,596,875

 

 

 

 $

 

1,596,875

 

 

 

 $

 

1,596,875

 

 

 

 $

 

1,596,875

 

 

 

 $

 

1,596,875

 

 

 

 

Equity Awards(6)

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

11,260,851

 

 

 

  

 

14,083,141

 

 

 

  

 

14,083,141

 

 

 

  

 

14,083,141

 

 

 

 

Pension and Welfare(7)

 

  

 

81,300

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

118,200

 

 

 

 

Cash Severance(8)

 

  

 

6,875,000

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

10,312,500

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $

 

8,553,175

 

 

 

 $

 

12,857,726

 

 

 

 $

 

15,680,016

 

 

 

 $

 

15,680,016

 

 

 

 $

 

26,110,716

 

 

 

Sunit S. Patel

 

 

Annual Bonus

 

 $

 

147,475

 

 

 

 $

 

147,475

 

 

 

 $

 

147,475

 

 

 

 $

 

147,475

 

 

 

 $

 

147,475

 

 

 

 

Equity Awards(6)

 

  

 

2,439,650

 

 

 

  

 

2,439,650

 

 

 

  

 

3,563,499

 

 

 

  

 

3,563,499

 

 

 

  

 

3,563,499

 

 

 

 

Pension and Welfare(7)

 

  

 

41,192

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

41,192

 

 

 

 

Cash Severance(8)

 

  

 

3,300,028

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

3,300,028

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $

 

5,928,345

 

 

 

 $

 

2,587,125

 

 

 

 $

 

3,710,974

 

 

 

 $

 

3,710,974

 

 

 

 $

 

7,052,194

 

 

 

Aamir Hussain

 

 

Annual Bonus

 

 $

 

416,651

 

 

 

 $

 

 

 

 

 $

 

416,651

 

 

 

 $

 

416,651

 

 

 

 $

 

416,651

 

 

 

 

Equity Awards(6)

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

6,011,672

 

 

 

  

 

6,011,672

 

 

 

  

 

6,011,672

 

 

 

 

Pension and Welfare(7)

 

  

 

35,300

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

63,100

 

 

 

 

Cash Severance(8)

 

  

 

1,000,022

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

2,000,044

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $

 

1,451,973

 

 

 

 $

 

 

 

 

 $

 

6,428,323

 

 

 

 $

 

6,428,323

 

 

 

 $

 

8,491,467

 

 

 

Stacey W. Goff

 

 

Annual Bonus

 

 $

 

449,502

 

 

 

 $

 

 

 

 

 $

 

449,502

 

 

 

 $

 

449,502

 

 

 

 $

 

449,502

 

 

 

 

Equity Awards(6)

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

5,258,820

 

 

 

  

 

5,258,820

 

 

 

  

 

5,258,820

 

 

 

 

Pension and Welfare(7)

 

  

 

33,100

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

58,700

 

 

 

 

Cash Severance(8)

 

  

 

1,135,583

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

2,271,166

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $

 

1,618,185

 

 

 

 $

 

 

 

 

 $

 

5,708,322

 

 

 

 $

 

5,708,322

 

 

 

 $

 

8,038,188

 

 

 

Jeffrey K. Storey

 

 

Annual Bonus

 

 $

 

432,517

 

 

 

 $

 

432,517

 

 

 

 $

 

432,517

 

 

 

 $

 

432,517

 

 

 

 $

 

432,517

 

 

 

 

Equity Awards(6)

 

  

 

6,345,372

 

 

 

  

 

6,345,372

 

 

 

  

 

6,345,372

 

 

 

  

 

6,345,372

 

 

 

  

 

6,345,372

 

 

 

 

Pension and Welfare(7)

 

  

 

41,192

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

41,192

 

 

 

 

Cash Severance(8)

 

  

 

8,250,070

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

8,250,070

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $

 

15,069,152

 

 

 

 $

 

6,777,889

 

 

 

 $

 

6,777,889

 

 

 

 $

 

6,777,889

 

 

 

 $

 

15,069,152

 

 

 

Potential Termination Payments

 

Name

 Type of
Termination
Payment
(2)
  Type of Termination of Employment(1) 
 Involuntary
Termination
Without
Cause
(3)
  Retirement(4)  Disability  Death   Termination
Upon a
Change of
Control
(5)
 

Mr. Storey

  Annual Bonus  $3,492,021  $3,492,021  $3,492,021  $3,492,021   $3,492,021 
  Equity Awards(6)   24,706,438   20,216,544   24,706,438   24,706,438    24,706,438 
  Pension and Welfare(7)   60,500   0   0   0    87,000 
  Cash Severance(8)   10,800,067   0   0   0    16,200,101 
  $39,059,027  $23,708,565  $28,198,459  $28,198,459   $44,485,560 

Mr. Dev

  Annual Bonus  $756,600   n/a  $756,600  $756,600   $592,197 
  Equity Awards(6)   0   n/a   3,998,548   3,998,548    3,998,548 
  
Pension and
Welfare(7)
 
 
  29,350   n/a   0   0    29,350 
  Cash Severance(8)   1,430,000   n/a   0   0    2,860,000 
  $2,215,950   n/a  $4,755,148  $4,755,148   $7,480,095 

Mr. Goff

  Annual Bonus  $698,420   n/a  $698,420  $698,420   $665,129 
  Equity Awards(6)   827,474   n/a   4,518,943   4,518,943    4,518,943 
  
Pension and
Welfare(7)
 
 
  35,300   n/a   0   0    63,100 
  Cash Severance(8)   1,320,039   n/a   0   0   $2,640,077 
  $2,881,233   n/a  $5,217,363  $5,217,363   $7,887,249 

Mr. Trezise

  Annual Bonus  $426,464   n/a  $426,464  $426,464   $381,573 
  Equity Awards(6)   643,591   n/a   2,110,298   2,110,298    2,110,298 
  
Pension and
Welfare(7)
 
 
  33,300   n/a   0   0    59,100 
  Cash Severance(8)   950,021   n/a   0   0    1,900,043 
  $2,053,376   n/a  $2,536,762  $2,536,762   $4,451,013 

Mr. Andrews

  Annual Bonus  $447,599   n/a  $447,599  $447,599   $331,949 
  Equity Awards(6)   0   n/a   1,124,303   1,124,303    1,124,303 
  
Pension and
Welfare(7)
 
 
  33,300   n/a   0   0    59,100 
  Cash Severance(8)   1,050,000   n/a   0   0    2,100,000 
      $1,530,899   n/a  $1,571,902  $1,571,902   $3,615,352 

 

(1)

All data in the table reflects our estimates of the value of payments and benefits assuming the named officer was terminated on December 31, 2017.2019. The closing price of the Common Shares on such date was $16.68.

$13.21. The table reflects only estimates of amounts earned or payable through or at such date based on various assumptions. Actual amounts can be determined only at the time of termination. If a named officer voluntarily resigns or is terminated with cause, he will not be entitled to any special or accelerated benefits, but will be entitled to receive various payments or benefits that vested before the termination date. The table reflects potential payments based upon a physical disability; additional benefits may be payable in the event of a mental disability.

(2)

As further described above, upon termination of employment, the named officers may become entitled to receive certain special, accelerated or enhanced benefits, including, subject to certain exceptions, the right to receive payment of their annual cash incentive bonus, an acceleration under certain circumstances of the vesting of their outstanding equity awards, current or enhanced pension and

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    87


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Potential Termination Payments

welfare benefits, or cash severance payments. The table excludes (i) payments or benefits made under broad-based plans or arrangements generally available to all salaried full-time employees and (ii) benefits, awards or amounts that the officer was entitled to receive prior to termination of employment.

(3)

The amounts listed in this column reflect payments to which the named officer would be entitled to under our executive severance plan if involuntarily terminated by us without cause (including, for Mr. Storey, by him with good reason, as provided in his amended and restated offer letter) prior to a change of control. The amounts listed in this column would not be payable if the officer voluntarily resigns (for Mr. Storey, without good reason) or is terminated for cause.

(4)Shortly after his retirement effective at the meeting,

The amounts listed in this column reflect payments to which Mr. Post willStorey would be eligibleentitled to receive normal retirement benefits under CenturyLink’s defined benefit pension plans described above under the heading “— Pension Benefits.” The amounts reflected under the “Retirement” column do not reflect the amountprovisions our STI plan and his amended and restated offer letter (provided he has given us 90 days notice of lifetime annuity payments payable upon retirement. Assuming early or full retirement as of December 31, 2017, Mr. Post would have been entitledhis intent to monthly annuity payments of approximately $31,728 over his lifetime. For further information, see (i) the notes below and (ii) “— Pension Benefits — Other” above.retire).

(5)

The information in this column assumes each named officer became entitled at December 31, 20172019 to the benefits under CenturyLink’s agreements in existence on such date described above under “—Payments Made Upon a Change of Control” upon an involuntary termination without cause or resignation with good reason. All amounts are based on several assumptions.

(6)

The information in this row (i) reflects the benefit to the named officer arising out of the accelerated vesting of some or all of his restricted stock causedor RSUs triggered by the termination of employment based upon the intrinsic method of valuation,and (ii) assumes that the Compensation Committee would not approve the acceleration of the restricted stock or RSUs of any legacy named officer in the event of an involuntary termination, and (iii) assumes that the Compensation Committee would approve, in the event of the retirement of Mr. Post, the acceleration of all of his restricted stock outstanding for at least one year and half of his other outstanding restricted stock. Assuming the Compensation Committee approved the acceleration of all of the named officers’ restricted stock in connection with an involuntary termination of employment at December 31, 2017, the amounts reflected in the table under the column “Involuntary Termination Without Cause” would have been higher by the following amounts: $14,083,141 for Mr. Post, $0 for Mr. Patel, $6,011,672 for Mr. Hussain, $5,258,820 for Mr. Goff and $0 for Mr. Storey.termination.

(7)

The information in this row reflects only the incremental benefits that accrue upon an event of termination, and excludes benefits that were vested on December 31, 2017.2019. For information on the present value of the named officers’ accumulated benefits under our defined benefit pension plans, see “—Pension Benefits,” and for information on the aggregate balances of the named officers’non-qualified deferred compensation, see “—Deferred Compensation.” As indicated above, the named officer would also be entitled to receive a distribution of his or her 401(k) benefits and various other broad-based benefits.

(8)

The information in this row excludes, in the case of disability or death, payments made by insurance companies.

Amounts Paid to Former Executive. In accordance with the CFO succession plan discussed further elsewhere herein, R. Stewart Ewing, Jr., who had served as our CFO prior to the Level 3 Combination, agreed to step down from all executive positions effective with the Closing and then fully retired from all positions with

the Company effective November 17, 2017. Under the terms of our short-term incentive bonus program, Mr. Ewing earned a prorated annual incentive bonus of $470,517 for 2017 based on actual performance, as reported in the Summary Compensation Table above under the heading“Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

In addition to other amounts paid or payable to him upon his retirement under certain broad-based plans, our Pension Plans (see “— Pension Benefits” above) and our Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan (see “— Deferred Compensation” above), the Compensation Committee determined that, because Mr. Ewing was willing and able to continue serving as our CFO after the Closing if not for the CFO succession plan, he qualified for payments under our executive severance plan. Under that plan, Mr. Ewing received (i) a cash severance payment equal to 104 weeks of severance benefits ($2,798,316), half of which was contractually due to him and half of which was awarded at the direction of the Committee and (ii) the continuation of health and welfare benefits for one year (valued at $15,800), both of which are reported above in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “All Other Benefits.”

In addition to these payments, the Committee exercised its discretion to (i) accelerate vesting of all 46,157 of Mr. Ewing’s time-vested restricted shares (valued at $683,124, based on the per share closing price of our Common Shares on his date of retirement, and included above in the “Stock Vested During 2017” table) and (ii) permit him to continue to hold all 97,304 of his performance-based restricted stock, subject to their original performance conditions as disclosed above in the “Outstanding Equity Awards” table. The Committee also approved a special discretionary cash bonus of $1,000,000, which is reported in the “Bonus” column of the Summary Compensation Table.

For information on factors considered by the Committee in connection with authorizing Mr. Ewing’s retirement compensation, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components ofCEO Pay — Compensation Paid to our Retired Executive.”

Pay Ratio Disclosure

As mandated by federal law and related SEC rules, we are required to disclose a ratio of the pay of our CEO to that of our median employee. For 2017,2019, the total compensation of our CEO, Mr. Post, as reported in the Summary Compensation TableStorey was $14,715,560,$17,235,108, while the annual total compensation for our median employee was $69,252.$71,279. As a result, the ratio of CEO pay to median employee pay was approximately 212243 to 1.

Because the SEC rules provide companies with some flexibility in choosing how to calculate thisWe calculated our 2019 pay ratio using the following Q&As describe how we calculated our 2017 pay ratio:assumptions:

 

 

How did we identify theMedian employee determination. The median employee?We reviewedemployee was determined by reviewing the annual total target compensation (the sum of base salary, target short-term incentive and target long-term incentive awards) as of December 31, 20172019 for approximately 39,00042,800 active employees employed on that date, excluding our CEO and, as described below, former Level 3 employees.No other employees were excluded from that calculation.

 

 

Did we exclude any employees from the calculation?Median employee identificationYes. As permitted by SEC rules, in determining the. The median employee we excluded approximately 12,000 employees who joined us on November 1, 2017was identified as a result oflead IT systems engineer, located in Singapore and with the Level 3 Combination.company for three and a half years.

 

 

How did we calculateMedian employee total compensation ofcalculation. To determine the median employee for the purpose of calculating the ratio?Wepay ratio, we calculated the median employee’s pay using the same pay elements and calculation methodology as used in determining the CEO’s pay for purposes of disclosure in the Summary Compensation Table.

As the SEC rules permit companies to choose between different methodologies for median pay calculations, our ratio should not be used as a basis for comparison with other companies. Other public companies may calculate their pay ratio using a different methodology than ours.

88    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


STOCK OWNERSHIP

Common Stock Ownership of Principal Shareholders

The following table sets forth information regarding ownership of our Common Shares by the persons known to us to have beneficially owned more than 5% of the outstanding Common Shares on December 31, 2019 (the “investors”), unless otherwise noted.

  Name and Address

  Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership of
Common Shares
(1)
 Percent of
Outstanding
     Common Shares
(1)  

The Vanguard Group

100 Vanguard Blvd.

Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355

    
126,441,451
(2)
 
   11.6%

Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited

60B Orchard Road

#06-18 Tower 2

Singapore 238891

    
107,201,207
(3)
 
   9.8%

Blackrock, Inc.

55 East 52nd Street

New York, New York 10055

    97,213,233(4)    8.9%

Southeastern Asset Management, Inc.

6410 Poplar Avenue, Suite 900

Memphis, Tennessee 38119

    67,403,179(5)    6.2%

State Street Corporation

State Street Financial Center

One Lincoln Street

Boston, MA 02111

    60,375,334(6)    5.5%

(1)

The figures and percentages in the table above have been determined in accordance with Rule13d-3 of the SEC based upon information furnished by the investors, except that we have calculated the percentages in the table based on the actual number of Common Shares outstanding on the dates as to which the investors have reported their holdings (as noted in notes 2 through 6), as opposed to the estimated percentages set forth in the reports of such investors referred to below in such notes. In addition to Common Shares, we have outstanding Preferred Shares that vote together with the Common Shares as a single class on all matters. One or more persons beneficially own more than 5% of the Preferred Shares; however, the percentage of total voting power held by such persons is immaterial. For additional information regarding the Preferred Shares, see “Frequently Asked Questions—How many votes may I cast?”

 

(2)

Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G/A Report dated as of February 12, 2020 that this investor filed with the SEC. In this report, the investor indicated that, as of December 31, 2019, it (i) held sole voting power with respect to 1,482,016 of these shares, (ii) shared voting power with respect to 281,072 of these shares, (iii) held sole dispositive power with respect to 124,771,334 of these shares and (iv) shared dispositive power with respect to 1,670,117 of these shares.

(3)

Based on information contained in a Schedule 13D/A Report dated as of January 18, 2019 that this investor filed with the SEC. In this report, the investor indicated that, as of January 17, 2019, it shared with two of its subsidiaries voting power and dispositive power with respect to all of the above-listed shares.

(4)

Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G/A Report dated as of February 5, 2020 that this investor filed with the SEC. In this report, the investor indicated that, as of December 31, 2019, it held sole voting power with respect to 87,448,772 of these shares and sole dispositive power with respect to all of the above-listed shares.

(5)

Based on information contained in a Schedule 13D Report dated as of February 19, 2019 that this investor filed with the SEC. In this report, the investor indicated that, as of February 14, 2019, it (i) shared voting power with respect to 40,347,155 of these shares, (ii) held sole voting power with respect to 23,527,706 of these shares, (iii) had no voting power with respect to 3,528,318 of these shares, (iv) shared dispositive power with respect to 34,532,370 of these shares and (v) held sole dispositive power with respect to 32,870,809 of these shares.

(6)

Based on information contained in a Schedule 13D Report dated as of February 13, 2020 that this investor filed with the SEC. In this report, the investor indicated that, as of December 31, 2019, it (i) shared voting power with respect to 44,234,398 of these shares and (ii) shared dispositive power with respect to 60,362,201 of these shares.

 Do other public companies calculate their CEO pay ratio data the same way we do?Not necessarily. The SEC rules permit companies to choose between different methodologies for calculating the ratio. As a result, our ratio should not be used as a basis for comparison with other companies.
LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    89


DIRECTOR COMPENSATIONSTOCK OWNERSHIP

Overview

The Board believes that each director who is not employed by us (whom we refer to as outside directors ornon-management directors) should be compensated through a mixOwnership of cashExecutive Officers and equity-based compensation, which most recently has been granted in the form of restricted stock. The Compensation Committee, consisting entirely of independent directors, has primary responsibility for periodically reviewing and considering any revisions to director compensation. The Committee’s compensation consultant typically assists the Committee in connection with its review of director compensation, including conducting benchmarking to help assess the appropriateness and competitiveness of our director compensation programs. The Board reviews the Compensation Committee’s recommendations and determines the amount of director compensation.

The table and the discussion below summarize how we compensated our outside directors in 2017.

2017 Compensation of Outside Directors

 

Name

  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
   Stock
Awards(1),(2)
   All Other
Compensation(3)
   Total 

Continuing Directors:

        

Martha H. Bejar

  $167,000   $146,815   $   $313,815 

Virginia Boulet

   150,000    146,815        296,815 

Peter C. Brown

   140,375    146,815        287,190 

Kevin P. Chilton(4)

   29,250    75,399        104,649 

Steven T. Clontz(4)

   20,250    75,399        95,649 

T. Michael Glenn(4)

   22,250    75,399        97,649 

W. Bruce Hanks

   250,000    146,815    3,338    400,153 

Mary L. Landrieu

   119,000    146,815        265,815 

Harvey P. Perry

   332,000    146,815    5,526    484,341 

Michael J. Roberts

   161,000    146,815        307,815 

Laurie A. Siegel

   145,750    146,815        292,565 

Former Directors:(5)

        

Gregory J. McCray

   31,375            31,375 

William A. Owens

   64,500            64,500 

Ownership of Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information, as of the record date, regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by our executive officers and directors. Except as otherwise noted, all beneficially owned shares are held with sole voting and investment power and are not pledged to third parties.

     Components of Total  Shares
Beneficially Owned
    

  Name

  Unrestricted
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
(1)
  Unvested
Restricted
Stock
(2)
  

Total
Shares
  Beneficially  

Owned(3), (4)

Executive Officers:

         

Jeffrey K. Storey(5)

    2,530,801    339,886    2,870,687

Indraneel Dev

    248,996    526,167    775,163

Stacey W. Goff

    275,294    398,372    673,666

Scott A. Trezise

    76,455    193,753    270,208

Shaun C. Andrews

    31,199    163,428    194,627

Continuing Outside Directors:

         

Martha H. Bejar

    34,735    —      34,735

Virginia Boulet

    51,884    14,706    66,590

Peter C. Brown(6)

    38,923    14,706    53,629

Kevin P. Chilton

    52,806    14,706    67,512

Steven T. Clontz(7)

    299,834    14,706    314,540

T. Michael Glenn(8)

    129,362    —      129,362

W. Bruce Hanks

    87,466    14,706    102,172

Hal Stanley Jones(9)

    —      —      —  

Michael J. Roberts

    49,256    —      49,256

Laurie A. Siegel

    44,652    14,706    59,358

Non-Returning Directors:(10)

         

Mary L. Landrieu

    19,485    14,706    34,191

Harvey P. Perry(11)

    125,001    14,706    139,707

Glen F. Post, III

    1,240,306    14,706    1,255,012

All current executive officers and directors as a group (18 persons)(12)

    5,336,455    1,753,960    7,090,415

 

(1)For purposes of determining

This column includes the following number of restricted shares allocated to grant on May 25, 2017 to each outside director then in office, the Compensation Committee valued each of these stock awards to equal $145,000, based upon the volume-weighted average closing priceindividual’s account under one of our Common Shares over a15-day trading period ending priorqualified 401(k) plans: Mr. Storey — 5,993; Mr. Dev — 5,203; Mr. Goff — 3,151; and Mr. Andrews — 2,314. Participants in these plans are entitled to direct the grant date. For purposesvoting of determining the prorated number of restrictedtheir plan shares, to grant on November 1, 2017 to each new outside director added to the Board on such date, the Compensation Committee valued each of these stock awards to equal $81,500, based upon the volume-weighted average closing price of our Common Shares over a15-day trading period ending prior to the grant date. For purposes of reporting the fair value of these awardsas described in the table above, however, we valued each grant based upon the closing stock price of our Common Shares on the grant date in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These awards vest on May 25, 2018 (subject to accelerated vesting or forfeiture in certain limited circumstances). See “— Cash and Stock Payments.”greater detail elsewhere herein.

(2)As of December 31, 2017, Messrs. Chilton, Clontz and Glenn held 4,224

Reflects (i) for all shares listed, unvested shares of restricted stock over which the person holds sole voting power but no investment power, and each of(ii) with respect to our other outside directors then in office held 5,882 unvested shares ofperformance-based restricted stock which constitutedgranted to our executive officers, the only unvested equity-based awardsnumber of shares that will vest if we attain target levels of performance.

(3)

Excludes (i) shares that might be issued under restricted stock units and (ii) “phantom units” held by our outsideMr. Roberts that are payable in cash upon the termination of his service as a director, as described further under “Item No. 1—Election of Directors—Director Compensation—Other Benefits.”

(4)

None of the persons named in the table beneficially owns more than 1% of the outstanding Common Shares. The shares beneficially owned by all current directors and executive officers as a group constituted 0.6% of the outstanding Common Shares as of such date (excluding equity awards granted to Michael J. Roberts prior to his commencement of service on our board following the Qwest merger). For further information on our directors’ stock ownership, see “Ownership of Our Securities — Executive Officers and Directors,” and for information on certain deferred fee arrangements pertaining to Mr. Roberts, see “— Other Benefits.”record date.

90    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


(3)Includes reimbursements for the cost of annual physical examinations and related travel of $3,338 for Mr. Hanks and $5,526 for Mr. Perry. Except as otherwise noted in the prior sentence, the table above does not reflect (i) reimbursements for travel expenses or (ii) any benefits associated with the directors or their family members participating in recreational activities scheduled during board retreats (as described further under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Our Compensation Program Objectives and Components of Pay — Other Benefits — Perquisites”).
(4)Messrs. Chilton, Clontz and Glenn became outside directors of the Company on November 1, 2017. The amounts in the table above reflect only compensation paid to them over the past two months of 2017, including the prorated stock grant summarized above in Note 1.

STOCK OWNERSHIP

Ownership of Executive Officers and Directors

(5)Gregory J. McCray resigned from

Includes 89,034 restricted stock units held by Mr. Storey that are scheduled to vest on May 24, 2020, but none of his other restricted stock units.

(6)

Includes 24,297 shares held by atax-exempt charitable foundation, as to which Mr. Brown has voting and dispositive powers by virtue of his control of the foundation.

(7)

Includes 50,000 shares held by Mr. Clontz’s wife and 500 shares held by his son, as to which Mr. Clontz disclaims beneficial ownership.

(8)

Includes 52,143 shares held indirectly by Mr. Glenn in a trust.

(9)

Mr. Jones joined the Board effective February 23, 2017. William A. Owens retired from the Board effective May 24, 2017.on January 1, 2020.

(10)

The terms of each of these directors will end immediately following the 2020 annual shareholders meeting.

(11)

Includes 709 shares beneficially held by Mr. Perry’s spouse, as to which Mr. Perry disclaims beneficial ownership.

(12)

As described further in the notes above, includes (i) 24,297 shares held beneficially through a foundation, (ii) 52,143 shares held indirectly by trust, and (iii) 51,209 shares held beneficially by family members of these individuals, as to which beneficial ownership is disclaimed.

Cash and Stock PaymentsOwnership Guidelines

Each outside director is paid an annual fee of $65,000 plus $2,000 for attending each regular board meeting, special board meeting (including each day of the Board’s annual planning session), committee meeting and separate director education program.

During 2017, Harvey P. Perry, in his capacity as thenon-executive Chairman of the Board, received supplemental board fees of $200,000 payable in cash. The Chairman’s duties are set forth in our corporate governance guidelines. See “Corporate Governance.”

During 2017, W. Bruce Hanks, in his capacity asnon-executive Vice Chairman of the Board, received supplemental board fees of $100,000 cash. Under our Bylaws, the Vice Chairman is charged with the responsibility of assisting the Chairman and performing such other duties as may be assignedcurrent stock ownership guidelines, our executive officers are required to him by the Board or the Bylaws.

We also pay annual supplemental board fees to the chairs of each of the following committees as follows: (i) the chair of the Audit Committee receives $25,000, (ii) the chair of the Compensation Committee receives $18,750, (iii) the chair of the Nominating Committee receives $15,000 and (iv) the chair of the Risk Evaluation Committee receives $12,500.

Inmid-2017, Mr. Perry, Mr. Hanks, Martha H. Bejar and Michael J. Roberts were appointedbeneficially own CenturyLink stock in market value equal to a special committee to investigate allegationsmultiple of improper salestheir annual salary, as outlined in the table below, and billing practices and related matters, and were compensated at the rate of $2,000 for attending eachin-person meeting of the special committee and $1,000 for attending each telephonic meeting. Shortly thereafter, Ms. Bejar and Mr. Roberts and, following the Level 3 Combination, Mr. Kevin P. Chilton were appointed to a special litigation committee to address allegations of impropriety contained in various shareholder derivative demands, and were compensated at the same rates for attendingin-person or telephonic meetings of the special litigation committee.

During 2017, the Compensation Committee authorized each outside director must beneficially own CenturyLink stock equal in market value to receive anfive times the annual or prorated allotment of shares of time-vested restricted stock in the amountscash retainer payable to outside directors.

  Executive Officer

Stock Ownership Guidelines

Stock

Ownership

                 Guidelines                

CEO

6 times base salary$10.8 million(1)

All Other Executive Officers

3 times base salary$1.7 million(2)

Outside Directors

5 times annual cash retainer$375,000

(1)

Based on annual salary as of December 31, 2019.

(2)

Based on average annual salary for all other executive officers as of December 31, 2019.

Each executive officer and on the terms and conditions specified in Note 1 of the table appearing above under “ — Overview”). The Compensation Committee currently expects to grant a comparable annual award in May 2018 to each outside director serving on the day after our 2018 annual meeting.

Other Benefits

Eachhas three and five years, respectively, to attain these targets for any year during which an executive or outside director is entitled to be reimbursed (i) for expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings, (ii) for expenses incurred in attending director education programs and (iii) up to $5,000 per year for the cost of an annual physical examination, plus related travel expenses.

In connection with our 2011 merger with Qwest, we assumed the Qwest Deferred Compensation Plan forNon-Employee Directors. Under this plan, Qwest outside directors could elect to defer all or a portion of their cash directors’ fees, which were then converted to a number of “phantom units” based the value of a share of Qwest stock, with credit for dividends paid to stockholders “reinvested” in additional phantom units. Certain plan balances were distributed to participants at the close of the merger, but plan balances attributable to amounts deferred on or after January 1, 2005 by Qwest directors who joined our Board following the merger were converted, based on the merger exchange ratio, to phantom units based on the value of one of our Common Shares. Other than the crediting and “reinvestment” of dividends for outstanding phantom units, CenturyLink does not make any contributions to, and no additional elective deferrals are permitted under, this plan. Subject to the terms of the plan, each participant’s account will be distributed as a lump sum in cash as soon as practicable following the end ofmeet his or her service as a director. ownership target, the executive or director is required to hold 65% of the CenturyLink stock that he or she acquires through our equity compensation programs, excluding shares sold to pay related taxes.

As of December 31, 2017, Michael J. Roberts was the only remaining participant in this plan, with a balance2019, all of 6,194 phantom units with an aggregate valueour executive officers, except Mr. Andrews, and all of approximately $103,316 as of such date.

We supply company-owned tablets to our outside directors for usewere in reviewing materials posted to a dedicated portal that permits management to communicatecompliance with, the Board.

Directors may use our aircraftand in connection with company-related business. However, we generally do not permit either our directors or their family members to use our aircraft for personal trips (except when such use can be accommodated at no incremental cost to us or on terms generally available to all of our employees in connection with a medical emergency).

Our bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers so that they will be free from undue concern about personal liability in connection with their service to CenturyLink. We have signed agreements with each of those individuals contractually obligating us to provide these indemnification rights. We also provide our directors with customary directors and officers liability insurance.

Director Stock Ownership Guidelines

For information onmost cases significantly exceeded, our stock ownership guidelines for outside directors, see “Corporate Governance —Governance Guidelines — Stock Ownership Guidelines.”guidelines. As of the Record Date, Mr. Andrews was in compliance.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    91


PERFORMANCE GRAPHOTHER MATTERS

CenturyLink Performance History

The graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on the Common Sharesour common stock with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Telecommunication ServiceCommunication Services Sector Index for the period from December 31, 20122014 to December 31, 2017,2019, in each case assuming (i) the investment of $100 on January 1, 20132015 at closing prices on December 31, 2012,2014, and (ii) reinvestment of dividends.

 

LOGOLOGO

 

  December 31,   December  31,
  2012   2013   2014   2015   2016   2017   2014  2015  2016  2017  2018  2019

CenturyLink

  $100.00   $86.94   $112.22   $80.88   $82.87   $70.25    $100.00   $70.63   $72.50   $60.66   $62.17   $59.92 

S&P 500 Index

   100.00    132.06    149.63    151.66    168.60    202.63    100.00   101.38   112.89   136.01   130.63   167.91 

S&P 500 Telecommunication Service Sector Index(1)

   100.00    111.47    114.62    118.06    141.71    140.20 

S&P 500 Communication Services Sector Index(1)

   100.00   103.14   124.71   123.33   107.70   135.89 

 

(1)

As of December 31, 2017,2019, the S&P 500 Telecommunication ServiceCommunication Services Sector Index consisted of Activision Blizzard, Inc., Alphabet Inc., AT&T Inc., CenturyLink, andCharter Communications, Inc., Comcast Corporation, Discovery, Inc., DISH Network Corporation, Electronic Arts Inc., Facebook, Inc., Fox Corp., Live Nation Entertainment, Inc., Netflix, Inc., News Corporation, Omnicom Group Inc.,Take-Two Interactive Software, Inc., The Interpublic Group of Companies, Inc., The Walt Disney Company,T-Mobile US, Inc., Twitter, Inc., Verizon Communications Inc. and ViacomCBS Inc.

 

92    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


OTHER MATTERS

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATIONCompensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During the last fiscal year, our Compensation Committee included (i) William A. Owens (through May 24, 2017) and T. Michael Glenn (beginning November 1, 2017) and (ii) Laurie A. Siegel, Virginia Boulet, Steven T. Clontz, T. Michael Glenn, and Michael J. Roberts (for the entire year).Roberts. No member of the Compensation Committee served as an officer or employee of the Company or any of our subsidiaries prior to or while serving on the Compensation Committee.

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIESTransactions with Related Parties

Recent Transactions

During 2017,2019, we paid H. Parnell Perry, Jr., who serves as Manager —TechnologyManager–Technology Management, total gross compensation of approximately $131,954,$141,098 consisting of approximately $115,287$115,752 in salary, $12,632$20,716 in annual incentive bonuses and $4,035$4,630 in matching contributions to his qualified 401(k) plan account. Mr.H. Parnell Perry, Jr. is the son of Harvey P. Perry, our Chairman of the Board, and has been an employee of ours since 1987.

During 2017,2019, we paid Matthew J. Post,Jonathan Perry, who servesserved during the year as Director Big Data Technology Implementation,Director–Sales & Marketing, Century Marketing Solutions, total gross compensation of approximately $129,659,$196,896, consisting of approximately $110,832$119,018 in salary, $15,109$28,862 in annual incentive bonuses, $43,683 in equity grants and $3,718$5,334 in matching contributions to his qualified 401(k) plan account. Mr. PostJonathan Perry is the son of Glen Post,Harvey P. Perry, our Chief Executive Officer,Chairman of the Board, and has been an employee of ours since 2014.was employed by us from 2008 through early 2020.

We are one of the largest employers in Monroe, Louisiana and in several of our other markets, and, as such, employ personnel related by birth or marriage throughout our organization. Several of our executive officers or directors have family members employed by us, although none of them (other than H. Parnell Perry, Jr. and Matthew J. Post)Jonathan Perry) earned 20172019 compensation in excess of the $120,000 threshold that would require detailed disclosures under the federal proxy rules.

Review Procedures

Early each year, our management distributes to the Audit Committee a written report listing our payments to vendors, including a list of transactions with our directors, officers or employees. This annual report permits the independent directors to assess and discuss our related party transactions. Although we have no formal writtenpre-approval procedure governing related party transactions, our CEO typically seeks approval of the Board before engaging in any new related party transaction involving significant sums or risks.

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    93


SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCEFREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

Why am I receiving these proxy materials?

Our Board of Directors is soliciting your proxy to vote at our 2020 annual meeting of shareholders because you owned shares of our stock at the close of business on March 26, 2020, the record date for the meeting, and are entitled to vote those shares at the meeting. Our proxy materials are being made available to you on the Internet beginning on or about April 9, 2020. This proxy statement summarizes information regarding matters to be considered at the meeting. For additional information on our proxy materials, see “Other Information—Proxy Materials” appearing below.

When and where will the meeting be held?

The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requiresmeeting is scheduled to be held at 10:00 a.m. local time on Wednesday, May 20, 2020, in the CenturyLink Auditorium at our executive officerscorporate headquarters, 100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, Louisiana. If you would like directions to the meeting, please see our website, www.proxyvote.com. You do not need to attend the meeting to vote your shares.

If public health concerns related toCOVID-19 persist, we might elect to implement alternative meeting attendance options or restrictions, or to adjourn or reschedule the meeting. If so, we would broadly announce these changes, including through a press release, website posting, and directors, among others, to file certain beneficial ownership reports with the SEC. To our knowledge, based solely on our review of copies of reports received by us and written representations by certain reporting persons, we believe that all such reports were timely filed during fiscal year 2017.SEC filing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE MEETING

Quorum

Our bylaws provide that the presenceWhat matters will be considered at the meeting and what vote is required to approve such matters?

Item

Board Voting
Recommendation
Vote Required for
Approval

Effect of

Abstentions

Effect of

Broker

Non-Votes

Page
Reference

Management Proposals:

Item 1

Election of the 11 director nominees named herein

FOR
each
nominee
Affirmative vote of a majority of the votes castNo effectNo effect2

Item 2

Ratification of the appointment of KPMG LLP as our independent auditor for 2020

FORAffirmative vote of a majority of the votes castNo effectN/A28

Item 3

Approval of an amendment to our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan

FORAffirmative vote of a majority of the votes castNo effectNo effect32

Item 4

Non-binding advisory vote to approve our executive compensation

FORAffirmative vote of a majority of the votes castNo effectNo effect40

How many votes may I cast?

You may cast one vote for every share of our common stock or Series L preferred stock that you owned on the record date. Our common stock and Series L preferred stock vote together as a single class on all matters. In this proxy statement, we refer to these shares as our “Common Shares” and “Preferred Shares,” respectively, and as our “Voting Shares,” collectively. As of the Record Date, we had 1,097,900,481 Common Shares and 7,018 Preferred Shares outstanding.

What is the difference between holding shares as a shareholder of record and as a beneficial owner?

If shares are registered in personyour name with our transfer agent, Computershare Investor Services L.L.C., you are the “shareholder of record” of those shares and you may directly vote these shares, together with any shares credited to your account if you are a participant in our automatic dividend reinvestment and stock purchase service.

94    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

If your shares are held on your behalf in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are the “beneficial owner” of shares held in “street name.” We have requested that our proxy materials be made available to you by your broker, bank or nominee, who is considered the shareholder of a majorityrecord of the outstanding Voting Shares constitutes a quorum to organize the meeting.

Vote Required to Elect Directors

Our bylaws provide that each of the 13 director nominees will be elected if the number of votes cast in favor of the director exceeds the number of votes withheld with respect to the director. You may vote “for” all director nominees or withhold your vote for any one or more of the director nominees. If any of the nine directors fails to receive a majority of the votes cast at the meeting, our bylaws will require such director to tender his or her resignation to the Board for its consideration.

Vote Required to Adopt Other Proposals at the Meeting

With respect to all matters to be submitted to a vote at the meeting, the matter will be approved if the votes cast in favor of such matter exceed the votes cast against such matter. Although Item 3 technically requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast to approve the Incentive Plan, the treatment of abstentions (discussed below) results in a voting standard that we believe is functionally the same as the standard for the other matters.

Effect of Abstentions

Shares as to which the proxy holders have been instructed to abstain from voting with respect to any particular matter will be treated under the Company’s bylaws as not being cast for purposes of such vote. Because all matters expected to be brought before the meeting for a vote must be approved by the holders of a majority of the votes cast, abstentions will not affect the outcome of any such vote. Shareholders abstaining from voting, however, will be counted as present for purposes of constituting a quorum to organize the meeting.

Effect ofNon-Votingthose shares.

If you properly execute and returnI am a proxy or voting instruction card, your shares will be voted as you specify. shareholder of record, how do I vote?

If you are a shareholder of record, you may vote in person at the meeting or by proxy in any of the following three ways:

call1-800-690-6903and make no specificationsfollow the instructions provided;

log on to the Internet at www.proxyvote.com and follow the instructions at that site; or

request a paper copy of our proxy materials and, following receipt thereof, mark, sign and date your validly submitted proxy card your shares will be voted against the shareholder proposals and in favor of all other matters. return it to Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.

If you areneed additional help with this year’s proxy, control numbers or using proxyvote.com, please call proxy support at866-232-3037 (Toll-free) or720-358-3640 (International Toll).

Please note that you may not vote by telephone or the Internet after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on May 19, 2020.

If I am a beneficial owner of shares andheld in street name, how do not give voting instructionsI vote?

As the beneficial owner, you have the right to instruct your broker, bank or nominee they will be entitledhow to vote your shares only to the extent specified below.

Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, brokers who hold shares in street name for customers may vote in their discretion on matters considered to be “routine” when they have not receivedby using any voting instructions from beneficial owners. Under these rules, brokers who do not receive such instructions will be entitled to vote in their discretion at the meeting with respect to the ratification of the appointment of the independent auditor, but will not be entitled to vote in their discretion with respect to any of the other matters submitted to a vote. If brokers who do not receive voting instructions do not, or cannot, exercise discretionary voting power (a “brokernon-vote”) with respect to any matter to be considered at the meeting, shares that are not voted will be treated as present for purposes of constituting a quorum to organize the meeting but not cast with respect to considering such matter. Because all matters to be considered at the meeting must be approvedinstruction card supplied by the holders of a majority of the votes cast, brokernon-votes will not affect the outcome of any such vote.

Revocations

Shareholders of record may revoke their proxy or change their votes at any time before their proxy is voted at the meeting by giving a written revocation notice to our secretary, by timely delivering a proxy bearing a later datethem or by following their instructions for voting by telephone, the Internet, or in person at the meeting. Beneficial shareholders may revoke or change their voting instructions by contacting the broker, bank or nominee that holds their shares.person.

Voting by Participants in Our Benefit PlansIf I am a benefit plan participant, how do I vote?

If you beneficially own any of our Common Shares by virtue of participating in any retirement plan of CenturyLink, then you will receive a separate voting instruction cardinstructions that will enable you to direct the voting of

these shares. This voting instruction card entitles you,You are entitled, on a confidential basis, to instruct the trustees how to vote the shares allocated to your plan account. The plans require you to act as a “named fiduciary,” which requires you to exercise your voting rights prudently and in the interests of all plan participants. Plan participants who wish to vote should complete and returninstruct the voting instruction cardtrustees how to vote the shares allocated to their plan accounts in accordance with itsthe voting instructions. If you elect not to vote the shares allocated to your accounts, your shares will be voted in the same proportion as voted shares regarding each of the items submitted to a vote at the meeting. Plan participants that wish to revoke their voting instructions must contact the trustee and follow its procedures.

If you beneficially own any of our Common Shares by virtue of previously participating in an employee stock purchase plan formerly maintained by us or a company that we have acquired, we have made arrangements for our proxy materials to be made available to you by the record owner of those shares. Consequently, you will be afforded the opportunity to vote those shares in the same manner as any other shares held in street name. See “General Information About

How do I register to attend the meeting in person?

If you would like to attend the meeting in person, you must register in advance at www.proxyvote.com and follow the instructions at that site (which, as noted above, are subject to change). If you do not have internet access, you can register by calling1-844-318-0137. You will need the16-digit number included on your proxy card, voting instruction form or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials.

How do I gain admission to the meeting?

For admission to the meeting, each shareholder will be asked to present (i) valid picture identification, such as a driver’s license or passport, and

LOGO

(ii) proof of ownership of our common stock as of the Annual Meeting.”record date, such as an admission ticket, a brokerage statement, proxy card or voting instruction form reflecting stock ownership.

Cost

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    95


FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

What is the quorum requirement for the meeting?

Our Bylaws provide that the presence at the meeting, in person or by proxy, of Proxy Solicitationa majority of the outstanding Voting Shares constitutes a quorum to organize the meeting.

Can I revoke or change my voting instructions after I deliver my proxy?

Shareholders of record may revoke their proxy or change their votes at any time before their proxy is voted at the meeting by giving a written revocation notice to our secretary, by timely delivering a proxy bearing a later date or by voting in person at the meeting. Beneficial shareholders may revoke or change their voting instructions by contacting the broker, bank or nominee that holds their shares.

Who pays the cost of soliciting proxies?

We will pay all expenses of soliciting proxies for the meeting. Proxies may be solicited personally, by mail, by telephone or by facsimile by our directors, officers and employees, who will not be additionally compensated therefor. We will also request persons holding Voting Shares in their names for others, such as brokers, banks and other nominees, to forward materials to their principals and request authority for the execution of proxies, and we will reimburse them for their expenses incurred in connection therewith. We have retained Innisfree M&A Incorporated, New York, New York, to assist in the solicitation of proxies, for which we will pay Innisfree fees anticipated to

Could other matters be $22,500considered and will reimburse Innisfree for certain of itsout-of-pocket expenses.

Other Matters Consideredvoted upon at the Meetingmeeting?

ManagementOur Board does not expect to bring any other matter before the meeting. Further, management has not timely received any notice that a shareholder desires to present any matter for action at the meeting in accordance with our bylawsBylaws (which are described below in “Other Matters –Deadlinesunder “Frequently Asked Questions—What is the deadline to propose actions for Submitting Shareholder Nominations and Proposals forconsideration at the 20192020 Annual Meeting – Other Proposals and Nominations”of Shareholders or to nominate individuals to serve as directors?”) other than the shareholder proposals described in this proxy statement,, and is otherwise unaware of any matter to be considered by shareholders at the meeting other than those matters specified in the accompanying notice of the meeting. Our proxy and voting instruction cards, however, will confer discretionary voting authority with respect to any other matter that may properly come before the meeting. It is the intention of the persons named therein to vote in accordance with their best judgment on any such matter.

Conduct ofWho sets the Meetingrules regarding conduct at the meeting?

The Chairman has broad responsibility and legal authority to conduct the meeting in an orderly and timely manner. This authority includes establishing rules for shareholders who wish to address the meeting. Copies of these rules will be available at the meeting. The Chairman may also exercise broad discretion in recognizing shareholders who wish to speak and in determining the extent of discussion on each item of business. In light of the need to conduct all necessary business and to conclude the meeting within a reasonable period of time, we cannot assure that every shareholder who wishes to speak on an item of business will be able to do so.

You will not be permitted to bring audio visual equipment, ampliphones or posters into the meeting nor will you be permitted to make any audio or visual recordings during the meeting. We reserve the right, to be exercised in our sole discretion, to admit guests, such as local politicians or the press, into the meeting.

PostponementWhat happens if the meeting is postponed or Adjournment of the Meetingadjourned?

The Chairman may postpone or adjourn the meeting. Your proxy will still be valid and may be voted at the postponed or adjourned meeting. You will still be able to change or revoke your proxy until it is voted.

What is the deadline to propose actions for consideration at the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders or to nominate individuals to serve as directors?

You may submit proposals, including director nominations, for consideration at future annual meetings of shareholders.

96    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


OTHER MATTERSFREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

Deadlines for Submitting Shareholder Nominations and Proposals for the 2019 Annual Meeting

Proxy Statement Proposals.In order to To be eligible for inclusion in our 20192021 proxy materials, any shareholder proposal to elect shareholder-nominated candidates as directors or to take any other action at such meeting must be received by December 13, 2018,9, 2020, and must comply with applicable federal proxy rules and our bylaws.Bylaws. See “Corporate Governance — Director Nomination Process.“Frequently Asked Questions – What information needs to be included in a shareholder notice nominating a director or proposing other action?” These shareholder proposals must be in writing and received by the deadline described above at our principal executive offices at 100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, Louisiana 71203, Attention: Stacey W. Goff, Secretary. If we do not receive a shareholder proposal by the deadline described above, we may exclude the proposal from our proxy materials for our 20192021 annual meeting.

Other Proposals and Nominations.In addition, our bylawsBylaws require shareholders to furnish timely advance written notice of their intent to nominate a director or bring any other matter before a shareholders’ meeting, whether or not they wish to include their candidate or proposal in our proxy materials. In general, notice must be received in writing by our Secretary, addressed in the manner specified in the immediately-preceding paragraph, between November 24, 201821, 2020, and February 22, 201919, 2021, and must contain various information specified in our bylaws.Bylaws. (If the date of the 20192021 annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after May 23, 2019,20, 2021, notice must be delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 180th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such annual meeting, then 10th day following the day on which such public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Company.) Notices that are not delivered in accordance with our bylawsBylaws may be disregarded by us. For additional information on these procedures, see “Corporate Governance — Director Nomination Process.“Frequently Asked Questions – What information needs to be included in a shareholder notice nominating a director or proposing other action?

Our above-described advance notice bylawBylaw provisions are in addition to, and separate from, the requirements that a shareholder must meet in order to have a candidate or proposal included in our proxy materials.

Proxies granted by a shareholder will give discretionary authority to the proxy holders to vote on any matters introduced pursuant to the above-described advance notice bylaw provisions, subject to applicable rules of the SEC.

The summaries above are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of our bylaws.Bylaws. You may obtain a full copy of our bylawsBylaws by reviewing our reports filed with the SEC, by accessing our website at www.centurylink.com, or by contacting our Secretary in the manner specified below.

What information needs to be included in a shareholder notice nominating a director or proposing other action?

If timely notice is provided, our Bylaws permit shareholders to nominate a director or bring other matters before a shareholders’ meeting. The written notice required to be sent by any shareholder nominating a director must include various information, including, as to the shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made: (i) the name and address of such shareholder, any such beneficial owner, and any other parties affiliated, associated or acting in concert therewith, (ii) their beneficial ownership interests in our Voting Shares, including disclosure of arrangements that might cause such person’s voting, investment or economic interests in our Voting Shares to differ from those of our other shareholders, (iii) certain additional information concerning such parties required under the federal proxy rules, (iv) a description of all agreements with respect to the nomination among the nominating shareholder, any beneficial owner, any person acting in concert with them, each proposed nominee and certain other persons, and (v) a representation whether any such person intends to solicit proxies or votes in support of their proposed nominees. With respect to each proposed nominee, the written notice must also, among other things, (i) set forth biographical and other data required under the federal proxy rules and a description of various compensation or other arrangements or relationships between each proposed nominee and the nominating shareholder and its affiliated parties and (ii) furnish both a completed and duly executed questionnaire and a duly executed agreement designed to disclose various aspects of the proposed nominee’s background, qualifications and certain specified arrangements with other persons, as well as to receive the proposed nominee’s commitment to abide by certain specified agreements and undertakings. We may require a proposed nominee to furnish other reasonable

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    97


FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

information or certifications. Shareholders interested in bringing before a shareholders’ meeting any matter other than a director nomination should consult our Bylaws for additional procedures governing such requests. We may disregard any nomination or submission of any other matter that fails to comply with these Bylaw procedures.

In addition, our Bylaws provide that under certain circumstances a shareholder or group of shareholders may include director candidates that they have nominated in our annual meeting proxy materials. These proxy access provisions of our Bylaws provide, among other things, that a shareholder or group of up to ten shareholders seeking to include director candidates in our annual meeting proxy materials must own 3% or more of our outstanding Common Shares continuously for at least the previous three years. The number of shareholder-nominated candidates appearing in any of our annual meeting proxy materials cannot exceed 20% of the number of directors then serving on the Board. If 20% is not a whole number, the maximum number of shareholder-nominated candidates would be the closest whole number below 20%. Based on the 11 directors constituting our Board immediately following the meeting, two is the maximum number of proxy access candidates that we would be required to include in our 2021 proxy materials for the 2021 annual meeting. The nominating shareholder or group of shareholders also must deliver the information required by our Bylaws, and each nominee must meet the qualifications required by our Bylaws.

Shareholder requests to nominate directors or to bring any other matter before our 2021 annual shareholders’ meeting, whether or not they wish to include their candidate or proposal in our proxy materials, must be received by our Secretary by the deadlines specified in the response to the preceding question.

The summaries above of the advance notification and proxy access provisions of our Bylaws are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of Section 5 of Article IV of our Bylaws. You may obtain a full copy of our Bylaws by reviewing our reports filed with the SEC, by accessing our website at www.centurylink.com, or by contacting our Secretary in the manner specified below under “Other Information.”

98    |    2020 Proxy StatementLOGO


OTHER INFORMATION

Proxy Materials

Most shareholders will receive only a written notice of how to access our proxy materials, and will not receive printed copies of the proxy materials unless requested. If you would like to receive a paper copy of our proxy materials, you should follow the instructions for requesting the materials in the notice.

The full set of our materials include:

 

the notice and proxy statement for the meeting,

 

a proxy or voting instruction card, and

 

  

our 20172019 annual report furnished in the following two parts: (1) our 20172019 Annual Financial Report, which constitutesAppendix B to this proxy statement, and (2)  our 2017 review and CEO’s letter appearing at the beginning of this booklet.document.

Annual Financial Report

Appendix B includes our 20172019 Annual Financial Report, which is excerpted from portions of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 that2019, which we filed with the SEC on March 1, 2018.February 28, 2020. In addition, we have provided you with a copy of or access to our 2017 review and CEO’s letter, which precedes this proxy statement at the beginning of this booklet.document. Neither of these documents is a part of our proxy soliciting materials.

You may obtain a copy of our Form10-K report without charge by writing to Stacey W. Goff, Secretary,

CenturyLink, Inc., 100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, Louisiana 71203, or by visiting our website at www.centurylink.com.

You may view online this proxy statement and related materials at www.proxyvote.com.

By Order of the Board of Directors

LOGO

Stacey W. Goff

Secretary

April 8, 2020

LOGO

LOGO2020 Proxy Statement    |    99


APPENDIX A

to Proxy Statement

Non-GAAP Reconciliations

Description ofNon-GAAP Metrics

Pursuant to Regulation G, we are hereby providing definitions ofnon-GAAP financial metrics and reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measures.

The following describes and reconciles those financial measures as reported under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) with those financial measures as adjusted by the items detailed below. These calculations are not prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be viewed as alternatives to GAAP.

We use the term special items as anon-GAAP measure to describe items that impacted a period’s statement of operations for which investors may want to give special consideration due to their magnitude, nature or both. We do not call these itemsnon-recurring because, while some are infrequent, others may recur in future periods.

Adjusted EBITDA ($) is defined as net income (loss) from the statements of operations before income tax (expense) benefit, total other income (expense), depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation expense and impairments.

Adjusted EBITDA Margin (%) is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenue.

Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are relevant and useful metrics to provide to investors, as they are an important part of our Forminternal reporting and are key measures used by management to evaluate profitability and operating performance of CenturyLink and to make resource allocation decisions. Our management believes such measures are especially important in a capital-intensive industry such as telecommunications. Our management also uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin (and similarly uses these terms excluding integration and transformation costs as well as special items from time to time) to compare CenturyLink’s performance to that of its competitors and to eliminate certain10-Knon-cash report without charge by writingandnon-operating items in order to Stacey W. Goff, Secretary, CenturyLink, Inc., 100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, Louisiana 71203, or by visiting our website atwww.centurylink.com.

You may view online this proxy statementconsistently measure from period to period its ability to fund capital expenditures, fund growth, service debt and related materials atwww.envisionreports.com/ctl.

By Orderdetermine bonuses. Adjusted EBITDA excludesnon-cash stock compensation expense and impairments because of the Boardnon-cash nature of Directorsthese items. Adjusted EBITDA also excludes interest income, interest expense and income taxes, and in our view constitutes an accrual-based measure that has the effect of excludingperiod-to-period changes in working capital and shows profitability without regard to the effects of capital or tax structure. Adjusted EBITDA also excludes depreciation and amortization expense because thesenon-cash expenses primarily reflect the impact of historical capital investments, as opposed to the cash impacts of capital expenditures made in recent periods, which may be evaluated through cash flow measures. Adjusted EBITDA excludes the gain (or loss) on extinguishment and modification of debt and other, net, because these items are not related to the primary operations of CenturyLink.

There are material limitations to using Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure, including the difficulty associated with comparing companies that use similar performance measures whose calculations may differ from CenturyLink’s calculations. Additionally, this financial measure does not include certain significant items such as interest income, interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization,non-cash stock compensation expense, the gain (or loss) on extinguishment and modification of debt and net other income (expense). Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin (either with or without integration and transformation costs adjustments and special items) should not be considered a substitute for other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP.

Free Cash Flow is defined as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities less capital expenditures as disclosed in our Statements of Cash Flows. Management believes that Free Cash Flow is a relevant metric to provide to investors, as it is an indicator of our ability to generate cash to service our debt. Free Cash Flow excludes cash used for acquisitions, principal repayments and the impact of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents balances.

 

LOGO

Stacey W. Goff

Secretary

Dated: April 9, 2018

There are material limitations to using Free Cash Flow to measure CenturyLink’s performance as it excludes certain material items such as principal payments on and repurchases of long-term debt and cash used to fund acquisitions. Comparisons of CenturyLink’s Free Cash Flow to that of some of its competitors may be of limited usefulness since CenturyLink does not currently pay a significant amount of income taxes due to net operating loss carryforwards, and therefore, generates higher cash flow than a comparable business that does pay income taxes. Additionally, this financial measure is subject to variability quarter over quarter as a result of the timing of payments related to interest expense, accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll and capital expenditures. Free Cash Flow should not be used as a substitute for net change in cash and cash equivalents on our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Gross Debt is defined as total long-term debt, less unamortized discounts, premiums and other, net and unamortized debt issuance costs.

Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio is defined as Gross Debt, reduced by cash and cash equivalents and divided by Adjusted EBITDA.

Non-GAAP Integration and Transformation Costs and Special Items

(UNAUDITED)

($ in millions)

           Pro Forma (3) 
Integration and Transformation Costs and Special Items Impacting Adjusted EBITDA  2019   2018   2017 

Consumer litigation settlement

  $65    0    0 

Loss on sale of data centers and colocation business

   0    0    82 

OTT/Stream impairment of content commitment and hardware, software, and internal labor(1)

   0    60    0 

Total special items impacting Adjusted EBITDA

   65    60    82 

Plus: integration and transformation costs impacting Adjusted EBITDA(2)

   234    378    164 

Plus: transaction related expenses impacting Adjusted EBTIDA

   0    0    192 

Total integration and transformation costs and special items impacting Adjusted EBITDA

  $299    438    438 

(1)

Includes $18 million of hardware impairment for Q3 2018 and $15 million of content commitment impairment and $27 million of hardware, software and internal labor impairment in Q1 2018.

(2)

Includes $55 million of restructuring reserve impairment for Q2 2018.

(3)

Reference to pro forma figures assume the Level 3 acquisition and the colocation and data center sale took place on January 1, 2017.

Adjusted EBITDANon-GAAP Reconciliation

(UNAUDITED)

($ in millions)

         Pro Forma (1) 
   2019  2018  2017 

Net income (loss)

  $(5,269  (1,733  1,508 

Income tax expense

   503   170   (770

Total other expense, net

   2,040   2,133   2,147 

Depreciation and amortization expense

   4,829   5,120   5,125 

Share-based compensation expenses

   162   186   238 

Goodwill impairment

   6,506   2,726   0 

Adjusted EBITDA

   8,771   8,602   8,248 

Exclude: transaction related expenses

   0   0   192 

Exclude: integration and transformation costs(1)

   234   378   164 

Exclude: special items(1)

   65   60   82 

Adjusted EBITDA excluding integration and transformation costs and special items

  $9,070   9,040   8,686 

Total revenue

  $22,401   23,443   24,128 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

   39.2  36.7  34.2

Adjusted EBITDA Margin, excluding integration and transformation costs and special items

   40.5  38.6  36.0

(1)

Refer toNon-GAAP Integration and Transformation Costs and Special Items table for details of the integration and transformation costs and special items included above.

Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio

(UNAUDITED)

($ in millions)

   2019  2018  2017(1) 

Gross Debt

  $35,039   36,352   38,053 

Cash and cash equivalents

   (1,690  (488  (551

Net debt

  $33,349   35,864   37,502 

Adjusted EBITDA excluding integration and transformation costs and special items (1)

  $9,070   9,040   8,686 

Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio

   3.7   4.0   4.3 

(1)

2017 Adjusted EBITDA shown pro forma, assuming the Level 3 acquisition and the colocation and data center sale took place on January 1, 2017.

APPENDIX AB

to Proxy Statement

CENTURYLINK, INC.

2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT

1.Purpose. The purpose of the CenturyLink 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to increase shareholder value and to advance the interests of CenturyLink, Inc. (“CenturyLink”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) by furnishing stock-based economic incentives (the “Incentives”) designed to attract, retain, reward, and motivate the Company’s key employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors and to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such persons and CenturyLink’s shareholders. Incentives consist of opportunities to purchase or receive shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of CenturyLink (the “Common Stock”) or cash valued in relation to Common Stock, on terms determined under this Plan. As used in this Plan, the term “subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company, or other entity of which CenturyLink owns (directly or indirectly) within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock, membership interests, or other equity interests issued thereby.

2.Administration.

2.1Composition. This Plan shall generally be administered by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of CenturyLink (the “Board”) or by a subcommittee thereof (such administrator, as used in this Plan, the “Committee”). The Committee shall consist of not fewer than two members of the Board, each of whom shall qualify as a“non-employee director” under Rule16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”) or any successor rule.

2.2Authority. The Committee shall have plenary authority to award Incentives under this Plan and to enter into agreements with or provide notices to participants as to the terms of the Incentives (collectively, the “Incentive Agreements”). The Committee shall have the general authority to interpret this Plan, to establish any rules or regulations relating to this Plan that it determines to be appropriate, and to make any other determination that it believes necessary or advisable for the proper administration of this Plan. Committee decisions regarding matters relating to this Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the Company, participants, and all other interested persons. The Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent provided in Section 3.2.

3.Eligible Participants.

3.1Eligibility. Key employees, officers, and directors of the Company and persons providing services as consultants or advisors to the Company shall become eligible to receive Incentives under the Plan when designated by the Committee.

3.2Delegation of Authority to Chief Executive Officer. With respect to participants not subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, the Committee may delegate to the chief executive officer of CenturyLink its authority to designate participants, to determine the size and type of Incentives to be received by those participants, to determine any performance objectives for these participants, and to approve or authorize the form of Incentive Agreement governing such Incentives. Following any grants of Incentives pursuant to such delegated authority, the chief executive officer of CenturyLink or any officer designated by him may exercise any powers of the Committee under this Plan to accelerate vesting or exercise periods, to terminate restricted periods, to waive compliance with specified provisions, or to otherwise make determinations contemplated hereunder with respect to those participants;provided, however, that (a) the chief executive officer may only grant options at a per share exercise price equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 12.10) of a share of Common Stock on the later of the date the officer approves such grant or the date the participant commences employment and (b) the Committee retains sole authority to make any of the determinations set forth in Section 5.4, 12.10 or Section 11 of this Plan.December 31, 2019

4.Types of Incentives. Incentives may be granted under this Plan to eligible participants in the forms of (a) incentive stock options,(b) non-qualified stock options, (c) stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), (d) restricted stock, (e) restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and (f) Other Stock-Based Awards (as defined in Section 10).

5.Shares Subject to the Plan.

5.1Number of Shares. Subject to the counting provisions of Section 5.2 and adjustment as provided in Section 5.4, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered to participants and their permitted transferees under this Plan shall be 34,600,000.

5.2Share Counting. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.4:

(a) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code shall be 34,600,000.

(b) Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Incentive granted under this Plan that is subsequently canceled, forfeited, or expires prior to exercise or realization, whether in full or in part, shall be available again for issuance or delivery under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Incentive granted under the Amended and Restated CenturyLink, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan that, after the date this Plan is first approved by shareholders, is cancelled, forfeited, or expires prior to exercise or realization, whether in full or in part, shall be available for issuance or delivery under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares subject to an Incentive shall not be available again for issuance or delivery under this Plan if such shares were (a) tendered in payment of the exercise or base price of a stock option or stock-settled SAR; (b) covered by, but not issued upon settlement of, stock-settled SARs; or (c) delivered or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation related to a stock option or stock-settled SAR.

(c) If an Incentive, by its terms, may be settled only in cash, then the grant, vesting, payout, settlement, or forfeiture of such Incentive shall have no impact on the number of shares available for grant under the Plan.

5.3Participant Limits. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.4, the following additional limitations are imposed under the Plan:

(a) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be covered by Incentives granted under the Plan to any one individual during any calendar year shall be 1,500,000.

(b) The maximum value of Incentives that may be granted under the Plan to eachnon-employee director of CenturyLink during any single calendar year shall be $500,000, with any shares granted under such Incentives valued at Fair Market Value on the date of grant.

5.4Adjustment.

(a) In the event of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares or other comparable change in the Common Stock, all limitations on numbers of shares of Common Stock provided in this Section 5 and the number of shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding Incentives shall be equitably adjusted in proportion to the change in outstanding shares of Common Stock. In addition, in the event of any such change in the Common Stock, the Committee shall make any other adjustment that it determines to be equitable, including adjustments to the exercise price of any option or the Base Price (defined in Section 7.5) of any SAR and any per share performance objectives of any Incentive in order to provide participants with the same relative rights before and after such adjustment.

(b) If the Company merges, consolidates, sells substantially all of its assets, or dissolves, and such transaction is not a Change of Control as defined in Section 11 (each of the foregoing, a “Fundamental Change”),

then thereafter, upon any exercise or payout of an Incentive granted prior to the Fundamental Change, the participant shall be entitled to receive (i) in lieu of shares of Common Stock previously issuable thereunder, the number and class of shares of stock or securities to which the participant would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the Fundamental Change if, immediately prior to such Fundamental Change, the participant had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Incentive or (ii) in lieu of payments based on the Common Stock previously payable thereunder, payments based on any formula that the Committee determines to be equitable in order to provide participants with substantially equivalent rights before and after the Fundamental Change. In the event any such Fundamental Change causes a change in the outstanding Common Stock, the aggregate number of shares available under the Plan may be appropriately adjusted by the Committee in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be conclusive.

5.5Type of Common Stock. Common Stock issued under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or issued shares held as treasury shares.

5.6Minimum Vesting Requirements. Except for any Incentives that are issued in payment of cash amounts earned under the Company’s short-term incentive program, all Incentives must be granted with a minimum vesting period of at least one year without providing for incremental vesting during suchone-year period.

5.7Dividends and Dividend Equivalent Rights. Incentives granted under this Plan in the form of stock options and SARs may not be granted with dividend or dividend equivalent rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Incentive Agreement, as well as any procedures established by the Committee, the Committee may determine to pay dividends or dividend equivalents, as applicable, on Incentives granted under this Plan in the form of restricted stock, RSUs, or Other Stock Based Awards. In the event that the Committee grants dividend equivalent rights, the Company shall establish an account for the participant and reflect in that account any securities, cash, or other property comprising any dividend or property distribution with respect to each share of Common Stock underlying each Incentive. For any Incentives granted under this Plan with dividend or dividend equivalent rights, such dividends or dividend equivalent rights shall vest and pay out or be forfeited in tandem with underlying Incentives rather than during the vesting period.

6.Stock Options. A stock option is a right to purchase shares of Common Stock from CenturyLink. Stock options granted under the Plan may be incentive stock options (as such term is defined in Section 422 of the Code) ornon-qualified stock options. Any option that is designated as anon-qualified stock option shall not be treated as an incentive stock option. Each stock option granted by the Committee under this Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1Price. The exercise price per share shall be determined by the Committee, subject to adjustment under Section 5.4; provided that in no event shall the exercise price be less than the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 12.10) of a share of Common Stock as of the date of grant, except in the case of a stock option granted in assumption of or substitution for an outstanding award of a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines. In the event that an option grant is approved by the Committee, but is to take effect on a later date, such as when employment or service commences, such later date shall be the date of grant.

6.2Number. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option shall be determined by the Committee, subject to Section 5, including, but not limited to, any adjustment as provided in Section 5.4.

6.3Duration and Time for Exercise. The term of each stock option shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not exceed a maximum term of ten years. Subject to Section 5.6, each stock option shall become exercisable at such time or times during its term as determined by the Committee and provided for in the Incentive Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any stock option at any time.

6.4Manner of Exercise. A stock option may be exercised, in whole or in part, by giving written notice to the Company, specifying the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased. The exercise notice shall be

accompanied by the full purchase price for such shares. The option price shall be payable in United States dollars and may be paid (a) in cash; (b) by check; (c) by delivery to the Company of currently-owned shares of Common Stock (including through any attestation of ownership that effectively transfers title), which shares shall be valued for this purpose at the Fair Market Value on the business day immediately preceding the date such option is exercised; (d) by delivery of irrevocable written instructions to a broker approved by the Company (with a copy to the Company) to immediately sell a portion of the shares issuable under the option and to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale proceeds (or loan proceeds if the broker lends funds to the participant for delivery to the Company) to pay the exercise price; (e) if approved by the Committee, through a net exercise procedure whereby the optionee surrenders the option in exchange for that number of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the difference between the aggregate exercise price of the options being surrendered and the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the option; (f) in such other manner as may be authorized from time to time by the Committee; or (g) through any combination of the foregoing methods.

6.5Limitations on Repricing. Except for adjustments pursuant to Section 5.4 or actions permitted to be taken by the Committee under Section 11 in the event of a Change of Control, unless approved by the shareholders of the Company, (a) the exercise price for any outstanding option granted under this Plan may not be decreased after the date of grant; and (b) an outstanding option that has been granted under this Plan may not, as of any date that such option has a per share exercise price that is greater than the then-current Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, be surrendered to the Company as consideration for the grant of a new option or SAR with a lower exercise price, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, an Other Stock-Based Award, a cash payment, or Common Stock.

6.6Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the following additional provisions shall apply to the grant of stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options (as such term is defined in Section 422 of the Code):

(a) Any incentive stock option agreement authorized under the Plan shall contain such other provisions as the Committee shall deem advisable, but shall in all events be consistent with and contain or be deemed to contain all provisions required in order to qualify the options as incentive stock options.

(b) All incentive stock options must be granted within ten years from the date on which this Plan is adopted by the Board.

(c) No incentive stock options shall be granted to anynon-employee or to any participant who, at the time such option is granted, would own (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of CenturyLink.

(d) The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined with respect to each incentive stock option as of the time such incentive stock option is granted) of the Common Stock with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year (under the Plan or any other plan of CenturyLink or any of its subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that such limitation is exceeded, the excess options shall be treated asnon-qualified stock options for federal income tax purposes.

7.Stock Appreciation Rights.

7.1Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. A stock appreciation right, or SAR, is a right to receive, without payment to the Company, a number of shares of Common Stock, cash, or any combination thereof, the number or amount of which is determined pursuant to the formula set forth in Section 7.5. Each SAR granted by the Committee under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Incentive Agreement.

7.2Number. Each SAR granted to any participant shall relate to such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be determined by the Committee, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.4.

7.3Duration and Time for Exercise. The term of each SAR shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not exceed a maximum term of ten years. Subject to Section 5.6, each SAR shall become exercisable at such time or times during its term as shall be determined by the Committee and provided for in the Incentive Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any SAR at any time in its discretion.

7.4Exercise. A SAR may be exercised, in whole or in part, by giving written notice to the Company, specifying the number of SARs that the holder wishes to exercise. The date that the Company receives such written notice shall be referred to herein as the “Exercise Date.” The Company shall, within 30 days of an Exercise Date, deliver to the exercising holder certificates for the shares of Common Stock to which the holder is entitled pursuant to Section 7.5 or cash or both, as provided in the Incentive Agreement.

7.5Payment.

(a) The number of shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable upon the exercise of a SAR payable in Common Stock shall be determined by dividing:

(i) the number of shares of Common Stock as to which the SAR is exercised, multiplied by the amount of the appreciation in each such share (for this purpose, the “appreciation” shall be the amount by which the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 12.10) of a share of Common Stock subject to the SAR on the trading day prior to the Exercise Date exceeds the “Base Price,” which is an amount, not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant, which shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, subject to adjustment under Section 5.4); by

(ii) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Exercise Date.

(b) No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the exercise of a SAR; instead, the holder of a SAR shall be entitled to purchase the portion necessary to make a whole share at its Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date.

(c) If so provided in the Incentive Agreement, a SAR may be exercised for cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock that would be issuable under Section 7.5(a), if the exercise had been for Common Stock.

7.6Limitations on Repricing. Except for adjustments pursuant to Section 5.4 or actions permitted to be taken by the Committee under Section 11 in the event of a Change of Control, unless approved by the shareholders of the Company, (a) the Base Price for any outstanding SAR granted under this Plan may not be decreased after the date of grant; and (b) an outstanding SAR that has been granted under this Plan may not, as of any date that such SAR has a Base Price that is greater than the then-current Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, be surrendered to the Company as consideration for the grant of a new option or SAR with a lower exercise price, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, an Other Stock-Based Award, a cash payment, or Common Stock.

8.Restricted Stock.

8.1Grant of Restricted Stock. The Committee may award shares of restricted stock to such eligible participants as determined pursuant to the terms of Section 3. An award of restricted stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transfer and forfeitability provisions and such other terms and conditions, including the attainment of specified performance goals, as the Committee may determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan.

8.2The Restricted Period. Subject to Section 5.6, at the time an award of restricted stock is made, the Committee shall establish a period of time during which the transfer of the shares of restricted stock shall be restricted and after which the shares of restricted stock shall be vested (the “Restricted Period”). Each award of restricted stock may have a different Restricted Period.

8.3Escrow. The participant receiving restricted stock shall enter into an Incentive Agreement with the Company setting forth the conditions of the grant. Any certificates representing shares of restricted stock shall be registered in the name of the participant and deposited with the Company, together with a stock power endorsed in blank by the participant. Each such certificate shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

The transferability of this certificate and the shares of Common Stock represented by it are subject to the terms and conditions (including conditions of forfeiture) contained in the CenturyLink 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and an agreement entered into between the registered owner and CenturyLink, Inc. (the “Company”) thereunder. Copies of the Plan and the agreement are on file at the principal office of the Company.

Alternatively, in the discretion of the Company, ownership of the shares of restricted stock and the appropriate restrictions shall be reflected in the records of the Company’s transfer agent and no physical certificates shall be issued.

8.4Forfeiture. In the event of the forfeiture of any shares of restricted stock under the terms provided in the Incentive Agreement (including any additional shares of restricted stock that may result from the reinvestment of cash and stock dividends, if so provided in the Incentive Agreement), such forfeited shares shall be surrendered, any certificates shall be cancelled, and any related accrued but unpaid cash dividends will be forfeited. The participants shall have the same rights and privileges, and be subject to the same forfeiture provisions, with respect to any additional shares received pursuant to Section 5.4 due to a recapitalization or other change in capitalization.

8.5Expiration of Restricted Period. Upon the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Committee, the restrictions applicable to the restricted stock shall lapse, and the Company shall cause to be delivered to the participant or the participant’s estate, as the case may be, the number of shares of restricted stock with respect to which the restrictions have lapsed, free of all such restrictions and legends, except any that may be imposed by law. The Company, in its discretion, may elect to deliver such shares through issuance of a stock certificate or by book entry.

8.6Rights as a Shareholder. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including, but not limited to, Section 5.7) and the applicable Incentive Agreement, each participant receiving restricted stock shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to shares of stock during the Restricted Period, including without limitation, the right to vote any shares of Common Stock.

9.Restricted Stock Units.

9.1Grant of Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit, or RSU, represents the right to receive from the Company on the respective scheduled vesting or payment date for such RSU, one share of Common Stock. An award of RSUs may be subject to the attainment of specified performance goals or targets, forfeitability provisions and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan

9.2Vesting Period. Subject to Section 5.6, at the time an award of RSUs is made, the Committee shall establish a period of time during which the restricted stock units shall vest (the “Vesting Period”). Each award of RSUs may have a different Vesting Period.

9.3Rights as a Shareholder. Subject to the restrictions imposed under the terms and conditions of this Plan and subject to any other restrictions that may be imposed in the Incentive Agreement, each participant receiving restricted stock units shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to such restricted stock units until such time as shares of Common Stock are issued to the participant.

10.Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may grant to eligible participants “Other Stock-Based Awards,” which shall consist of awards (other than options, SARs, restricted stock, or RSUs, described in

Sections 6 through 9 hereof) paid out in shares of Common Stock or the value of which is based in whole or in part on the value of shares of Common Stock. Other Stock-Based Awards may be awards of shares of Common Stock, awards of phantom stock, or may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, shares of, or appreciation in the value of, Common Stock (including, without limitation, securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock), as deemed by the Committee consistent with the purposes of this Plan. Subject to Section 5.6, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any Other Stock-Based Award (including which rights of a shareholder, if any, the recipient shall have with respect to Common Stock associated with any such award) and may provide that such award is payable in whole or in part in cash. An Other Stock-Based Award may be subject to the attainment of such specified performance goals or targets as the Committee may determine, subject to the provisions of this Plan.

11.Change of Control.

(a) A Change of Control shall mean:

(i) the acquisition by any person of beneficial ownership of 30% or more of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock or 30% or more of the combined voting power of CenturyLink’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:

(A) any acquisition (other than a Business Combination (as defined below) which constitutes a Change of Control under Section 11(a)(iii) hereof) of Common Stock directly from the Company,

(B) any acquisition of Common Stock by the Company,

(C) any acquisition of Common Stock by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or

(D) any acquisition of Common Stock by any corporation pursuant to a Business Combination that does not constitute a Change of Control under Section 11(a)(iii) hereof; or

(ii) individuals who, as of May 23, 2018, constituted the Board of Directors of CenturyLink (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors;provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election by CenturyLink’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at leasttwo-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board, unless such individual’s initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Incumbent Board; or

(iii) consummation of a reorganization, share exchange, merger or consolidation (including any such transaction involving any direct or indirect subsidiary of CenturyLink) or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”);provided, however, that in no such case shall any such transaction constitute a Change of Control if immediately following such Business Combination:

(A) the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of CenturyLink’s outstanding Common Stock and CenturyLink’s voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination have direct or indirect beneficial ownership, respectively, of more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, and more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the surviving or successor corporation, or, if applicable, the ultimate parent company thereof (the “Post-Transaction Corporation”), and

(B) except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, no person (excluding the Post-Transaction Corporation and any employee benefit plan or related trust of either CenturyLink, the Post-Transaction Corporation or any subsidiary of either corporation) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation, and

(C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Post-Transaction Corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board of Directors, providing for such Business Combination; or

(iv) approval by the shareholders of CenturyLink of a complete liquidation or dissolution of CenturyLink.

For purposes of this Section 11, the term “person” shall mean a natural person or entity, and shall also mean the group or syndicate created when two or more persons act as a syndicate or other group (including a partnership or limited partnership) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, or disposing of a security, except that “person” shall not include an underwriter temporarily holding a security pursuant to an offering of the security.

(b) No Incentive Agreement shall provide for (1) the acceleration of the vesting of time-based Incentives upon the occurrence of a Change of Control without a contemporaneous or subsequent termination of the participant’s employment or service relationship or (2) the payout of any performance-based Incentives upon a Change of Control in an amount exceeds the greater of (i) the payout of apro-rata portion of such Incentive, based on the portion of the performance period that has elapsed and assuming target performance and (ii) payout of such Incentive based on actual performance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no later than 30 days after a Change of Control of the type described in subsections (a)(i) or (a)(ii) of this Section 11 and no later than 30 days after the approval by the Board of a Change of Control of the type described in subsections (a)(iii) or (a)(iv) of this Section 11, the Committee, acting in its sole discretion without the consent or approval of any participant (and notwithstanding any removal or attempted removal of some or all of the members thereof as directors or Committee members), may act to effect one or more of the alternatives listed below, which may vary among individual participants and which may vary among Incentives held by any individual participant;provided, however, that no such action may be taken if it would result in the imposition of a penalty on the participant under Section 409A of the Code as a result thereof:

(i) require that all outstanding options, SARs or Other Stock-Based Awards be exercised on or before a specified date (before or after such Change of Control) fixed by the Committee, after which specified date all unexercised options, SARs and Other Stock-Based Awards and all rights of participants thereunder would terminate,

(ii) make such equitable adjustments to Incentives then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Change of Control and provide participants with substantially equivalent rights before and after such Change of Control (provided, however, that the Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary),

(iii) provide for mandatory conversion or exchange of some or all of the outstanding options, SARs, restricted stock units or Other Stock-Based Awards held by some or all participants as of a date, before or after such Change of Control, specified by the Committee, in which event such Incentives would be deemed automatically cancelled and the Company would pay, or cause to be paid, to each such participant an amount of cash per share equal to the excess, if any, of the Change of Control Value of the shares subject to such option, SAR, restricted stock unit or Other Stock-Based Award, as defined and calculated below, over the per share exercise price or Base Price of such Incentive or, in lieu of such cash payment, the issuance of Common Stock or securities of an acquiring entity having a Fair Market Value equal to such excess, or

(iv) provide that thereafter, upon any exercise or payment of an Incentive that entitles the holder to receive Common Stock, the holder shall be entitled to purchase or receive under such Incentive, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by such Incentive, the number and class of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) to which the holder would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the agreement providing for the reorganization, share exchange, merger, consolidation or asset sale, if, immediately prior to such Change of Control, the holder had been the record owner of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by such Incentive.

(c) For the purposes of conversions or exchanges under paragraph (iii) of Section 11(c), the “Change of Control Value” shall equal the amount determined by whichever of the following items is applicable:

(i) the per share price to be paid to holders of Common Stock in any such merger, consolidation or other reorganization,

(ii) the price per share offered to holders of Common Stock in any tender offer or exchange offer whereby a Change of Control takes place, or

(iii) in all other events, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee as of the time determined by the Committee to be immediately prior to the effective time of the conversion or exchange.

(d) In the event that the consideration offered to shareholders of CenturyLink in any transaction described in this Section 11 consists of anything other than cash, the Committee shall determine the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered that is other than cash.

12.General.

12.1Duration. No Incentives may be granted under the Plan after May 23, 2028;provided, however, that subject to Section 12.8, the Plan shall remain in effect after such date with respect to Incentives granted prior to that date, until all such Incentives have either been satisfied by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or otherwise been terminated under the terms of the Plan and all restrictions imposed on shares of Common Stock in connection with their issuance under the Plan have lapsed.

12.2Transferability.

(a) No Incentives granted hereunder may be transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise encumbered by a participant except:

(i) by will;

(ii) by the laws of descent and distribution;

(iii) if permitted by the Committee and so provided in the Incentive Agreement or an amendment thereto, pursuant to a domestic relations order, as defined in the Code; or

(iv) as to options only, if permitted by the Committee and so provided in the Incentive Agreement or an amendment thereto, (i) to Immediate Family Members (as defined in Section 12.2(b)); (ii) to a partnership in which the participant and/or Immediate Family Members, or entities in which the participant and/or Immediate Family Members are the sole owners, members, or beneficiaries, as appropriate, are the sole partners; (iii) to a limited liability company in which the participant and/or Immediate Family Members, or entities in which the participant and/or Immediate Family Members are the sole owners, members, or beneficiaries, as appropriate, are the sole members; or (iv) to a trust for the sole benefit of the participant and/or Immediate Family Members.

(b) “Immediate Family Members” shall be defined as the spouse and natural or adopted children or grandchildren of the participant and their spouses. To the extent that an incentive stock option is permitted to

be transferred during the lifetime of the participant, it shall be treated thereafter as a nonqualified stock option. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition of Incentives, or levy of attachment or similar process upon Incentives not specifically permitted herein, shall be null and void and without effect.

12.3Effect of Termination of Employment or Death. In the event that a participant ceases to be an employee of the Company or to provide services to the Company for any reason, including death, disability, early retirement or normal retirement, any Incentives may be exercised, shall vest or shall expire at such times as may be determined by the Committee or as provided in the Incentive Agreement.

12.4Additional Conditions. Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding: (a) the Company may, if it shall determine it necessary or desirable for any reason, at the time of award of any Incentive or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any Incentive, require the recipient of the Incentive, as a condition to the receipt thereof or to the receipt of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant thereto, to deliver to the Company a written representation of present intention to acquire the Incentive or the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant thereto for his own account for investment and not for distribution; and (b) if at any time the Company further determines, in its sole discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification (or any updating of any such document) of any Incentive or the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant thereto is necessary on any securities exchange or under any federal or state securities or blue sky law, or that the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with the award of any Incentive, the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto, or the removal of any restrictions imposed on such shares, such Incentive shall not be awarded or such shares of Common Stock shall not be issued or such restrictions shall not be removed, as the case may be, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.

12.5Withholding.

(a) The Company shall have the right to withhold from any payments made or stock issued under the Plan or to collect as a condition of payment, issuance or vesting, any taxes required by law to be withheld (up to the maximum permissible withholding rate). At any time that a participant is required to pay to the Company an amount required to be withheld under applicable income tax laws in connection with an Incentive (each such date, a “Tax Date”), the participant may, subject to Section 12.5(b) below, satisfy this obligation in whole or in part by electing (the “Election”) to deliver currently owned shares of Common Stock or to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock, in each case having a value equal to the maximum statutory amount required to be withheld under federal, state and local law. The value of the shares to be delivered or withheld shall be based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Tax Date.

(b) Each Election must be made prior to the Tax Date. For participants who are not subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, the Committee may disapprove of any Election, may suspend or terminate the right to make Elections, or may provide with respect to any Incentive that the right to make Elections shall not apply to such Incentive. If a participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to shares of restricted stock, an Election to have shares withheld to satisfy withholding taxes is not permitted to be made.

12.6No Continued Employment. No participant under the Plan shall have any right, solely based on his or her participation in the Plan, to continue to serve as an employee, officer, director, consultant, or advisor of the Company for any period of time or to any right to continue his or her present or any other rate of compensation.

12.7Deferral Permitted. Payment of an Incentive may be deferred at the option of the participant if permitted in the Incentive Agreement. Any deferral arrangements shall comply with Section 409A of the Code.

12.8Amendments to or Termination of the Plan. The Board may amend or discontinue this Plan at any time;provided, however, that no such amendment may:

(a) amend Section 6.5 or Section 7.6 to permit repricing of options or SARs without the approval of shareholders;

(b) materially impair, without the consent of the recipient, an Incentive previously granted, except that the Company retains all of its rights under Section 11; or

(c) materially revise the Plan without the approval of the shareholders. A material revision of the Plan includes (i) except for adjustments permitted herein, a material increase to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued through the Plan, (ii) a material increase to the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan, (iii) a material expansion of the classes of persons eligible to participate in the Plan, (iv) an expansion of the types of awards available for grant under the Plan, (v) a material extension of the term of the Plan and (vi) a material change that reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be offered through the Plan.

12.9Repurchase. Upon approval of the Committee, the Company may repurchase all or a portion of a previously granted Incentive from a participant by mutual agreement by payment to the participant of cash or Common Stock or a combination thereof with a value equal to the value of the Incentive determined in good faith by the Committee;provided, however, that in no event will this section be construed to grant the Committee the power to take any action in violation of Section 6.5, 7.6, or 12.13.

12.10Definition of Fair Market Value. Whenever “Fair Market Value” of Common Stock shall be determined for purposes of this Plan, except as provided below in connection with a cashless exercise through a broker, it shall be determined as follows: (a) if the Common Stock is listed on an established stock exchange or any automated quotation system that provides sale quotations, the closing sale price for a share of the Common Stock on such exchange or quotation system on the date as of which fair market value is to be determined, (b) if the Common Stock is not listed on any exchange or quotation system, but bid and asked prices are quoted and published, the mean between the quoted bid and asked prices on the date as of which fair market value is to be determined, and if bid and asked prices are not available on such day, on the next preceding day on which such prices were available; and (c) if the Common Stock is not regularly quoted, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date as of which fair market value is to be determined, as established by the Committee in good faith. In the context of a cashless exercise through a broker, the “Fair Market Value” shall be the price at which the Common Stock subject to the stock option is actually sold in the market to pay the option exercise price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if so determined by the Committee, “Fair Market Value” may be determined as an average selling price during a period specified by the Committee that is within 30 days before or 30 days after the date of grant, provided that the commitment to grant the stock right based on such valuation method must be irrevocable before the beginning of the specified period, and such valuation method must be used consistently for grants of stock rights under the same and substantially similar programs during any particular calendar year.

12.11Liability.

(a) Neither CenturyLink, its affiliates or any of their respective directors or officers shall be liable to any participant relating to the participant’s failure to (i) realize any anticipated benefit under an Incentive due to the failure to satisfy any applicable conditions to vesting, payment or settlement, or (ii) realize any anticipated tax benefit or consequence due to changes in applicable law, the particular circumstances of the participant, or any other reason.

(b) No member of the Committee (or officer of the Company exercising delegated authority of the Committee under Section 3 thereof) will be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Incentive.

12.12Interpretation.

(a) Unless the context otherwise requires, (i) all references to Sections are to Sections of this Plan, (ii) the term “including” means including without limitation, (iii) all references to any particular Incentive Agreement shall be deemed to include any amendments thereto or restatements thereof, and (iv) all references to any particular statute shall be deemed to include any amendment, restatement orre-enactment thereof or any statute or regulation substituted therefore.

(b) The titles and subtitles used in this Plan or any Incentive Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Plan or the Incentive Agreement.

(c) All pronouns contained in this Plan or any Incentive Agreement, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as the identities of the parties may require.

(d) Whenever any provision of this Plan authorizes the Committee to take action or make determinations with respect to outstanding Incentives that have been granted or awarded by the chief executive officer of CenturyLink under Section 3.2 hereof, each such reference to “Committee” shall be deemed to include a reference to any officer of the Company that has delegated administrative authority under Section 3.2 of this Plan (subject to the limitations of such section).

12.13Compliance with Section 409A. It is the intent of the Company that this Plan comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to any Incentives that constitutenon-qualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, and the Company intends to operate the Plan in compliance with Section 409A and the Department of Treasury’s guidance or regulations promulgated thereunder. If the Committee grants any Incentives or takes any other action that would, either immediately or upon vesting or payment of the Incentive, inadvertently result in the imposition of a penalty on a participant under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company, in its discretion, may, to the maximum extent permitted by law, unilaterally rescindab initio, sever, amend or otherwise modify the grant or action (or any provision of the Incentive) in such manner necessary for the penalty to be inapplicable or reduced.

12.14Data Privacy. As a condition of receipt of any Incentive, each participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section by and among, as applicable, the Company and its affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan and Incentives and such participant’s participation in the Plan. In furtherance of such implementation, administration, and management, the Company and its affiliates may hold certain personal information about a participant, including, but not limited to, the participant’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), information regarding any securities of the Company or any of its affiliates, and details of all Incentives (the “Data”). In addition to transferring the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Incentives and the participant’s participation in the Plan, the Company and its affiliates may each transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Incentives and such participant’s participation in the Plan. Recipients of the Data may be located in the participant’s country or elsewhere, and the participant’s country and any given recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections. By accepting an Incentive, each participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Incentives and such participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the participant may elect to deposit any shares of Common Stock. The Data related to a participant will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Plan and Incentives and the participant’s participation in the Plan. A participant may, at any time, view the Data held by

the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the participant, or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. However, if a participant refuses or withdraws the consents described herein, the Company may cancel the participant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, and in the Committee’s discretion, the participant may forfeit any outstanding Incentive. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, participants may contact their local human resources representative.

12.15Participants Outside of the United States. The Committee may modify the terms of any Incentive under the Plan made to or held by a participant who is then a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that such Incentive shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then a resident or primarily employed or providing services, or so that the value and other benefits of the Incentive to such participant, as affected bynon-United States tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the participant’s residence, employment, or providing services abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such Incentive to a Participant who is a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, in the United States. An Incentive may be modified under this Section 12.15 in a manner that is inconsistent with the express terms of the Plan, so long as such modifications will not contravene any applicable law or regulation or result in actual liability under Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act for the participant whose Incentive is modified. Additionally, the Committee may adopt such procedures andsub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Eligible Persons who arenon-United States nationals or are primarily employed or providing services outside the United States.

* * * * * * * * * *

[certificate intentionally omitted]

APPENDIX B

to Proxy Statement

CENTURYLINK, INC.

ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT

December 31, 2017

INDEX TO ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT

December 31, 20172019

The materials included in this Appendix B are excerpted from Items 5, 6, 7 and 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.2019. All references in this Appendix B to “this report,” “Part I,” “Part II,” item numbers and Section titles or headings refer to our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. We filed the Form10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2018,February 28, 2020, and have not updated any of the following excepted materials for any changes or developments since such date. Please see the Form10-K for additional information about our business and operations.

 

INFORMATION ON OUR TRADING PRICECOMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS

   B-3 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

   B-4 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   B-7B-6 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B-32

Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

B-32

Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

B-35

Consolidated Statements Of Operations

B-37

Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income

   B-38 

Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmConsolidated Balance Sheets

B-38

Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   B-39 

Consolidated Statements Of OperationsCash Flows

B-40

Consolidated Statements Of Stockholders’ Equity

   B-41 

Notes To Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive IncomeFinancial Statements*

   B-42 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

B-43

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows

B-44

Consolidated Statements Of Stockholders’ Equity

B-45

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements*

B-46

 

*

All references to “Notes” in this Appendix B refer to these Notes.

INFORMATION ON OUR TRADING PRICEITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND DIVIDENDSISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and the Berlin Stock Exchange and is traded under the symbol CTL and CYT, respectively. The following table sets forth the high and low reported sales prices on the NYSE along with the quarterly dividends, for each of the quarters indicated.

   Sales Price   Cash  Dividend
per

Common Share
 
   High   Low   

2017

      

First quarter

  $26.29    22.33    0.540 

Second quarter

   27.61    23.05    0.540 

Third quarter

   24.14    18.17    0.540 

Fourth quarter

   20.55    13.16    0.540 

2016

      

First quarter

  $32.49    21.94    0.540 

Second quarter

   32.94    26.35    0.540 

Third quarter

   31.56    26.51    0.540 

Fourth quarter

   33.45    22.86    0.540 

Dividends on common stock during 2017 and 2016 were paid each quarter. OnAt February 21, 2018,2020, there were approximately 93,000 stockholders of record, although there were significantly more beneficial holders of our Board of Directors declared a common stock dividend of $0.54 per share.stock.

As described in greater detail in “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017,Part I of this report, the declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of our Board of Directors, and will depend upon our financial results, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

At February 16, 2018, there were approximately 121,000 stockholdersIssuer Purchases of record, although there were significantly more beneficial holdersEquity Securities

The following table contains information about shares of our common stock. At February 16, 2018, the closing stock price of ourpreviously-issued common stock was $18.93.that we withheld from employees upon vesting of their stock-based awards during the fourth quarter of 2019 to satisfy the related tax withholding obligations:

  Total Number of
  Shares Withheld  
for Taxes
    Average Price  
Paid
Per Share
 

Period

  

October 2019

 

 

16,585 

 

 

 $

11.57 

 

November 2019

 

 

185,887 

 

 

 

13.15 

 

December 2019

 

 

12,368 

 

 

 

13.70 

 

 

 

 

  

Total

 

 

214,840 

 

 
 

 

 

  

Equity Compensation Plan Information

See Item 12 of this report.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables of selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 of Part II and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part II of this report.

The tables of selected financial data shown below are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which include the operating results, cash flows and operational metricsfinancial condition of Level 3 for the 2 months ended December 31, 2017, and the assets and liabilities of Level 3 as of December 31,beginning November 1, 2017. These historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that you can expect for any future period.

The following table summarizes selected financial information from our consolidated statements of operations.

 

   Years Ended December 31,(1) 
   2017(2)(3)(5)   2016(3)(4)(5)(6)   2015(4)(5)   2014(4)(7)   2013(4)(8) 
   

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts

and shares in thousands)

 

Operating revenues

  $17,656    17,470    17,900    18,031    18,095 

Operating expenses

   15,647    15,137    15,321    15,674    16,800 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

  $2,009    2,333    2,579    2,357    1,295 

Income before income tax expense

   540    1,020    1,316    1,110    224 

Net income (loss)

   1,389    626    878    772    (239

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

   2.21    1.16    1.58    1.36    (0.40

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

   2.21    1.16    1.58    1.36    (0.40

Dividends declared per common share

   2.16    2.16    2.16    2.16    2.16 

Weighted average basic common shares outstanding

   627,808    539,549    554,278    568,435    600,892 

Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding

   628,693    540,679    555,093    569,739    600,892 
  

Years Ended December 31,(1)

 
  

2019(2)(3)(4)

  

2018(2)(3)(4)(5)

  

2017(3)(4)(5)

  

2016(3)(4)

  

2015(4)

 
  

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts

and shares in thousands)

 

Operating revenue

 

 $

22,401 

 

 

 

23,443 

 

 

 

17,656 

 

 

 

17,470 

 

 

 

17,900 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

25,127 

 

 

 

22,873 

 

 

 

15,647 

 

 

 

15,137 

 

 

 

15,321 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

 

 $

(2,726)

 

 

 

570 

 

 

 

2,009 

 

 

 

2,333 

 

 

 

2,579 

 

(Loss) income before income tax expense

 

 $

(4,766)

 

 

 

(1,563)

 

 

 

540 

 

 

 

1,020 

 

 

 

1,316 

 

Net (loss) income

 

 $

(5,269)

 

 

 

(1,733)

 

 

 

1,389 

 

 

 

626 

 

 

 

878 

 

Basic (loss) earnings per common share

 

 $

(4.92)

 

 

 

(1.63)

 

 

 

2.21 

 

 

 

1.16 

 

 

 

1.58 

 

Diluted (loss) earnings per common share

 

 $

(4.92)

 

 

 

(1.63)

 

 

 

2.21 

 

 

 

1.16 

 

 

 

1.58 

 

Dividends declared per common share

 

 $

1.00 

 

 

 

2.16 

 

 

 

2.16 

 

 

 

2.16 

 

 

 

2.16 

 

Weighted average basic common shares outstanding

 

 

    1,071,441 

 

 

 

      1,065,866 

 

 

 

      627,808 

 

 

 

      539,549 

 

 

 

      554,278 

 

Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding

 

 

1,071,441 

 

 

 

1,065,866 

 

 

 

628,693 

 

 

 

540,679 

 

 

 

555,093 

 

 

(1)

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations” in Item 7 of Part II of this report and in our Annual Reportpreceding annual reports on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 for a discussion of unusual items affecting the results for each of the years presented.

(2)

During 2019 and 2018, we recordedThe enactmentnon-cash,non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges of the Tax Cuts$6.5 billion and Jobs Act legislation in December 2017 resulted in are-measurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities at the new federal corporate tax rate of 21%. There-measurement resulted in a tax benefit of approximately $1.1 billion.$2.7 billion, respectively.

(3)

During 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we incurred Level 3 acquisition-related expenses of $234 million, $393 million, $271 million and $52 million, respectively. For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Acquisition of Level 3” and Note 2—Acquisition of Level 3 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part II of this report.

(4)In 2017, we adopted ASU2017-07, “Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost” by retrospectively applying the requirements of the ASU to our previously issued consolidated financial statements. The adoption of ASU2017-07 increased operating income and increased total other expense, net by $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and reduced operating income and decreased total other expense, net by $26 million, $53 million and $158 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(5)

During 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we recognized an incremental $157 million, $171 million, $186 million, $201 million and $215 million, respectively, of revenue associated with the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) Connect America Fund Phase 2II support program, as compared to revenuesrevenue received under the previous interstate USF program.

(6)(5)

The enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in December 2017 resulted in aDuring 2016, we recognized $189re-measurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities at the new federal corporate tax rate of 21%. There-measurement resulted in tax expense of $92 million for 2018 and a tax benefit of severance expenses and otherone-time termination benefits associated with our workforce reductions.approximately $1.1 billion for 2017.

(7)During 2014, we recognized a $60 million tax benefit associated with a deduction for the tax basis for worthless stock in a wholly-owned foreign subsidiary and a $63 million pension settlement charge.
(8)During 2013, we recorded anon-cash,non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $1.092 billion for goodwill attributed to one of our previous operating segments and a litigation settlement charge of $235 million.

Selected financial information from our consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

  As of December 31,  

As of December 31,

 
  2017   2016   2015   2014   2013  

2019

 

      2018      

 

      2017      

 

      2016      

 

      2015      

 
  (Dollars in millions)  

(Dollars in millions)

 

Net property, plant and equipment(1)

  $26,852    17,039    18,069    18,433    18,646  

 $

    26,079 

 

 

 

26,408 

 

 

 

26,852 

 

 

 

17,039 

 

 

 

18,069 

 

Goodwill(1)(2)

   30,475    19,650    20,742    20,755    20,674  

 

21,534 

 

 

 

28,031 

 

 

 

30,475 

 

 

 

19,650 

 

 

 

20,742 

 

Total assets(2)(4)

   75,611    47,017    47,604    49,103    50,471  

 

64,742 

 

 

 

70,256 

 

 

 

75,611 

 

 

 

47,017 

 

 

 

47,604 

 

Total long-term debt(3)(5)

   37,726    19,993    20,225    20,503    20,809  

 

34,694 

 

 

 

36,061 

 

 

 

37,726 

 

 

 

19,993 

 

 

 

20,225 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   23,491    13,399    14,060    15,023    17,191  

 

13,470 

 

 

 

19,828 

 

 

 

23,491 

 

 

 

13,399 

 

 

 

14,060 

 

 

(1)

During 2016, as a result of our then pending sale of a portion of our colocation business and data centers, we reclassified $1.071$1.1 billion in net property, plant and equipment and $1.141$1.1 billion of goodwill to assets held for sale which is included in other current assets on our consolidated balance sheet. See Note 3—Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business and Data Centers to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017,Part II of this report, for additional information.

(2)

During 2019 and 2018, we recordednon-cash,non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges of $6.5 billion and $2.7 billion, respectively.

(3)

In 2015, we adopted both ASU2015-03 “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs” and ASU2015-17 “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes” by retrospectively applying the requirements of the ASUs to our previously issued consolidated financial statements. The adoption of both

(4)

In 2019, we adopted ASU2015-032016-02 and“Leases (ASC 842)” by using thenon-comparative transition option pursuant to ASU2015-172018-11. reduced total assets by $1.044 billion and $1.316 billion in each yearTherefore, we have not restated comparative period financial information for the two years ended December 31, 2014, respectively, and ASU2015-03 reduced total long-term debt by $168 million and $157 million in each year for the two years ended December 31, 2014, respectively.effects of ASC 842.

(3)(5)

Total long-term debt includes current maturities of long-term debt and capitalfinance lease obligations of $305 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 associated with assets held for sale. For additional information on our total long-term debt, see Note 5—7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part II of this report. For total contractual obligations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Future Contractual Obligations” in Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part II of this report.

Selected financial information from our consolidated statements of cash flows is as follows:

 

  Years Ended December 31,  

Years Ended December 31,

 
  2017 2016 2015 2014 2013  

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 
  (Dollars in millions)  

(Dollars in millions)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $3,878   4,608   5,153   5,188   5,559  

 $

      6,680 

 

 

 

       7,032 

 

 

 

       3,878 

 

 

 

       4,608 

 

 

 

       5,153 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (8,871  (2,994  (2,853  (3,077  (3,148 

 

(3,570)

 

 

 

(3,078)

 

 

 

(8,871)

 

 

 

(2,994)

 

 

 

(2,853)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   5,358   (1,518  (2,301  (2,151  (2,454

Payments for property, plant and equipment and capitalized software

   (3,106  (2,981  (2,872  (3,047  (3,048

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  

 

(1,911)

 

 

 

  

 

(4,023)

 

 

 

  

 

5,356 

 

 

 

  

 

(1,518)

 

 

 

  

 

(2,301)

 

 

 

Capital Expenditures

 

 

(3,628)

 

 

 

(3,175)

 

 

 

(3,106)

 

 

 

(2,981)

 

 

 

(2,872)

 

The following table presents certain of our selected operational metrics:

   As of December 31, 
   2017   2016   2015   2014   2013 
   (in thousands) 

Operational metrics:

          

Total access lines(1)

   10,282    11,090    11,748    12,394    13,002 

Total broadband subscribers(1)

   5,662    5,945    6,048    6,082    5,991 

(1)

Access lines are lines reaching from the customers’ premises to a connection with the public network and broadband subscribers are customers that purchase broadband connection service through their existing telephone lines, stand-alone telephone lines, or fiber-optic cables. Our methodology for counting our access lines and broadband subscribers includes only those lines that we use to provide services to external customers and excludes lines used solely by us and our affiliates. It also excludes unbundled loops and includes stand-alone broadband subscribers. We count lines when we install the service.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

All references to “Notes” in this Item 7 of Part II refer to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this report. Certain statements in our Annual Reportthis report constitute forward-looking statements. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Related Matters”Statements” in Item 1 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017Part I of this report for factors relating to these statements and “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017Part I of this report for a discussion of certain risk factors applicable to our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or prospects.

OVERVIEWOverview

We are an international facilities-based communications company engaged primarily in providing an integrateda broad array of integrated services to our business and residential and business customers. Our communications services include local and long-distance voice, virtual private network (“VPN”) data network, private line (including business data services), Ethernet, information technology, wavelength, broadband, colocation and data center services, managed services, professional and other services provided in connection with selling equipment, network security and various other ancillary services. We strive to maintain our customer relationships by, among other things, bundling our service offerings to provide our customers with a complete offering of integrated communications services.

With approximately 450,000 route miles of fiber optic cable globally, we believe, we are among the largest providers of communications services to domestic and global enterprise customers. Our terrestrialcustomers and subsea fiber optic long-haul network throughout North America, Europe and Latin America connects to metropolitan fiber networks that we operate.the second largest enterprise wireline telecommunications company in the United States. We operateprovide services in over 60 countries, with the substantial majoritymost of our revenuesrevenue being derived in the United States.

Based onWe continue expanding the reach and capabilities of our network by investing at the edge of our world class fiber network consisting of approximately 10.3 million total access lines at December 31, 2017, we believe we450,000 route miles, connecting approximately 170,000 fiber-basedon-net enterprise buildings, connecting to public and private data centers and subsea networks. We are the third largest wireline telecommunications companyalso investing in the United States.new technologies, leveraging our extensive fiber network that provide customers with dynamic bandwidth andlow-latency edge computing services to enable their digital transformation.

Acquisition of Level 3

On November 1, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc. (“CenturyLink”) acquired Level 3 Communications, Inc. (“Level 3”) through successive merger transactions, including a merger of Level 3 with and into a merger subsidiary, which survived such merger as our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary under the name of Level 3 Parent, LLC. We entered into this transaction, among other things, to realize certain strategic benefits, including enhanced financial and operational scale, market diversification and leveraged combined networks.

During the year ended December 31, 2017,2019, we recognized $97$234 million of integration-relatedintegration and transformation-related expenses associated with our activities related to the Level 3 acquisition. During 2017, we also recognized $174 million in merger-related transaction costs, including investment banker and legal fees in connection with consummating the transaction.

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of CenturyLink and its majority owned subsidiaries, including Level 3 beginning on November 1, 2017. Due to the significant size of the acquisition, direct comparison of our results of operations for the periods ending on or after December 31, 2017 to prior periods are less meaningful than usual.

As a result of the acquisition, Level 3’s assets and liabilities have been revalued and recorded at their preliminary estimated fair value. The assignment of estimated fair value requires a significant amount of judgment. The use of fair value measures affects the comparability of our post-acquisition financial information and may make it more difficult to predict earnings in future periods. We expect to completecompleted our final fair value

determinations prior toduring the first anniversary of the acquisition.fourth quarter 2018. Our final fair value determinations may be significantlywere different than those preliminary values reflected in our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2017.2017 and resulted in an increase in goodwill of $340 million and an increase to other noncurrent assets offset by a decrease in customer relationships during 2018.

In the discussion that follows, we refer to the business that we operated prior to the Level 3 acquisition as “Legacy CenturyLink”, and we refer to the incremental business activities that we now operate as a result of the Level 3 acquisition as “Legacy Level 3.”

For additional information about our acquisition of Level 3, see (i) Note 2—Acquisition of Level 3 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K forPart II of this report and (ii) the year ended December 31, 2017, (ii) our current report on Form8-K/Adocuments we filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on January 16, 2018, (iii) our current report on Form8-K filed by us with the SEC on November 1, 2017 and (iv) the definitive joint proxy statement/prospectus filed by us with the SEC on February 13, 2017.2017, November 1, 2017 and January 16, 2018.

Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business

On May 1, 2017, we sold a portion of our data centers and colocation business to a consortium led by BC Partners, Inc. and Medina Capital (“the Purchaser”) in exchange forpre-tax cash proceeds of $1.8 billion and a minority stake in the limited partnership that owns the consortium’s newly-formed global secure infrastructure company, Cyxtera Technologies. As part of the transaction, the Purchaser acquired 57 of our data centers and assumed our capital lease obligations, which amounted to $294 million on May 1, 2017, related to the divested properties.

Our colocation business generated revenuesrevenue (excluding revenue from affiliates) of $210 million from January 1, 2017 through May 1, 2017, and $622 million and $626 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively (a small portion of which has been retained by us).2017.

This transaction did not meet the accounting requirements for a sale-leaseback transaction as described in ASC840-40,Leases - Leases—Sale-Leaseback Transaction. Under the failed-sale-leaseback accounting model, after the transaction we arewere deemed under GAAP to still own certain real estate assets sold to Cyxtera. The failed-sale-leaseback accounting treatment decreased net income by $103 million on our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.Purchaser.

After factoring in the costs to sell the data centers and colocation business, excluding the impacts from the failed-sale-leaseback accounting treatment, the sale resulted in a $20 million gain as a result of the aggregate value of the consideration we received exceeding the carrying value of the assets sold and liabilities assumed. Based on the fair market values of the failed-sale-leaseback assets, the failed-sale-leaseback accounting treatment resulted in a loss of $102 million as a result of the requirement to treat a certain amount of thepre-tax cash proceeds from the sale of the assets as though it were the result of a financing obligation. The combined net loss of $82 million is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017. The sale also resulted in a significant capital loss carryforward, which was entirely offset by a valuation allowance due to our determination that we are not likely to be able to utilize this carryforward prior to its expiration.

For all of 2018, we will be required by GAAP to record similarnon-cash adjustments to our net income. UponEffective with the January 1, 2019 implementation date of the new accounting standard for Leases (ASU2016-02), which was issued by the FASB in early 2016, this particular accounting treatment willwas no longer be applicable for this transaction, andto our May 1, 2017 divestiture transaction. Consequently, the above-described real estate assets and corresponding financing obligation will bewere derecognized as of January 1, 2019 from our future consolidated balance sheet.sheets resulting in an increase of $115 million to stockholder’s equity.

See Note 3—Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business for additional information on the sale and Note 1—Background And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies for discussion of the impact of implementing ASU2016-02to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 for additional information on the sale.

New Organizational Structure

In January 2017, we implemented a new organization structure designed to further strengthen our ability to attain our operational, strategic and financial goals. Prior to this reorganization, we operated and reported as two segments, business and consumer. As a resultPart II of this reorganization, we changed the name of the predecessor business segment to “enterprise” segment. Additionally, we also reassigned our information technology, managed hosting, cloud hosting and hosting area network services from our business segment to a newnon-reportable operating segment. We reported tworeport.

Reporting Segments

Our reporting segments enterprise and consumer, from January 2017 through October 2017.

In connection with our acquisition of Level 3 (discussed further in Note 2—Acquisition of Level 3 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017), effective November 1, 2017, we implemented a new organization structure and began managing our operations in two segments: business and consumer. Our consumer segment remains substantially unchanged under this reorganization, and our newly reorganized business segment includes the legacy CenturyLink enterprise segment operations and the legacy Level 3 operations. In addition, we reassigned our information technology, managed hosting, cloud hosting and hosting area network operations back into the business segment from the formernon-reportable operating segment. At December 31, 2017, we had the following two segments:are organized by customer focus:

 

  

BusinessInternational and Global Accounts Management (“IGAM”) Segment. ThisUnder our IGAM segment, consists generally of providingwe provide our products and services to small, mediumapproximately 200 global enterprise customers and enterpriseto enterprises and carriers in three operating regions: Europe Middle East and Africa, Latin America and Asia Pacific. IGAM is responsible for working with large multinational organizations in support of their business wholesale and governmentIT transformation strategies. With our extensive fiber network, and our ability to provide global networking solutions and a differentiated customer experience spanning the globe, we believe we are well-positioned to serve customers including other communication providers. Our productswithin this segment. This segment contains some of our largest customers which could result in revenue fluctuations driven by contract renegotiations or churn. We remain focused on investing globally to expand our reach, scale and technology to grow services offeredthat we can offer to these customers include our localglobal and long-distance voice, VPN data network, private line (including business data services), Ethernet, information technology, wavelength, broadband, colocation and data center services, managed services, professional and other services provided in connection with selling equipment, network security and various other ancillary services, all of which are described further under “Operating Revenues”; andinternational customers;

 

  

Enterprise Segment. Under our enterprise segment, we provide our products and services to large and regional domestic and global enterprises, as well as the public sector, which includes the U.S.

Federal government, state and local governments and research and education institutions. Our ability to meet our enterprise customers’ increasing needs for integrated data, broadband and voice services with our extensive product portfolio and our local approach to the market are differentiators. We plan to grow revenue within our Enterprise segment by leveraging our extensive enterprise-focused fiber network to deliver dynamic solutions our customers require to meet their growing and evolving needs;

Small and Medium Business (“SMB”) Segment. Under our SMB segment, we provide our products and services to small and medium businesses directly and through our indirect channel partners. We generally designate businesses as small or medium if they have fewer than 500 employees. With traditional voice services representing a significant portion of SMB segment revenues, we believe revenue growth will continue to be a challenge for this segment. We believe by bringing products specific to meet the needs of this segment, addingfiber-fedon-net buildings and collaborating with our indirect channel partners, we will be better positioned to meet our SMB customers’ needs;

Wholesale Segment. Under our wholesale segment, we provide our products and services to a wide range of other communication providers across the wireline, wireless, cable, voice and data center sectors. Our wholesale segment contributes scale that we leverage in connection with serving our Enterprise customers. We plan to continue to partner with 5G wireless providers to support their growing needs for transmission capacity, which in turn will place our network closer to our customers. Nonetheless, we expect the relative contributions of our wholesale segment will decline over the longer term due to competitive pressures. In the meantime, we expect our wholesale segment will remain volatile from quarter to quarter given the relatively large size of wholesale customer contracts.

Consumer Segment. ThisUnder our consumer segment, consists generally of providingwe provide our products and services to residential customers. OurFor this segment, we expect continued declines in revenues from our traditional voice services, as consumers continue their long-term migration towards alternative products and services, offeredand from our video business, which we are no longer actively marketing to these customers includeconsumers. We are aggressively investing in fiber to drive higher average revenue per broadband customer to offset legacy voice and video declines. Additionally, we continue to invest in our broadband, localown digital transformation to improve our service delivery and long-distance voice, video and other ancillary services.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes the results of our consolidated operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017(1)(2)   2016(2)(3)(4)   2015(3) 
   

(Dollars in millions except

per share amounts)

 

Operating revenues

  $17,656    17,470    17,900 

Operating expenses

   15,647    15,137    15,321 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

   2,009    2,333    2,579 

Other expense, net

   1,469    1,313    1,263 

Income tax (benefit) expense

   (849   394    438 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $1,389    626    878 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

  $2.21    1.16    1.58 

Diluted earnings per common share

  $2.21    1.16    1.58 

(1)The enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act legislation in December 2017 resulted in are-measurement ofreduce our deferred tax assets and liabilities at the new federal corporate tax rate of 21%. There-measurement resulted in a tax benefit of approximately $1.1 billion.

(2)During 2017 and 2016, we incurred Level 3 acquisition-related expenses of $271 million and $52 million, respectively. For additional information, see “Acquisition of Level 3” above and Note 2—Acquisition of Level 3 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year endedcosts. At December 31, 2017.
(3)In 2017,2019, we adopted ASU2017-07, “Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost” by retrospectively applying the requirements of the ASU to our previously issued consolidated financial statements. The adoption of ASU2017-07 increased operating income and increased total other expense, net by $2served 4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and reduced operating income and decreased total other expense, net by $26 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.
(4)During 2016, we recognized $189 million of severance expenses and otherone-time termination benefits associated with our workforce reductions.

The following table summarizes our access lines, broadband subscribers and number of employees as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

   As of December 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 
   (in thousands) 

Operational metrics:

      

Total access lines(1)

   10,282    11,090    11,748 

Total broadband subscribers(1)

   5,662    5,945    6,048 

Total employees

   51    40    43 

(1)Access lines are lines reaching from the customers’ premises to a connection with the public network andconsumer broadband subscribers are customers that purchase broadband connection service through their existing telephone lines, stand-alone telephone lines, or fiber-optic cables.subscribers. Our methodology for counting ourconsumer broadband subscribers may not be comparable to those of other companies. We no longer report or discuss access lines and broadband subscribers includes only those lines that we use to provideas a key operating metric given the significant migration in our industry from legacy services to external customers and excludes lines used solely by us and our affiliates. It also excludes unbundled loops and includes stand-alone broadband subscribers. We count lines when we install the service.IP-enabled services.

During the last decade, we have experienced revenue declines primarily dueSee Note 17—Segment Information to declinesour consolidated financial statements in access lines, private line customers, switched access rates and minutesItem 8 of use. To mitigate these revenue declines, we remain focused on efforts to, among other things:

promote long-term relationships with our customers through bundlingPart II of integrated services;

increase the capacity, speed and usage of our networks;

provide a wide array of diverse services, including enhanced orthis report for additional services that may become available in the future due to, among other things, advances in technology or improvements in our infrastructure;

provide our premium services to a higher percentage of our customers;

pursue acquisitions of additional assets if available at attractive prices;

increase prices on our products and services if and when practicable; and

market our products and services to new customers.

Operating Revenuesinformation.

We categorize our products, services and revenuesrevenue among the following five categories:four product and services categories that we sell to business customers:

 

  

IP and data servicesData Services, which include primarily VPN data networks, Ethernet, IP, video (including our facilities-based video services and Vyvx broadcast services)content delivery and other ancillary services;

Transport and Infrastructure, which includes wavelengths, dark fiber, private line, colocation and data center services, including cloud, hosting and application management solutions, professional services and other ancillary services;

  

Transport and infrastructure, which include broadband, private line (including business data services), data center facilities and services, including cloud, hosting and application management solutions, wavelength, equipment sales and professional services, network security services and other ancillary services;

Voice and collaborationCollaboration, which includes primarily local and long-distance voice, including wholesale voice, and other ancillary service;services, as well as VoIP services; and

 

  

IT and managed servicesManaged Services, which include information technology services and managed services, which may be purchased in conjunction with our other network services.

We categorize revenue among the following four categories that we sell to residential customers:

Broadband, which includes high speed, fiber-based and lower speed DSL broadband services; and

 

  

Voice, which include local and long-distance services;

Regulatory revenues,Revenue, which consist of Universal Service Fund (“USF”) and Connect America Fund (“CAF”) support payments(i) CAF, USF and other operating revenues. We receive federal support payments from both federal and state USF programs and from the federal CAF program. The USF and CAF support payments are government subsidies designed to reimburse us for various costs related to certain telecommunications services. We generateservices and (ii) other operating revenuesrevenue from the leasing and subleasing of space in our office buildings, warehousesspace; and other properties and from rental income associated with the failed-sale-leaseback. Because we centrally manage the activities that generate these regulatory revenues, these revenues are not included in our segment revenues.

For more information, see “Products and Services” in Item I of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The following tables summarize our consolidated operating revenues recorded under our five revenue categories:

   Years Ended
December 31,
   Increase /
(Decrease)
  %
Change
 
   2017   2016    
   (Dollars in millions) 

IP & Data Services(1)

  $4,043    3,357    686   20 % 

Transport & Infrastructure(2)

   6,551    6,826    (275  (4)% 

Voice & Collaboration(3)

   5,679    5,943    (264  (4)% 

IT & Managed Services(4)

   651    640    11   2 % 

Regulatory revenues(5)

   732    704    28   4 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total operating revenues

  $17,656    17,470    186   1 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

(1)Includes primarily VPN data network, Ethernet, IP, video and ancillary revenues.
(2)Includes primarily broadband, private line (including business data services), colocation and data centers, wavelength and ancillary revenues.
(3)Includes local, long-distance and other ancillary revenues.
(4)Includes IT services and managed services revenues.
(5)Includes CAF Phase I, CAF Phase 2, federal and state USF support revenue, sublease rental income and failed-sale leaseback income.

   Years Ended
December 31,
   Increase /
(Decrease)
  %
Change
 
   2016   2015    
   (Dollars in millions) 

IP & Data Services(1)

  $3,357    3,172    185   6 % 

Transport & Infrastructure(2)

   6,826    6,986    (160  (2)% 

Voice & Collaboration(3)

   5,943    6,326    (383  (6)% 

IT & Managed Services(4)

   640    687    (47  (7)% 

Regulatory revenues(5)

   704    729    (25  (3)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total operating revenues

  $17,470    17,900    (430  (2)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

(1)Includes primarily VPN data network, Ethernet, IP, video and ancillary revenues.
(2)Includes primarily broadband, private line (including business data services), colocation and data centers, wavelength and ancillary revenues.
(3)Includes local, long-distance and other ancillary revenues.
(4)Includes IT services and managed services revenues.
(5)Includes CAF Phase I, CAF Phase 2, federal and state USF support revenue, sublease rental income and failed-sale leaseback income.

Our total operating revenues increased by $186 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 due to the inclusion of $1.39 billion in post-acquisition Legacy Level 3 operating revenues in our 2017 consolidated operating revenues. Total operating revenues for Legacy CenturyLink decreased by $1.204 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 and by $430 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decline in total operating revenues for both periods reflects the continuing loss of access lines, loss of long-distance revenues primarily due to the displacement of traditional wireline telephone services by other competitive products and services, including data and wireless communication services, and reductions in the volume of our private line (including business data services) services. Our total operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 were also impacted by the May 1, 2017 sale of our data centers and colocation business, which resulted in a reduction of colocation revenues of $396 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period.

Further analysis of our segment operating revenues and trends impacting our performance are provided below in “Segment Results.”

Operating Expenses

Our current definitions of operating expenses are as follows:

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)are expenses incurred in providing products and services to our customers. These expenses include: employee-related expenses directly attributable to operating and maintaining our network (such as salaries, wages, benefits and professional fees); facilities expenses (which include third-party telecommunications expenses we incur for using other carriers’ networks to provide services to our customers); rents and utilities expenses; equipment sales expenses (such as data integration and modem expenses); payments to universal service funds (which are federal and state funds that are established to promote the availability of telecommunications services to all consumers at reasonable and affordable rates, among other things, and to which we are often required to contribute); certain litigation expenses associated with our operations; and other expenses directly related to our operations; and

 

  

Selling, general and administrative expensesOther, are corporate overheadwhich include retail video services (including our linear TV services), professional services and other operating expenses. These expenses include: employee-related expenses (such as salaries, wages, internal commissions, benefits and professional fees) directly attributable to selling products or services and employee-relatedancillary services.

Trends Impacting Our Operations

Our consolidated operations have been, and are expected to continue to be, impacted by the following company-wide trends:

Customers’ demand for automated products and services and competitive pressures will require that we continue to invest in new technologies and automated processes to improve the customer experience and reduce our operating expenses.

The increasingly digital environment and the growth in online video require robust, scalable network services. We are continuing to enhance our product capabilities and simplify our product portfolio based on demand and profitability to enable customers to have access to greater bandwidth.

Businesses continue to adopt distributed, global operating models. We are expanding and densifying our fiber network, connecting more buildings to our network to generate revenue opportunities and reduce our costs associated with leasing networks from other carriers.

Industry consolidation, coupled with changes in regulation, technology and customer preferences, are significantly reducing demand for our traditional voice services and are pressuring some other revenue streams, while other advances, such as the need for lower latency provided by Edge computing or the implementation of 5G networks, are expected to create opportunities.

The operating margins of several of our newer, more technologically advanced services, some of which may connect to customers through other carriers, are lower than the operating margins on our traditional,on-net wireline services.

Additional trends impacting our segments are discussed elsewhere in this Item 7.

Results of Operations

In this section, we discuss our overall results of operations and highlight special items that are not included in our segment results. In “Segment Results of Operations” we review the performance of our five reporting segments in more detail.

expenses for administrative functions; marketing and advertising; property and other operating taxes and fees; external commissions; litigation expenses associated with general matters; bad debt expense; and other selling, general and administrative expenses.

Consolidated Revenue

The following table summarizes our consolidated operating revenue recorded under each of our eight above described revenue categories:

  Year Ended
December 31,
    % Change    Year Ended
December 31,
    % Change   
        2019              2018                 2018              2017          
  (Dollars in millions)     (Dollars in millions)    

IP and Data Services

 

 $

          7,000 

 

 

 

          6,961 

 

 

 

          1% 

 

 

 

          6,961 

 

 

 

          3,594 

 

 

 

          94% 

 

Transport and Infrastructure

 

 

5,203 

 

 

 

5,433 

 

 

 

(4)%

 

 

 

5,433 

 

 

 

3,663 

 

 

 

48% 

 

Voice and Collaboration

 

 

4,021 

 

 

 

4,309 

 

 

 

(7)%

 

 

 

4,309 

 

 

 

3,304 

 

 

 

30% 

 

IT and Managed Services

 

 

535 

 

 

 

624 

 

 

 

(14)%

 

 

 

624 

 

 

 

644 

 

 

 

(3)%

 

Broadband

 

 

2,876 

 

 

 

2,822 

 

 

 

2% 

 

 

 

2,822 

 

 

 

2,698 

 

 

 

5% 

 

Voice

 

 

1,881 

 

 

 

2,173 

 

 

 

(13)%

 

 

 

2,173 

 

 

 

2,531 

 

 

 

(14)%

 

Regulatory

 

 

634 

 

 

 

729 

 

 

 

(13)%

 

 

 

729 

 

 

 

731 

 

 

 

—% 

 

Other

 

 

251 

 

 

 

392 

 

 

 

(36)%

 

 

 

392 

 

 

 

491 

 

 

 

(20)%

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total operating revenue

 

 $

22,401 

 

 

 

23,443 

 

 

 

(4)%

 

 

 

23,443 

 

 

 

17,656 

 

 

 

33% 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Our consolidated revenue decreased by $1.0 billion, or 4%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 largely due to continued declines in voice revenue as customers transition to other voice andnon-voice services, our deemphasis of low margin equipment sales within Transport and Infrastructure, churn in legacy contracts within IT and Managed Services, and the derecognition of our prior failed-sale leaseback, partially offset by growth in our IP and Data services and Broadband revenue. See our segment results below for additional information.

Our consolidated revenue increased by $5.8 billion or 33%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily due to the inclusion of $6.7 billion in Legacy Level 3 post-acquisition operating revenue in our consolidated operating revenue. See our segment results below for additional information.

Operating Expenses

These expense classifications may not be comparable to those of other companies.

The following tables summarize our operating expenses:

 

  Years Ended
December 31,
   Increase /
(Decrease)
  %
Change
  

Years Ended

December 31,

 

  % Change  

 

Year Ended

December 31,

 

  % Change  

 
  2017   2016     

2019

 

2018

   

2018

 

2017

   
  (Dollars in millions)  

(Dollars in millions)

   

(Dollars in millions)

   

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

  $8,203    7,774    429   6%  

 

 $

 

10,077 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,862 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,862 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,203 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32%

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

   3,508    3,447    61   2%  

 

 

 

3,715 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,165 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,165 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,508 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19%

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

   3,936    3,916    20   1%  

 

 

 

4,829 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,120 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,120 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,936 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30%

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 

 

6,506 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,726 

 

 

 

 

 

 

139% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,726 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

 

 

nm 

 

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

Total operating expenses

  $15,647    15,137    510   3%  

 

 $

 

        25,127 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        22,873 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        22,873 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        15,647 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46%

 

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  
  Years Ended
December 31,
   Increase /
(Decrease)
  %
Change
 
  2016   2015    
  (Dollars in millions) 

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

  $7,774    7,778    (4  — % 

Selling, general and administrative

   3,447    3,354    93   3 % 

Depreciation and amortization

   3,916    4,189    (273  (7)% 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

Total operating expenses

  $15,137    15,321    (184  (1)% 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

nm

Percentages greater than 200% and comparison between positive and negatives values or to/from zero values are considered not meaningful.

Cost of Services and Products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) decreased by $785 million, or 7%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in costs of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) was primarily due to reductions in (i) salaries and wages and employee-related expenses from lower headcount directly related to operating and maintaining our network, (ii) network expenses and voice usage costs, (iii) customer premises equipment costs from lower sales, in (iv) content costs from Prism TV, and (v) lower space and power expenses. These reductions were partially offset by increases in direct taxes and fees, USF rates, professional services, customer installation costs and right of way and dark fiber expenses.

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) increased by $429 million,$2.7 billion, or 6%32%, for the year ended December 31, 20172018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.2017. The increase in costs of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) was attributable to the inclusion of $690 million in post-acquisition$3.2 billion Legacy Level 3 post-acquisition costs (net of intercompany eliminations) in our consolidated costs of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization). Costs of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) for Legacy CenturyLink decreased by $261$588 million, or 3%8%, for the year ended December 31, 20172018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.2017. The decrease in cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) was primarily due to reductions in salaries and wages and employee benefitsrelated expenses from lower headcount, and healthcare costs,reduced overtime, lower real estate and power expenses from the sale of the data centers and colocation business,a decline in content costs for Prism TV.

Selling, General and reduced customer premises equipment costs due to a decrease in sales of customer premises equipmentAdministrative

Selling, general and USF rates, which were partially offset by increases in facility costs. Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)administrative expenses decreased by $4$450 million, or less than 1%11%, for the year ended December 31, 20162019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.2018. The decrease in cost of servicesselling, general and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)administrative expenses was primarily due to reductions in salaries and wages and employee-related expenses from lower headcount, contract labor costs, lower rent expense in 2019 and from higher exited lease obligations in 2018, hardware and software maintenance costs, marketing and advertising expenses, bad debt expense, property and other taxes and an increase in the amount of labor capitalized or deferred and gains on the sale of assets. These reductions were slightly offset by higher professional fees, payment processing feesnetwork infrastructure maintenance expenses and customer premises equipment costs, which were substantially offset by increases in content costs for Prism TV (resulting from higher content volume and rates), network expense and USF rates.

Selling, General and Administrativecommissions.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $61$657 million, or 2%19%, for the year ended December 31, 20172018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.2017. The increase in selling, general and

administrative expenses was primarily attributable to the inclusion of $253 million in post-acquisition Legacy$1.1 billion legacy Level 3 expensespost-acquisition costs (net of intercompany eliminations) in our consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses. Legacy CenturyLink’s selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $192 million, or 6%, primarily due to reductions in salaries and wages and employee benefits from lower headcount and healthcare costs, external commissions and bad debt expenses. These decreases were substantially offset by losses recognized from the sale of our data centers and colocation business and the related failed-sale-leaseback as further described in Note 3—Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 and increases in transaction and integration costs associated with the Level 3 acquisition. Selling, general and administrative expenses increasedfor Legacy CenturyLink decreased by $93$444 million, or 3%14%, for the year ended December 31, 20162018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.2017. The increase in selling, general and administrative expensesdecrease was primarily due to increases(i) reductions in severancesalaries and wages and employee related expenses associated with workforce reductions, higher payments of employee health care claims,from lower headcount, (ii) reduced overtime, professional fees, bad debt and othermarketing expenses (including fees related to the Level 3 acquisition), which were partially offset by reductionsand (iii) a loss on sale of data centers in professional fees and property and other taxes.2017.

Depreciation and Amortization

The following tables provide detail of our depreciation and amortization expense:

 

  Years Ended
December 31,
   Increase /
(Decrease)
  %
Change
  

Years Ended
December 31,

 

% Change

 

Years Ended
December 31,

 

% Change

 
  2017   2016     

2019

 

2018

   

2018

 

2017

   
  (Dollars in millions)  

(Dollars in millions)

   

(Dollars in millions)

   

Depreciation

  $2,710    2,691    19   1%  

 $

3,089 

 

 

 

        3,339 

 

 

 

(7)%

 

 

 

3,339 

 

 

 

        2,710 

 

 

 

23%

 

Amortization

   1,226    1,225    1   —%  

 

1,740 

 

 

 

1,781 

 

 

 

(2)%

 

 

 

1,781 

 

 

 

1,226 

 

 

 

45%

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

Total depreciation and amortization

  $3,936    3,916    20   1%  

 $

        4,829 

 

 

 

5,120 

 

 

 

        (6)%

 

 

 

        5,120 

 

 

 

3,936 

 

 

 

        30%

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  
  Years Ended
December 31,
   Increase /
(Decrease)
  %
Change
 
  2016   2015    
  (Dollars in millions) 

Depreciation

  $2,691    2,836    (145  (5)% 

Amortization

   1,225    1,353    (128  (9)% 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

Total depreciation and amortization

  $3,916    4,189    (273  (7)% 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

Annual

Depreciation expense decreased by $250 million, or 7%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to the impact of the full depreciation expense is impactedof plant, property, and equipment assigned a one year life at the time we acquired Level 3 of $200 million that were fully depreciated in 2018, the impact of annual rate depreciable life changes of $108 million, and the discontinuation of depreciation on failed sale leaseback assets on $69 million. These decreases were partially offset by several factors, including changesnet growth in our depreciable cost basis,assets of $93 million and increases associated with changes in our estimates of the remaining economic life of certain network assets the addition of new plant (including from the acquisition of Level 3) and the sale of our data centers and colocation business. $34 million.

Depreciation expense increased by $19$629 million, or 1%23%, for the year ended December 31, 20172018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 and2017, primarily due to the inclusion of $763 million Legacy Level 3 post-acquisition depreciation expense in our consolidated depreciation expense, which was partially offset by lower Legacy CenturyLink depreciation expense.

Amortization expense decreased by $145$41 million, or 5%2%, for the year ended December 31, 20162019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in depreciation expense2018 primarily due to a $71 million decrease associated with the use of accelerated amortization methods for a portion of the customer intangibles and a $25 million decrease associated with annual rate amortizable life changes of software for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily attributable to the inclusion of $143 million in post-acquisition Legacy Level 3 depreciation expense in our consolidated depreciation expense. Legacy CenturyLink’s depreciation expense was lower for both periods due to full depreciation and retirement of certain plant placed in service prior to 2017 and 2016. Additionally, we ceased depreciating property, plant and equipment assets of our colocation business when we entered into the agreement to sell that business in late 2016. Absent the sale, we estimate that we would have recorded additional depreciation expense of $54 million from January 1, 2017 through May 1, 2017 related to the conveyed property.period. These decreases were partially offset by an increasenet growth in depreciation expense attributable to new plant placed in service since January 1, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As a resultamortizable assets of not meeting sale-leaseback accounting requirements, we are deemed under GAAP to still own certain real estate assets sold to Cyxtera; therefore, we are required to reflect a portion of$55 million for the real estate assets on our consolidated balance sheet and depreciate these assets over their useful lives. As further described in Note 3—Sale of Data Centers and

Colocation Business, of the $91 million increase in depreciation expense on these real estate assets, $44 million is not expected to recur in future periods.period.

Amortization expense increased by $1$555 million, or less than 1%45%, for the year ended December 31, 20172018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 and decreased by $128 million, or 9%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.2017. The increase in amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily attributable to the inclusion of $139$659 million, inof post-acquisition Legacy Level 3 amortization expense in our consolidated amortization expense. Legacy CenturyLink’s amortization expense was lower for both periods primarily due to the use of accelerated amortization for a portion of our customer relationship assets and our entry into an agreement to sell a portion of our data centers and colocation business. The effect of using an accelerated amortization method resultsresulted in an incremental decline in expense each period as the intangible assets amortize. WeIn 2017, we ceased amortizing the intangible assets of our colocation business when we entered into the agreement to sell that business. Absent the sale, we estimate that we would have recorded additional amortization expense of $13 million from January 1, 2017 through May 1, 2017, related to the conveyed intangible assets. In addition, amortization of capitalized software was lower in both periods due to software becoming fully amortized faster than new software was acquired or developed.

Goodwill Impairments

We are required to perform impairment tests related to our goodwill annually, which we perform as of October 31, or sooner if an indicator of impairment occurs. Both our January 2019 internal reorganization and the decline in our stock price triggered impairment testing in the first quarter of 2019. Consequently, we evaluated our goodwill in January 2019 and again as of March 31, 2019.

When we performed our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2019 the results indicated we did not have any impairment charges. When we performed our impairment tests during the first quarter of 2019, we concluded that the estimated fair value of certain of our reporting units was less than our carrying value of equity as of the date of each of our triggering events during the first quarter of 2019. As a result, we recordednon-cash,non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges aggregating to $6.5 billion in the quarter ended March 31, 2019. Additionally, when we performed our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2018 we concluded that the estimated fair value of our consumer reporting unit was less than our carrying value of equity for such reporting unit and we recorded anon-cashnon-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of approximately $2.7 billion in the fourth quarter of 2018.

See Note 4—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets for further details on these tests and impairment charges.

Other Consolidated Results

The following tables summarize our total other expense, net and income tax expense (benefit) expense::

 

  Years Ended
December 31,
 Increase /
(Decrease)
  %
Change
  

Years Ended
December 31,

 

% Change

 

Years Ended
December 31,

 

% Change

 
  2017 2016  

2019

 

2018

   

2018

 

2017

   
  (Dollars in millions)  

(Dollars in millions)

   

(Dollars in millions)

   

Interest expense

  $(1,481  (1,318  163   12 %  

 $

(2,021)

 

 

 

(2,177)

 

 

 

(7)%

 

 

 

(2,177)

 

 

 

(1,481)

 

 

 

47%

 

Other income, net

   12   5   7   140 % 

Other (loss) income, net

 

 

(19)

 

 

 

44 

 

 

 

nm 

 

 

 

44 

 

 

 

12 

 

 

 

nm 

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

Total other expense, net

  $(1,469  (1,313  156   12 %  

 $

        (2,040)

 

 

 

        (2,133)

 

 

 

        (4)%

 

 

 

        (2,133)

 

 

 

        (1,469)

 

 

 

        45%

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

Income tax (benefit) expense

  $(849  394   (1,243  nm 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $503   170   nm   170   (849)  nm  
 

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase /
(Decrease)
  %
Change
 
   2016  2015   
   (Dollars in millions) 

Interest expense

  $(1,318  (1,312  6   — % 

Other income, net

   5   49   (44  (90)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total other expense, net

  $(1,313  (1,263  50   4 % 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Income tax expense

  $394   438   (44  (10)% 
nm

Percentages greater than 200% and comparison between positive and negatives values or to/from zero values are considered not meaningful.

nm - Percentages greater than 200% and comparisons between positive and negative values or to/from zero values are considered not meaningful.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increaseddecreased by $163$156 million, or 12%7%, for the year ended December 31, 20172019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.2018. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to the decrease in long-term debt from an average of $36.9 billion in 2018 to $35.4 billion in 2019.

Interest expense increased by $696 million, or 47%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to (i) the issuance of $7.945 billion of term loans in 2017 for the purpose of providing funding for the Level 3 acquisition, (ii) theour assumption of Level 3’s debt upon the consummation ofin conjunction with the acquisition of Level 3, which accounted for $80 million in post-acquisition interest expense and (iii) the recognition of imputed interest expense resulting from the failed-sale-leaseback as further described in Note 3—Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business. Interest expense increased by $6 million, or less than 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in interest expense was substantially due to a reduction in the

3.

amount of net premium amortization recorded at acquisition due to the early retirement of several issuances of debt during the period, which has the effect of increasing interest expense, and an increase in interest expense on unsecured notes related to the issuance of $1.0 billion of new debt in April, 2016 in advance of a debt maturity in June, 2016.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net reflects certain items not directly related to our core operations, including our share of income from partnerships we do not control, interest income, gains and losses fromnon-operating asset dispositions, foreign currency gains and losses and components of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit costs. Other (loss) income, (expense), net increaseddecreased by $7$63 million, or 140%, for the year ended December 31, 20172019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.2018. This decrease in other (loss) income, net was primarily due to an increase in components of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit costs in 2019, partially offset by a gain on extinguishment of debt in 2019 compared to a loss on extinguishment of debt in 2018.

Other income, net increased by $32 million, for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase in other income, net was primarily due to a reductiondecrease in the loss on early retirementcomponents of debt, an increase in interest income from the $6 billion Term Loan B funds held in escrow and income generated from our services agreements with Cyxtera, which was substantially offset by a lower expected return on assets in 2017 for ournet periodic pension and post-retirement plans.postretirement benefit costs in 2018.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our effective income tax rate was (10.6)%, (10.9)%, and (157.2)%, respectively. The expected return on assets for our pension and post-retirement plans was lower in 2017 as compared to 2016, which resulted in us recording pension and post-retirement expense in 2017 as compared to recording pension and post-retirement income in 2016. Other income, net decreased by $44 million, or 90%,effective tax rates for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to2019 and December 31, 2018 include a $1.4 billion and a $572 million unfavorable impact ofnon-deductible goodwill impairments, respectively. Additionally, the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease in other income, net was primarily due to losses on early retirement2018 reflects the impact of debt, which waspurchase price accounting adjustments resulting from the Level 3 acquisition and from the tax reform impact of those adjustments of $92 million. The 2018 unfavorable impacts were partially offset by the impacttax benefit of nonrecurring fundinga 2017 tax loss carryback to 2016 of $142 million. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 reflects the tax benefit of approximately $1.1 billion fromre-measurement of deferred taxes to the new federal corporate tax rate of 21% as a state economic development program.

Income Tax (Benefits) Expense

Theresult of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act legislation in December 2017 resulted in are-measurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities at the new federal corporate tax rate of 21%.2017. There-measurement resulted in a tax benefit of approximately $1.1 billion recorded in the fourth quarter of 2017, which was the predominant

factor contributing to our recognition of an $849 million income tax benefit for 2017. The 2017 versus income tax expense of $394 million in the prior year. Income tax expense decreased by $44 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, our effective income tax rate was (157.2)%, 38.6% and 33.3%, respectively. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 reflects the benefit from there-measurement of deferred taxes as noted above,also includes a $27 million tax expense related to the sale of a portion of our data centers and colocation business and a $32 million tax impact ofnon-deductible transaction costs related to the Level 3 acquisition. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 reflects a tax impact of $18 million from an intercompany dividend payment from one of our foreign subsidiaries to its domestic parent company that was made as part of our corporate restructuring in preparation for the sale of our colocation business. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 reflects a tax benefit of approximately $34 million related to affiliate debt rationalization, research and development tax credits of $28 million for 2011 through 2015, and a $16 million tax decrease due to changes in state taxes caused by apportionment changes, state tax rate changes and the changes in the expected utilization of net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”). See Note 13—16—Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017Part II of this report and “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Income Taxes” below for additional information.

Segment Results

General

Reconciliation of segment revenue to total operating revenue is below:

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2019

  

2018

  

2017

 
  

(Dollars in millions)

 

Operating revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International and Global Accounts

 

 $

3,596 

 

 

 

3,653 

 

 

 

1,382 

 

Enterprise

 

 

6,133 

 

 

 

6,133 

 

 

 

4,186 

 

Small and Medium Business

 

 

2,956 

 

 

 

3,144 

 

 

 

2,418 

 

Wholesale

 

 

4,074 

 

 

 

4,397 

 

 

 

3,026 

 

Consumer

 

 

5,642 

 

 

 

6,116 

 

 

 

6,451 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total segment revenue

 

 $

22,401 

 

 

 

23,443 

 

 

 

17,463 

 

Operations and Other(1)

 

 

— 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

193 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

 

 $

            22,401 

 

 

 

                23,443 

 

 

 

                17,656 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

On May 1, 2017 we sold a portion of our data centers and colocation business. See Note 3—Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, for additional information.

Reconciliation of segment EBITDA to total adjusted EBITDA is below:

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2019

  

2018

  

2017

 
  

(Dollars in millions)

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   

International and Global Accounts

 

 $

2,286 

 

 

 

2,341 

 

 

 

821 

 

Enterprise

 

 

3,490 

 

 

 

3,522 

 

 

 

2,456 

 

Small and Medium Business

 

 

1,870 

 

 

 

2,013 

 

 

 

1,581 

 

Wholesale

 

 

3,427 

 

 

 

3,666 

 

 

 

2,566 

 

Consumer

 

 

4,914 

 

 

 

5,105 

 

 

 

5,136 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total segment EBITDA

 

 $

15,987 

 

 

 

16,647 

 

 

 

12,560 

 

Operations and Other EBITDA

 

 

(7,216)

 

 

 

(8,045)

 

 

 

(6,504)

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total adjusted EBITDA

 

 $

              8,771 

 

 

 

                  8,602 

 

 

 

                  6,056 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

For additional information on our reportable segments and product and services categories, see Note 17—Segment Information to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

International and Global Accounts Management Segment

  

Year Ended
December 31,

  

% Change

  

Year Ended
December 31,

  

% Change

 
  

2019

  

2018

     

2018

  

2017

    
  

(Dollars in millions)

     

(Dollars in millions)

    

Revenue:

      

IP and Data Services

 

 $

          1,676 

 

 

 

          1,728 

 

 

 

(3)%

 

 

 

1,728 

 

 

 

528 

 

 

 

227% 

 

Transport and Infrastructure

 

 

1,318 

 

 

 

1,276 

 

 

 

3% 

 

 

 

1,276 

 

 

 

406 

 

 

 

214% 

 

Voice and Collaboration

 

 

377 

 

 

 

387 

 

 

 

(3)%

 

 

 

387 

 

 

 

176 

 

 

 

120% 

 

IT and Managed Services

 

 

225 

 

 

 

262 

 

 

 

(14)%

 

 

 

262 

 

 

 

272 

 

 

 

(4)%

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total revenue

 

 

3,596 

 

 

 

3,653 

 

 

 

(2)%

 

 

 

3,653 

 

 

 

          1,382 

 

 

 

          164% 

 

Total expense

 

 

1,310 

 

 

 

1,312 

 

 

 

          —% 

 

 

 

          1,312 

 

 

 

561 

 

 

 

134% 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total adjusted EBITDA

 

 $

2,286 

 

 

 

2,341 

 

 

 

(2)%

 

 

 

2,341 

 

 

 

821 

 

 

 

185% 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the same periods Ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

Segment Results

The results for our business and consumer segments are summarized belowrevenue decreased $57 million, or 2% for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Total segment revenues

  $16,924   16,766   17,171 

Total segment expenses

   9,390   9,081   9,025 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total segment income

  $7,534   7,685   8,146 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total margin percentage

   45  46  47

Business segment:

    

Revenues

  $11,220   10,704   10,977 

Expenses

   6,847   6,391   6,395 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income

  $4,373   4,313   4,582 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Margin percentage

   39  40  42

Consumer segment:

    

Revenues

  $5,704   6,062   6,194 

Expenses

   2,543   2,690   2,630 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income

  $3,161   3,372   3,564 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Margin percentage

   55  56  58

The following table reconciles our total segment revenues and total segment income presented above to consolidated operating revenues and consolidated operating income reported in our consolidated statements of operations.

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Total segment revenues

  $16,924   16,766   17,171 

Regulatory revenues

   732   704   729 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating revenues reported in our consolidated statements of operations

  $17,656   17,470   17,900 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total segment income

  $7,534   7,685   8,146 

Regulatory revenues

   732   704   729 

Depreciation and amortization

   (3,936  (3,916  (4,189

Non-segment expenses

   (2,321  (2,140  (2,107
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income reported in our consolidated statements of operations

  $2,009   2,333   2,579 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Products and Services

In connection with our acquisition of Level 3 on November 1, 2017, we revised the way we categorize our products and services and now report our related revenues under the following categories: IP and data services, transport and infrastructure, voice and collaboration, IT and managed services and regulatory revenues. From time to time, we change the categorization of our products and services, and we may make similar changes in the future.

We offer our customers the ability to bundle together several products and services. We believe our customers value the convenience and price discounts associated with receiving multiple services through a single company.

Business Segment

The operations of our business segment have been impacted by several significant trends, including those described below:

Our mix of total business segment revenues continues to migrate from traditional wireline voice services to newer, lower cost more technologically advanced products and services as our small, medium and enterprise business, wholesale and government customers increasingly demand integrated data, broadband, hosting and voice services. Our Ethernet-based services in the wholesale market face competition from cable companies and competitive fiber-based telecommunications providers. We anticipate continued pricing pressure for our colocation services as our competitors continue to expand their enterprise colocation operations. In recent years, our competitors, as well as several large, diversified technology companies, have made substantial investments in cloud computing. This expansion in competitive cloud computing offerings has led to increased pricing pressure, a migration towards lower-priced cloud-based services and enhanced competition for contracts, and we expect these trends to continue. Customers’ demand for new technology has also increased the number of competitors offering services similar to ours. Price compression from each of these above-mentioned competitive pressures has negatively impacted the operating margins of certain business product and service offerings, and we expect this trend to continue. Our traditional wireline products and services revenues have been, and we expect they will continue to be, adversely affected by access line losses and price compression. In particular, our access, local services and long-distance revenues have been, and we expect will continue to be, adversely affected by customer migration to more technologically advanced services, a substantial increase in the use ofnon-voice communications, industry consolidation and price compression caused by regulation and rate reductions. For example, many of our business segment customers are substituting cable, wireless and Voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) services for traditional voice telecommunications services, resulting in continued access revenue loss. Demand for our private line services (including business data services) continues to decline due to our customers’ optimization of their networks, industry consolidation and technological migration to higher-speed services. Although our traditional wireline services generally face fewer direct competitors than certain of our newer, lower cost more advanced products and services, customer migration and, to a lesser degree, price compression from competitive pressures have negatively impacted our traditional wireline revenues and the operating margins of these services. We expect this trend to continue. We expect both equipment sales and professional services revenue and the related costs will fluctuate from year to year as this offering tends to be more sensitive than others to changes in the economy and in spending trends of our federal, state and local government customers, many of whom have experienced substantial budget cuts over the past several years, with the possibility of additional future budget cuts.

Our operating costs also impact the operating margins of all of our above-mentioned services, but to a lesser extent than price compression and customer disconnects. These operating costs include employee costs, sales commissions, software costs on selected services, installation costs and third-party facility costs. We believe increases in operating costs have generally had a greater impact on the operating margins of some of our newer, more technologically advanced services as2019 compared to our traditional wireline services, principally because those newer services rely more heavily upon the above-listed support functions. Operating costs, such as installation costsDecember 31, 2018 and third-party facility costs, have also negatively impacted the operating margins of our traditional wireline products and services, but to a lesser extent than customer loss, customer migration and price compression.

We continue to evaluate our segment operating structure and focus. This involves balancing our workforce in response to our workload requirements, productivity improvements and changes in industry, competitive, technological and regulatory conditions, while achieving operational efficiencies and improving our processes through automation. However, our ongoing efforts to increase revenue will continue to require that we incur higher costs in some areas. We also expect our business segment to benefit indirectly from enhanced efficiencies in our company-wide network operations.

The following tables summarize the results of operations from our business segment:

   Business Segment 
   Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase /
(Decrease)
  %
Change
 
   2017  2016   
   (Dollars in millions)    

Segment revenues:

     

IP & Data Services(1)

  $3,595   2,851   744   26 % 

Transport & Infrastructure(2)

   3,680   3,929   (249  (6)% 

Voice & Collaboration(3)

   3,294   3,284   10   — % 

IT & Managed Services(4)

   651   640   11   2 % 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total segment revenues

   11,220   10,704   516   5 % 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Segment expenses:

     

Total expenses

   6,847   6,391   456   7 % 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Segment income

  $4,373   4,313   60   1 % 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Segment margin percentage

   39  40  

(1)Includes primarily VPN data network, Ethernet, IP and ancillary revenues.
(2)Includes primarily broadband, private line (including business data services), colocation and data centers, wavelength and ancillary revenues.
(3)Includes local, long-distance and other ancillary revenues.
(4)Includes IT services and managed services revenues.

   Business Segment 
   Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase /
(Decrease)
  %
Change
 
   2016  2015   
   (Dollars in millions)    

Segment revenues:

     

IP & Data Services(1)

  $2,851   2,704   147   5 % 

Transport & Infrastructure(2)

   3,929   4,157   (228  (5)% 

Voice & Collaboration(3)

   3,284   3,429   (145  (4)% 

IT & Managed Services(4)

   640   687   (47  (7)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total segment revenues

   10,704   10,977   (273  (2)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Segment expenses:

     

Total expenses

   6,391   6,395   (4  — % 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Segment income

  $4,313   4,582   (269  (6)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Segment margin percentage

   40  42  

(1)Includes primarily VPN data network, Ethernet, IP and ancillary revenues.
(2)Includes primarily broadband, private line (including business data services), colocation and data centers, wavelength and ancillary revenues.
(3)Includes local, long-distance and other ancillary revenues.
(4)Includes IT services and managed services revenues.

Segment Revenues

Business segment revenues increased by $516 million,$2.3 billion or 5%164%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 as2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 due to2017. Excluding the inclusionimpact of $1.39 billion in post-acquisition Legacy Level 3 businessforeign currency fluctuations, segment revenues in our consolidated business segment revenues. Business segment revenues

for Legacy CenturyLinkrevenue decreased by $874 billion$5 million, or less than 1% for the year ended December 31, 2017 as2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 and by $273 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared2018, primarily due to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decline in business segment revenues for both periods is attributablefollowing factors:

IT and managed services revenue declined due to a reductionlarge unprofitable contract with a European customer that renegotiated in access linesthe second quarter of 2018 and higher overall churn;

IP and data services revenue declined mostly due to reduced rates and lower volumes of long-distancetraffic;

voice and accesscollaboration revenue decreased due to higher churn and benefited from certainnon-recurring revenue items in 2018; and

transport and infrastructure revenue increased due to expanded services resulting from the competitivefor large customers and technological factors noted above and to reductions in the volume of private line (including business data services) services. Our business segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 were also impacted by the May 1, 2017 sale of our data centers and colocation business, which resulted in a reduction of colocation revenues of $396 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period.higher rates.

Segment Expenses

Business segment expensesrevenue increased by $456 million,$2.3 billion, or 7%164%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 as2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016,2017, primarily due to the inclusion of $749 million in post-acquisition Legacy Level 3 business segmentacquisition on November 1, 2017.

Segment expenses in our consolidated business segment expenses. Business segment expenses for Legacy CenturyLink decreased by $293 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to decreases in salaries and wages and employee benefits from lower headcount, real estate and power costs due to the sale of the data centers and colocation business, marketing and advertising expenses and network expense. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in facility costs. Business segment expenses for Legacy CenturyLink decreased by $4$2 million, or less than 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in our business segment expenses was2018 primarily due to decreaseslower cost of services in salaries and wages, professional fees and payment processing fees, which were substantially offset by increases in facility costs, network expense and real estate and power costs.

line with lower revenue. Segment Income

Business segment incomeexpenses increased by $60$751 million, or 1%134%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 as2018 compared to December 31, 2017, primarily due to the Level 3 acquisition as noted above.

Segment adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was 64%, 64% and 59% for the year ended December 31, 20162019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Enterprise Segment

  

Year Ended
December 31,

  

% Change

  

Year Ended
December 31,

  

% Change

 
  

2019

  

2018

     

2018

  

2017

    
  

(Dollars in millions)

     

(Dollars in millions)

    

Revenue:

      

IP and Data Services

 

 $

2,763 

 

 

 

2,673 

 

 

 

3% 

 

 

 

2,673 

 

 

 

1,515 

 

 

 

76% 

 

Transport and Infrastructure

 

 

1,545 

 

 

 

1,550 

 

 

 

—% 

 

 

 

1,550 

 

 

 

1,116 

 

 

 

39% 

 

Voice and Collaboration

 

 

1,567 

 

 

 

1,607 

 

 

 

(2)%

 

 

 

1,607 

 

 

 

1,245 

 

 

 

29% 

 

IT and Managed Services

 

 

258 

 

 

 

303 

 

 

 

(15)%

 

 

 

303 

 

 

 

310 

 

 

 

(2)%

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total revenue

 

 

6,133 

 

 

 

6,133 

 

 

 

—% 

 

 

 

6,133 

 

 

 

4,186 

 

 

 

47% 

 

Total expense

 

 

2,643 

 

 

 

2,611 

 

 

 

1% 

 

 

 

2,611 

 

 

 

1,730 

 

 

 

51% 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total adjusted EBITDA

 

 $

          3,490 

 

 

 

          3,522 

 

 

 

          (1)%

 

 

 

          3,522 

 

 

 

          2,456 

 

 

 

          43% 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the same periods Ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

Segment revenue remained unchanged for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018 and increased $1.9 billion or 47% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017, due to the following factors:

For the year ended 2019 compared to 2018, IP and data services revenue increased, primarily driven by an increase in rates, and for the period ended 2018 compared to 2017, the increase was driven mainly by the acquisition of Level 3;

for both periods, IT and managed services revenue declined mainly due to churn in legacy managed services contracts;

for the year ended 2019 compared to 2018, voice and collaboration revenue decreased as customers continue to disconnect traditional voice TDM service and transition to newer (low cost) products such as VoIP, and for the year ended 2018 compared to 2017, voice and collaboration revenue increased due to the Level 3 acquisition partially offset by migration from traditional TDM services to VoIP; and

for the year ended 2019 compared to 2018, transport and infrastructure revenue decreased due to our deemphasis oflow-margin equipment and lower professional services, and for the year ended 2018 compared to 2017, transport and infrastructure increased due to the Level 3 acquisition partially offset by lower equipment sales.

Segment expenses increased by $32 million or 1% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018 and $881 million or 51% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017, primarily due to:

For the year ended 2019 compared to 2018, selling, general and administrative costs decreased due to lower headcount related costs and external commissions, and for the year ended 2018 compared to 2017, selling, general and administrative costs increased due to the Level 3 acquisition; and

for the year ended 2018 compared to 2017, cost of services and products increased primarily driven by the higher revenues from the Level 3 acquisition, increased rates and higher offnet costs.

Segment adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was 57%, 57% and 59% for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Small and Medium Business Segment

  

Year Ended
December 31,

  

% Change

  

Year Ended
December 31,

  

% Change

 
  

2019

  

2018

     

2018

  

2017

    
  

(Dollars in millions)

     

(Dollars in millions)

    

Revenue:

      

IP and Data Services

 

 $

1,184 

 

 

 

1,178 

 

 

 

1% 

 

 

 

1,178 

 

 

 

634 

 

 

 

86%

 

Transport and Infrastructure

 

 

420 

 

 

 

471 

 

 

 

(11)%

 

 

 

471 

 

 

 

419 

 

 

 

12%

 

Voice and Collaboration

 

 

1,306 

 

 

 

1,443 

 

 

 

(9)%

 

 

 

1,443 

 

 

 

1,314 

 

 

 

10%

 

IT and Managed Services

 

 

46 

 

 

 

52 

 

 

 

(12)%

 

 

 

52 

 

 

 

51 

 

 

 

2%

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total revenue

 

 

2,956 

 

 

 

3,144 

 

 

 

(6)%

 

 

 

3,144 

 

 

 

2,418 

 

 

 

30%

 

Total expense

 

 

1,086 

 

 

 

1,131 

 

 

 

(4)%

 

 

 

1,131 

 

 

 

837 

 

 

 

35%

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total adjusted EBITDA

 

 $

        1,870 

 

 

 

        2,013 

 

 

 

        (7)%

 

 

 

        2,013 

 

 

 

        1,581 

 

 

 

        27%

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the same periods Ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

Segment revenue decreased $188 million or 6% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018 and increased $726 million, or 30% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017, primarily due to the inclusion of $641 millionfollowing factors:

For the year ended 2019 compared to 2018, voice and collaboration revenue decreased due to continued decline in post-acquisition Legacydemand for legacy voice services, and for the year ended 2018 compared to 2017, voice and collaboration increased due to the Level 3 acquisition, partially offset by continued legacy voice declines;

for the year ended 2019 compared to 2018, transport and infrastructure revenue decreased primarily due to lower equipment sales as we continue to focus on driving profitable growth, and for the year ended 2018 compared to 2017, transport and infrastructure increased due to the Level 3 acquisition, partially offset byde-emphasis of Customer Premises Equipment (“CPE”) sales; and

for the year ended 2018 compared to 2017, IP and data services increased due to the Level 3 acquisition and VPN revenue growth as we continue to experience good momentum in this product within our small and medium business segment net income andsegment.

Segment expenses decreased by $269$45 million or 6%4% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018 and increased $294 million or 35% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017, primarily due to:

For the year ended 2019 compared to 2018, expenses decreased due to lower network cost driven by declines in customer demand, and network expense synergies; and

for the year ended 2018 compared to 2017, expenses increased due to the Level 3 acquisition.

Segment adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was 63%, 64% and 65% for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Wholesale Segment

  

Year Ended
December 31,

  

% Change

  

Year Ended
December 31,

  

% Change

 
  

2019

  

2018

     

2018

  

2017

    
  

(Dollars in millions)

     

(Dollars in millions)

    

Revenue:

      

IP and Data Services

 

 $

1,377 

 

 

 

1,382 

 

 

 

—% 

 

 

 

1,382 

 

 

 

916 

 

 

 

51% 

 

Transport and Infrastructure

 

 

1,920 

 

 

 

2,136 

 

 

 

(10)%

 

 

 

2,136 

 

 

 

1,530 

 

 

 

40% 

 

Voice and Collaboration

 

 

771 

 

 

 

872 

 

 

 

(12)%

 

 

 

872 

 

 

 

569 

 

 

 

53% 

 

IT and Managed Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

11 

 

 

 

(36)%

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total revenue

 

 

4,074 

 

 

 

4,397 

 

 

 

(7)%

 

 

 

4,397 

 

 

 

3,026 

 

 

 

45% 

 

Total expense

 

 

647 

 

 

 

731 

 

 

 

(11)%

 

 

 

731 

 

 

 

460 

 

 

 

59% 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total adjusted EBITDA

 

 $

        3,427 

 

 

 

        3,666 

 

 

 

          (7)%

 

 

 

        3,666 

 

 

 

        2,566 

 

 

 

          43% 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the same periods Ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

Segment revenue decreased $323 million or 7% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018 and increased $1.4 billion or 45% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017, primarily due to the following factors:

For the year ended 2019 compared to 2018, transport and infrastructure revenue decreased due to continued declines in legacy private line and customer network consolidation and grooming efforts, and for the year ended 2018 compared to 2017 transport and infrastructure increased due to the Level 3 acquisition;

for the year ended 2019 compared to 2018, voice and collaboration revenue decreased due to a combination of market rate compression, customer volume losses resulting from insourcing and industry consolidation, and for the year ended 2018 compared to 2017 voice and collaboration increased due to the Level 3 acquisition; and

for the year ended 2018 compared to 2017 IP and data services revenue increased due to the Level 3 acquisition.

Segment expenses decreased by $84 million, or 11%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease of $581 million in Legacy CenturyLink business segment income for the year ended December 31, 2017 was2018, primarily due to the losslower cost of customers, lower service volumes and the loss of income generated by our colocation business. The decrease in business segment income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was due predominantly to the loss of customers and lower service volumes.

Consumer Segment

The operations of our consumer segment have been impacted by several significant trends, including those described below:

In order to remain competitive and attract additional residential broadband subscribers, we believe it is important to continually increase our broadband network’s scope and connection speeds. As a result, we continue to invest in our broadband network, which allows for the delivery of higher-speed broadband services to a greater number of customers. We compete in a maturing broadband market in which most consumers already have broadband services and growth ratesproducts in new subscribers have slowed or declined. Moreover, as described further in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form10-K forline with the year ended December 31, 2017, certain of our competitors continue to provide broadband services at higher average transmission speeds than ours or through advanced wireless data service offerings, both of which we believe have impacted the competitiveness of certain of our broadband offerings. The offering of our facilities-based video services in our markets has required us to incur substantialstart-up expenses in advance of marketingreduced customer demand, network grooming and selling the service. Also, our associated content costs continue to increaseoperating synergies, and the video business has become more competitive as more options become available to customers to access video services through new technologies. The demand for new technology has

increased the number of competitors offering services similar to ours. Price compression and new technology from our competitors have negatively impacted the operating margins of our newer, more technologically advanced products and services and we expect this trend to continue. Our voice revenues have been, and we expect they will continue to be, adversely affected by access line losses and lower long-distance voice service volumes. Intense competition and product substitution continue to drive our access line losses. For example, many consumers are substituting cable and wireless voice services and electronic mail, texting and social networkingnon-voice services for traditional voice telecommunications services. We expect that these factors will continue to negatively impact our business. As a result of the expected loss of higher margin services associated with access lines, we continue to offer our customers service bundling and other product promotions to help mitigate this trend, as described below. Customer migration and price compression from competitive pressures have not only negatively impacted our traditional wireline services revenues, but they have also negatively impacted the operating margins of these services and we expect this trend to continue.

Operating costs also impact the operating margins of these services. These operating costs include employee costs, marketing and advertising expenses, sales commissions, TV content costs and installation costs. We believe increases in operating costs have generally had a greater impact on our operating margins of our newer, more technologically advanced products and services as compared to our traditional wireline services, principally because our newer, more technologically advanced products and services rely more heavily upon the above-listed operating expenses. Operating costs, such as installation costs and facility costs, have also negatively impacted the operating margins of our traditional wireline products and services, but to a lesser extent than customer migration and price compression. Operating costs also tend to impact our traditional wireline products and services margins to a lesser extent than our newer, more technologically advanced products and services as noted above.

Service bundling and product promotions. We offer our customers the ability to bundle multiple products and services. These customers can bundle broadband services with other services such as local voice, video and long-distance. While we believe our bundled service offerings can help retain customers, they also tend to lower our profit margins in the consumer segment due to the related discounts; and

Operating efficiencies. We continue to evaluate our segment operating structure and focus. This involves balancing our workforce in response to our workload requirements, productivity improvements and changes in industry, competitive, technological and regulatory conditions. We also expect our consumer segment to benefit indirectly from enhanced efficiencies in our company-wide network operations.

The following tables summarize the results of operations from our consumer segment:

   Consumer Segment 
   Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase /
(Decrease)
  %
Change
 
   2017  2016   
   (Dollars in millions)    

Segment revenues:

     

IP & Data Services(1)

  $448   506   (58  (11)% 

Transport & Infrastructure(2)

   2,871   2,897   (26  (1)% 

Voice & Collaboration(3)

   2,385   2,659   (274  (10)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total segment revenues

   5,704   6,062   (358  (6)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Segment expenses:

     

Total expenses

   2,543   2,690   (147  (5)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Segment income

  $3,161   3,372   (211  (6)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Segment income margin percentage

   55  56  

(1)Includes retail video revenues (including our facilities-based video revenues).
(2)Includes primarily broadband and equipment sales and professional services revenues.
(3)Includes local, long-distance and other ancillary revenues.

   Consumer Segment 
   Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase /
(Decrease)
  % Change 
   2016  2015   
   (Dollars in millions)    

Segment revenues:

     

IP & Data Services(1)

  $506   468   38   8

Transport & Infrastructure(2)

   2,897   2,829   68   2

Voice & Collaboration(3)

   2,659   2,897   (238  (8)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total segment revenues

   6,062   6,194   (132  (2)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Segment expenses:

     

Total expenses

   2,690   2,630   60   2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Segment income

  $3,372   3,564   (192  (5)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Segment income margin percentage

   56  58  

(1)Includes retail video revenues (including our facilities-based video revenues).
(2)Includes primarily broadband and equipment sales and professional services revenues.
(3)Includes local, long-distance and other ancillary revenues.

Segment Revenues

Consumer segment revenues decreased by $358$271 million, or 6%59%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 as2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in our consumer segment revenues was primarily2017, due to lower localthe Level 3 acquisition.

Segment adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was 84%, 83% and long-distance voice service volumes associated with access line losses resulting from the competitive and technological factors noted above and a decrease in the number of Prism TV customers. Consumer segment revenues decreased by $132 million, or 2%,85% for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Consumer Segment

  

Year Ended
December 31,

  

% Change

  

Year Ended
December 31,

  

% Change

 
  

2019

  

2018

     

2018

  

2017

    
  

(Dollars in millions)

     

(Dollars in millions)

    

Revenue:

      

Broadband

 

 $

2,876 

 

 

 

2,822 

 

 

 

2% 

 

 

 

2,822 

 

 

 

2,698 

 

 

 

5% 

 

Voice

 

 

1,881 

 

 

 

2,173 

 

 

 

(13)%

 

 

 

2,173 

 

 

 

2,531 

 

 

 

(14)%

 

Regulatory

 

 

634 

 

 

 

729 

 

 

 

(13)%

 

 

 

729 

 

 

 

731 

 

 

 

—% 

 

Other

 

 

251 

 

 

 

392 

 

 

 

(36)%

 

 

 

392 

 

 

 

491 

 

 

 

(20)%

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total revenue

 

 

5,642 

 

 

 

6,116 

 

 

 

(8)%

 

 

 

6,116 

 

 

 

6,451 

 

 

 

(5)%

 

Total expense

 

 

728 

 

 

 

1,011 

 

 

 

(28)%

 

 

 

1,011 

 

 

 

1,315 

 

 

 

(23)%

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total adjusted EBITDA

 

 $

        4,914 

 

 

 

        5,105 

 

 

 

          (4)%

 

 

 

        5,105 

 

 

 

        5,136 

 

 

 

          (1)%

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the year endedsame periods Ended December 31, 2015. The decline in consumer segment services revenues was primarily due to declines in local2018 and long-distance services volumes associated with access line losses resulting from the competitive and technological factors as further described above. These declines were partially offset by an increase in the number of Prism TV customers and various pricing initiatives for broadband, Prism TV and other products and services, which were partially offset by a decline in broadband customers.December 31, 2017

Segment Expenses

Consumer segment expensesrevenue decreased by $147$474 million or 5%,8% for the year ended December 31, 2017 as2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in our consumer segment expenses was primarily due to decreases in salaries2018 and wages and employee benefits from lower headcount, external commissions and USF surcharges from rate decreases, which were partially offset by increases in marketing and advertising expenses. Consumer segment expenses increased by $60$335 million or 2%,5% for the year ended December 31, 2016 as2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase in our consumer segment expenses was2017, primarily due to increasesthe following factors:

For both periods, decreases in costs related toour voice, other and regulatory revenue was driven by continued decline in our legacy voice customers, our deemphasis of our Prism TV (resulting from higher volumevideo product and rates), professional fees, sales commissions, bad debt expense and network costs, which werethe derecognition of our prior failed-sale leaseback; partially offset by reductions

for both periods, an increase in salaries and wages from lower headcount and payment processing fees.Broadband revenue.

Segment Income

Consumer segment incomeexpenses decreased by $211$283 million or 6%,28% for the year ended December 31, 2017 as2019 compared to December 31, 2018 and $304 million or 23% for the year ended December 31, 20162018 compared to December 31, 2017, primarily due to the following factors:

For both periods, reduction in personnel;

for both periods, decreased marketing expenses; and by $192 million, or 5%

lower TV content costs for both periods.

Segment adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was 87%, 83% and 80% for the year ended December 31,

2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decline in our consumer segment income for both periods was primarily due to loss of customers and increases in the costs associated with Prism TV.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles that are generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, revenuesrevenue and expenses. We have identified certain policies and estimates as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our past or present results of operations related to (i) business combinations, (ii) goodwill, customer relationships and other intangible assets; (iii) property, plant and equipment; (iv) pension and post-retirement benefits; (v) loss contingencies and litigation reserves;reserves and (vi) Connect America Fund; and (vii) income taxes. These policies and estimates are considered critical because they had a material impact, or they have the potential to have a material impact, on our consolidated financial statements and because they require us to make significant

judgments, assumptions or estimates. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions made when accounting for the items described below were reasonable, based on information available at the time they were made. However, there can be no assurance that actual results will notmay differ from those estimates.estimates, and these differences may be material.

Business Combination

We have accounted for our acquisition of Level 3 on November 1, 2017, under the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the tangible and separately identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized at their preliminary estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The portion of the purchase price in excess of the preliminary estimated fair value of the net tangible and separately identifiable intangible assets acquired represents goodwill. The preliminary estimates of fair value and resulting assignment of the purchase price related to our acquisition of Level 3 involved significant estimates and judgments by our management. In arriving at the preliminary fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, we considered the following generally accepted valuation approaches: the cost approach, income approach and market approach. Our preliminary estimates also included assumptions about projected growth rates, cost of capital, effective tax rates, tax amortization periods, technology life cycles, customer attrition rates, the regulatory and legal environment and industry and economic trends. For additional information about our acquisition of Level 3, see Note 2—Acquisition of Level 3 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part II of this report.

Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets arising from business combinations, such as goodwill, customer relationships, capitalized software, trademarks and tradenames, are initially recorded at estimated fair value. We amortize customer relationships primarily over an estimated life of 7 to 15 years, using either thesum-of-the-years-digitssum-of-years-digits or the straight-line methods, depending on the customer retention patterns for the type of customer at the companies we acquire. We amortize capitalized software using the straight-line method primarily over estimated lives ranging up to 7 years, except for approximately $237 million of our capitalized software costs, which represents costs to develop an integrated billing and customer care system which is amortized using the straight-line method over a 20 year period.years. We annually review the estimated lives and methods used to amortize our other intangible assets, primarily capitalized software.assets. The amount of future amortization expense may differ materially from current amounts, depending on the results of our annual reviews.

Our goodwill was derived from numerous acquisitions where the purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired.

We are required to reassign goodwill to reporting units each time we reorganizewhenever reorganizations of our internal reporting structure which causes a change inchanges the composition of our reporting units. We assign goodwillGoodwill is reassigned to the reporting units using a relative fair value approach. WeWhen the fair value of a reporting unit is available, we allocate goodwill based on the relative fair value of the reporting units. When fair value is not available, we utilize the trailing twelve months earnings before interest, taxes,

depreciation and amortization as ouran alternative allocation methodology as we believe that it represents a reasonable proxy for the fair value of the operations being reorganized. The use of other fair value assignment methods could result in materially different results. For additional information on our segments, see Note 14—17—Segment Information to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part II of this report.

We are required to assessperform impairment tests related to our goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently,sooner if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate anindicator of impairment may have occurred. We are required to write-down the valueoccurs. At October 31, 2019, our international and global accounts segment was comprised of our North America global accounts (“NA GAM”), Europe, Middle East and Africa region (“EMEA”), Latin America region (“LATAM”) and Asia Pacific region (“APAC”) reporting units. Our annual impairment assessment date for goodwill in periods inis October 31, at which the recorded amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill. date we assess our reporting units. At October 31, 2019, our reporting units were consumer, small and medium business, enterprise, wholesale, NA GAM, EMEA, LATAM, and APAC.

Our reporting units are not discrete legal entities with discrete full financial statements. Our assets and liabilities are employed in and relate to the operations of multiple reporting units. For each reporting unit, we compare its estimated fair value of equity to its carrying value of equity that we assign to the reporting unit. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is equal or greater than the carrying value, we conclude that no

impairment exists. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, we record an impairment equal to the difference. Depending on the facts and circumstances, we typically estimate the fair value of our reporting units. Therefore,units by considering either or both of (i) a market approach, which includes the equity carryinguse of multiples of publicly-traded companies whose services are comparable to ours, and (ii) a discounted cash flow method, which is based on the present value and futureof projected cash flows must be estimated each timeand a goodwill impairment analysis is performed on a reporting unit. As a result, our assets, liabilities andterminal value, which represents the expected normalized cash flows are assigned toof the reporting units using reasonable and consistent allocation methodologies. Certain estimates, judgments and assumptions are required to perform these assignments. We believe these estimates, judgments and assumptions to be reasonable, but changes in any of these can significantly affect each reporting unit’s equity carrying value and futurebeyond the cash flows utilized forfrom the discrete projection period.

At October 31, 2019, we estimated the fair value of our goodwill impairment test. Our annual assessment date for testing goodwill impairment iseight above-mentioned reporting units by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31.

31, 2019 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 44.7% was reasonable based on recent market transactions. As of October 31, 2017,2019, based on our assessment performed with respect to our eight reporting units, the estimated fair value of our equity exceeded our carrying value of equity for our consumer, small and medium business, enterprise, wholesale, NA GAM, EMEA, LATAM, and APAC by 44%, 41%, 53%, 46%, 55%, 5%, 63% and 38%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we assessedconcluded that the goodwill for our eight reporting units was not impaired as of October 31, 2019.

Both our January 2019 internal reorganization and the decline in our stock price triggered impairment testing in the first quarter of 2019. Consequently, we evaluated our goodwill in January 2019 and again as of March 31, 2019. Because our low stock price was a key trigger for impairment testing in early 2019, we estimated the fair value of our threeoperations using only the market approach. Applying this approach, we utilized company comparisons and analyst reports within the telecommunications industry which have historically supported a range of fair values derived from annualized revenue and EBITDA multiples between 2.1x and 4.9x and 4.9x and 9.8x, respectively. We selected a revenue and EBITDA multiple for each of our reporting units within this range. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of the date of each of our triggering events during the first quarter and concluded that the indicated control premiums of approximately 4.5% and 4.1% were reasonable based on recent market transactions. In the quarter ended March 31, 2019, based on our assessments performed with respect to the reporting units as described above, we concluded that the estimated fair value of certain of our reporting units was less than our carrying value of equity as of the date of each of our triggering events during the first quarter. As a result, we recordednon-cash,non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges aggregating to $6.5 billion in the quarter ended March 31, 2019.

At October 31, 2018, we estimated the fair value of our then five reporting units, which we determined to be consumer, medium and small business, enterprise, (excluding wholesale), consumerinternational and global accounts and wholesale and determinedindirect, by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 2018 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 0.1% was reasonable based on recent transactions in the marketplace. As of October 31, 2018, based on our assessment we concluded that the estimated fair value of our wholesaleconsumer reporting unit was substantially in excess ofless than our carrying value of equity and the estimated fair value of our enterprise and consumer reporting units exceeded our carrying value of equityfor such unit by approximately 9.0%$2.7 billion. As a result, we recorded anon-cash,non-tax deductible goodwill impairment charge of $2.7 billion for goodwill assigned to our consumer segment during the fourth quarter of 2018.

We believe the estimates, judgments, assumptions and 4.0%, respectively.allocation methods used by us are reasonable, but changes in any of them can significantly affect whether we must incur impairment charges, as well as the size of such charges.

For additional information on our goodwill balances by segment, see Note 4—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part II of this report.

We may be required to assess our goodwill for impairment before our next required assessment date of October 31, 2018 under certain circumstances, including any failure to meet our forecasted future operating results or any significant increases in our weighted average cost of capital. In addition, we cannot assure that adverse conditions will not trigger future goodwill impairment assessments or impairment charges. A number of factors, many of which we cannot control, could affect our financial condition, operating results and business prospects and could cause our actual results to differ from the estimates and assumptions we employed in our goodwill impairment assessment. These factors include, but are not limited to, (i) further weakening in the overall economy; (ii) a significant decline in our stock price and resulting market capitalization as a result of an adverse change to our overall business operations; (iii) changes in the discount rate we use in our testing; (iv) successful efforts by our competitors to gain market share in our markets; (v) adverse changes as a result of regulatory or legislative actions; (vi) a significant adverse change in our legal affairs or in the overall business climate; and (vii) recognition of a goodwill impairment loss in the financial statements of one or more of our subsidiaries that are a component of our segments. For additional information, see “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017. We will continue to monitor certain events that impact our operations to determine if an interim assessment of goodwill impairment should be performed prior to the next required assessment date of October 31, 2018.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment acquired in connection with our acquisitions was recorded based on its estimated fair value as of its acquisition date, plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required asset retirement obligation. Purchased and constructed property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost, plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required asset retirement obligation. Renewals

and betterments of plant and equipment are capitalized while repairs, as well as renewals of minor items, are charged to operating expense. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided on the straight-line method specific unit or group method using class or overall group rates.rates and specific asset life. The group method provides for the recognition of the remaining net investment, less anticipated net salvage value, over the remaining useful life of the assets. This method requires the periodic revision of depreciation rates.

Normal retirements of property, plant and equipment are charged against accumulated depreciation under the group method, with no gain or loss recognized. We depreciate such property on the straight-line method over estimated service lives ranging from 3 to 45 years.

We perform annual internal reviews to evaluate the reasonableness of the depreciable lives for our property, plant and equipment. Our reviews utilize models that take into account actual usage, physical wear and tear, replacement history, assumptions about technology evolution and, in certain instances, actuarially determined probabilities to estimate the remaining life of our asset base.

Due to rapid changes in technology and the competitive environment, determining the estimated economic life of telecommunications plant and equipment requires a significant amount of judgment. We regularly review data on utilization of equipment, asset retirements and salvage values to determine adjustments to our depreciation rates. The effect of a hypothetical one year increase or decrease in the estimated remaining useful lives of our property, plant and equipment would have decreased depreciation expense by approximately $420$360 million annually or increased depreciation expense by approximately $550$470 million annually, respectively.

Pension and Post-retirement Benefits

We sponsor a noncontributory qualified defined benefit pension plan (referred to as our qualified pension plan) for a substantial portion of our employees.employees in the United States. In addition to thistax-qualified pension plan, we also maintain severalnon-qualified pension plans for certain eligible highly compensated employees. We also maintain post-retirement benefit plans that provide health care and life insurance benefits for certain eligible retirees. On November 1, 2017, we assumed Level 3’s pension and post-retirement plans, and certain obligations associated with these plans. Due to the insignificant impact of these plans on our consolidated financial statements, we have excluded them from the following pension and post-retirement benefits disclosures for 2019, 2018 and 2017.

In 2019, approximately 60% of the qualified pension plan’s January 1, 2019 net actuarial loss balance of $3.0 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of 9 years for participating employees expected to receive benefits for the plan. The other 40% of the qualified pension plan’s beginning net actuarial loss balance was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2019. The entire beginning net actuarial loss of $26 million for the post-retirement benefit plans was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2019.

In 2018, approximately 55% of the qualified pension plan’s January 1, 2018 net actuarial loss balance of $2.9 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of participating employees expected to receive benefits, which ranges from 8 to 9 years for the plan. The other 45% of the qualified pension plan’s beginning net actuarial loss balance was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2018. The entire beginning net actuarial loss of $248 million for the post-retirement benefit plans was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2018.

In 2017, approximately 58% of the qualified pension plan’s January 1, 2017 net actuarial loss balance of $3.134$3.1 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of participating employees expected to receive benefits, which ranges from 9 to 10 years for the plan. The other 42% of the qualified pension plan’s beginning net actuarial loss balance was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2017. The entire beginning net actuarial loss of $137 million for the post-retirement benefit plans was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2017.

In 2016, approximately 53% of the qualified pension plan’s January 1, 2016 net actuarial loss balance of $2.843 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of participating employees expected to receive benefits, which ranges from 9 to 10 years for the plan. The other 47% of the qualified pension plan’s beginning net actuarial loss balance was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2016. The entire beginning net actuarial loss of $147 million for the post-retirement benefit plans was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2016.

In 2015, approximately 45% of the qualified pension plan’s January 1, 2015 net actuarial loss balance of $2.740 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of participating employees expected to receive benefits, which ranges from 8 to 9 years for the plan. The other 55% of the qualified pension plan’s beginning net actuarial loss balance was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2015. The entire beginning net actuarial loss of $277 million for the post-retirement benefit plans was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2015.

In computing our pension and post-retirement health care and life insurance benefit obligations, our most significant assumptions are the discount rate and mortality rates. In computing our periodic pension and post-retirement benefit expense, our most significant assumptions are the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets.

The discount rate for each plan is the rate at which we believe we could effectively settle the plan’s benefit obligations as of the end of the year. We selected each plan’s discount rate based on a cash flow matching analysis using hypothetical yield curves from U.S. corporate bonds rated high quality and projections of the future benefit payments that constitute the projected benefit obligation for the plans. This process establishes the uniform discount rate that produces the same present value of the estimated future benefit payments as is generated by discounting each year’s benefit payments by a spot rate applicable to that year. The spot rates used in this process are derived from a yield curve created from yields on the 60th to 90th percentile of U.S. high quality bonds.

In 2016, we changed the method we use to estimate the service and interest components of net periodic benefit expense for pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. This change resulted in a decrease in the service and interest components in 2017 and 2016. Beginning in 2016, we utilized a full yield curve approach in connection with estimating these components by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows, as opposed to the single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve that we have used in the past. We believe this change more precisely measures service and interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows to the corresponding spot yield curve rates. This change did not affect the measurement of our total benefit obligations but lowered our annual net periodic benefit cost by $122 million and $149 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively, when compared to thepre-2016 methodology. This change was treated as a change in accounting estimate and, accordingly, we did not adjust the amounts recorded in 2015.

Mortality rates help predict the expected life of plan participants and are based on historical demographic studies by the Society of Actuaries (“SOA”). The SOA publishes new mortality rates (mortality tables and projection scales) on a regular basis which reflect updates to projected life expectancies in North America. Historically, we have adopted the new projection tables immediately after publication. In 2017,2019, we adopted the revised moralitymortality tables and projection scale released by the SOA, which decreased the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by $113 million. In 2016, we adopted the revised mortality table and projection scale released by the SOA, which decreased the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by $268 million. The 2015 revised mortality table and projection scale decreased the 2015 projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by $379approximately $4 million. The change in the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans was recognized as part of the net actuarial loss and is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a portion of which is subject to amortization over the remaining estimated life of plan participants, which was approximately 9 to 1016 years as of December 31, 2017.2019.

The expected rate of return on plan assets is the long-term rate of return we expect to earn on the plans’ assets in the future, net of administrative expenses paid from plan assets. The rate of return is determined by the strategic allocation of plan assets and the long-term risk and return forecast for each asset class. The forecasts for each asset class are generated primarily from an analysis of the long-term expectations of various third partythird-party investment management organizations to which we then add a factor of 50 basis points to reflect the benefit we expect to result from our active management of the assets. The expected rate of return on plan assets is reviewed annually and revised, as necessary, to reflect changes in the financial markets and our investment strategy.

To compute the expected return on pension and post-retirement benefit plan assets, we apply an expected rate of return to the fair value of the pension plan assets and to the fair value of the post-retirement benefit plan assets adjusted for contribution timing and for projected benefit payments to be made from the plan assets. Annual market volatility for these assets (higher or lower than expected return) is reflected in the net actuarial losses.

Changes in any of the above factors could significantly impact operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income as well as the value of the liability and accumulated other comprehensive loss of stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheets. The expected return on plan assets is reflected as a reduction to our pension and post-retirement benefit expense. If our assumed expected rates of return for 2017 were 100 basis points lower, our qualified pension and post-retirement benefit expenses for 2017 would have increased by $103 million. If our assumed discount rates for 2017 were 100 basis points lower, our qualified pension and post-retirement benefit expenses for 2017 would have increased by $63 million and our projected benefit obligation for 2017 would have increased by approximately $1.780 billion.

Loss Contingencies and Litigation Reserves

We are involved in several material legal proceedings, as described in more detail in Note 16—19—Commitments, Contingencies and ContingenciesOther Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017. We periodicallyPart II of this report. On a quarterly basis, we assess potential losses in relation to these and other pending or threatened tax and legal matters. For matters not related to income taxes, if a loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we recognize an expense for the estimated loss. To the extent these estimates are more or less than the actual liability resulting from the resolution of these matters, our earnings will be increased or decreased accordingly. If the differences are material, our consolidated financial statements could be materially impacted.

For matters related to income taxes, if we determine in our judgment that the impact of an uncertain tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority, then we recognize in our financial statements a benefit for the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. No portion of an uncertain tax position will be recognized if we determine in our judgment that the position has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Though the validity of any tax position is a matter of tax law, the body of statutory, regulatory and interpretive guidance on the application of the law is complex and often ambiguous.ambiguous, particularly in certain of thenon-U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate. Because of this, whether a tax position will ultimately be sustained may be uncertain.

Connect America Fund

In 2015, we accepted CAF funding from the FCC of approximately $500 million per year for six years to fund the deployment of voice and broadband capable infrastructure for approximately 1.2 million rural households and businesses (living units) in 33 states under the CAF Phase 2 high-cost support program. This program provides a monthly high-cost subsidy similar to the support provided by the FCC’s previous cost reimbursement programs. Although we believe that there is no specific authoritative U.S. GAAP guidance for the treatment of government assistance, we identified three acceptable methods to account for these funds: (1) recognize revenue when entitled to receive cash, (2) defer cash received until the living units are enabled to receive the service at the FCC specified level, or (3) record the cash received as contra capital. After assessing these alternatives, we have determined that we will recognize CAF Phase 2 funds each month as revenue when we are entitled to receive the cash less a deferred amount. The amount of revenue deferred in 2017 was approximately $94 million. We believe our recognition methodology is consistent with other companies in our industry in the United States, but may not necessarily be consistent with companies outside the United States that receive similar government funding, and we cannot provide assurances to this effect.

In computing the amount of revenue to recognize, we assume that we will not be able to economically enable 100% of the required living units in every state with voice and broadband capabilities under the CAF Phase 2 program. We defer recognition of the funds related to potential living units that we estimate we will not enable until we can with reasonable assurance determine that we can fully meet the enablement targets. As disclosed elsewhere herein, in some limited instances, a portion of the funds must be returned if enablement targets are not attained. Based on estimated enablement, a hypothetical 1% decrease in our estimate of living units we will not enable with voice and broadband capabilities under the CAF Phase 2 program would have

increased our revenue by $7 million in 2017, and a 1% increase would have decreased our revenue by $29 million in 2017.

For additional information about the CAF Phase 2 support program, see “Business—Regulations” in Item 1 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes includes amounts for tax consequences deferred to future periods. We record deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflecting future tax consequences attributable to (i) tax credit carryforwards, (ii) differences between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and the tax basesbasis of those assets and liabilities and (iii) tax net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs. Deferred taxes are computed using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.

The measurement of deferred taxes often involves the exercise of considerable judgment related to the realization of tax basis. Our deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect our assessment that tax positions taken in filed tax returns and the resulting tax basis are more likely than not to be sustained if they are audited by taxing authorities. Assessing tax rates that we expect to apply and determining the years when the temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income requires judgment about the future apportionment of our income among the states in which we operate. Any changes in our practices or judgments involved in the measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations.

In connection with recording deferred income tax assets and liabilities, we establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to amounts that we believe are more likely than not to be realized. We evaluate our deferred tax assets quarterly to determine whether adjustments to our valuation allowance are appropriate in light of changes in facts or circumstances, such as changes in tax law, interactions with taxing authorities and developments in case law. In making this evaluation, we rely on our recent history ofpre-tax earnings. We also rely on our forecasts of future earnings and the nature and timing of future deductions and benefits represented by the deferred tax assets, all which involve the exercise of significant judgment. At December 31, 2017,2019, we established a valuation allowance of $1.341$1.3 billion primarily related to foreign and state NOLs, based on our determination that we acquired from Level 3, as it iswas more likely than not that these NOLs willwould expire unused. If forecasts of future earnings and the nature and estimated timing of future deductions and benefits change in the future, we may determine that aexisting valuation allowance for certain deferred tax assets is appropriate,allowances must be updated or new valuation allowances created, any of which could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations. See Note 13—16—Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017Part II of this report for additional information.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview of Sources and Uses of Cash

We are a holding company that is dependent on the capital resources of our subsidiaries to satisfy our parent company liquidity requirements. Several of our significant operating subsidiaries have borrowed funds either on a standalone basis or as part of a separate restricted group with certain of its subsidiaries or affiliates. The terms of the instruments governing the indebtedness of these borrowers or borrowing groups may restrict our ability to access their accumulated cash. In addition, our ability to access the liquidity of these and other subsidiaries may be limited by tax and legal considerations and other factors.

At December 31, 2017,2019, we held cash and cash equivalents of $551 million and$1.7 billion, a significant portion of which was held to redeem debt securities inmid-January 2020. At December 31, 2019, we also had $1.595approximately $1.9 billion of borrowing capacity available under the then existing terms of our revolving credit facility. We had approximately

$186 $108 million of cash and cash equivalents outside the United States at December 31, 2017.2019. We currently believe we have thethat there are no material restrictions on our ability to repatriate cash and cash equivalents into the United States, and that we may do so without paying or accruing U.S. taxes, other than the possible payment of the Deemed Repatriation Transition Tax discussed elsewhere herein and other limited exceptions.taxes. We do not currently intend to repatriate to the United States any of our foreign cash and cash equivalents from operating entities outside of Latin America. We have no material restrictions on our ability to repatriate to the United States foreign cash and cash equivalents.

Our acquisition of Level 3 on November 1, 2017, resulted in significant changes in our consolidated financial position, our debt structure and our future cash requirements.

Our executive officers and our Board of Directors periodically review our sources and potential uses of cash in connection with our annual budgeting process. Generally speaking, our principal funding source is cash from operating activities, and our principal cash requirements include operating expenses, capital expenditures, income taxes, debt repayments, dividends, periodic stock repurchases, periodic pension contributions and other benefits payments. As discussed further below, the amount of cash we paid in 2017 for income taxes and retiree healthcare benefits increased substantially compared to prior periods. We currently expect our cash income tax payments will be lower in 2018 due to the utilization of the NOLs acquired in the Level 3 acquisition, and we expect that our cash paid for retiree healthcare benefits will remain flat.

Based on our current capital allocation objectives, during 20182020 we project expending approximately $3.8$3.6 billion to $3.9 billion (excluding integration and transformation capital) of cash for capital investment in property, plant and equipment and approximately $2.3$1.1 billion of cash for dividends on our common stock (based on the assumptions described below under “Dividends”). At December 31, 2017,2019, we havehad debt maturities of $188 million,$1.0 billion, scheduled debt principal payments of $157 million$1.3 billion and capitalfinance lease and other fixed payments of $98$36 million, each due during 2018.2020. Each of the expenditures is described further below.

We will continue to monitor our future sources and uses of cash and anticipate that we will make adjustments to our capital allocation strategies when, as and if determined by our Board of Directors. We typically use our revolving credit facility as a source of liquidity for operating activities and our other cash requirements.

For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017..

Capital Expenditures

We incur capital expenditures on an ongoing basis in order to expand and improve our service offerings, enhance and modernize our networks and compete effectively in our markets, expand and improve our service offerings.markets. We evaluate capital expenditure projects based on a variety of factors, including expected strategic impacts (such as forecasted impact on revenue growth, productivity, expenses, service levels and customer retention) and our expected return on investment. The amount of capital investment is influenced by, among other things, demand for our services and products, cash flow generated by operating activities, cash required for other purposes and regulatory considerations (such as our CAF Phase 2II infrastructure buildout requirements). Based on current circumstances, we estimate that our total capital expenditures for 2018 will be approximately $3.8 billion to $3.9 billion, inclusive of CAF Phase 2 related capital expenditures, but excludes integration capital.

Our capital expenditures continue to be focused on keeping theenhancing network operating efficientlyefficiencies and supporting new service developments. For more information on our capital spending, see “Historical Information—Investing Activities” below and Item 1 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part 1 of this report.

Debt and Other Financing Arrangements

Subject to market conditions, we expect to continue to issue debt securities from time to time in the future to refinance a substantial portion of our maturing debt, including issuing Qwest Corporation and Level 3 Financing,

Inc. debt securities of certain of our subsidiaries to refinance their maturing debt to the extent feasible. The availability, interest rate and other terms of any new borrowings will depend on the ratings assigned by credit rating agencies, among other factors.

Following the closing of our acquisition of Level 3, the rating agencies took action on the ratings of the debt in the table below. Generally, the agencies downgraded ratings of the CenturyLink, Inc. debt from previous levels as they indicated they intended to at the time of the announcement of the transaction. Additionally, Standard and Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. placed such ratings on negative outlook while Fitch Ratings placed them on stable outlook. As for the Level 3 debt, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. upgraded the unsecured debt and affirmed the rating of the secured debt, with all ratings placed on negative outlook. Standard and Poor’s affirmed all previous Level 3 ratings with negative outlook, and Fitch Ratings affirmed all previous Level 3 ratings with stable outlook.

As of the date of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017,this report, the credit ratings for the senior secured and unsecured debt of CenturyLink, Inc., Qwest Corporation Level 3 Parent, LLC and Level 3 Financing, Inc. were as follows:

 

Borrower

 Moody’s
Investors
Service, Inc.
  Standard &
Poor’s
  Fitch Ratings 

CenturyLink, Inc.:

   

Unsecured

 

B2

 

B+

 B+

BB

BB

Secured

 

Ba3

 

BBB-

 BBB-

BB+

  BB+ 

Qwest Corporation:

   

Unsecured

 

Ba2

 

BBB-

 BBB-

BB+

  BB+ 

Level 3 Parent, LLC:Financing, Inc.

   

Unsecured

 

B1

Ba3

B+BB-

Level 3 Financing, Inc.

 

BB

Unsecured

 

Ba3

BB

BBBB

Secured

 

Ba1

 

BBB-

 BBB-

BBB-

BBB-

Our credit ratings are reviewed and adjusted from time to time by the rating agencies. Any future downgrades of the senior unsecured or secured debt ratings of us or our subsidiaries could impact our access to debt capital or further raise our borrowing costs. See “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting our Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part I of this report.

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

As of December 31, 2017,2019, CenturyLink had approximately $9.1$6.2 billion of net operating loss carryforwards. (“NOLs”), which for U.S. federal income tax purposes can be used to offset future taxable income. These NOLs are primarily related to federal NOLs we acquired through the Level 3 acquisition on November 1, 2017 and are subject to prior limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) and related U.S. Treasury Department regulations. Additionally,In the first half of 2019, we entered into and subsequently restated a Section 382 rights agreement designed to safeguard our ability to use those NOLs. Assuming that we can continue using these NOLs are subject to a current Section 382 limitation as a result of our acquisition of Level 3. Prior to this acquisition,in the amounts of our cash flows dedicated to or required for the payment of federal taxes increased substantially in 2017. As a result of the completion of this acquisitionprojected, we expect to significantly reduce our federal cash taxes for the next several years. Additionally, we are seeking a significant refund of federal income taxes related to 2017 that we hope to receive in the first quarter of 2018. The amounts of our near-term future tax payments will depend upon many factors, including our future earnings and tax circumstances and results of any corporate tax reform. Based on current laws and our current estimates of 20182020 earnings, exclusive of the pending refund request noted previously, we estimate our cash income tax liability related to 20182020 will be approximately $100 million.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to use these NOL carryforwards fully. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating toAffecting Our Recently-Completed Acquisition of Level 3—Liquidity and Capital Resources—We cannot assure you, whether, when or in what

amounts we will be able to use Level 3’sour net operating loss carryforwards”carryforwards, or when they will be depleted” in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part I of this report.

Dividends

We currently expect to continue our current practice of paying quarterly cash dividends in respect of our common stock subject to our Board of Directors’ discretion to modify or terminate this practice at any time and

for any reason without prior notice. OurFollowing a reduction announced on February 13, 2019, our current quarterly common stock dividend rate is $0.54$0.25 per share, as approved by our Board of Directors, which we believe is a dividend rate per share which enables us to balance our multiple objectives of managing our business, payinginvesting in the business,de-leveraging our fixed commitmentsbalance sheet and returning a substantial portion of our cash to our shareholders. We paid an average of almost $294 million of dividends during each of the first three quarters of 2017. Based on our issuance of shares in connection with the Level 3 acquisition on November 1, 2017, we paid $572 million of dividends in the fourth quarter. Assuming continued payment during 20182020 at this rate of $0.54$0.25 per share, our average total dividend paid each quarter would be approximately $575 million to $580$275 million based on our current number of outstanding shares (assuming no increases or decreases in the number of shares, except in connection with the vesting of currently outstanding equity awards). See Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Business” in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part I of this report.

Revolving Facilities and Other Debt Instruments

To substantially fund our recent acquisition of Level 3, on June 19, 2017, one of our affiliates entered into a credit agreement (the “2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement”) providing initially for $9.945$10.2 billion in senior secured credit facilities, consisting initially of a new $2$2.0 billion revolving credit facility (which replaced our 2012 credit facility upon consummation of the Level 3 acquisition) and $7.945approximately $7.9 billion of term loan facilities, of which approximately $6.0 billion were funded into escrow on such date, and $1.945 billion of which were funded upon the closing of the acquisition on November 1, 2017.facilities. On November 1, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc. also,, among other things, (i) assumed all rights and obligations under the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement, (ii) borrowed $400 million under the new $2.0 billion revolving credit facility and (iii) received $6.0 billion of Term Loan B loan proceeds from escrow.Agreement. On January 29, 2018, the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement was amended to increase the borrowing capacity of the new revolving credit facility from $2.0 billion to $2.168$2.2 billion, and to increase the borrowing capacity under one of the term loan tranches by $132 million. On January 31, 2020, the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement was amended and restated to, among other things, extend the debt maturities of the facilities, to lower interest rates payable thereunder, and to amend the amounts owed under each of the facilities. For additional information, see (i) Note 5—7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017,Part II of this report and (ii) our current reportreports on Form8-K filed with the SEC on June 20, 2017, and (iii) our current report on Form8-K filed with the SEC on November 1, 2017.

On November 1, 2017 we also amended our uncommitted revolving letterand January 31, 2020.

In addition to its indebtedness under the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement, CenturyLink is indebted under its outstanding senior notes, and several of its subsidiaries are indebted under separate credit facility to secure the facility and to permit us to draw up to $225 million of letters of credit thereunder. At December 31, 2017, we had $104 million of letters of credit outstanding under this facility.

facilities or senior notes. For information on the terms and conditions of these other debt instruments of ours and our subsidiaries, including financial and operating covenants, see Note 5—7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Part II of this report.

Future Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our estimated future contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017:2019:

 

  2018   2019   2020   2021   2022   2023 and
thereafter
   Total  2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 and
  thereafter  
 Total 
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Long-term debt(1)(2)

  $404    593    1,178    3,109    5,033    27,137    37,454  

 $

2,300 

 

 

 

2,478 

 

 

 

4,224 

 

 

 

2,096

 

 

 

1,973 

 

 

 

21,968 

 

 

 

35,039 

 

Interest on long-term debt and capital leases(2)

   2,116    2,096    2,030    1,915    1,705    16,611    26,473 

Data centers obligation(3)

   84    86    28                198 

Interest on long-term debt and finance leases(2)

 

 

1,819 

 

 

 

1,749 

 

 

 

1,565 

 

 

 

1,378

 

 

 

1,229 

 

 

 

10,952 

 

 

 

18,692 

 

Operating leases

   666    533    467    367    326    2,116    4,475  

 

460 

 

 

 

361 

 

 

 

308 

 

 

 

265

 

 

 

194 

 

 

 

686 

 

 

 

2,274 

 

Right-of-way agreements

 

 

174 

 

 

 

75 

 

 

 

72 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

52 

 

 

 

464 

 

 

 

900 

 

Purchase commitments(4)(3)

   343    158    107    56    47    242    953  

 

247 

 

 

 

183 

 

 

 

78 

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

37 

 

 

 

173 

 

 

 

766 

 

Post-retirement benefit obligation(5)(4)

   92    88    86    83    79    680    1,108  

 

73 

 

 

 

70 

 

 

 

66 

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

58 

 

 

 

430 

 

 

 

759 

 

Non-qualified pension obligations(5)(4)

   5    5    5    4    4    19    42  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

16 

 

 

 

37 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits(6)

                       96    96 

Asset retirement obligations

   24    14    11    4    3    59    115  

 

23 

 

 

 

22 

 

 

 

19 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

18 

 

 

 

101 

 

 

 

197 

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total future contractual obligations(7)

  $3,734    3,573    3,912    5,538    7,197    46,960    70,914 

Total future contractual obligations(5)

 

 $

     5,101 

 

 

 

    4,942 

 

 

 

    6,336 

 

 

 

    3,930

 

 

 

    3,565 

 

 

 

    34,790 

 

 

 

    58,664 

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Includes current maturities and capitalfinance lease obligations, but excludes unamortized discounts and premiums, net, and unamortized debt issuance costs and data centers benefit obligation.costs.

(2)

Actual principal and interest paid in all years may differ due to future refinancing of outstanding debt or issuance of new debt. Interest on our floating rate debt was calculated for all years using the rates effective at December 31, 2017.2019. See Note 16—19—Commitments, Contingencies and ContingenciesOther Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017Part II of this report for additional information regarding the future commitments for capitalfinance leases related to our colocationdark fiber operations.

(3)Future minimum payments of principal, interest and executory costs less future imputed lease income on certain of the real estate assets associated with the data centers obligation. See Note 3—Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.
(4)

We have various long-term,non-cancelable purchase commitments for advertising and promotion services, including advertising and marketing at sports arenas and other venues and events. We also have purchase commitments with third-party vendors for operating, installation and maintenance services for facilities. In addition, we have service-related commitments with various vendors for data processing, technical and software support services. Future payments under certain service contracts will vary depending on our actual usage. In the table above, we estimated payments for these service contracts based on estimates of the level of services we expect to receive.

(5)(4)

Reflects only the portion of total obligation that is contractual in nature. See Note 65 below.

(6)Represents the amount of tax and interest we would pay for our unrecognized tax benefits. The $96 million is composed of unrecognized tax benefits of $40 million and related estimated interest of $56 million, which would result in future cash payments if our tax positions were not upheld. See Note 13—Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 for additional information. The timing of any payments for our unrecognized tax benefits cannot be predicted with certainty; therefore, such amount is reflected in the “2023 and thereafter” column in the above table.
(7)(5)

The table is limited solely to contractual payment obligations and does not include:

 

contingent liabilities;

 

our open purchase orders as of December 31, 2017.2019. These purchase orders are generally issued at fair value, and are generally cancelable without penalty;

other long-term liabilities, such as accruals for legal matters and other taxes that are not contractual obligations by nature. We cannot determine with any degree of reliability the years in which these liabilities might ultimately settle;

 

cash funding requirements for qualified pension benefits payable to certain eligible current and future retirees. Benefits paid by our qualified pension plan are paid through a trust. Cash funding requirements for this trust are not included in this table as we are not able to reliably estimate required contributions to this trust. Our funding projections are discussed further below;

 

certain post-retirement benefits payable to certain eligible current and future retirees. Not all of our post-retirement benefit obligation amount is a contractual obligation and only the portion that we believe is a contractual obligation is reported in the table. See additional information on our benefits plans in Note 9—11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017;Part II of this report;

 

contract termination fees. These fees arenon-recurring payments, the timing and payment of which, if any, is uncertain. In the ordinary course of business and to optimize our cost structure, we enter into contracts with terms greater than one year to use the network facilities of other carriers and to purchase other goods and services. Our contracts to use other carriers’ network facilities generally have no minimum volume requirements and pricing is based upon volumes and usage. Assuming we terminate these contracts in 2018, the contract termination fees would be $360 million. Under the same assumption, we estimate that our termination fees for these contracts to purchase goods and services would be $89 million. In the normal course of business, we do not believe payment of these fees is likely;

 

service level commitments to our customers, the violation of which typically results in service credits rather than cash payments; and

 

potential indemnification obligations to counterparties in certain agreements entered into in the normal course of business. The nature and terms of these arrangements vary.

For additional information on debt that we expect to assume or incur in connection with consummatingour obligations, see the Level 3 acquisition, see “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, and Note 5—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilitiesnotes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part II of this report.

Pension and Post-retirement Benefit Obligations

We are subject to material obligations under our existing defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plans. At December 31, 2017,2019, the accounting unfunded status of our qualified andnon-qualified defined benefit pension plans and our qualified post-retirement benefit plans was $2.062$1.8 billion and $3.352$3.0 billion, respectively. See Note 9—11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017Part II of this report for additional information about our pension and post-retirement benefit arrangements.

Benefits paid by our qualified pension plan are paid through a trust that holds all of the plan’s assets. Based on current laws and circumstances, we do not expect any contributions to be required for our qualified pension plan during 2018.2020. The amount of required contributions to our qualified pension plan in 20192021 and beyond will depend on a variety of factors, most of which are beyond our control, including earnings on plan investments, prevailing interest rates, demographic experience, changes in plan benefits and changes in funding laws and regulations. We occasionally make voluntary contributions in addition to required contributions. We last made a voluntary contribution of $100 million to the trust for our qualified pension plan during 2017.2018. Based on current circumstances, we currentlydo not anticipate making a voluntary contribution of $100 million to the trust for our qualified pension plan in 2018.

2020.

Substantially all of our post-retirement health care and life insurance benefits plans are unfunded. Several trusts hold assets that have been used to help cover the health care costs of certain retirees. As of December 31, 2017,

2019, assets in the post-retirement trusts had been substantially depleted and had a fair value of $23only $13 million (a portion of which was comprised of investments with restricted liquidity), which has significantly limited our ability to continue paying benefits from the trusts; however, we plan to continue paying certain benefits through the trusts. Benefits not paid from the trusts are expected to be paid directly by us with available cash. As described further in Note 9—11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017,Part II of this report, aggregate benefits paid by us under these plans (net of participant contributions and direct subsidy receipts) were $237$241 million, $129$249 million and $116$237 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015,2017, respectively, while the amounts paid from the trust were $31$4 million, $145$4 million and $163$31 million, respectively. For additional information on our expected future benefits payments for our post-retirement benefit plans, please see Note 9—11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part II in this report.

For 2017,2019, our expected annual long-term rates of return were 6.5% and 5.0%4% for the pension plan trust assets and post-retirement plans’ trust assets respectively, based on the assets held.held and net of expected fees and administrative costs. For 2018,2020, our expected annual long-term rates of return on these assets are 6.5%6% and 4.0% for the pension plan trust assets and post-retirement plans’ trust assets, respectively, based on the assets currently held.4%, respectively. However, actual returns could be substantially different.

Connect America Fund

As a result of accepting CAF Phase 2II support payments, we are receiving substantial support payments under a program that will soon lapse. Moreover, we must meet certain specified infrastructure buildout requirements in 33 states over the next several years.states. In order to meet these specified infrastructure buildout requirements, we may be obligated to make substantial capital expenditures. See “Capital Expenditures” above.

For additional information on the FCC’s CAF orderprogram and the USFa proposed replacement program, see “Business—Regulation” in Item 1 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017Part I of this report and see “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.Part I of this report.

Historical Information

The following tables summarize our consolidated cash flow activities:

 

  Years Ended
December 31,
   Increase /
(Decrease)
  Years Ended December 31,  Increase /
    (Decrease)    

 

 
  2017   2016            2019                 2018         
  (Dollars in millions)  

(Dollars in millions)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $3,878    4,608    (730 

 $

6,680 

 

 

 

7,032 

 

 

 

(352)

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (8,871   (2,994   5,877  

 

(3,570)

 

 

 

(3,078)

 

 

 

492 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   5,358    (1,518   (6,876

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(1,911)

 

 

 

(4,023)

 

 

 

(2,112)

 

 

  Years Ended
December 31,
   Increase /
(Decrease)
  Years Ended December 31,  Increase /
    (Decrease)    

 

 
  2016   2015            2018                 2017         
  (Dollars in millions)  

(Dollars in millions)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $4,608    5,153    (545 

 $

7,032 

 

 

 

3,878 

 

 

 

3,154 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (2,994   (2,853   141  

 

(3,078)

 

 

 

(8,871)

 

 

 

(5,793)

 

Net cash used in financing activities

   (1,518   (2,301   (783

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(4,023)

 

 

 

5,356 

 

 

 

9,379 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $730$352 million for the year ended December 31, 20172019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 20162018 primarily due to a negative variancean increase in net income adjusted

loss after adjusting fornon-cash items, and from negative variances in the changesa decrease in accounts payable other current assets and liabilities, net and other noncurrent assetsliabilities and liabilities, net, which werean increase to prepaid assets partially offset withby a positive variancedecrease in the change in accounts receivable.retirement benefit contributions. Net cash provided by operating activities decreasedincreased by $545 million$3.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 20162018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

2017 primarily due to a significant negative variance$2.4 billion in net income adjusted fornon-cash items (attributablecash generated by Level 3 in addition to higher cash taxes paid and lower profitability), which was partially offset by a positive variance in net (loss) income after adjusting fornon-cash items for impairment of goodwill and other assets and depreciation, deferred income taxes and tax refunds of $674 million received in 2018, partially offset with a pension funding contribution of $500 million. Cash provided by operating activities is subject to variability period over period as a result of the change intiming of the collection of receivables and payments related to interest expense, accounts payable.payable, payroll and bonuses. For additional information about our operating results, see “Results of Operations” above.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities increased by $5.877 billion$492 million for the year ended December 31, 20172019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 20162018 primarily due to increased capital expenditures on property, plant and equipment partially offset by decreased proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets. Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $5.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The change in investing activities is primarily due to cash paid for the acquisition of Level 3 on November 1, 2017, which was partially offset with the cash proceeds from the May 2017 sale of a portion of our data centers and colocation business.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in investingfinancing activities increaseddecreased by $141 million$2.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 20162019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 substantially2018 primarily due to an increasenet proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and the decrease in dividends paid partially offset by higher levels of payments for property, planton our long-term debt and equipment.

Financing Activities

revolving line of credit. Net cash provided by (used in)used in financing activities changedincreased by $6.876$9.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 20172018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 20162017 primarily due tocash received from net proceeds from issuance of new debt which was slightly offset by an increase in dividend payments related2017 relating to the issuance of common shares, both of which were in connection with the acquisition of Level 3. Net cash used in financing activities decreased by $783 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to a reduction of common stock repurchases.

On November 1, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc. entered into a $1.575 billion senior secured term loan in exchange for net proceeds, after deducting debt issuance costs of $28 million, and a $370 million senior secured term loan in exchange for net proceeds, after deducting an immaterial amount of debt issuance costs.

On November 1, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc. repaid the outstanding principal amount of $319 million under its 2012 term loan.

On August 1, 2017, subsidiaries of Embarq Corporation paid at maturity the $72 million principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest due under their 8.77% Notes.

On June 19, 2017, CenturyLink Escrow, LLC entered into a $6 billion term loan, net of an original issue discount of 0.5%.

On June 15, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc. paid at maturity the $350 million principal and accrued and unpaid interest due under its 5.15% Notes.

On May 9, 2017, Qwest Corporation redeemed $125 million aggregate principal amount of the remaining $288 million of its 7.5% Notes due 2051, which resulted in an immaterial loss.

On May 4, 2017, Qwest Corporation redeemed all $500 million of its 6.5% Notes due 2017, which resulted in an immaterial loss.

On April 27, 2017, Qwest Corporation issued $575 million aggregate principal amount of 6.75% Notes due 2057 and, on May 5, 2017, issued an additional $85 million aggregate principal amount of such notes pursuant to an over-allotment option in exchange for net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and other expenses, of $638 million. All of the 6.75% Notes are unsecured obligations and may be redeemed by Qwest Corporation, in whole or in part, on or after June 15, 2022, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

On April 3, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc. paid at maturity the $500 million principal and accrued and unpaid interest due under its 6.00% Notes.

See Note 5—7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-KPart II of this report, for the year ended December 31, 2017, for additional information regarding indebtedness incurred or repaid by CenturyLink or its affiliates on our outstanding debt securities.

Other Matters

Recent Tax Changes

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was signed into law. The Act significantly changes U.S. tax law. The Act reduces the U.S. corporate income tax rate from a maximum of 35% to 21% for all corporations, effective January 1, 2018, and makes certain changes to U.S. taxation of income earned by foreign subsidiaries, capital expenditures and various other items.

As a result of the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, we provisionallyre-measured our net deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2017 and recognized a tax benefit of approximately $1.1 billion in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The Act imposed aone-time repatriation tax on certain earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Although we have not determined a reasonable estimate of the impact of theone-time repatriation tax, we do not expect thisone-time tax to materially impact us, but we cannot provide any assurance that upon completion of the analysis the amount will not be material.

Because of our net operating loss carryforwards, we do not expect to experience a further material immediate reduction in the amount of cash income taxes paid by us. However, we anticipate that the provisions of the Act may reduce our cash income taxes in future years.

Changes from our current provisional estimates described above will be reflected in our future statements of operations and could be material. For a more detailed description of the Act and its impact on us, please see Note 13 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Other

We have cash management arrangements with certain of our principal subsidiaries, in which substantial portions of the subsidiaries’ cash is regularly advanced to us. Although we periodically repay these advances to fund the subsidiaries’ cash requirements throughout the year, at any given point in time we may owe a substantial sum to our subsidiaries under these advances, which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are eliminated in consolidation and therefore not recognized on our consolidated balance sheets.

We also are involved in various legal proceedings that could substantially impact our financial position. See Note 16—19—Commitments, Contingencies and ContingenciesOther Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017Part II of this report for the current status of such legal proceedings.

MARKET RISKMarket Risk

As of December 31, 2017,2019, we are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable rate long-term debt obligations and fluctuations in certain foreign currencies. We seek to maintain a favorable mix of fixed and variable rate debt in an effort to limit interest costs and cash flow volatility resulting from changes in rates.

Management periodically reviews our exposure to interest rate fluctuations and periodically implements strategies to manage the exposure. From time to time, we have used derivative instruments to(i) lock-in or swap

our exposure to changing variable interest rates for fixed interest rates or (ii) to swap obligations to pay fixed interest rates for variable interest rates. As of December 31, 2017, we had no such instruments outstanding. We have established policies and procedures for risk assessment and the approval, reporting and monitoring of derivative instrument activities. As of December 31, 2017,2019, we did not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

As further discussed in Note 5—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities, on June 19, 2017, and on November 1, 2017,In February 2019, we borrowed substantial sums under a credit agreement dated June 19, 2017executed swap transactions that reduced our exposure to floating rates with various lending institutionsrespect to provide a substantial$2.5 billion principal amount of floating rate debt. In June 2019, we executed swap transactions that reduced our exposure to floating rates with respect to $1.5 billion principal amount of floating rate debt. See Note 15—Derivative Financial Instruments to our consolidated financial statements in Item 1 of Part I of this report for additional disclosure regarding our hedging arrangements.

As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately $11.2 billion floating rate debt potentially subject to the funding forLondon Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR), $4.0 billion of which was subject to the Level 3 acquisition. As further noted in Note 5—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities, loans under the term loan facilities and new revolving credit facility under the June 19, 2017 credit agreement bear interest at floating rates.above-described hedging arrangements. A hypothetical increase inof 100 basis points in LIBOR relativerelating to thisour $7.2 billion of unhedged floating rate debt would, among other things, decrease our annualpre-tax earnings by $131approximately $72 million.

By operating internationally, we are exposed to the risk of fluctuations in the foreign currencies used by our international subsidiaries, including the British Pound, the Euro, the Brazilian Real, the Canadian Dollar, the Japanese Yen, the Hong Kong Dollar and the Singapore Dollar, in each case as of December 31, 2017. Although the percentagesWe conduct a portion of our consolidated revenues and costs that are denominatedbusiness in these currencies are immaterial,other than the U.S. dollar, the currency in which our consolidated financial statements are reported. Accordingly, our operating results of operations could be adversely impactedaffected by volatility in exchange rates or an increase in the number of foreign currency transactions, which substantially increased upon the consummation of our acquisition of Level 3 discussed elsewhere herein. We use a sensitivity analysis to estimate our exposure to this foreign currency risk, measuring the change in financial position arising from a hypothetical 10% change in the exchange rates of these currencies,rate volatility relative to the U.S. dollar. Our European subsidiaries and certain Latin American subsidiaries use the local currency as their functional currency, as the majority of their revenue and purchases are transacted in their local currencies. Certain Latin American countries previously designated as highly inflationary economies use the U.S. dollar with all other variables held constant. The aggregate potential changeas their functional currency. Although we continue to evaluate strategies to mitigate risks related to the effect of fluctuations in the fair value of financial assets resulting from a hypothetical 10% change in thesecurrency exchange rates, was $178 million at December 31, 2017.we will likely recognize gains or losses from international transactions. Changes in foreign currency rates could adversely affect our operating results.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the computation of exposures to market risks. Actual values may differ materially from those disclosed by us from time to time if market conditions vary from the assumptions used in the analyses performed. These analyses only incorporate the risk exposures that existed at December 31, 2017.2019.

OFF-BALANCEOff-Balance SHEET ARRANGEMENTSSheet Arrangements

As of the date of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017,this report, we have no special purpose or limited purpose entities that provideoff-balance sheet financing, liquidity, or market or credit risk support and we do not engage in leasing, hedging or other similar activities that expose us to any significant liabilities that are not (i) reflected on the face of the consolidated financial statements, (ii) disclosed in Note 16—19—Commitments, Contingencies and ContingenciesOther Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017,Part II of this report, or in the Future Contractual Obligations table included in this Item 7 of Part II above, or (iii) discussed under the heading “Market Risk” above.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Market Risk” in Item 7 of Part II of this report is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATAReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The stockholdersTo the Stockholders and boardBoard of directorsDirectors

CenturyLink, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CenturyLink, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three yearthree-year period ended December 31, 2017,2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three yearthree-year period ended December 31, 2017,2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2019, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 28, 20182020 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial

statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Testing of revenue

As discussed in Notes 1 and 5 to the 2019 consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded $22.4 billion of operating revenues. The processing and recording of revenue is reliant upon multiple information technology (IT) systems used to process large volumes of customer billing data.

We identified the testing of revenue as a critical audit matter due to the large volume of data and the number and complexity of the revenue accounting systems. Specialized skills and knowledge were needed to test the IT systems used for the processing and recording of revenue.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls related to the processing and recording of revenue, including manual and automated controls over the IT systems used for the processing and recording of revenue. For a selection of transactions, we compared the amount of revenue recorded to a combination of Company internal data, executed contracts, and other relevant and reliable third-party data. In addition, we involved IT professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in the identification and testing of certain IT systems, including the design of audit procedures, used by the Company for the processing and recording of revenue.

Assessment of the goodwill impairment charge

As discussed in Notes 1 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded goodwill impairment charges aggregating to $6.5 billion during 2019. The Company used the market multiples approach to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. The Company recorded impairment charges equal to the amount by which the carrying value of each reporting unit exceeded its fair value.

We identified the assessment of the Company’s impairment charges recorded in 2019 as a critical audit matter. Subjective auditor judgment was required in assessing the market multiple assumptions for revenue and EBITDA used to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. The evaluation of these assumptions was challenging due to the subjective nature of the assumptions. Additionally, differences in judgment used to determine these assumptions could have a significant effect on each reporting unit’s estimated fair value and the resulting impairment charges.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls over the Company’s process to estimate each reporting unit’s fair value, including controls related to the determination of the market multiple assumptions for revenue and EBITDA for each reporting unit. We involved a valuation professional with specialized skill and knowledge, who assisted in a) comparing the selected market multiples for revenue and EBITDA for each reporting unit based on their relative revenue growth and EBITDA margin and b) reconciling the fair value of the reporting units to the Company’s total fair value.

Assessment of the Company’s annual impairment testing related to the carrying value of goodwill

As discussed in Notes 1 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the goodwill balance at December 31, 2019 was $21.5 billion. On the annual goodwill impairment assessment date, the Company tested the carrying value of goodwill for impairment by considering both a discounted cash flow method and a market multiples approach to estimate the fair value of the reporting units.

We identified the assessment of the Company’s annual impairment testing related to the carrying value of goodwill as a critical audit matter because subjective auditor judgment was required in performing procedures over certain assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. Those assumptions included: projected revenues, long term growth rate (LTGR), and market multiples for revenue and EBITDA. The evaluation of these assumptions was challenging due to the subjective nature of the assumptions. Additionally, differences in judgment used to determine these assumptions could have a significant effect on each reporting unit’s estimated fair value.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls over the Company’s process to estimate each reporting unit’s fair value, including controls related to the development of revenue projections, and the determination of the LTGR and the market multiples for revenue and EBITDA for each reporting unit. We performed sensitivity analyses over the projected revenue assumption to assess the impact on the Company’s estimate of the fair value of each reporting unit. We compared the Company’s revenue projection to the Company’s historic revenue trends. We assessed the Company’s ability to accurately project revenues by comparing the Company’s historical revenue projections to actual results. We involved a valuation professional with specialized skill and knowledge, who assisted in: a) comparing the selected revenue and EBITDA market multiples to peer companies’ results; and b) comparing the selected LTGR for each reporting unit to the Company’s historic trends and growth expectations developed using publicly available industry and analyst reports.

Assessment of the estimate of the fair value of private fund interests valued using net asset value

As discussed in Notes 1 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the fair value of pension plan assets at December 31, 2019 was $10.5 billion. Of this amount, the fair value of $3.9 billion represents private fund interests, which were estimated by the Company using net asset value (NAV). Valuation inputs for these private fund interests are generally based on assumptions and other information not observable in the market.

We identified the assessment of the estimate of the fair value of private fund interests estimated using NAV as a critical audit matter because auditor judgment was required in the application and performance of procedures to assess their fair value.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls over the Company’s process to monitor and record the estimated fair value of the pension plan assets. For a selection of private fund interests, we compared the rates of return to relevant, publicly available market indices and we compared the estimated fair values of NAV to confirmations with third parties. We compared the Company’s previous estimates of fair value of NAV to the NAVs audited by third parties for a selection of private fund interests to assess the Company’s process to accurately estimate fair value. We involved valuation professionals with specialized skill and knowledge who assisted in our risk assessment and the design of procedures performed for private fund interests. With respect to private fund interest selections for testing, the valuation professionals assessed the procedures performed and the results of our procedures.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1977.

Shreveport, LouisianaDenver, Colorado

February 28, 20182020

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The stockholdersTo the Stockholders and boardBoard of directorsDirectors

CenturyLink, Inc.:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited CenturyLink, Inc.’s and subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2019, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2019, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 20172019 and 2016, and2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three yearthree-year period ended December 31, 2017,2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated February 28, 20182020 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

The Company acquired Level 3 Communications, Inc., which was renamed Level 3 Parent, LLC during 2017, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, Level 3 Parent, LLC’s internal control over financial reporting representing 15% of total assets (excluding goodwill and intangibles which are included within the scope of the assessment) and 8% of total revenues included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Level 3 Parent, LLC.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting

includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that

controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Shreveport, LouisianaDenver, Colorado

February 28, 20182020

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

  Years Ended December 31,  Years Ended December 31, 
  2017 2016 2015  2019 2018 2017 
   

(Dollars in millions, except per share

amounts and shares in thousands)

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share

amounts and shares in thousands)

 

OPERATING REVENUES

  $17,656   17,470   17,900 

OPERATING REVENUE

 

 $

22,401 

 

 

 

23,443 

 

 

 

17,656 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

       

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

   8,203   7,774   7,778  

 

10,077 

 

 

 

10,862 

 

 

 

8,203 

 

Selling, general and administrative

   3,508   3,447   3,354  

 

3,715 

 

 

 

4,165 

 

 

 

3,508 

 

Depreciation and amortization

   3,936   3,916   4,189  

 

4,829 

 

 

 

5,120 

 

 

 

3,936 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

6,506 

 

 

 

2,726 

 

 

 

— 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total operating expenses

   15,647   15,137   15,321  

 

25,127 

 

 

 

22,873 

 

 

 

15,647 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

   2,009   2,333   2,579 

OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME

 

 

(2,726)

 

 

 

570 

 

 

 

2,009 

 

OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME

       

Interest expense

   (1,481  (1,318  (1,312 

 

(2,021)

 

 

 

(2,177)

 

 

 

(1,481)

 

Other income, net

   12   5   49 

Other (loss) income, net

 

 

(19)

 

 

 

44 

 

 

 

12 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other expense, net

   (1,469  (1,313  (1,263 

 

(2,040)

 

 

 

(2,133)

 

 

 

(1,469)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE

   540   1,020   1,316 

Income tax (benefit) expense

   (849  394   438 

(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

(4,766)

 

 

 

(1,563)

 

 

 

540 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

503 

 

 

 

170 

 

 

 

(849)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

NET INCOME

  $1,389   626   878 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

 

 $

(5,269)

 

 

 

(1,733)

 

 

 

1,389 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

    

BASIC AND DILUTED (LOSS) EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

   

BASIC

  $2.21   1.16   1.58  

 $

(4.92)

 

 

 

(1.63)

 

 

 

2.21 

 

DILUTED

  $2.21   1.16   1.58  

 $

(4.92)

 

 

 

(1.63)

 

 

 

2.21 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING

       

BASIC

   627,808   539,549   554,278  

 

1,071,441 

 

 

 

1,065,866 

 

 

 

627,808 

 

DILUTED

   628,693   540,679   555,093  

 

    1,071,441 

 

 

 

1,065,866 

 

 

 

628,693 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
       2017           2016          2015     
   (Dollars in millions) 

NET INCOME

  $1,389    626   878 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS):

     

Items related to employee benefit plans:

     

Change in net actuarial gain (loss), net of $(60), $113 and $(12) tax

   83    (168  21 

Change in net prior service credit, net of $(4), $(4) and $(47) tax

   8    6   76 

Foreign currency translation adjustment and other, net of $(17), $— and $— tax

   31    (21  (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   122    (183  83 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

  $1,511    443   961 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  Years Ended December 31, 
  2019  2018  2017 
  

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

 

$

(5,269)

 

 

 

(1,733)

 

 

 

1,389 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME:

   

Items related to employee benefit plans:

   

Change in net actuarial gain (loss), net of $60, ($45) and ($60) tax

 

 

(195)

 

 

 

133 

 

 

 

83 

 

Change in net prior service credit, net of ($4), ($3) and ($4) tax

 

 

13 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding loss on interest rate swaps, net of $12 tax

 

 

(39)

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

— 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment and other, net of ($6), $50 and ($17) tax

 

 

 

 

 

(201)

 

 

 

31 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

(219)

 

 

 

(59)

 

 

 

122 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

 

 $

            (5,488)

 

 

 

            (1,792)

 

 

 

            1,511 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

  As of December 31,  As of December 31, 
      2017         2016      2019 2018 
  

(Dollars in millions

and shares in thousands)

  

 

(Dollars in millions

and shares in thousands)

 

ASSETS

        

CURRENT ASSETS

        

Cash and cash equivalents

  $551   222  $1,690   488  

Restricted cash - current

   5    

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $164 and $178

   2,557   2,017 

Restricted cash—current

    

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $106 and $142

 2,259   2,398  

Assets held for sale

   140   2,376    12  

Other

   941   547  808   918 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total current assets

   4,194   5,162  4,768   3,820  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

NET PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

   

Property, plant and equipment

   51,204   39,194 

Accumulated depreciation

   (24,352  (22,155
  

 

  

 

 

Net property, plant and equipment

   26,852   17,039 

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $29,346 and $26,859

 26,079   26,408  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

GOODWILL AND OTHER ASSETS

        

Goodwill

   30,475   19,650  21,534   28,031  

Operating lease assets

 1,686     

Restricted cash

   31   2  24   26  

Customer relationships, net

   10,876   2,797  7,596   8,911  

Other intangible assets, net

   1,897   1,531  1,971   1,868  

Other, net

   1,286   836  1,084   1,192 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total goodwill and other assets

   44,565   24,816  33,895   40,028  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

  $75,611   47,017  $64,742   70,256  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

        

CURRENT LIABILITIES

        

Current maturities of long-term debt

  $443   1,503  $2,300   652  

Accounts payable

   1,555   1,179  1,724   1,933  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

           

Salaries and benefits

   890   802  1,037   1,104  

Income and other taxes

   370   301  311  337  

Current operating lease liabilities

 416    —  

Interest

   363   260  280   316  

Other

   344   213  386   357  

Current liabilities associated with assets held for sale

      419 

Advance billings and customer deposits

   892   672  804   832  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total current liabilities

   4,857   5,349  7,258   5,531  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

LONG-TERM DEBT

   37,283   18,185  32,394   35,409  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

        

Deferred income taxes, net

   2,413   3,471  2,918   2,527  

Benefit plan obligations, net

   5,178   5,527  4,594   4,319  

Noncurrent operating lease liabilities

 1,342    —  

Other

   2,389   1,086  2,766   2,642  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total deferred credits and other liabilities

   9,980   10,084  11,620   9,488  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 16)

   

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 19)

  

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Preferredstock—non-redeemable, $25.00 par value, authorized 2,000 and 2,000 shares, issued and outstanding 7 and 7 shares

       

Common stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 1,600,000 and 1,600,000 shares, issued and outstanding 1,069,169 and 546,545 shares

   1,069   547 

Preferred stock —non-redeemable, $25 par value, authorized 2,000 and 2,000 shares, issued and outstanding 7 and 7 shares

  —    —  

Common stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 2,200,000 and 1,600,000 shares, issued and outstanding 1,090,058 and 1,080,167 shares

 1,090   1,080  

Additionalpaid-in capital

   23,314   14,970  21,874   22,852  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (1,995  (2,117 (2,680)  (2,461) 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

   1,103   (1

Accumulated deficit

 (6,814)  (1,643) 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   23,491   13,399  13,470   19,828  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $75,611   47,017   $            64,742               70,256  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

  Years Ended December 31,  Years Ended December 31, 
  2017 2016 2015  2019 2018 2017 
  (Dollars in millions)  

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

       

Net income

  $1,389   626   878 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Net (loss) income

 $(5,269)  (1,733)  1,389  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

   3,936   3,916   4,189  4,829   5,120   3,936  

Impairment of assets

      13   9 

Impairment of goodwill and other assets

 6,506   2,746    —  

Deferred income taxes

   (931  6   350  440   522   (931) 

Loss on the sale of data centers and colocation business

   82         —    —   82  

Provision for uncollectible accounts

   176   192   177  145   153   176  

Net long-term debt issuance costs and premium amortization

   9   2   (3

Net loss on early retirement of debt

   5   27    

Net (gain) loss on early retirement and modification of debt

 (72)     

Share-based compensation

   111   80   73  162   186   111  

Changes in current assets and liabilities:

       

Accounts receivable

   31   (266  (132 (5)  25   31  

Accounts payable

   (123  109   (168 (261)  124   (123) 

Accrued income and other taxes

   54   (43  32  20   75   54  

Other current assets and liabilities, net

   (614  92   (53 (32)  127   (614) 

Retirement benefits

   (202  (152  (141 (12)  (667)  (202) 

Changes in other noncurrent assets and liabilities, net

   (174  (18  (77 245   329   (174) 

Other, net

   129   24   19  (16)  18   138  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   3,878   4,608   5,153  6,680   7,032   3,878  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

       

Payments for property, plant and equipment and capitalized software

   (3,106  (2,981  (2,872

Capitalized expenditures

 (3,628)  (3,175)  (3,106) 

Cash paid for Level 3 acquisition, net of $2.3 billion cash acquired

   (7,289        —    —   (7,289) 

Cash paid for other acquisitions

   (5  (39  (4

Proceeds from sale of property and intangible assets

   1,529   30   31 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets

 93   158   1,529  

Other, net

      (4  (8 (35)  (61)  (5) 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (8,871  (2,994  (2,853 (3,570)  (3,078)  (8,871) 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

   8,398   2,161   989  3,707   130   8,398  

Proceeds from financing obligation (Note 3)

   356         —    —   356  

Payments of long-term debt

   (1,963  (2,462  (966 (4,157)  (1,936)  (1,963) 

Net proceeds (payments) on credit facility and revolving line of credit

   35   (40  (315 (300)  145   35  

Dividends paid

   (1,453  (1,167  (1,198 (1,100)  (2,312)  (1,453) 

Repurchase of common stock and shares withheld to satisfy tax withholdings

   (17  (16  (819

Other, net

   2   6   8  (61)  (50)  (17) 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   5,358   (1,518  (2,301
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (2      

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 (1,911)  (4,023)  5,356  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   363   96   (1 1,199   (69)  363  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

   224   128   129  518   587   224  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

  $587   224   128  $1,717   518   587  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

       

Income taxes paid, net

  $(392  (397  (63

Interest paid (net of capitalized interest of $78, $54 and $52)

  $(1,401  (1,301  (1,310

Income taxes received (paid), net

 $34   674   (392) 

Interest paid (net of capitalized interest of $72, $53 and $78)

 $(2,028)  (2,138)  (1,401) 
   

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

 $1,690   488   551  

Restricted cash - current

      

Restricted cash - noncurrent

 24   26   31  
 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

 $            1,717               518               587  
 

 

  

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

  Years Ended December 31,  Years Ended December 31, 
  2017 2016 2015  2019 2018 2017 
  (Dollars in millions)  

 

(Dollars in millions except per share
amounts)

 

COMMON STOCK (represents dollars and shares)

    

COMMON STOCK

   

Balance at beginning of period

  $547   544   569  $1,080   1,069   547  

Issuance of common stock to acquire Level 3, including replacement of Level 3’s share-based compensation awards

   517         —    —   517  

Issuance of common stock through dividend reinvestment, incentive and benefit plans

   5   3   2  10   11    

Repurchase of common stock

         (27
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance at end of period

   1,069   547   544  1,090   1,080   1,069  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

ADDITIONALPAID-IN CAPITAL

       

Balance at beginning of period

   14,970   15,178   16,324  22,852   23,314   14,970  

Issuance of common stock to acquire Level 3, including replacement of Level 3’s share-based compensation awards

   9,462         —   (2)   9,462  

Issuance of common stock through dividend reinvestment, incentive and benefit plans

      7   9 

Repurchase of common stock

         (767

Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholdings

   (20  (15  (19 (37)  (56)  (20) 

Share-based compensation and other, net

   79   79   77  163   187   79  

Dividends declared

   (1,177  (279  (446 (1,104)  (586)  (1,177) 

Acquisition of additional minority interest in a subsidiary

  —   (5)   —  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance at end of period

   23,314   14,970   15,178  21,874   22,852   23,314  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

       

Balance at beginning of period

   (2,117  (1,934  (2,017 (2,461)  (1,995)  (2,117) 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   122   (183  83 

Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU2018-02,Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

  —   (407)   —  

Other comprehensive (loss) income

 (219)  (59)  122  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance at end of period

   (1,995  (2,117  (1,934 (2,680)  (2,461)  (1,995) 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

RETAINED EARNINGS (ACCUMULATED DEFICIT)

       

Balance at beginning of period

   (1  272   147  (1,643)  1,103   (1) 

Net income

   1,389   626   878 

Net (loss) income

 (5,269)  (1,733)  1,389  

Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU2016-02, Leases, net of ($37) tax

 96    —    —  

Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU2018-02,Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

  —   407    —  

Cumulative net effect of adoption of ASU2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, net of $—, ($119) and $— tax

  —   338    —  

Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU2016-09,Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting

   3         —    —    

Dividends declared

   (288  (899  (753   (1,758)  (288) 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance at end of period

   1,103   (1  272  (6,814)  (1,643)  1,103  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $23,491   13,399   14,060  $        13,470           19,828           23,491  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE

 $1.00   2.16   2.16  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

References in the Notes to “CenturyLink,” “we,” “us”, the “Company”, and “our” refer to CenturyLink, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the content otherwise requires and except in Note 5,6, where such references refer solely to CenturyLink, Inc. References in the Notes to “Level 3” refer to Level 3 Communications, Inc. prior to our acquisition thereofParent, LLC and to itssuccessor-in-interest predecessor, Level 3 Parent, LLC after such acquisition, unless the context otherwise requires.Communications, Inc., which we acquired on November 1, 2017.

(1)  Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(1)Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

General

We are an international facilities-based communications company engaged primarily in providing an integrateda broad array of integrated services to our business and residential and business customers. Our communications services include local and long-distance voice, virtual private network (“VPN”) data network, private line (including business data services), Ethernet, information technology, wavelength, broadband, colocation and data center services, managed services, professional and other services provided in connection with selling equipment, network security and various other ancillary services.

On November 1, 2017, we acquired Level 3 Communications, Inc. (“Level 3”) in a cash and stock transaction. See Note 2—Acquisition of Level 3 for additional information. On May 1, 2017, we sold a portion of our data centers and colocation business to a consortium led by BC Partners, Inc. and Medina Capitalof private equity purchasers for a combination of cash and equity. See Note 3—Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business for additional information.

Basis of PresentationIncome Taxes

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of our subsidiaries. These subsidiaries include Level 3 on and after November 1, 2017. Intercompany amounts and transactions with our consolidated subsidiaries have been eliminated. In connection with our acquisition of Level 3, we acquired its deconsolidated Venezuela subsidiary and due to exchange restrictions and other conditions we have assigned no value to the assets acquired. Additionally, we have excluded this subsidiary from our consolidated financial statements.

To simplify the overall presentation of our consolidated financial statements, we report immaterial amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests in certain of our subsidiaries as follows: (i) income attributable to noncontrolling interests in other income (expense), net, (ii) equity attributable to noncontrolling interests in additionalpaid-in capital and (iii) cash flows attributable to noncontrolling interests in other, net financing activities.

We reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation, including the categorization of our revenues and our segment reporting for 2016 and 2015. See Note 14—Segment Information for additional information. These changes had no impact on total operating revenues, total operating expenses or net income for any period.

Changes in Estimates

In 2016, we changed the method we use to estimate the service and interest components of net periodic benefit expense for pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. This change resulted in a decrease in the service and interest components in 2017 and 2016. Beginning in 2016, we utilized a full yield curve approach in connection with estimating these components by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows, as opposed to the single weighted-

average discount rate derived from the yield curve that we have used in the past. We believe this change more precisely measures service and interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows to the corresponding spot yield curve rates. This change did not affect the measurement of our total benefit obligations but lowered our annual net periodic benefit cost by $122 million and $149 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. This change was treated as a change in accounting estimate and accordingly, we did not adjust the amounts recorded in 2015. The reduction in expense described above, net of tax, increased net income by $75 million and $91 million, or $0.12 and $0.17 per basic and diluted common share, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These accounting principles require us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions we make when accounting for specific items and matters, including, but not limited to, investments, long-term contracts, customer retention patterns, allowance for doubtful accounts, depreciation, amortization, asset valuations, internal labor capitalization rates, recoverability of assets (including deferred tax assets), impairment assessments, pension, post-retirement and other post-employment benefits, taxes, certain liabilities and other provisions and contingencies, are reasonable, based on information available at the time they are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and components of stockholders’ equity as of the dates of the consolidated balance sheets, as well as the reported amounts of revenues, expenses and components of cash flows during the periods presented in our other consolidated financial statements. We also make estimates in our assessments of potential losses in relation to threatened or pending tax and legal matters. See Note 13—Income Taxes and Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies for additional information.

For matters not related to income taxes, if a loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we recognize an expense for the estimated loss. If we have the potential to recover a portion of the estimated loss from a third party, we make a separate assessment of recoverability and reduce the estimated loss if recovery is also deemed probable.

For matters related to income taxes, if we determine that the impact of an uncertain tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority, then we recognize a benefit for the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. No portion of an uncertain tax position will be recognized if the position has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Interest is recognized on the amount of unrecognized benefit from uncertain tax positions.

For all of these and other matters, actual results could differ materially from our estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue for services when the related services are provided. Recognition of certain payments received in advance of services being provided is deferred until the service is provided. These advance payments include activation and installation charges, which we recognize as revenue over the expected customer relationship period, which ranges from three years to over seven years depending on the service. We also defer costs for customer activations and installations. The deferral of customer activation and installation costs is limited to the amount of revenue deferred on advance payments. Costs in excess of advance payments are recorded as expense in the period such costs are incurred. Expected customer relationship periods are estimated using historical experience. In most cases, termination fees or other fees on existing contracts that are negotiated in conjunction with new contracts are deferred and recognized over the new contract term.

We offer bundle discounts to our customers who receive certain groupings of services. These bundle discounts are recognized concurrently with the associated revenue and are allocated to the various services in the bundled offering based on the estimated selling price of services included in each bundled combination.

Customer arrangements that include both equipment and services are evaluated to determine whether the elements are separable. If the elements are deemed separable and separate earnings processes exist, the revenue associated with the customer arrangement is allocated to each element based on the relative estimated selling price of the separate elements. We have estimated the selling prices of each element by reference to vendor-specific objective evidence of selling prices when the elements are sold separately. The revenue associated with each element is then recognized as earned. For example, if we receive an advance payment when we sell equipment and continuing service together, we immediately recognize as revenue the amount allocated to the equipment as long as all the conditions for revenue recognition have been satisfied. The portion of the advance payment allocated to the service based upon its relative selling price is recognized ratably over the longer of the contractual period or the expected customer relationship period.

We periodically transfer optical capacity assets on our network to other telecommunications service carriers. These transactions are structured as indefeasible rights of use, commonly referred to as IRUs, which are the exclusive right to use a specified amount of capacity or fiber for a specified term, typically 20 years. We account for the cash consideration received on transfers of optical capacity assets and on all of the other elements deliverable under an IRU, as revenue ratably over the term of the agreement. We do not recognize revenue on any contemporaneous exchanges of our optical capacity assets for other optical capacity assets.

In connection with offering products and services provided by third-party vendors, we review the relationship between us, the vendor and the end customer to assess whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis. In assessing whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis, we consider whether we act as a principal in the transaction, take title to the products, have risk and rewards of ownership or act as an agent or broker.

We have service level commitments pursuant to contracts with certain of our customers. To the extent that such service levels are not achieved or are otherwise disputed due to performance or service issues or other service interruptions or conditions, we will estimate the amount of credits to be issued and record a reduction to revenues, with a corresponding increase in the credit reserve.

USF Surcharges, Gross Receipts Taxes and Other Surcharges

In determining whether to include in our revenues and expenses the taxes and surcharges collected from customers and remitted to government authorities, including USF surcharges, sales, use, value added and some excise taxes, we assess, among other things, whether we are the primary obligor or principal taxpayer for the taxes assessed in each jurisdiction where we do business. In jurisdictions where we determine that we are the principal taxpayer, we record the surcharges on a gross basis and include them in our revenues and costs of services and products. In jurisdictions where we determine that we are merely a collection agent for the government authority, we record the taxes on a net basis and do not include them in our revenues and costs of services and products.

Advertising Costs

Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. Our advertising expense was $218 million, $216 million and $210 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Legal Costs

In the normal course of our business, we incur costs to hire and retain external legal counsel to advise us on regulatory, litigation and other matters. We expense these costs as the related services are received.

Income Taxes

We file a consolidated federal income tax return with our eligible subsidiaries. The provision for income taxes consists of an amount for taxes currently payable, an amountincludes amounts for tax consequences deferred to future periods and adjustments to our liabilities for uncertain tax positions.periods. We record deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflecting future tax consequences attributable to tax net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”),(i) tax credit carryforwards, and(ii) differences between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and the tax basesbasis of those assets and liabilities.liabilities and (iii) tax net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs. Deferred taxes are computed using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.

WeThe measurement of deferred taxes often involves the exercise of considerable judgment related to the realization of tax basis. Our deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect our assessment that tax positions taken in filed tax returns and the resulting tax basis are more likely than not to be sustained if they are audited by taxing authorities. Assessing tax rates that we expect to apply and determining the years when the temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income requires judgment about the future apportionment of our income among the states in which we operate. Any changes in our practices or judgments involved in the measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations.

In connection with recording deferred income tax assets and liabilities, we establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts that we believe are more likely than not to be recovered. Each quarter werealized. We evaluate the need to retain all or a portion of the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets.assets quarterly to determine whether adjustments to our valuation allowance are appropriate in light of changes in facts or circumstances, such as changes in tax law, interactions with taxing authorities and developments in case law. In making this evaluation, we rely on our recent history ofpre-tax earnings. We also rely on our forecasts of future earnings and the nature and timing of future deductions and benefits represented by the deferred tax assets, all which involve the exercise of significant judgment. At December 31, 2019, we established a valuation allowance of $1.3 billion primarily related to foreign and state NOLs, based on our determination that it was more likely than not that these NOLs would expire unused. If forecasts of future earnings and the nature and estimated timing of future deductions and benefits change in the future, we may determine that existing valuation allowances must be updated or new valuation allowances created, any of which could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations. See Note 13—16—Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for additional information.

Cash

Liquidity and Cash EquivalentsCapital Resources

CashOverview of Sources and cash equivalents include highly liquid investmentsUses of Cash

We are a holding company that are readily convertible into cashis dependent on the capital resources of our subsidiaries to satisfy our parent company liquidity requirements. Several of our significant operating subsidiaries have borrowed funds either on a standalone basis or as part of a separate restricted group with certain of its subsidiaries or affiliates. The terms of the instruments governing the indebtedness of these borrowers or borrowing groups may restrict our ability to access their accumulated cash. In addition, our ability to access the liquidity of these and are not subject to significant risk from fluctuations in interest rates. As a result, the value at whichother subsidiaries may be limited by tax and legal considerations and other factors.

At December 31, 2019, we held cash and cash equivalents are reportedof $1.7 billion, a significant portion of which was held to redeem debt securities inmid-January 2020. At December 31, 2019, we also had approximately $1.9 billion of borrowing capacity available under our consolidated financial statements approximates their fair value. In evaluating investments for classification asrevolving credit facility. We had approximately $108 million of cash and cash equivalents we requireoutside the United States at December 31, 2019. We currently believe that individual securities have original maturities of ninety days or lessthere are no material restrictions on our ability to repatriate cash and cash equivalents into the United States, and that individual investment funds have dollar-weighted average maturitieswe may do so without paying or accruing U.S. taxes. We do not currently intend to repatriate to the United States any of ninety days or less. To preserve capitalour foreign cash and maintain liquidity, we invest with financial institutions we deem to becash equivalents from operating entities outside of sound financial conditionLatin America.

Our executive officers and in high qualityour Board of Directors periodically review our sources and relatively risk-free investment products. Our cash investment policy limits the concentration of investments with specific financial institutions or among certain products and includes criteria related to credit worthiness of any particular financial institution.

Book overdrafts occur when checks have been issued but have not been presented to our controlled disbursement bank accounts for payment. Disbursement bank accounts allow us to delay funding of issued checks until the checks are presented for payment. Until the issued checks are presented for payment, the book overdrafts are included in accounts payable on our consolidated balance sheet. This activity is included in the operating activities section in our consolidated statementspotential uses of cash flows.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We record accounts receivable acquired in connection with our acquisitions based on their estimated fair value as of the applicable acquisition date. Accounts receivable are recognized based upon the amount dueannual budgeting process. Generally speaking, our principal funding source is cash from customers for the services provided or at cost for purchasedoperating activities, and our principal cash requirements include operating expenses, capital expenditures, income taxes, debt repayments, dividends, periodic stock repurchases, periodic pension contributions and other receivables less an allowancebenefits payments.

Based on our current capital allocation objectives, during 2020 we project expending approximately $3.6 billion to $3.9 billion (excluding integration and transformation capital) of cash for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts receivable reflects our best estimate of probable losses inherentcapital investment in our receivable portfolio determined on the basis of historical experience, specific allowances for known troubled accounts and other currently available evidence. We generally consider our accounts past due if they are outstanding over 30 days. Our collection process varies by the customer segment, amount of the receivable, and our evaluation of the customer’s credit risk. Our past due accounts are written off against our allowance for doubtful accounts when collection is considered to be not probable. Any recoveries of accounts previously written off are generally recognized as a reduction in bad debt expense in the period received. The carrying value of accounts receivable net of the allowance for doubtful accounts approximates fair value.

Property, Plant and Equipment

We record property, plant and equipment acquired in connection with our acquisitions based on its estimated fair value as of its acquisition date plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required retirement obligations. We record purchased and constructed property, plant and equipment at cost, plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required retirement obligations. The majority of our property, plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line group method, but certain of our assets are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. Under the straight-line group method, assets dedicated to providing telecommunications services (which comprise the majority of our property, plant and equipment) that have similar physical characteristics, use and expected useful lives are pooled for purposes of depreciation and tracking. The equal life group procedure is used to establish each pool’s average remaining useful life. Generally, under the straight-line group method, when an asset is sold or retired in the course of normal business activities, the cost is deducted from property, plant and equipment and chargedapproximately $1.1 billion of cash for dividends on our common stock (based on the assumptions described below under “Dividends”). At December 31, 2019, we had debt maturities of $1.0 billion, scheduled debt principal payments of $1.3 billion and finance lease and other fixed payments of $36 million, each due during 2020. Each of the expenditures is described further below.

We will continue to accumulated depreciationmonitor our future sources and uses of cash and anticipate that we will make adjustments to our capital allocation strategies when, as and if determined by our Board of Directors. We typically use our revolving credit facility as a source of liquidity for operating activities and our other cash requirements.

For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

Capital Expenditures

We incur capital expenditures on an ongoing basis to expand and improve our service offerings, enhance and modernize our networks and compete effectively in our markets. We evaluate capital expenditure projects based on a variety of factors, including expected strategic impacts (such as forecasted impact on revenue growth, productivity, expenses, service levels and customer retention) and our expected return on investment. The amount of capital investment is influenced by, among other things, demand for our services and products, cash flow generated by operating activities, cash required for other purposes and regulatory considerations (such as our CAF Phase II infrastructure buildout requirements).

Our capital expenditures continue to be focused on enhancing network operating efficiencies and supporting new service developments. For more information on our capital spending, see “Historical Information—Investing Activities” below and Item 1 of Part 1 of this report.

Debt and Other Financing Arrangements

Subject to market conditions, we expect to continue to issue debt securities from time to time in the future to refinance a substantial portion of our maturing debt, including issuing debt securities of certain of our subsidiaries to refinance their maturing debt to the extent feasible. The availability, interest rate and other terms of any new borrowings will depend on the ratings assigned by credit rating agencies, among other factors.

As of the date of this report, the credit ratings for the senior secured and unsecured debt of CenturyLink, Inc., Qwest Corporation and Level 3 Financing, Inc. were as follows:

Borrower

Moody’s
Investors
    Service, Inc.    
    Standard &    
Poor’s
    Fitch Ratings    

CenturyLink, Inc.:

Unsecured

B2

B+

BB

Secured

Ba3

BBB-

BB+

Qwest Corporation:

Unsecured

Ba2

BBB-

BB+

Level 3 Financing, Inc.

Unsecured

Ba3

BB

BB

Secured

Ba1

BBB-

BBB-

Our credit ratings are reviewed and adjusted from time to time by the rating agencies. Any future downgrades of the senior unsecured or secured debt ratings of us or our subsidiaries could impact our access to debt capital or further raise our borrowing costs. See “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting our Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

As of December 31, 2019, CenturyLink had approximately $6.2 billion of net operating loss carryforwards. (“NOLs”), which for U.S. federal income tax purposes can be used to offset future taxable income. These NOLs are primarily related to federal NOLs we acquired through the Level 3 acquisition on November 1, 2017 and are subject to limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) and related U.S. Treasury Department regulations. In the first half of 2019, we entered into and subsequently restated a Section 382 rights agreement designed to safeguard our ability to use those NOLs. Assuming that we can continue using these NOLs in the amounts projected, we expect to significantly reduce our federal cash taxes for the next several years. The amounts of our near-term future tax payments will depend upon many factors, including our future earnings and tax circumstances and results of any corporate tax reform. Based on current laws and our current estimates of 2020 earnings, we estimate our cash income tax liability related to 2020 will be approximately $100 million.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to use these NOL carryforwards fully. See “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Liquidity and Capital Resources—We cannot assure you, whether, when or in what amounts we will be able to use our net operating loss carryforwards, or when they will be depleted” in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Dividends

We currently expect to continue our current practice of paying quarterly cash dividends in respect of our common stock subject to our Board of Directors’ discretion to modify or terminate this practice at any time and

for any reason without recognitionprior notice. Following a reduction announced on February 13, 2019, our current quarterly common stock dividend rate is $0.25 per share, as approved by our Board of Directors, which we believe is a dividend rate per share which enables us to balance our multiple objectives of managing our business, investing in the business,de-leveraging our balance sheet and returning a substantial portion of our cash to our shareholders. Assuming continued payment during 2020 at this rate of $0.25 per share, our average total dividend paid each quarter would be approximately $275 million based on our current number of outstanding shares (assuming no increases or decreases in the number of shares, except in connection with the vesting of currently outstanding equity awards). See Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Business” in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Revolving Facilities and Other Debt Instruments

To substantially fund our acquisition of Level 3, on June 19, 2017, one of our affiliates entered into a credit agreement (the “2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement”) providing initially for $10.2 billion in senior secured credit facilities, consisting initially of a gain or loss. A gain or loss is recognized in$2.0 billion revolving credit facility (which replaced our 2012 credit facility upon consummation of the Level 3 acquisition) and approximately $7.9 billion of term loan facilities. On November 1, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc., among other things, assumed all rights and obligations under the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement. On January 29, 2018, the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement was amended to increase the borrowing capacity of the new revolving credit facility from $2.0 billion to $2.2 billion, and to increase the borrowing capacity under one of the term loan tranches by $132 million. On January 31, 2020, the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement was amended and restated to, among other things, extend the debt maturities of the facilities, to lower interest rates payable thereunder, and to amend the amounts owed under each of the facilities. For additional information, see (i) Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of operationsPart II of this report and (ii) our current reports on Form8-K filed with the SEC on June 20, 2017, November 1, 2017 and January 31, 2020.

In addition to its indebtedness under the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement, CenturyLink is indebted under its outstanding senior notes, and several of its subsidiaries are indebted under separate credit facilities or senior notes. For information on the terms and conditions of these other debt instruments of ours and our subsidiaries, including financial and operating covenants, see Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

Future Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our estimated future contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019:

  2020  2021  2022  2023  2024  2025 and
  thereafter  
  Total 
  (Dollars in millions) 

Long-term debt(1)(2)

 

 $

2,300 

 

 

 

2,478 

 

 

 

4,224 

 

 

 

2,096

 

 

 

1,973 

 

 

 

21,968 

 

 

 

35,039 

 

Interest on long-term debt and finance leases(2)

 

 

1,819 

 

 

 

1,749 

 

 

 

1,565 

 

 

 

1,378

 

 

 

1,229 

 

 

 

10,952 

 

 

 

18,692 

 

Operating leases

 

 

460 

 

 

 

361 

 

 

 

308 

 

 

 

265

 

 

 

194 

 

 

 

686 

 

 

 

2,274 

 

Right-of-way agreements

 

 

174 

 

 

 

75 

 

 

 

72 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

52 

 

 

 

464 

 

 

 

900 

 

Purchase commitments(3)

 

 

247 

 

 

 

183 

 

 

 

78 

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

37 

 

 

 

173 

 

 

 

766 

 

Post-retirement benefit obligation(4)

 

 

73 

 

 

 

70 

 

 

 

66 

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

58 

 

 

 

430 

 

 

 

759 

 

Non-qualified pension obligations(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

16 

 

 

 

37 

 

Asset retirement obligations

 

 

23 

 

 

 

22 

 

 

 

19 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

18 

 

 

 

101 

 

 

 

197 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total future contractual obligations(5)

 

 $

     5,101 

 

 

 

    4,942 

 

 

 

    6,336 

 

 

 

    3,930

 

 

 

    3,565 

 

 

 

    34,790 

 

 

 

    58,664 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Includes current maturities and finance lease obligations, but excludes unamortized discounts and premiums, net, and unamortized debt issuance costs.

(2)

Actual principal and interest paid in all years may differ due to future refinancing of outstanding debt or issuance of new debt. Interest on our floating rate debt was calculated for all years using the rates effective at December 31, 2019. See Note 19—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for additional information regarding the future commitments for finance leases related to our dark fiber operations.

(3)

We have various long-term,non-cancelable purchase commitments for advertising and promotion services, including advertising and marketing at sports arenas and other venues and events. We also have purchase commitments with third-party vendors for operating, installation and maintenance services for facilities. In addition, we have service-related commitments with various vendors for data processing, technical and software support services. Future payments under certain service contracts will vary depending on our actual usage. In the table above, we estimated payments for these service contracts based on estimates of the level of services we expect to receive.

(4)

Reflects only the portion of total obligation that is contractual in nature. See Note 5 below.

(5)

The table is limited solely to contractual payment obligations and does not include:

contingent liabilities;

our open purchase orders as of December 31, 2019. These purchase orders are generally issued at fair value, and are generally cancelable without penalty;

other long-term liabilities, such as accruals for legal matters and other taxes that are not contractual obligations by nature. We cannot determine with any degree of reliability the years in which these liabilities might ultimately settle;

cash funding requirements for qualified pension benefits payable to certain eligible current and future retirees. Benefits paid by our qualified pension plan are paid through a trust. Cash funding requirements for this trust are not included in this table as we are not able to reliably estimate required contributions to this trust. Our funding projections are discussed further below;

certain post-retirement benefits payable to certain eligible current and future retirees. Not all of our post-retirement benefit obligation amount is a contractual obligation and only the portion that we believe is a contractual obligation is reported in the table. See additional information on our benefits plans in Note 11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report;

contract termination fees. These fees arenon-recurring payments, the timing and payment of which, if any, is uncertain. In the ordinary course of business and to optimize our cost structure, we enter into contracts with terms greater than one year to use the network facilities of other carriers and to purchase other goods and services. Our contracts to use other carriers’ network facilities generally have no minimum volume requirements and pricing is based upon volumes and usage. In the normal course of business, we do not believe payment of these fees is likely;

service level commitments to our customers, the violation of which typically results in service credits rather than cash payments; and

potential indemnification obligations to counterparties in certain agreements entered into in the normal course of business. The nature and terms of these arrangements vary.

For additional information on our obligations, see the notes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

Pension and Post-retirement Benefit Obligations

We are subject to material obligations under our existing defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plans. At December 31, 2019, the accounting unfunded status of our qualified andnon-qualified defined benefit pension plans and our qualified post-retirement benefit plans was $1.8 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively. See Note 11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for additional information about our pension and post-retirement benefit arrangements.

Benefits paid by our qualified pension plan are paid through a disposal is unusual. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shortertrust that holds all of the useful livesplan’s assets. Based on current laws and circumstances, we do not expect any contributions to be required for our qualified pension plan during 2020. The amount of required contributions to our qualified pension plan in 2021 and beyond will depend on a variety of factors, most of which are beyond our control, including earnings on plan investments, prevailing interest rates, demographic experience, changes in plan benefits and changes in funding laws and regulations. We occasionally make voluntary contributions in addition to required contributions. We last made a voluntary contribution to the trust for our qualified pension plan during 2018. Based on current circumstances, we do not anticipate making a voluntary contribution to the trust for our qualified pension plan in 2020.

Substantially all of our post-retirement health care and life insurance benefits plans are unfunded. Several trusts hold assets that have been used to help cover the health care costs of certain retirees. As of December 31,

2019, assets in the post-retirement trusts had been substantially depleted and had a fair value of only $13 million (a portion of which was comprised of investments with restricted liquidity), which has significantly limited our ability to continue paying benefits from the trusts. Benefits not paid from the trusts are expected to be paid directly by us with available cash. As described further in Note 11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, aggregate benefits paid by us under these plans (net of participant contributions and direct subsidy receipts) were $241 million, $249 million and $237 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, while the amounts paid from the trust were $4 million, $4 million and $31 million, respectively. For additional information on our expected future benefits payments for our post-retirement benefit plans, please see Note 11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II in this report.

For 2019, our expected annual long-term rates of return were 6.5% and 4% for the pension plan trust assets and post-retirement plans’ trust assets based on the assets held and net of expected fees and administrative costs. For 2020, our expected annual long-term rates of return on these assets are 6% and 4%, respectively. However, actual returns could be substantially different.

Connect America Fund

As a result of accepting CAF Phase II support payments, we are receiving substantial support payments under a program that will soon lapse. Moreover, we must meet certain specified infrastructure buildout requirements in 33 states. In order to meet these specified infrastructure buildout requirements, we may be obligated to make substantial capital expenditures. See “Capital Expenditures” above.

For additional information on the FCC’s CAF program and a proposed replacement program, see “Business—Regulation” in Item 1 of Part I of this report and see “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Historical Information

The following tables summarize our consolidated cash flow activities:

  Years Ended December 31,  Increase /
    (Decrease)    

 

 
          2019                  2018         
  

(Dollars in millions)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 $

6,680 

 

 

 

7,032 

 

 

 

(352)

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(3,570)

 

 

 

(3,078)

 

 

 

492 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(1,911)

 

 

 

(4,023)

 

 

 

(2,112)

 

  Years Ended December 31,  Increase /
    (Decrease)    

 

 
          2018                  2017         
  

(Dollars in millions)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 $

7,032 

 

 

 

3,878 

 

 

 

3,154 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(3,078)

 

 

 

(8,871)

 

 

 

(5,793)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(4,023)

 

 

 

5,356 

 

 

 

9,379 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $352 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to an increase in net loss after adjusting fornon-cash items, a decrease in accounts payable and other noncurrent liabilities and an increase to prepaid assets partially offset by a decrease in retirement benefit contributions. Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $3.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31,

2017 primarily due to $2.4 billion in cash generated by Level 3 in addition to a positive variance in net (loss) income after adjusting fornon-cash items for impairment of goodwill and other assets and depreciation, deferred income taxes and tax refunds of $674 million received in 2018, partially offset with a pension funding contribution of $500 million. Cash provided by operating activities is subject to variability period over period as a result of the assets ortiming of the expected lease term. Expenditurescollection of receivables and payments related to interest expense, accounts payable, payroll and bonuses. For additional information about our operating results, see “Results of Operations” above.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities increased by $492 million for maintenance and repairs are expensedthe year ended December 31, 2019 as incurred. Interest is capitalized duringcompared to the construction phase of network and otherinternal-useyear ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to increased capital projects. Employee-related costs for construction of network and other internal use assets are also capitalized during the construction phase. Property,expenditures on property, plant and equipment supplies used internally are carried at average cost, except for significant individual items for which cost is based on specific identification.

We perform annual internal reviews to evaluatepartially offset by decreased proceeds from the reasonableness of the depreciable lives for our property, plant and equipment. Our reviews utilize models that take into account actual usage, physical wear and tear, replacement history, assumptions about technology evolution and, in certain instances, actuarially determined probabilities to estimate the remaining useful life of our asset base. Our remaining useful life assessments anticipate the loss in service value of assets that may precede the physical retirement. Assets shared among many customers may lose service value as those customers leave the network. However, the asset is not retired until all customers no longer utilize the asset and we determine there is no alternative use for the asset.

We have asset retirement obligations associated with the legally or contractually required removal of a limited groupsale of property, plant and equipment assets from leased properties and other assets. Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $5.8 billion for the disposal of certain hazardous materials presentyear ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The change in our owned properties. When an asset retirement obligationinvesting activities is identified, usually in association withprimarily due to cash paid for the acquisition of Level 3 on November 1, 2017, which was partially offset with the asset, we recordcash proceeds from the fair valueMay 2017 sale of a portion of our data centers and colocation business.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities decreased by $2.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to net proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and the decrease in dividends paid partially offset by higher levels of payments on our long-term debt and revolving line of credit. Net cash used in financing activities increased by $9.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily due cash received from net proceeds from issuance of new debt in 2017 relating to the acquisition of Level 3.

See Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, for information regarding indebtedness incurred or repaid by CenturyLink or its affiliates on our outstanding debt securities.

Other Matters

We have cash management arrangements with certain of our principal subsidiaries, in which substantial portions of the obligation assubsidiaries’ cash is regularly advanced to us. Although we periodically repay these advances to fund the subsidiaries’ cash requirements throughout the year, at any given point in time we may owe a liability. The fair value of the obligation is also capitalized as property, plantsubstantial sum to our subsidiaries under these advances, which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are eliminated in consolidation and equipment and then amortized over the estimated remaining useful life of the associated asset. Where the removal obligation istherefore not legally binding, the net cost to remove assets is expensed in the period in which the costs are actually incurred.recognized on our consolidated balance sheets.

We review long-lived tangible assets for impairment whenever factsalso are involved in various legal proceedings that could substantially impact our financial position. See Note 19—Commitments, Contingencies and circumstances indicate that the carrying amountsOther Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the assets may not be recoverable. For assessment purposes, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independentPart II of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities, absent a material change in operations. An impairment loss is recognized only if the carrying amount of the asset group is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. Recoverability of the asset group to be held and used is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the asset group’s carrying value is not recoverable, an impairment charge is recognizedthis report for the amount by whichcurrent status of such legal proceedings.

Market Risk

As of December 31, 2019, we are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable rate long-term debt obligations and fluctuations in certain foreign currencies. We seek to maintain a favorable mix of fixed and variable rate debt in an effort to limit interest costs and cash flow volatility resulting from changes in rates.

Management periodically reviews our exposure to interest rate fluctuations and periodically implements strategies to manage the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value. We determine fair values by using a combination of comparable market values and discounted cash flows, as appropriate.

Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets arising from business combinations, such as goodwill, customer relationships, capitalized software, trademarks and trade names, are initially recorded at estimated fair value. We amortize customer relationships primarily over an estimated life of 7exposure. From time to 15 years, using either thetime, we have used derivative instruments tosum-of-the-years-digits(i) lock-in or theswap

straight-line methods, depending on the type of customer. We amortize capitalized software using the straight-line method over estimated lives ranging upour exposure to 7 years, exceptchanging variable interest rates for approximately $237 million of our capitalized software costs, which represents costsfixed interest rates or (ii) to develop an integrated billing and customer care system which is amortized using the straight-line method over a 20 year period. We amortize our other intangible assets predominantly using thesum-of-the-years-digits method over an estimated life of 4swap obligations to 20 years. Other intangible assets not arising from business combinations are initially recorded at cost. Where there are no legal, regulatory, contractual or other factors that would reasonably limit the useful life of an intangible asset, we classify the intangible asset as indefinite-lived and such intangible assets are not amortized.

Internally used software, whether purchased or developed by us, is capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life.pay fixed interest rates for variable interest rates. We have capitalized certain costs associated with software such as costsestablished policies and procedures for risk assessment and the approval, reporting and monitoring of employees devoting time to the projects and external direct costs for materials and services. Costs associated with software to be used for internal purposes are expensed until the point at which the project has reached the development stage. Subsequent additions, modifications or upgrades tointernal-use software are capitalized only to the extent that they allow the software to perform a task it previouslyderivative instrument activities. As of December 31, 2019, we did not perform. Software maintenance, data conversion and training costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. We review the remaining economic liveshold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

In February 2019, we executed swap transactions that reduced our exposure to floating rates with respect to $2.5 billion principal amount of floating rate debt. In June 2019, we executed swap transactions that reduced our capitalized software annually. Capitalized software is included in other intangible assets, net, in our consolidated balance sheets.

Our long-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill,exposure to floating rates with indefinite lives are assessed for impairment annually, or, under certain circumstances, more frequently, such as when events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be an impairment. These assets are carried at the estimated fair value at the timerespect to $1.5 billion principal amount of acquisition and assets not acquired in acquisitions are recorded at historical cost. However, if their estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount, other indefinite-lived intangible assets are reduced to their estimated fair value through an impairment chargefloating rate debt. See Note 15—Derivative Financial Instruments to our consolidated financial statements in Item 1 of operations.Part I of this report for additional disclosure regarding our hedging arrangements.

As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately $11.2 billion floating rate debt potentially subject to the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR), $4.0 billion of which was subject to the above-described hedging arrangements. A hypothetical increase of 100 basis points in LIBOR relating to our $7.2 billion of unhedged floating rate debt would, among other things, decrease our annualpre-tax earnings by approximately $72 million.

We are required to assess goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently, if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate an impairment may have occurred. We are required to write-downconduct a portion of our business in currencies other than the value of goodwill in periodsU.S. dollar, the currency in which the recorded amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill. Our reporting unitsour consolidated financial statements are not discrete legal entities with discrete financial statements. Therefore, the equity carrying value and future cash flows mustreported. Accordingly, our operating results could be estimated each time a goodwill impairment assessment is performed on a reporting unit. As a result, our assets, liabilities and cash flows are assigned to reporting units using reasonable and consistent allocation methodologies. Certain estimates, judgments and assumptions are required to perform these assignments. We believe these estimates, judgments and assumptions to be reasonable, but changes in any of these can significantly affect each reporting unit’s equity carrying value and future cash flows utilized for our goodwill impairment assessment.

We are required to reassign goodwill to reporting units each time we reorganize our internal reporting structure which causes a change in the composition of our reporting units. Goodwill is reassignedadversely affected by foreign currency exchange rate volatility relative to the reporting units using a relative fair value approach. We utilize the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciationU.S. dollar. Our European subsidiaries and amortization of each reporting unit as our allocation methodology as it represents a reasonable proxy for the fair value of the operations being reorganized.

See Note 4—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets for additional information.

Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits

We recognize the funded status of our defined benefit and post-retirement plans as an asset or a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. Each year’s actuarial gains or losses are a component of our other comprehensive income (loss), which is then included in our accumulated other comprehensive loss. Pension and post-retirement benefit expenses are recognized over the period in which the employee renders service and becomes eligible to

receive benefits. We make significant assumptions (including the discount rate, expected rate of return on plan assets, mortality and health care trend rates) in computing the pension and post-retirement benefits expense and obligations. See Note 9—Employee Benefits for additional information.

Foreign Currency

Our results of operations include foreigncertain Latin American subsidiaries which are translated from the applicable functional currency to the United States Dollar using the average exchange rates during the reporting period, while assets and liabilities are translated at the reporting date. We include gains or losses from foreign currencyre-measurement in other income, net in our consolidated statements of operations. Certainnon-U.S. subsidiaries designateuse the local currency as their functional currency, and we record the translation of their assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the balance sheet date as translation adjustments and include them as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in our consolidated balance sheets. We consider the majority of their revenue and purchases are transacted in their local currencies. Certain Latin American countries previously designated as highly inflationary economies use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. Although we continue to evaluate strategies to mitigate risks related to the effect of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, we will likely recognize gains or losses from international transactions. Changes in foreign currency rates could adversely affect our investmentsoperating results.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in our foreign subsidiariesthe method of analysis presented in the computation of exposures to be long-termmarket risks. Actual values may differ materially from those disclosed by us from time to time if market conditions vary from the assumptions used in nature.

Common Stock

Atthe analyses performed. These analyses only incorporate the risk exposures that existed at December 31, 2017,2019.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of the date of this report, we had 4 million unissued shareshave no special purpose or limited purpose entities that provideoff-balance sheet financing, liquidity, or market or credit risk support and we do not engage in leasing, hedging or other similar activities that expose us to any significant liabilities that are not (i) reflected on the face of the consolidated financial statements, (ii) disclosed in Note 19—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, or in the Future Contractual Obligations table included in this Item 7 of Part II above, or (iii) discussed under the heading “Market Risk” above.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Market Risk” in Item 7 of Part II of this report is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

CenturyLink, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CenturyLink, Inc. common stock reservedand subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for acquisitions.each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In addition, we had 45 million shares authorizedour opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Preferred stock

Holders of outstanding CenturyLink, Inc. preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends, receive preferential distributions equal to $25 per share plus unpaid dividends upon CenturyLink, Inc.‘s liquidation and vote as a single classWe also have audited, in accordance with the holdersstandards of common stock.the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 28, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

DividendsChange in Accounting Principle

We pay dividends out of retained earningsAs discussed in Note 1 to the extent we have retained earnings onconsolidated financial statements, the dateCompany changed its method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019 due to the dividend is declared. If the dividend is in excessadoption of our retained earnings on the declaration date, then the excess is drawn from our additionalpaid-in capital.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In 2017, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)2016-18, “Restricted Cash (a consensusCodification Topic 842, Leases.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Emerging Issues Task Force)” (“ASU2016-18”). InCompany’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the first quarterPCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of 2017,the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we adopted ASU2016-09, “Improvementsplan and perform the audit to Employee Share Based Compensation” (“ASU2016-09”)obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and ASU2017-07, “Improvingperforming procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Costamounts and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost” (“ASU2017-07”). Each of these is described further below.

Restricted Cash

On November 17, 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-18, which requires that a statement of cash flows explain the changedisclosures in the totalconsolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents as comparedthe consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the previous presentation, which explains onlyaudit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the change in cash and cash equivalents. ASU2016-18 is effective January 1, 2018, but early adoption is permitted and requires retrospective application of the requirements to all previous periods presented. We early adopted ASU2016-18 in the second quarter of 2017.consolidated financial

Share-based Compensationstatements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

ASU2016-09 modifiedTesting of revenue

As discussed in Notes 1 and 5 to the accounting2019 consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded $22.4 billion of operating revenues. The processing and associated income tax accounting for share-based compensation in orderrecording of revenue is reliant upon multiple information technology (IT) systems used to reduceprocess large volumes of customer billing data.

We identified the costtesting of revenue as a critical audit matter due to the large volume of data and the number and complexity associatedof the revenue accounting systems. Specialized skills and knowledge were needed to test the IT systems used for the processing and recording of revenue.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls related to the processing and recording of revenue, including manual and automated controls over the IT systems used for the processing and recording of revenue. For a selection of transactions, we compared the amount of revenue recorded to a combination of Company internal data, executed contracts, and other relevant and reliable third-party data. In addition, we involved IT professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in the identification and testing of certain IT systems, including the design of audit procedures, used by the Company for the processing and recording of revenue.

Assessment of the goodwill impairment charge

As discussed in Notes 1 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded goodwill impairment charges aggregating to $6.5 billion during 2019. The Company used the market multiples approach to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. The Company recorded impairment charges equal to the amount by which the carrying value of each reporting unit exceeded its fair value.

We identified the assessment of the Company’s impairment charges recorded in 2019 as a critical audit matter. Subjective auditor judgment was required in assessing the market multiple assumptions for revenue and EBITDA used to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. The evaluation of these assumptions was challenging due to the subjective nature of the assumptions. Additionally, differences in judgment used to determine these assumptions could have a significant effect on each reporting unit’s estimated fair value and the resulting impairment charges.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls over the Company’s process to estimate each reporting unit’s fair value, including controls related to the determination of the market multiple assumptions for revenue and EBITDA for each reporting unit. We involved a valuation professional with specialized skill and knowledge, who assisted in a) comparing the selected market multiples for revenue and EBITDA for each reporting unit based on their relative revenue growth and EBITDA margin and b) reconciling the fair value of the reporting units to the Company’s total fair value.

Assessment of the Company’s annual impairment testing related to the carrying value of goodwill

As discussed in Notes 1 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the goodwill balance at December 31, 2019 was $21.5 billion. On the annual goodwill impairment assessment date, the Company tested the carrying value of goodwill for impairment by considering both a discounted cash flow method and a market multiples approach to estimate the fair value of the reporting units.

We identified the assessment of the Company’s annual impairment testing related to the carrying value of goodwill as a critical audit matter because subjective auditor judgment was required in performing procedures over certain assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. Those assumptions included: projected revenues, long term growth rate (LTGR), and market multiples for revenue and EBITDA. The evaluation of these assumptions was challenging due to the subjective nature of the assumptions. Additionally, differences in judgment used to determine these assumptions could have a significant effect on each reporting unit’s estimated fair value.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls over the Company’s process to estimate each reporting unit’s fair value, including controls related to the development of revenue projections, and the determination of the LTGR and the market multiples for revenue and EBITDA for each reporting unit. We performed sensitivity analyses over the projected revenue assumption to assess the impact on the Company’s estimate of the fair value of each reporting unit. We compared the Company’s revenue projection to the Company’s historic revenue trends. We assessed the Company’s ability to accurately project revenues by comparing the Company’s historical revenue projections to actual results. We involved a valuation professional with specialized skill and knowledge, who assisted in: a) comparing the selected revenue and EBITDA market multiples to peer companies’ results; and b) comparing the selected LTGR for each reporting unit to the Company’s historic trends and growth expectations developed using publicly available industry and analyst reports.

Assessment of the estimate of the fair value of private fund interests valued using net asset value

As discussed in Notes 1 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the fair value of pension plan assets at December 31, 2019 was $10.5 billion. Of this amount, the fair value of $3.9 billion represents private fund interests, which were estimated by the Company using net asset value (NAV). Valuation inputs for these private fund interests are generally based on assumptions and other information not observable in the market.

We identified the assessment of the estimate of the fair value of private fund interests estimated using NAV as a critical audit matter because auditor judgment was required in the application and performance of procedures to assess their fair value.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls over the Company’s process to monitor and record the estimated fair value of the pension plan assets. For a selection of private fund interests, we compared the rates of return to relevant, publicly available market indices and we compared the estimated fair values of NAV to confirmations with third parties. We compared the Company’s previous estimates of fair value of NAV to the NAVs audited by third parties for a selection of private fund interests to assess the Company’s process to accurately estimate fair value. We involved valuation professionals with specialized skill and knowledge who assisted in our risk assessment and the design of procedures performed for private fund interests. With respect to private fund interest selections for testing, the valuation professionals assessed the procedures performed and the results of our procedures.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1977.

Denver, Colorado

February 28, 2020

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

CenturyLink, Inc.:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited CenturyLink, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated February 28, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, (“GAAP”). The primary provisions of ASU2016-09and that affect our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 are:

1.A reclassification of the income tax effect associated with the difference between the expense recognized for share-based payments and the related tax deduction from additionalpaid-in capital to income tax expense. This change was applied on a prospective basis and resulted in a $5 million increase in income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017.

2.We elected to change our accounting policy to account for forfeitures of share-based payment grants as they occur as opposed to our previous policy of estimating the forfeitures on the grant date. The cumulative effect of adopting this policy as of January 1, 2017 resulted in an increase of $3 million, net of a $2 million tax effect, in accumulated deficit.

Net Periodic Pensionreceipts and Postretirement Benefit Costs

ASU2017-07 modified the presentation of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit costs and requires the service cost component to be reported separately from the other components in order to provide more useful information. Under ASU2017-07, the service cost component of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit costs is required to be presented in the same expense category as the related salary and wages for the employee. The other componentsexpenditures of the net periodic pensioncompany are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and postretirement benefit costs are required to be recognized below operating income in other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations. This change was applied on a retrospective basis to all previous periods to match the current period presentation. This retrospective application resulted in a $2 million increase in operating income and a corresponding increase in total other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2016 and a $26 million reduction in operating income and a corresponding decrease in total other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Comprehensive Income

On February 14, 2018, the FASB issued ASU2018-02, “Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” (“ASU2018-02”). Under current accounting guidance, the income tax effects for changes in income tax rates and certain other transactions are recognized in income from continuing operations resulting in income tax effects recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income that don’t reflect the current tax ratedirectors of the entity (“stranded tax effects”). ASU2018-02 allows uscompany; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the optioncompany’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to reclassify these stranded tax effects relatedfuture periods are subject to the change in the federal income tax rate as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act to retained earnings.

We currently plan to adopt the provisions of ASU2018-02 in the first quarter of 2018 and elect to reclassify the stranded tax effects related to the Tax Cuts and Job Act from accumulated comprehensive income to retained earnings in first quarter of 2018. We currently estimaterisk that our retained earnings and accumulated other comprehensive loss will increase by approximately $400 million as a result of the adoption of ASU2018-02.

Goodwill Impairment

On January 26, 2017, the FASB issued ASU2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” (“ASU2017-04”). ASU2017-04 simplifies the impairment testing for goodwill by changing the measurement for goodwill impairment. Under current rules, we are required to compute the implied fair value of goodwill to

measurecontrols may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the impairment amount ifdegree of compliance with the carrying valuepolicies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado

February 28, 2020

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2019  2018  2017 
  

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share

amounts and shares in thousands)

 

OPERATING REVENUE

 

 $

22,401 

 

 

 

23,443 

 

 

 

17,656 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

   

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

 

 

10,077 

 

 

 

10,862 

 

 

 

8,203 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

3,715 

 

 

 

4,165 

 

 

 

3,508 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

4,829 

 

 

 

5,120 

 

 

 

3,936 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

6,506 

 

 

 

2,726 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

25,127 

 

 

 

22,873 

 

 

 

15,647 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME

 

 

(2,726)

 

 

 

570 

 

 

 

2,009 

 

OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME

   

Interest expense

 

 

(2,021)

 

 

 

(2,177)

 

 

 

(1,481)

 

Other (loss) income, net

 

 

(19)

 

 

 

44 

 

 

 

12 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

 

 

(2,040)

 

 

 

(2,133)

 

 

 

(1,469)

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

(4,766)

 

 

 

(1,563)

 

 

 

540 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

503 

 

 

 

170 

 

 

 

(849)

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

 

 $

(5,269)

 

 

 

(1,733)

 

 

 

1,389 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BASIC AND DILUTED (LOSS) EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

   

BASIC

 

 $

(4.92)

 

 

 

(1.63)

 

 

 

2.21 

 

DILUTED

 

 $

(4.92)

 

 

 

(1.63)

 

 

 

2.21 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING

   

BASIC

 

 

1,071,441 

 

 

 

1,065,866 

 

 

 

627,808 

 

DILUTED

 

 

    1,071,441 

 

 

 

1,065,866 

 

 

 

628,693 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2019  2018  2017 
  

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

 

$

(5,269)

 

 

 

(1,733)

 

 

 

1,389 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME:

   

Items related to employee benefit plans:

   

Change in net actuarial gain (loss), net of $60, ($45) and ($60) tax

 

 

(195)

 

 

 

133 

 

 

 

83 

 

Change in net prior service credit, net of ($4), ($3) and ($4) tax

 

 

13 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding loss on interest rate swaps, net of $12 tax

 

 

(39)

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

— 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment and other, net of ($6), $50 and ($17) tax

 

 

 

 

 

(201)

 

 

 

31 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

(219)

 

 

 

(59)

 

 

 

122 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

 

 $

            (5,488)

 

 

 

            (1,792)

 

 

 

            1,511 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

  As of December 31, 
  2019  2018 
  

 

(Dollars in millions

and shares in thousands)

 

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

 $1,690    488  

Restricted cash—current

      

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $106 and $142

  2,259    2,398  

Assets held for sale

     12  

Other

  808    918 
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

  4,768    3,820  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $29,346 and $26,859

  26,079    26,408  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

GOODWILL AND OTHER ASSETS

     

Goodwill

  21,534    28,031  

Operating lease assets

  1,686     

Restricted cash

  24    26  

Customer relationships, net

  7,596    8,911  

Other intangible assets, net

  1,971    1,868  

Other, net

  1,084    1,192 
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total goodwill and other assets

  33,895    40,028  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 $64,742    70,256  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES

     

Current maturities of long-term debt

 $2,300    652  

Accounts payable

  1,724    1,933  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

        

Salaries and benefits

  1,037    1,104  

Income and other taxes

  311   337  

Current operating lease liabilities

  416    —  

Interest

  280    316  

Other

  386    357  

Advance billings and customer deposits

  804    832  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  7,258    5,531  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

LONG-TERM DEBT

  32,394    35,409  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

     

Deferred income taxes, net

  2,918    2,527  

Benefit plan obligations, net

  4,594    4,319  

Noncurrent operating lease liabilities

  1,342    —  

Other

  2,766    2,642  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred credits and other liabilities

  11,620    9,488  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 19)

  

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

Preferred stock —non-redeemable, $25 par value, authorized 2,000 and 2,000 shares, issued and outstanding 7 and 7 shares

  —    —  

Common stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 2,200,000 and 1,600,000 shares, issued and outstanding 1,090,058 and 1,080,167 shares

  1,090    1,080  

Additionalpaid-in capital

  21,874    22,852  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (2,680)   (2,461) 

Accumulated deficit

  (6,814)   (1,643) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

  13,470    19,828  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $            64,742                70,256  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2019  2018  2017 
  

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

   

Net (loss) income

 $(5,269)   (1,733)   1,389  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

  4,829    5,120    3,936  

Impairment of goodwill and other assets

  6,506    2,746    —  

Deferred income taxes

  440    522    (931) 

Loss on the sale of data centers and colocation business

  —    —    82  

Provision for uncollectible accounts

  145    153    176  

Net (gain) loss on early retirement and modification of debt

  (72)       

Share-based compensation

  162    186    111  

Changes in current assets and liabilities:

   

Accounts receivable

  (5)   25    31  

Accounts payable

  (261)   124    (123) 

Accrued income and other taxes

  20    75    54  

Other current assets and liabilities, net

  (32)   127    (614) 

Retirement benefits

  (12)   (667)   (202) 

Changes in other noncurrent assets and liabilities, net

  245    329    (174) 

Other, net

  (16)   18    138  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  6,680    7,032    3,878  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

   

Capitalized expenditures

  (3,628)   (3,175)   (3,106) 

Cash paid for Level 3 acquisition, net of $2.3 billion cash acquired

  —    —    (7,289) 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets

  93    158    1,529  

Other, net

  (35)   (61)   (5) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (3,570)   (3,078)   (8,871) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

   

Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

  3,707    130    8,398  

Proceeds from financing obligation (Note 3)

  —    —    356  

Payments of long-term debt

  (4,157)   (1,936)   (1,963) 

Net proceeds (payments) on credit facility and revolving line of credit

  (300)   145    35  

Dividends paid

  (1,100)   (2,312)   (1,453) 

Other, net

  (61)   (50)   (17) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  (1,911)   (4,023)   5,356  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

  1,199    (69)   363  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

  518    587    224  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

 $1,717    518    587  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

   

Income taxes received (paid), net

 $34    674    (392) 

Interest paid (net of capitalized interest of $72, $53 and $78)

 $(2,028)   (2,138)   (1,401) 
   

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

 $1,690    488    551  

Restricted cash - current

         

Restricted cash - noncurrent

  24    26    31  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $            1,717                518                587  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2019  2018  2017 
  

 

(Dollars in millions except per share
amounts)

 

COMMON STOCK

   

Balance at beginning of period

 $1,080    1,069    547  

Issuance of common stock to acquire Level 3, including replacement of Level 3’s share-based compensation awards

  —    —    517  

Issuance of common stock through dividend reinvestment, incentive and benefit plans

  10    11     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  1,090    1,080    1,069  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

ADDITIONALPAID-IN CAPITAL

   

Balance at beginning of period

  22,852    23,314    14,970  

Issuance of common stock to acquire Level 3, including replacement of Level 3’s share-based compensation awards

  —    (2)    9,462  

Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholdings

  (37)   (56)   (20) 

Share-based compensation and other, net

  163    187    79  

Dividends declared

  (1,104)   (586)   (1,177) 

Acquisition of additional minority interest in a subsidiary

  —    (5)   —  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  21,874    22,852    23,314  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

   

Balance at beginning of period

  (2,461)   (1,995)   (2,117) 

Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU2018-02,Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

  —    (407)   —  

Other comprehensive (loss) income

  (219)   (59)   122  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  (2,680)   (2,461)   (1,995) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

RETAINED EARNINGS (ACCUMULATED DEFICIT)

   

Balance at beginning of period

  (1,643)   1,103    (1) 

Net (loss) income

  (5,269)   (1,733)   1,389  

Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU2016-02, Leases, net of ($37) tax

  96    —    —  

Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU2018-02,Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

  —    407    —  

Cumulative net effect of adoption of ASU2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, net of $—, ($119) and $— tax

  —    338    —  

Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU2016-09,Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting

  —    —     

Dividends declared

     (1,758)   (288) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  (6,814)   (1,643)   1,103  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 $        13,470            19,828            23,491  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE

 $1.00    2.16    2.16  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

References in the Notes to “CenturyLink,” “we,” “us”, the “Company”, and “our” refer to CenturyLink, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the content otherwise requires and except in Note 6, where such references refer solely to CenturyLink, Inc. References in the Notes to “Level 3” refer to Level 3 Parent, LLC and its predecessor, Level 3 Communications, Inc., which we acquired on November 1, 2017.

(1)  Background and Summary of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. Under ASU2017-04, the goodwill impairment charge will equal the excess of the reporting unit carrying value above fair value, limited to the amount of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit.Significant Accounting Policies

General

We are requiredan international facilities-based communications company engaged primarily in providing a broad array of integrated services to adopt the provisionsour business and residential customers.

On November 1, 2017, we acquired Level 3 in a cash and stock transaction. See Note 2—Acquisition of ASU2017-04Level 3 for any goodwill impairment tests, includingadditional information. On May 1, 2017, we sold a portion of our required annual test, occurring after January 1, 2020, but have the optiondata centers and colocation business to early adopta consortium of private equity purchasers for any impairment test that we are required to perform. We have not determined if we will elect to early adopt the provisionsa combination of ASU2017-04. The provisionscash and equity. See Note 3—Sale of ASU2017-04 would not have affected our last goodwill impairment assessment, but no assurance can be provided that the simplified testing methodology will not affect our goodwill impairment assessment in the future.Data Centers and Colocation Business for additional information.

Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes includes amounts for tax consequences deferred to future periods. We record deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflecting future tax consequences attributable to (i) tax credit carryforwards, (ii) differences between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and the tax basis of those assets and liabilities and (iii) tax net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs. Deferred taxes are computed using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.

The measurement of deferred taxes often involves the exercise of considerable judgment related to the realization of tax basis. Our deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect our assessment that tax positions taken in filed tax returns and the resulting tax basis are more likely than not to be sustained if they are audited by taxing authorities. Assessing tax rates that we expect to apply and determining the years when the temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income requires judgment about the future apportionment of our income among the states in which we operate. Any changes in our practices or judgments involved in the measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations.

In connection with recording deferred income tax assets and liabilities, we establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to amounts that we believe are more likely than not to be realized. We evaluate our deferred tax assets quarterly to determine whether adjustments to our valuation allowance are appropriate in light of changes in facts or circumstances, such as changes in tax law, interactions with taxing authorities and developments in case law. In making this evaluation, we rely on our recent history ofpre-tax earnings. We also rely on our forecasts of future earnings and the nature and timing of future deductions and benefits represented by the deferred tax assets, all which involve the exercise of significant judgment. At December 31, 2019, we established a valuation allowance of $1.3 billion primarily related to foreign and state NOLs, based on our determination that it was more likely than not that these NOLs would expire unused. If forecasts of future earnings and the nature and estimated timing of future deductions and benefits change in the future, we may determine that existing valuation allowances must be updated or new valuation allowances created, any of which could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations. See Note 16—Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for additional information.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview of Sources and Uses of Cash

We are a holding company that is dependent on the capital resources of our subsidiaries to satisfy our parent company liquidity requirements. Several of our significant operating subsidiaries have borrowed funds either on a standalone basis or as part of a separate restricted group with certain of its subsidiaries or affiliates. The terms of the instruments governing the indebtedness of these borrowers or borrowing groups may restrict our ability to access their accumulated cash. In addition, our ability to access the liquidity of these and other subsidiaries may be limited by tax and legal considerations and other factors.

At December 31, 2019, we held cash and cash equivalents of $1.7 billion, a significant portion of which was held to redeem debt securities inmid-January 2020. At December 31, 2019, we also had approximately $1.9 billion of borrowing capacity available under our revolving credit facility. We had approximately $108 million of cash and cash equivalents outside the United States at December 31, 2019. We currently believe that there are no material restrictions on our ability to repatriate cash and cash equivalents into the United States, and that we may do so without paying or accruing U.S. taxes. We do not currently intend to repatriate to the United States any of our foreign cash and cash equivalents from operating entities outside of Latin America.

Our executive officers and our Board of Directors periodically review our sources and potential uses of cash in connection with our annual budgeting process. Generally speaking, our principal funding source is cash from operating activities, and our principal cash requirements include operating expenses, capital expenditures, income taxes, debt repayments, dividends, periodic stock repurchases, periodic pension contributions and other benefits payments.

Based on our current capital allocation objectives, during 2020 we project expending approximately $3.6 billion to $3.9 billion (excluding integration and transformation capital) of cash for capital investment in property, plant and equipment and approximately $1.1 billion of cash for dividends on our common stock (based on the assumptions described below under “Dividends”). At December 31, 2019, we had debt maturities of $1.0 billion, scheduled debt principal payments of $1.3 billion and finance lease and other fixed payments of $36 million, each due during 2020. Each of the expenditures is described further below.

We will continue to monitor our future sources and uses of cash and anticipate that we will make adjustments to our capital allocation strategies when, as and if determined by our Board of Directors. We typically use our revolving credit facility as a source of liquidity for operating activities and our other cash requirements.

For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

Capital Expenditures

We incur capital expenditures on an ongoing basis to expand and improve our service offerings, enhance and modernize our networks and compete effectively in our markets. We evaluate capital expenditure projects based on a variety of factors, including expected strategic impacts (such as forecasted impact on revenue growth, productivity, expenses, service levels and customer retention) and our expected return on investment. The amount of capital investment is influenced by, among other things, demand for our services and products, cash flow generated by operating activities, cash required for other purposes and regulatory considerations (such as our CAF Phase II infrastructure buildout requirements).

Our capital expenditures continue to be focused on enhancing network operating efficiencies and supporting new service developments. For more information on our capital spending, see “Historical Information—Investing Activities” below and Item 1 of Part 1 of this report.

Debt and Other Financing Arrangements

Subject to market conditions, we expect to continue to issue debt securities from time to time in the future to refinance a substantial portion of our maturing debt, including issuing debt securities of certain of our subsidiaries to refinance their maturing debt to the extent feasible. The availability, interest rate and other terms of any new borrowings will depend on the ratings assigned by credit rating agencies, among other factors.

As of the date of this report, the credit ratings for the senior secured and unsecured debt of CenturyLink, Inc., Qwest Corporation and Level 3 Financing, Inc. were as follows:

Borrower

Moody’s
Investors
    Service, Inc.    
    Standard &    
Poor’s
    Fitch Ratings    

CenturyLink, Inc.:

Unsecured

B2

B+

BB

Secured

Ba3

BBB-

BB+

Qwest Corporation:

Unsecured

Ba2

BBB-

BB+

Level 3 Financing, Inc.

Unsecured

Ba3

BB

BB

Secured

Ba1

BBB-

BBB-

Our credit ratings are reviewed and adjusted from time to time by the rating agencies. Any future downgrades of the senior unsecured or secured debt ratings of us or our subsidiaries could impact our access to debt capital or further raise our borrowing costs. See “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting our Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

As of December 31, 2019, CenturyLink had approximately $6.2 billion of net operating loss carryforwards. (“NOLs”), which for U.S. federal income tax purposes can be used to offset future taxable income. These NOLs are primarily related to federal NOLs we acquired through the Level 3 acquisition on November 1, 2017 and are subject to limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) and related U.S. Treasury Department regulations. In the first half of 2019, we entered into and subsequently restated a Section 382 rights agreement designed to safeguard our ability to use those NOLs. Assuming that we can continue using these NOLs in the amounts projected, we expect to significantly reduce our federal cash taxes for the next several years. The amounts of our near-term future tax payments will depend upon many factors, including our future earnings and tax circumstances and results of any corporate tax reform. Based on current laws and our current estimates of 2020 earnings, we estimate our cash income tax liability related to 2020 will be approximately $100 million.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to use these NOL carryforwards fully. See “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Liquidity and Capital Resources—We cannot assure you, whether, when or in what amounts we will be able to use our net operating loss carryforwards, or when they will be depleted” in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Dividends

We currently expect to continue our current practice of paying quarterly cash dividends in respect of our common stock subject to our Board of Directors’ discretion to modify or terminate this practice at any time and

for any reason without prior notice. Following a reduction announced on February 13, 2019, our current quarterly common stock dividend rate is $0.25 per share, as approved by our Board of Directors, which we believe is a dividend rate per share which enables us to balance our multiple objectives of managing our business, investing in the business,de-leveraging our balance sheet and returning a substantial portion of our cash to our shareholders. Assuming continued payment during 2020 at this rate of $0.25 per share, our average total dividend paid each quarter would be approximately $275 million based on our current number of outstanding shares (assuming no increases or decreases in the number of shares, except in connection with the vesting of currently outstanding equity awards). See Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Business” in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Revolving Facilities and Other Debt Instruments

To substantially fund our acquisition of Level 3, on June 19, 2017, one of our affiliates entered into a credit agreement (the “2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement”) providing initially for $10.2 billion in senior secured credit facilities, consisting initially of a $2.0 billion revolving credit facility (which replaced our 2012 credit facility upon consummation of the Level 3 acquisition) and approximately $7.9 billion of term loan facilities. On October 24, 2016,November 1, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc., among other things, assumed all rights and obligations under the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement. On January 29, 2018, the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement was amended to increase the borrowing capacity of the new revolving credit facility from $2.0 billion to $2.2 billion, and to increase the borrowing capacity under one of the term loan tranches by $132 million. On January 31, 2020, the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement was amended and restated to, among other things, extend the debt maturities of the facilities, to lower interest rates payable thereunder, and to amend the amounts owed under each of the facilities. For additional information, see (i) Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report and (ii) our current reports on Form8-K filed with the SEC on June 20, 2017, November 1, 2017 and January 31, 2020.

In addition to its indebtedness under the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement, CenturyLink is indebted under its outstanding senior notes, and several of its subsidiaries are indebted under separate credit facilities or senior notes. For information on the terms and conditions of these other debt instruments of ours and our subsidiaries, including financial and operating covenants, see Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

Future Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our estimated future contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019:

  2020  2021  2022  2023  2024  2025 and
  thereafter  
  Total 
  (Dollars in millions) 

Long-term debt(1)(2)

 

 $

2,300 

 

 

 

2,478 

 

 

 

4,224 

 

 

 

2,096

 

 

 

1,973 

 

 

 

21,968 

 

 

 

35,039 

 

Interest on long-term debt and finance leases(2)

 

 

1,819 

 

 

 

1,749 

 

 

 

1,565 

 

 

 

1,378

 

 

 

1,229 

 

 

 

10,952 

 

 

 

18,692 

 

Operating leases

 

 

460 

 

 

 

361 

 

 

 

308 

 

 

 

265

 

 

 

194 

 

 

 

686 

 

 

 

2,274 

 

Right-of-way agreements

 

 

174 

 

 

 

75 

 

 

 

72 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

52 

 

 

 

464 

 

 

 

900 

 

Purchase commitments(3)

 

 

247 

 

 

 

183 

 

 

 

78 

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

37 

 

 

 

173 

 

 

 

766 

 

Post-retirement benefit obligation(4)

 

 

73 

 

 

 

70 

 

 

 

66 

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

58 

 

 

 

430 

 

 

 

759 

 

Non-qualified pension obligations(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

16 

 

 

 

37 

 

Asset retirement obligations

 

 

23 

 

 

 

22 

 

 

 

19 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

18 

 

 

 

101 

 

 

 

197 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total future contractual obligations(5)

 

 $

     5,101 

 

 

 

    4,942 

 

 

 

    6,336 

 

 

 

    3,930

 

 

 

    3,565 

 

 

 

    34,790 

 

 

 

    58,664 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Includes current maturities and finance lease obligations, but excludes unamortized discounts and premiums, net, and unamortized debt issuance costs.

(2)

Actual principal and interest paid in all years may differ due to future refinancing of outstanding debt or issuance of new debt. Interest on our floating rate debt was calculated for all years using the rates effective at December 31, 2019. See Note 19—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for additional information regarding the future commitments for finance leases related to our dark fiber operations.

(3)

We have various long-term,non-cancelable purchase commitments for advertising and promotion services, including advertising and marketing at sports arenas and other venues and events. We also have purchase commitments with third-party vendors for operating, installation and maintenance services for facilities. In addition, we have service-related commitments with various vendors for data processing, technical and software support services. Future payments under certain service contracts will vary depending on our actual usage. In the table above, we estimated payments for these service contracts based on estimates of the level of services we expect to receive.

(4)

Reflects only the portion of total obligation that is contractual in nature. See Note 5 below.

(5)

The table is limited solely to contractual payment obligations and does not include:

contingent liabilities;

our open purchase orders as of December 31, 2019. These purchase orders are generally issued at fair value, and are generally cancelable without penalty;

other long-term liabilities, such as accruals for legal matters and other taxes that are not contractual obligations by nature. We cannot determine with any degree of reliability the years in which these liabilities might ultimately settle;

cash funding requirements for qualified pension benefits payable to certain eligible current and future retirees. Benefits paid by our qualified pension plan are paid through a trust. Cash funding requirements for this trust are not included in this table as we are not able to reliably estimate required contributions to this trust. Our funding projections are discussed further below;

certain post-retirement benefits payable to certain eligible current and future retirees. Not all of our post-retirement benefit obligation amount is a contractual obligation and only the portion that we believe is a contractual obligation is reported in the table. See additional information on our benefits plans in Note 11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report;

contract termination fees. These fees arenon-recurring payments, the timing and payment of which, if any, is uncertain. In the ordinary course of business and to optimize our cost structure, we enter into contracts with terms greater than one year to use the network facilities of other carriers and to purchase other goods and services. Our contracts to use other carriers’ network facilities generally have no minimum volume requirements and pricing is based upon volumes and usage. In the normal course of business, we do not believe payment of these fees is likely;

service level commitments to our customers, the violation of which typically results in service credits rather than cash payments; and

potential indemnification obligations to counterparties in certain agreements entered into in the normal course of business. The nature and terms of these arrangements vary.

For additional information on our obligations, see the notes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report.

Pension and Post-retirement Benefit Obligations

We are subject to material obligations under our existing defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plans. At December 31, 2019, the accounting unfunded status of our qualified andnon-qualified defined benefit pension plans and our qualified post-retirement benefit plans was $1.8 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively. See Note 11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for additional information about our pension and post-retirement benefit arrangements.

Benefits paid by our qualified pension plan are paid through a trust that holds all of the plan’s assets. Based on current laws and circumstances, we do not expect any contributions to be required for our qualified pension plan during 2020. The amount of required contributions to our qualified pension plan in 2021 and beyond will depend on a variety of factors, most of which are beyond our control, including earnings on plan investments, prevailing interest rates, demographic experience, changes in plan benefits and changes in funding laws and regulations. We occasionally make voluntary contributions in addition to required contributions. We last made a voluntary contribution to the trust for our qualified pension plan during 2018. Based on current circumstances, we do not anticipate making a voluntary contribution to the trust for our qualified pension plan in 2020.

Substantially all of our post-retirement health care and life insurance benefits plans are unfunded. Several trusts hold assets that have been used to help cover the health care costs of certain retirees. As of December 31,

2019, assets in the post-retirement trusts had been substantially depleted and had a fair value of only $13 million (a portion of which was comprised of investments with restricted liquidity), which has significantly limited our ability to continue paying benefits from the trusts. Benefits not paid from the trusts are expected to be paid directly by us with available cash. As described further in Note 11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, aggregate benefits paid by us under these plans (net of participant contributions and direct subsidy receipts) were $241 million, $249 million and $237 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, while the amounts paid from the trust were $4 million, $4 million and $31 million, respectively. For additional information on our expected future benefits payments for our post-retirement benefit plans, please see Note 11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II in this report.

For 2019, our expected annual long-term rates of return were 6.5% and 4% for the pension plan trust assets and post-retirement plans’ trust assets based on the assets held and net of expected fees and administrative costs. For 2020, our expected annual long-term rates of return on these assets are 6% and 4%, respectively. However, actual returns could be substantially different.

Connect America Fund

As a result of accepting CAF Phase II support payments, we are receiving substantial support payments under a program that will soon lapse. Moreover, we must meet certain specified infrastructure buildout requirements in 33 states. In order to meet these specified infrastructure buildout requirements, we may be obligated to make substantial capital expenditures. See “Capital Expenditures” above.

For additional information on the FCC’s CAF program and a proposed replacement program, see “Business—Regulation” in Item 1 of Part I of this report and see “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 1A of Part I of this report.

Historical Information

The following tables summarize our consolidated cash flow activities:

  Years Ended December 31,  Increase /
    (Decrease)    

 

 
          2019                  2018         
  

(Dollars in millions)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 $

6,680 

 

 

 

7,032 

 

 

 

(352)

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(3,570)

 

 

 

(3,078)

 

 

 

492 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(1,911)

 

 

 

(4,023)

 

 

 

(2,112)

 

  Years Ended December 31,  Increase /
    (Decrease)    

 

 
          2018                  2017         
  

(Dollars in millions)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 $

7,032 

 

 

 

3,878 

 

 

 

3,154 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(3,078)

 

 

 

(8,871)

 

 

 

(5,793)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(4,023)

 

 

 

5,356 

 

 

 

9,379 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $352 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to an increase in net loss after adjusting fornon-cash items, a decrease in accounts payable and other noncurrent liabilities and an increase to prepaid assets partially offset by a decrease in retirement benefit contributions. Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $3.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31,

2017 primarily due to $2.4 billion in cash generated by Level 3 in addition to a positive variance in net (loss) income after adjusting fornon-cash items for impairment of goodwill and other assets and depreciation, deferred income taxes and tax refunds of $674 million received in 2018, partially offset with a pension funding contribution of $500 million. Cash provided by operating activities is subject to variability period over period as a result of the timing of the collection of receivables and payments related to interest expense, accounts payable, payroll and bonuses. For additional information about our operating results, see “Results of Operations” above.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities increased by $492 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to increased capital expenditures on property, plant and equipment partially offset by decreased proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets. Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $5.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The change in investing activities is primarily due to cash paid for the acquisition of Level 3 on November 1, 2017, which was partially offset with the cash proceeds from the May 2017 sale of a portion of our data centers and colocation business.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities decreased by $2.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to net proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and the decrease in dividends paid partially offset by higher levels of payments on our long-term debt and revolving line of credit. Net cash used in financing activities increased by $9.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily due cash received from net proceeds from issuance of new debt in 2017 relating to the acquisition of Level 3.

See Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, for information regarding indebtedness incurred or repaid by CenturyLink or its affiliates on our outstanding debt securities.

Other Matters

We have cash management arrangements with certain of our principal subsidiaries, in which substantial portions of the subsidiaries’ cash is regularly advanced to us. Although we periodically repay these advances to fund the subsidiaries’ cash requirements throughout the year, at any given point in time we may owe a substantial sum to our subsidiaries under these advances, which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are eliminated in consolidation and therefore not recognized on our consolidated balance sheets.

We also are involved in various legal proceedings that could substantially impact our financial position. See Note 19—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report for the current status of such legal proceedings.

Market Risk

As of December 31, 2019, we are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable rate long-term debt obligations and fluctuations in certain foreign currencies. We seek to maintain a favorable mix of fixed and variable rate debt in an effort to limit interest costs and cash flow volatility resulting from changes in rates.

Management periodically reviews our exposure to interest rate fluctuations and periodically implements strategies to manage the exposure. From time to time, we have used derivative instruments to(i) lock-in or swap

our exposure to changing variable interest rates for fixed interest rates or (ii) to swap obligations to pay fixed interest rates for variable interest rates. We have established policies and procedures for risk assessment and the approval, reporting and monitoring of derivative instrument activities. As of December 31, 2019, we did not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

In February 2019, we executed swap transactions that reduced our exposure to floating rates with respect to $2.5 billion principal amount of floating rate debt. In June 2019, we executed swap transactions that reduced our exposure to floating rates with respect to $1.5 billion principal amount of floating rate debt. See Note 15—Derivative Financial Instruments to our consolidated financial statements in Item 1 of Part I of this report for additional disclosure regarding our hedging arrangements.

As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately $11.2 billion floating rate debt potentially subject to the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR), $4.0 billion of which was subject to the above-described hedging arrangements. A hypothetical increase of 100 basis points in LIBOR relating to our $7.2 billion of unhedged floating rate debt would, among other things, decrease our annualpre-tax earnings by approximately $72 million.

We conduct a portion of our business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the currency in which our consolidated financial statements are reported. Accordingly, our operating results could be adversely affected by foreign currency exchange rate volatility relative to the U.S. dollar. Our European subsidiaries and certain Latin American subsidiaries use the local currency as their functional currency, as the majority of their revenue and purchases are transacted in their local currencies. Certain Latin American countries previously designated as highly inflationary economies use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. Although we continue to evaluate strategies to mitigate risks related to the effect of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, we will likely recognize gains or losses from international transactions. Changes in foreign currency rates could adversely affect our operating results.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the computation of exposures to market risks. Actual values may differ materially from those disclosed by us from time to time if market conditions vary from the assumptions used in the analyses performed. These analyses only incorporate the risk exposures that existed at December 31, 2019.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of the date of this report, we have no special purpose or limited purpose entities that provideoff-balance sheet financing, liquidity, or market or credit risk support and we do not engage in leasing, hedging or other similar activities that expose us to any significant liabilities that are not (i) reflected on the face of the consolidated financial statements, (ii) disclosed in Note 19—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, or in the Future Contractual Obligations table included in this Item 7 of Part II above, or (iii) discussed under the heading “Market Risk” above.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Market Risk” in Item 7 of Part II of this report is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

CenturyLink, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CenturyLink, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 28, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial

statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Testing of revenue

As discussed in Notes 1 and 5 to the 2019 consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded $22.4 billion of operating revenues. The processing and recording of revenue is reliant upon multiple information technology (IT) systems used to process large volumes of customer billing data.

We identified the testing of revenue as a critical audit matter due to the large volume of data and the number and complexity of the revenue accounting systems. Specialized skills and knowledge were needed to test the IT systems used for the processing and recording of revenue.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls related to the processing and recording of revenue, including manual and automated controls over the IT systems used for the processing and recording of revenue. For a selection of transactions, we compared the amount of revenue recorded to a combination of Company internal data, executed contracts, and other relevant and reliable third-party data. In addition, we involved IT professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in the identification and testing of certain IT systems, including the design of audit procedures, used by the Company for the processing and recording of revenue.

Assessment of the goodwill impairment charge

As discussed in Notes 1 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded goodwill impairment charges aggregating to $6.5 billion during 2019. The Company used the market multiples approach to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. The Company recorded impairment charges equal to the amount by which the carrying value of each reporting unit exceeded its fair value.

We identified the assessment of the Company’s impairment charges recorded in 2019 as a critical audit matter. Subjective auditor judgment was required in assessing the market multiple assumptions for revenue and EBITDA used to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. The evaluation of these assumptions was challenging due to the subjective nature of the assumptions. Additionally, differences in judgment used to determine these assumptions could have a significant effect on each reporting unit’s estimated fair value and the resulting impairment charges.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls over the Company’s process to estimate each reporting unit’s fair value, including controls related to the determination of the market multiple assumptions for revenue and EBITDA for each reporting unit. We involved a valuation professional with specialized skill and knowledge, who assisted in a) comparing the selected market multiples for revenue and EBITDA for each reporting unit based on their relative revenue growth and EBITDA margin and b) reconciling the fair value of the reporting units to the Company’s total fair value.

Assessment of the Company’s annual impairment testing related to the carrying value of goodwill

As discussed in Notes 1 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the goodwill balance at December 31, 2019 was $21.5 billion. On the annual goodwill impairment assessment date, the Company tested the carrying value of goodwill for impairment by considering both a discounted cash flow method and a market multiples approach to estimate the fair value of the reporting units.

We identified the assessment of the Company’s annual impairment testing related to the carrying value of goodwill as a critical audit matter because subjective auditor judgment was required in performing procedures over certain assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. Those assumptions included: projected revenues, long term growth rate (LTGR), and market multiples for revenue and EBITDA. The evaluation of these assumptions was challenging due to the subjective nature of the assumptions. Additionally, differences in judgment used to determine these assumptions could have a significant effect on each reporting unit’s estimated fair value.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls over the Company’s process to estimate each reporting unit’s fair value, including controls related to the development of revenue projections, and the determination of the LTGR and the market multiples for revenue and EBITDA for each reporting unit. We performed sensitivity analyses over the projected revenue assumption to assess the impact on the Company’s estimate of the fair value of each reporting unit. We compared the Company’s revenue projection to the Company’s historic revenue trends. We assessed the Company’s ability to accurately project revenues by comparing the Company’s historical revenue projections to actual results. We involved a valuation professional with specialized skill and knowledge, who assisted in: a) comparing the selected revenue and EBITDA market multiples to peer companies’ results; and b) comparing the selected LTGR for each reporting unit to the Company’s historic trends and growth expectations developed using publicly available industry and analyst reports.

Assessment of the estimate of the fair value of private fund interests valued using net asset value

As discussed in Notes 1 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the fair value of pension plan assets at December 31, 2019 was $10.5 billion. Of this amount, the fair value of $3.9 billion represents private fund interests, which were estimated by the Company using net asset value (NAV). Valuation inputs for these private fund interests are generally based on assumptions and other information not observable in the market.

We identified the assessment of the estimate of the fair value of private fund interests estimated using NAV as a critical audit matter because auditor judgment was required in the application and performance of procedures to assess their fair value.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls over the Company’s process to monitor and record the estimated fair value of the pension plan assets. For a selection of private fund interests, we compared the rates of return to relevant, publicly available market indices and we compared the estimated fair values of NAV to confirmations with third parties. We compared the Company’s previous estimates of fair value of NAV to the NAVs audited by third parties for a selection of private fund interests to assess the Company’s process to accurately estimate fair value. We involved valuation professionals with specialized skill and knowledge who assisted in our risk assessment and the design of procedures performed for private fund interests. With respect to private fund interest selections for testing, the valuation professionals assessed the procedures performed and the results of our procedures.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1977.

Denver, Colorado

February 28, 2020

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

CenturyLink, Inc.:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited CenturyLink, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated February 28, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that

controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado

February 28, 2020

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2019  2018  2017 
  

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share

amounts and shares in thousands)

 

OPERATING REVENUE

 

 $

22,401 

 

 

 

23,443 

 

 

 

17,656 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

   

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

 

 

10,077 

 

 

 

10,862 

 

 

 

8,203 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

3,715 

 

 

 

4,165 

 

 

 

3,508 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

4,829 

 

 

 

5,120 

 

 

 

3,936 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

6,506 

 

 

 

2,726 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

25,127 

 

 

 

22,873 

 

 

 

15,647 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME

 

 

(2,726)

 

 

 

570 

 

 

 

2,009 

 

OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME

   

Interest expense

 

 

(2,021)

 

 

 

(2,177)

 

 

 

(1,481)

 

Other (loss) income, net

 

 

(19)

 

 

 

44 

 

 

 

12 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

 

 

(2,040)

 

 

 

(2,133)

 

 

 

(1,469)

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

(4,766)

 

 

 

(1,563)

 

 

 

540 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

503 

 

 

 

170 

 

 

 

(849)

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

 

 $

(5,269)

 

 

 

(1,733)

 

 

 

1,389 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BASIC AND DILUTED (LOSS) EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

   

BASIC

 

 $

(4.92)

 

 

 

(1.63)

 

 

 

2.21 

 

DILUTED

 

 $

(4.92)

 

 

 

(1.63)

 

 

 

2.21 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING

   

BASIC

 

 

1,071,441 

 

 

 

1,065,866 

 

 

 

627,808 

 

DILUTED

 

 

    1,071,441 

 

 

 

1,065,866 

 

 

 

628,693 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2019  2018  2017 
  

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

 

$

(5,269)

 

 

 

(1,733)

 

 

 

1,389 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME:

   

Items related to employee benefit plans:

   

Change in net actuarial gain (loss), net of $60, ($45) and ($60) tax

 

 

(195)

 

 

 

133 

 

 

 

83 

 

Change in net prior service credit, net of ($4), ($3) and ($4) tax

 

 

13 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding loss on interest rate swaps, net of $12 tax

 

 

(39)

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

— 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment and other, net of ($6), $50 and ($17) tax

 

 

 

 

 

(201)

 

 

 

31 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

(219)

 

 

 

(59)

 

 

 

122 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

 

 $

            (5,488)

 

 

 

            (1,792)

 

 

 

            1,511 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

  As of December 31, 
  2019  2018 
  

 

(Dollars in millions

and shares in thousands)

 

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

 $1,690    488  

Restricted cash—current

      

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $106 and $142

  2,259    2,398  

Assets held for sale

     12  

Other

  808    918 
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

  4,768    3,820  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $29,346 and $26,859

  26,079    26,408  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

GOODWILL AND OTHER ASSETS

     

Goodwill

  21,534    28,031  

Operating lease assets

  1,686     

Restricted cash

  24    26  

Customer relationships, net

  7,596    8,911  

Other intangible assets, net

  1,971    1,868  

Other, net

  1,084    1,192 
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total goodwill and other assets

  33,895    40,028  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 $64,742    70,256  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES

     

Current maturities of long-term debt

 $2,300    652  

Accounts payable

  1,724    1,933  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

        

Salaries and benefits

  1,037    1,104  

Income and other taxes

  311   337  

Current operating lease liabilities

  416    —  

Interest

  280    316  

Other

  386    357  

Advance billings and customer deposits

  804    832  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  7,258    5,531  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

LONG-TERM DEBT

  32,394    35,409  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

     

Deferred income taxes, net

  2,918    2,527  

Benefit plan obligations, net

  4,594    4,319  

Noncurrent operating lease liabilities

  1,342    —  

Other

  2,766    2,642  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred credits and other liabilities

  11,620    9,488  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 19)

  

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

Preferred stock —non-redeemable, $25 par value, authorized 2,000 and 2,000 shares, issued and outstanding 7 and 7 shares

  —    —  

Common stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 2,200,000 and 1,600,000 shares, issued and outstanding 1,090,058 and 1,080,167 shares

  1,090    1,080  

Additionalpaid-in capital

  21,874    22,852  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (2,680)   (2,461) 

Accumulated deficit

  (6,814)   (1,643) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

  13,470    19,828  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $            64,742                70,256  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2019  2018  2017 
  

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

   

Net (loss) income

 $(5,269)   (1,733)   1,389  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

  4,829    5,120    3,936  

Impairment of goodwill and other assets

  6,506    2,746    —  

Deferred income taxes

  440    522    (931) 

Loss on the sale of data centers and colocation business

  —    —    82  

Provision for uncollectible accounts

  145    153    176  

Net (gain) loss on early retirement and modification of debt

  (72)       

Share-based compensation

  162    186    111  

Changes in current assets and liabilities:

   

Accounts receivable

  (5)   25    31  

Accounts payable

  (261)   124    (123) 

Accrued income and other taxes

  20    75    54  

Other current assets and liabilities, net

  (32)   127    (614) 

Retirement benefits

  (12)   (667)   (202) 

Changes in other noncurrent assets and liabilities, net

  245    329    (174) 

Other, net

  (16)   18    138  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  6,680    7,032    3,878  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

   

Capitalized expenditures

  (3,628)   (3,175)   (3,106) 

Cash paid for Level 3 acquisition, net of $2.3 billion cash acquired

  —    —    (7,289) 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets

  93    158    1,529  

Other, net

  (35)   (61)   (5) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (3,570)   (3,078)   (8,871) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

   

Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

  3,707    130    8,398  

Proceeds from financing obligation (Note 3)

  —    —    356  

Payments of long-term debt

  (4,157)   (1,936)   (1,963) 

Net proceeds (payments) on credit facility and revolving line of credit

  (300)   145    35  

Dividends paid

  (1,100)   (2,312)   (1,453) 

Other, net

  (61)   (50)   (17) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  (1,911)   (4,023)   5,356  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

  1,199    (69)   363  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

  518    587    224  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

 $1,717    518    587  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

   

Income taxes received (paid), net

 $34    674    (392) 

Interest paid (net of capitalized interest of $72, $53 and $78)

 $(2,028)   (2,138)   (1,401) 
   

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

 $1,690    488    551  

Restricted cash - current

         

Restricted cash - noncurrent

  24    26    31  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $            1,717                518                587  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2019  2018  2017 
  

 

(Dollars in millions except per share
amounts)

 

COMMON STOCK

   

Balance at beginning of period

 $1,080    1,069    547  

Issuance of common stock to acquire Level 3, including replacement of Level 3’s share-based compensation awards

  —    —    517  

Issuance of common stock through dividend reinvestment, incentive and benefit plans

  10    11     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  1,090    1,080    1,069  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

ADDITIONALPAID-IN CAPITAL

   

Balance at beginning of period

  22,852    23,314    14,970  

Issuance of common stock to acquire Level 3, including replacement of Level 3’s share-based compensation awards

  —    (2)    9,462  

Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholdings

  (37)   (56)   (20) 

Share-based compensation and other, net

  163    187    79  

Dividends declared

  (1,104)   (586)   (1,177) 

Acquisition of additional minority interest in a subsidiary

  —    (5)   —  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  21,874    22,852    23,314  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

   

Balance at beginning of period

  (2,461)   (1,995)   (2,117) 

Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU2018-02,Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

  —    (407)   —  

Other comprehensive (loss) income

  (219)   (59)   122  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  (2,680)   (2,461)   (1,995) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

RETAINED EARNINGS (ACCUMULATED DEFICIT)

   

Balance at beginning of period

  (1,643)   1,103    (1) 

Net (loss) income

  (5,269)   (1,733)   1,389  

Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU2016-02, Leases, net of ($37) tax

  96    —    —  

Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU2018-02,Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

  —    407    —  

Cumulative net effect of adoption of ASU2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, net of $—, ($119) and $— tax

  —    338    —  

Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU2016-09,Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting

  —    —     

Dividends declared

     (1,758)   (288) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  (6,814)   (1,643)   1,103  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 $        13,470            19,828            23,491  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE

 $1.00    2.16    2.16  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CENTURYLINK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

References in the Notes to “CenturyLink,” “we,” “us”, the “Company”, and “our” refer to CenturyLink, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the content otherwise requires and except in Note 6, where such references refer solely to CenturyLink, Inc. References in the Notes to “Level 3” refer to Level 3 Parent, LLC and its predecessor, Level 3 Communications, Inc., which we acquired on November 1, 2017.

(1)  Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

General

We are an international facilities-based communications company engaged primarily in providing a broad array of integrated services to our business and residential customers.

On November 1, 2017, we acquired Level 3 in a cash and stock transaction. See Note 2—Acquisition of Level 3 for additional information. On May 1, 2017, we sold a portion of our data centers and colocation business to a consortium of private equity purchasers for a combination of cash and equity. See Note 3—Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business for additional information.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling interest. These subsidiaries include Level 3 on and after November 1, 2017. Intercompany amounts and transactions with our consolidated subsidiaries have been eliminated. In connection with our acquisition of Level 3, we acquired its deconsolidated Venezuela subsidiary and due to exchange restrictions and other conditions we have assigned no value to this subsidiary’s assets. Additionally, we have excluded this subsidiary from our consolidated financial statements.

To simplify the overall presentation of our consolidated financial statements, we report immaterial amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests in certain of our subsidiaries as follows: (i) income attributable to noncontrolling interests in other income, net, (ii) equity attributable to noncontrolling interests in additionalpaid-in capital and (iii) cash flows attributable to noncontrolling interests in other, net financing activities.

We reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation, including the categorization of our revenue and our segment reporting for 2019, 2018 and 2017. See Note 17—Segment Information for additional information. These changes had no impact on total operating revenue, total operating expenses or net (loss) income for any period.

Operating Expenses

Our current definitions of operating expenses are as follows:

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) are expenses incurred in providing products and services to our customers. These expenses include: employee-related expenses directly attributable to operating and maintaining our network (such as salaries, wages, benefits and professional fees); facilities expenses (which include third-party telecommunications expenses we incur for using other carriers’ networks to provide services to our customers); rents and utilities expenses; equipment sales expenses (such as data integration and modem expenses); costs owed to universal service funds (which are federal and state funds that are established to promote the availability of communications services to all consumers at reasonable and affordable rates, among other things, and to which we are often required to contribute); and other expenses directly related to our operations; and

Selling, general and administrative expenses are corporate overhead and other operating expenses. These expenses include: employee-related expenses (such as salaries, wages, internal commissions, benefits and professional fees) directly attributable to selling products or services and employee-related expenses for administrative functions; marketing and advertising; property and other operating taxes and fees; external commissions; litigation expenses associated with general matters; bad debt expense; and other selling, general and administrative expenses.

These expense classifications may not be comparable to those of other companies.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These accounting principles require us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions we make when accounting for specific items and matters, including, but not limited to, revenue recognition, revenue reserves, network access costs, network access cost dispute reserves, pension plan assets, long-term contracts, customer retention patterns, allowance for doubtful accounts, depreciation, amortization, asset valuations, internal labor capitalization rates, recoverability of assets (including deferred tax assets), impairment assessments, pension, post-retirement and other post-employment benefits, taxes, certain liabilities and other provisions and contingencies, are reasonable, based on information available at the time they are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and components of stockholders’ equity as of the dates of the consolidated balance sheets, as well as the reported amounts of revenue, expenses and components of cash flows during the periods presented in our other consolidated financial statements. We also make estimates in our assessments of potential losses in relation to threatened or pending tax and legal matters. See Note 16—Income Taxes and Note 19—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items for additional information.

For matters not related to income taxes, if a loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we recognize an expense for the estimated loss. If we have the potential to recover a portion of the estimated loss from a third party, we make a separate assessment of recoverability and reduce the estimated loss if recovery is also deemed probable.

For matters related to income taxes, if we determine that the impact of an uncertain tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority, then we recognize a benefit for the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. No portion of an uncertain tax position will be recognized if the position has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Interest is recognized on the amount of unrecognized benefit from uncertain tax positions.

For all of these and other matters, actual results could differ materially from our estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We earn most of our consolidated revenue from contracts with customers, primarily through the provision of communications and other services. Revenue from contracts with customers is accounted for under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606. We also earn revenue from leasing arrangements (primarily fiber capacity agreements) and governmental subsidy payments, neither of which are accounted for under ASC 606.

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is recognized based on the following five-step model:

Identification of the contract with a customer;

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

Determination of the transaction price;

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

Recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.

We provide an array of communications services to business and residential customers, including local voice, VPN, Ethernet, data, broadband, private line (including special access), network access, transport, voice, information technology, video and other ancillary services. We provide these services to a wide range of businesses, including global/international, enterprise, wholesale, government, small and medium business customers. Certain contracts also include the sale of equipment, which is not significant to our business.

We recognize revenue for services when we provide the applicable service or when control is transferred. Recognition of certain payments received in advance of services being provided is deferred. These advance payments include certain activation and certain installation charges. If the activation and installation charges are not separate performance obligations, we recognize them as revenue over the actual or expected contract term using historical experience, which ranges from one year to five years depending on the service. In most cases, termination fees or other fees on existing contracts that are negotiated in conjunction with new contracts are deferred and recognized over the new contract term.

For access services, we generally bill fixed monthly charges one month in advance to customers and recognize revenue as service is provided over the contract term in alignment with the customer’s receipt of service. For usage and other ancillary services, we generally bill in arrears and recognize revenue as usage or delivery occurs.

In certain cases, customers may be permitted to modify their contracts. We evaluate the change in scope or price to identify whether the modification should be treated as a separate contract, whether the modification is a termination of the existing contract and creation of a new contract, or if it is a change to the existing contract.

Customer contracts are evaluated to determine whether the performance obligations are separable. If the performance obligations are deemed separable and separate earnings processes exist, the total transaction price that we expect to receive with the customer is allocated to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. The revenue associated with each performance obligation is then recognized as earned.

We periodically sell optical capacity on our network. These transactions are structured as indefeasible rights of use, commonly referred to as IRUs, which are the exclusive right to use a specified amount of capacity or fiber for a specified term, typically 10 to 20 years. In most cases, we account for the cash consideration received on transfers of optical capacity as ASC 606 revenue which is adjusted for the time value of money and is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement. Cash consideration received on transfers of dark fiber is accounted for asnon-ASC 606 lease revenue, which we also recognize ratably over the term of the agreement. We do not recognize revenue on any contemporaneous exchanges of our optical capacity assets for othernon-owned optical capacity assets.

In connection with offering products and services provided to the end user by third-party vendors, we review the relationship between us, the vendor and the end user to assess whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis. In assessing whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis, we consider whether we act as a principal in the transaction and control the goods and services used to fulfill the performance obligations associated with the transaction.

We have service level commitments pursuant to contracts with certain of our customers. To the extent that such service levels are not achieved or are otherwise disputed due to performance or service issues or other service interruptions or conditions, we will estimate the amount of credits to be issued and record a corresponding reduction to revenue in the period that the service level commitment was not met.

Customer payments are made based on billing schedules included in our customer contracts, which is typically on a monthly basis.

We defer (or capitalize) incremental contract acquisition and fulfillment costs and recognize (or amortize) such costs over the average contract life. Our deferred contract costs for our customers have average amortization periods of approximately 30 months for consumer and up to 49 months for business. These deferred costs are monitored every period to reflect any significant change in assumptions.

See Note 5—Revenue Recognition for additional information.

USF Surcharges, Gross Receipts Taxes and Other Surcharges

In determining whether to include in our revenue and expenses the taxes and surcharges collected from customers and remitted to government authorities, including USF surcharges, sales, use, value added and some excise taxes, we assess, among other things, whether we are the primary obligor or principal taxpayer for the taxes assessed in each jurisdiction where we do business. In jurisdictions where we determine that we are the principal taxpayer, we record the surcharges on a gross basis and include them in our revenue and costs of services and products. In jurisdictions where we determine that we are merely a collection agent for the government authority, we record the taxes on a net basis and do not include them in our revenue and costs of services and products.

Advertising Costs

Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. Our advertising expense was $62 million, $98 million and $218 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Legal Costs

In the normal course of our business, we incur costs to hire and retain external legal counsel to advise us on regulatory, litigation and other matters. We expense these costs as the related services are received.

Income Taxes

We file a consolidated federal income tax return with our eligible subsidiaries. The provision for income taxes consists of an amount for taxes currently payable, an amount for tax consequences deferred to future periods and adjustments to our liabilities for uncertain tax positions. We record deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflecting future tax consequences attributable to tax net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”), tax credit carryforwards and differences between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and the tax basis of those assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes are computed using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.

We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts that we believe are more likely than not to be recovered. Each quarter we evaluate the need to retain all or a portion of the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets. See Note 16—Income Taxes for additional information.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash and are not subject to significant risk from fluctuations in interest rates. As a result, the value at which cash and cash equivalents are reported in our consolidated financial statements approximates their fair value. In evaluating investments for classification as cash equivalents, we require that individual securities have original maturities of ninety days or less and that individual investment funds have dollar-weighted average maturities of ninety days or less. To preserve capital and maintain liquidity, we invest with financial institutions we deem to be of sound financial condition and in high quality and relatively risk-free investment products. Our cash investment policy limits the concentration of investments with specific financial institutions or among certain products and includes criteria related to credit worthiness of any particular financial institution.

Book overdrafts occur when checks have been issued but have not been presented to our controlled disbursement bank accounts for payment. Disbursement bank accounts allow us to delay funding of issued checks until the checks are presented for payment. Until the issued checks are presented for payment, the book overdrafts are included in accounts payable on our consolidated balance sheet. This activity is included in the operating activities section in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists primarily of cash and investments that serve to collateralize our outstanding letters of credit and certain performance and operating obligations. Restricted cash and securities are recorded as current ornon-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets depending on the duration of the restriction and the purpose for which the restriction exists. Restricted securities are stated at cost which approximates fair value as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are recognized based upon the amount due from customers for the services provided or at cost for purchased and other receivables less an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts receivable reflects our best estimate of probable losses inherent in our receivable portfolio determined on the basis of historical experience, specific allowances for known troubled accounts and other currently available evidence. We generally consider our accounts past due if they are outstanding over 30 days. Our collection process varies by the customer segment, amount of the receivable, and our evaluation of the customer’s credit risk. Our past due accounts are written off against our allowance for doubtful accounts when collection is considered to be not probable. Any recoveries of accounts previously written off are generally recognized as a reduction in bad debt expense in the period received. The carrying value of accounts receivable net of the allowance for doubtful accounts approximates fair value. Accounts receivable balances acquired in a business combination are recorded at fair value for all balances receivable at the acquisition date and at the invoiced amount for those amounts invoiced after the acquisition date.

Property, Plant and Equipment

We record property, plant and equipment acquired in connection with our acquisitions based on its estimated fair value as of its acquisition date plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required retirement obligations. We record purchased and constructed property, plant and equipment at cost, plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required retirement obligations. The majority of our property, plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line group method, but certain of our assets are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of the specific asset. Under the straight-line group method, assets dedicated to providing telecommunications services (which comprise the majority of our property, plant and equipment) that have similar physical characteristics, use and expected useful lives are pooled for purposes of depreciation and tracking. The equal life group procedure is

used to establish each pool’s average remaining useful life. Generally, under the straight-line group method, when an asset is sold or retired in the course of normal business activities, the cost is deducted from property, plant and equipment and charged to accumulated depreciation without recognition of a gain or loss. A gain or loss is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations only if a disposal is unusual. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful lives of the assets or the expected lease term. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Interest is capitalized during the construction phase of network and otherinternal-use capital projects. Employee-related costs for construction of network and other internal use assets are also capitalized during the construction phase. Property, plant and equipment supplies used internally are carried at average cost, except for significant individual items for which cost is based on specific identification.

We perform annual internal reviews to evaluate the reasonableness of the depreciable lives for our property, plant and equipment. Our reviews utilize models that take into account actual usage, physical wear and tear, replacement history, assumptions about technology evolution and, in certain instances, actuarially determined probabilities to estimate the remaining useful life of our asset base. Our remaining useful life assessments assess the possible loss in service value of assets that may precede the physical retirement. Assets shared among many customers may lose service value as those customers reduce their use of the asset. However, the asset is not retired until all customers no longer utilize the asset and we determine there is no alternative use for the asset.

We have asset retirement obligations associated with the legally or contractually required removal of a limited group of property, plant and equipment assets from leased properties and the disposal of certain hazardous materials present in our owned properties. When an asset retirement obligation is identified, usually in association with the acquisition of the asset, we record the fair value of the obligation as a liability. The fair value of the obligation is also capitalized as property, plant and equipment and then amortized over the estimated remaining useful life of the associated asset. Where the removal obligation is not legally binding, the net cost to remove assets is expensed in the period in which the costs are actually incurred.

We review long-lived tangible assets for impairment whenever facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be recoverable. For assessment purposes, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities, absent a material change in operations. An impairment loss is recognized only if the carrying amount of the asset group is not recoverable and exceeds its estimated fair value. Recoverability of the asset group to be held and used is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the asset group’s carrying value is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its estimated fair value.

Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets arising from business combinations, such as goodwill, customer relationships, capitalized software, trademarks and trade names, are initially recorded at estimated fair value. We amortize customer relationships primarily over an estimated life of 7 to 15 years, using either thesum-of-years-digits or the straight-line methods, depending on the type of customer. We amortize capitalized software using the straight-line method primarily over estimated lives ranging up to 7 years. We amortize our other intangible assets using thesum-of-years-digits or straight-line method over an estimated life of 4 to 20 years. Other intangible assets not arising from business combinations are initially recorded at cost. Where there are no legal, regulatory, contractual or other factors that would reasonably limit the useful life of an intangible asset, we classify the intangible asset as indefinite-lived and such intangible assets are not amortized.

Internally used software, whether purchased or developed by us, is capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life. We have capitalized certain costs associated with software

such as costs of employees devoting time to the projects and external direct costs for materials and services. Costs associated with software to be used for internal purposes are expensed until the point at which the project has reached the development stage. Subsequent additions, modifications or upgrades tointernal-use software are capitalized only to the extent that they allow the software to perform a task it previously did not perform. Software maintenance, data conversion and training costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. We review the remaining economic lives of our capitalized software annually. Capitalized software is included in other intangible assets, net, in our consolidated balance sheets.

Our long-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, with indefinite lives are assessed for impairment annually, or, under certain circumstances, more frequently, such as when events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be an impairment. These assets are carried at the estimated fair value at the time of acquisition and assets not acquired in acquisitions are recorded at historical cost. However, if their estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount, we recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of these assets exceeds their estimated fair value.

We are required to assess goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently, if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate an impairment may have occurred. We are required to write-down the value of goodwill in periods in which the recorded carrying value of equity exceeds the fair value of equity. Our reporting units are not discrete legal entities with discrete full financial statements. Therefore, the equity carrying value and future cash flows are assessed each time a goodwill impairment assessment is performed on a reporting unit. To do so, we assign our assets, liabilities and cash flows to reporting units using reasonable and consistent allocation methodologies, which entail various estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe these estimates, judgments and assumptions to be reasonable, but changes in any of these can significantly affect each reporting unit’s equity carrying value and future cash flows utilized for our goodwill impairment assessment.

We are required to reassign goodwill to reporting units whenever reorganizations of our internal reporting structure changes the composition of our reporting units. Goodwill is reassigned to the reporting units using a relative fair value approach. When the fair value of a reporting unit is available, we allocate goodwill based on the relative fair value of the reporting units. When fair value is not available, we utilize an alternative allocation methodology that represents a reasonable proxy for the fair value of the operations being reorganized.

For more information, see Note 4—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets.

Derivatives and Hedging

We may use derivative instruments to hedge exposure to interest rate risks arising from fluctuation in interest rates. We account for derivative instruments in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

Derivatives are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at their fair values. When we become a party to a derivative instrument and intend to apply hedge accounting, we formally document the hedge relationship and the risk management objective for undertaking the hedge which includes designating the instrument for financial reporting purposes as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a net investment hedge.

We entered into fivevariable-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements during the first quarter 2019 and sixvariable-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements during the second quarter 2019, which we designated as cash-flow hedges. We evaluate the effectiveness of these hedges qualitatively on a quarterly basis. The change in the fair value of the interest rate swaps is reflected in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCI”) and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period the hedged transaction affects earnings, by virtue of qualifying as effective cash flow hedges. For more information see Note 15—Derivative Financial Instruments.

Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits

We recognize the funded status of our defined benefit and post-retirement plans as an asset or a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. Each year’s actuarial gains or losses are a component of our other comprehensive income (loss), which is then included in our accumulated other comprehensive loss. Pension and post-retirement benefit expenses are recognized over the period in which the employee renders service and becomes eligible to receive benefits. We make significant assumptions (including the discount rate, expected rate of return on plan assets, mortality and health care trend rates) in computing the pension and post-retirement benefits expense and obligations. Note 11—Employee Benefits for additional information.

Foreign Currency

Local currencies of foreign subsidiaries are the functional currencies for financial reporting purposes except for certain foreign subsidiaries, primarily in Latin America. For operations outside the United States that have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated to U.S. dollars atperiod-end exchange rates, and revenue, expenses and cash flows are translated using average monthly exchange rates. A significant portion of ournon-United States subsidiaries use either the British pound, the Euro or the Brazilian Real as their functional currency, each of which experienced significant fluctuations against the U.S. dollar during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity and in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with accounting guidance for foreign currency translation. We consider the majority of our investments in our foreign subsidiaries to be long-term in nature. Our foreign currency transaction gains (losses), including where transactions with ournon-United States subsidiaries are not considered to be long-term in nature, are included within other income, net on the consolidated statements of operations.

Common Stock

At December 31, 2019, we had 17 million shares authorized for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.

Preferred Stock

Holders of outstanding CenturyLink, Inc. preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends, receive preferential distributions equal to $25 per share plus unpaid dividends upon CenturyLink, Inc.’s liquidation and vote as a single class with the holders of common stock.

Section 382 Rights Plan

During the first half of 2019, we adopted and subsequently restated a Section 382 Rights Plan to protect our U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards from certain Internal Revenue Code Section 382 limitations. Under the plan, one preferred stock purchase right was distributed for each share of our outstanding common stock as of the close of business on February 25, 2019, and those rights currently trade in tandem with the common stock until they expire or detach under the plan. This plan was designed to deter trading that would result in a change of control (as defined in Code Section 382), and therefore protect our ability to use our historical federal net operating losses in the future.

Dividends

The declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of our Board of Directors.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

During 2019, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)2016-02, “Leases (ASC 842”). During 2018, we adopted ASU2018-14,Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General:Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans”, ASU2018-02,Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income: Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” and ASU2014-09,Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. During 2017, we adopted ASU2017-04,Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.”

Each of these is described further below.

Leases

We adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)2016-02,“Leases (ASC 842)”, as of January 1, 2019, using thenon-comparative transition option pursuant to ASU2018-11. Therefore, we have not restated comparative period financial information for the effects of ASC 842, and we will not make the new required lease disclosures for comparative periods beginning before January 1, 2019. Instead, we recognized ASC 842’s cumulative effect transition adjustment (discussed below) as of January 1, 2019. In addition, we elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things (i) allowed us to carry forward the historical lease classification; (ii) did not require us to reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases under the new definition of a lease; and (iii) did not require us to reassess whether previously capitalized initial direct costs for any existing leases would qualify for capitalization under ASC 842. We also elected the practical expedient related to land easements, allowing us to carry forward our accounting treatment for land easements on existing agreements. We did not elect the hindsight practical expedient regarding the likelihood of exercising a lessee purchase option or assessing any impairment ofright-of-use assets for existing leases.

On March 5, 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”ASU2019-01,“Leases (ASC 842): Codification Improvements”, effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The new ASU aligns the guidance in ASC 842 for determining fair value of the underlying asset by lessors that are not manufacturers or dealers, with that of existing guidance. As a result, the fair value of the underlying asset at lease commencement is its cost, reflecting any volume or trade discounts that may apply. However, if there has been a significant lapse of time between when the underlying asset is acquired and when the lease commences, the definition of fair value (in ASC 820,“Fair ValueMeasurement”) should be applied. More importantly, the ASU also exempts both lessees and lessors from having to provide certain interim disclosures in the fiscal year in which a company adopts the new leases standard. Early adoption permits public companies to adopt concurrent with the transition to ASC 842 on leases. We adopted ASU2016-16,2019-01 “Intra-Entity Transfersas of Assets Other Than Inventory”January 1, 2019.

Adoption of the new standards resulted in the recording of operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities of approximately $2.1 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, as of January 1, 2019. The difference is driven principally by the netting of our existing real estate restructure reserve against the corresponding operating lease right of use asset. In addition, we recorded a $96 million cumulative adjustment (net of tax) to accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2019, for the impact of the new accounting standards. The adjustment to accumulated deficit was driven by the derecognition of our prior failed sale leaseback transaction discussed in Note 3—Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business. Our financial position for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 is presented under the new guidance, as discussed above, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with previous guidance. The standards did not materially impact our consolidated net earnings or our cash flows in the year ended December 31, 2019.

Retirement Benefits

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU2018-14,Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General:Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans (“ASU2016-16”2018-14“). ASU2016-162018-14 eliminates requirements for certain disclosures that are not considered cost beneficial, clarifies certain required disclosures and adds additional disclosures under defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans. We adopted this guidance during the current prohibition on the recognition of the income tax effects on the transfer of assets among our subsidiaries. After adoption of this ASU, the income tax effects associated with these asset transfers, except for the transfer of inventory, will be recognized in the period the asset is transferred versus the current deferral and recognition upon either the sale of the asset to a third party or over the remaining useful life of the asset.

We plan to adopt the provisions of ASU2016-16 on January 1,fourth quarter 2018. The adoption of ASU2016-162018-14 isdid not expected to have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

Financial InstrumentsComprehensive Loss

On June 16, 2016,In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU2016-13,2018-02 “Measurementwhich provides an option to reclassify stranded tax effects within accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained earnings in each period in which the effect of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU2016-13”). The primary impact of ASU2016-13 for us is athe change in the model forU.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the recognitionTax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) (or portion thereof) is recorded. If an entity elects to reclassify the income tax effects of credit lossesthe Act, the amount of that reclassification shall include the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate on the gross deferred tax amounts and related valuation allowances, if any, at the date of enactment of the Act related to our financial instruments from an incurred loss model, which recognized credit losses only if it was probable that a loss had been incurred, to an expected loss model, which requires our management team to estimate the total credit losses expected on the portfolio of financial instruments. We are currently reviewing the requirementsitems remaining in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The effect of the standard and evaluatingchange in the impactU.S. federal corporate income tax rate on our consolidated financial statements.

We are requiredgross valuation allowances that were originally charged to adopt the provisions ofincome from continuing operations shall not be included. ASU2016-132018-02 is effective January 1, 2020,2019, but could electearly adoption is permitted and should be applied either in the period of adoption or retrospectively to early adopteach period (or periods) in which the provisions as of January 1, 2019. We expect to recognize the impacts of adopting ASU2016-13 through a cumulative adjustment to (accumulated deficit) retained earnings aseffect of the datechange in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the Act is recognized. We early adopted and applied ASU2018-02 in the first quarter of adoption. As of the date of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, we have not yet determined the date we will adopt ASU2016-13.

Leases

On February 25, 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-02, “Leases” (“ASU2016-02”).2018. The core principle of ASU2016-02 will require lessees to presentright-of-use assets and lease liabilities on their balance sheets for operating leases, which are currently not reflected on their balance sheets.

ASU2016-02 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2019. Early adoption of ASU2016-022018-02 is permitted. Upon adoption of ASU2016-02, we are requiredresulted in a $407 million increase to recognizeretained earnings and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented in our consolidated financial statements using a modified retrospective approach. The modified retrospective approach includes a number of optional practical expedients that we may elect to apply.

accumulated other comprehensive loss. See Note 22—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss for additional information.

We have completed our initial assessment of our business and system requirements and we are currently developing and implementing a new lease accounting and administrative system to comply with the requirements of ASU2016-02. We plan to adopt the standard when it becomes effective for us beginning January 1, 2019 and the adoption of the standard will result in the recognition of right of use assets and lease liabilities that have not previously been recorded. Although we believe it is premature as of the date of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 to provide any estimate of the impact of adopting ASU2016-02, we do expect that it will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Additionally, upon the January 1, 2019, implementation of ASU2016-02, accounting for the failed-sale-leaseback transaction described in Note 3—Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business will no longer be applicable based on our facts and circumstances, and the real estate assets and corresponding financing obligation will be derecognized from our consolidated balance sheet.

Revenue Recognition

OnIn May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU2014-09”). ASU2014-09which replaces virtually all existing generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) on revenue recognition and replaces them with a principles-based approach for determining revenue recognition using a new five step model. The core principle of ASU2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU2014-09 also includes new accounting principles related to the deferral and amortization of contract acquisition and fulfillment costs.

On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved the deferral of the effective date of ASU2014-09 by one year until January 1, 2018, which is the date we plan to adopt this standard. ASU2014-09 may be adopted by applying the provisions of this standard on a retrospective basis to the periods included in the financial statements or on a modified retrospective basis which would result in the recognition of a cumulative effect of adopting ASU2014-09 in the first quarter of 2018. We adopted the new revenue recognition standard under the modified retrospective transition method. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded a cumulativecatch-up adjustment that increased our retained earnings by $338 million, net of $119 million of income taxes.

The most significant judgments and impacts upon adoptionSee Note 5—Revenue Recognition for additional information.

Goodwill Impairment

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU2017-04,Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” (“ASU2017-04”). ASU2017-04 simplifies the impairment testing for goodwill by changing the measurement for goodwill impairment. Under prior rules, we were required to compute the fair value of goodwill to measure the impairment amount if the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. Under ASU2017-04, the goodwill impairment charge will equal the excess of the standard includereporting unit carrying value above its fair value, limited to the following items:

Upon adoption, we will defer (i.e. capitalize) incremental contract acquisition costs and recognize (i.e. amortize) them over the termamount of the initial contract and anticipated renewal contracts to which the costs relate. Our deferred contract costs for our business and consumer customers have average amortization periods of approximately 49 months and 30 months, respectively, and are subject to being monitored every period to reflect any significant change in assumptions. In addition, we will assess our deferred contract cost asset for impairment on a periodic basis.

Promotional bill credits, discounts and prepaid cards offered to customers as part of renewing services or entering into a new services arrangement that are paid over time and are contingent on the customer maintaining a service contract results in an extended service contract term with multiple performance obligations, which impacts the allocation and timing of revenue recognition between service revenue and revenuegoodwill assigned to the customer credits. A contract asset will bereporting unit.

We elected to early adopt the provisions of ASU2017-04 as of October 1, 2018. We applied ASU2017-04 to determine the impairment of $6.5 billion recorded when services are deliveredduring the first quarter of 2019 and $2.7 billion recorded

during the fourth quarter of 2018. See Note 4—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets for additional information.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Financial Instruments

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-13,Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. The primary impact of ASU2016-13 for us is a change in the model for the recognition of credit losses related to our financial instruments from an incurred loss model, which recognized credit losses only if it was probable that a loss had been incurred, to an expected loss model, which requires our management team to estimate the customer, and subsequently recognized as a reduction to service revenue overtotal credit losses expected on the extended contract term.portfolio of financial instruments.

We are in the process of implementing a new revenue accounting system, as well as,the model for the recognition of credit losses related to our financial instruments, new processes and internal controls over revenue recognition to assist us in the application of the new standard.

The cumulative effect of initially applying the new revenue standard on January 1, 2018 is estimated to2020 will not be an increase to retained earningsmaterial.

(2)  Acquisition of approximately $400 million to $600 million.Level 3

Most of our indefeasible right of use arrangements, including certain long-term prepaid customer capacity arrangements, are accounted for as operating leases.

(2)Acquisition of Level 3

On November 1, 2017, CenturyLink acquired Level 3 through successive merger transactions, including a merger of Level 3 with and into a merger subsidiary, which survived such merger as our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary under the name of Level 3 Parent, LLC. We entered into this acquisition to, among other things, realize certain strategic benefits, including enhanced financial and operational scale, market diversification and an enhanced combined network. As a result of the acquisition, Level 3 shareholders received $26.50 per share in cash and 1.4286 shares of CenturyLink common stock, with cash paid in lieu of fractional shares, for each outstanding share of Level 3 common stock they owned at closing, subject to certain limited exceptions. We issued this consideration with respect to all of the outstanding common stock of Level 3, with the exceptionexcept for a limited number of shares held by the dissenting common shareholders. Upon closing, CenturyLink shareholders owned approximately 51% and former Level 3 shareholders owned approximately 49% of the combined company.

In addition, each outstanding Level 3 restricted stock unit award granted prior to April 1, 2014 or granted to an outside director of Level 3 was converted into $26.50 in cash and 1.4286 shares of CenturyLink common stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) with respect to each Level 3 share covered by such award (the “Converted RSU Awards”). Each outstanding Level 3 restricted stock unit award granted on or after April 1, 2014 (other than those granted to outside directors of Level 3) was converted into a CenturyLink restricted stock unit award using a conversion ratio of 2.8386 to 1 as determined in accordance with a formula set forth in the merger agreement (“the Continuing RSU Awards”). See Note 12—Share-based Compensation for further details on these share-based compensation awards.

The preliminary estimated amount of aggregate consideration of $19.617$19.6 billion is based on:

 

the 517.3 million shares of CenturyLink’s common stock (including those issued in connection with the Converted RSU Awards) issued to consummate the acquisition and the closing stock price of CenturyLink common stock at October 31, 2017 of $18.99;

 

a combination of (i) the cash consideration of $26.50 per share on the 362.1 million common shares of Level 3 issued and outstanding as of October 31, 2017, and(ii) the cash consideration of $1 million paid on the Converted RSUs awards;

and (iii) the estimated value of $136 million the Continuing RSU Awards, which represents thepre-combination portion of Level 3’s share-based compensation awards replaced by CenturyLink; and

 

the estimated liability of $60$60 million for the dissenting common shares issued and outstanding as of October 31, 2017.2017; and

At

our assumption at closing CenturyLink assumedof approximately $10.6 billion of Level 3’s long-term debt of approximately $10.6 billion.debt.

The aggregate cash payments required to be paid on or about the closing date were funded with the proceeds of $7.945 billion of term loans and $400 million of funds borrowed under our new revolving credit facility together with other available funds, which included $1.825 billion borrowed from Level 3 Parent, LLC. For additional information regarding CenturyLink’s financing of the Level 3 acquisition see Note 5—7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities.

We have recognized the assets and liabilities of Level 3 based on CenturyLink’s preliminary estimates of the fair value of the acquired tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities of Level 3 as of November 1, 2017, the consummation date of the acquisition, with the excess aggregate consideration recorded as goodwill. The final determination of the allocation of the aggregate consideration paid by CenturyLink in the combination will be based on the fair value of such assets and liabilities as of the acquisition date with any excess aggregate consideration to be recorded as goodwill. The estimation of such fair values and the estimation of lives of depreciable tangible assets and amortizable intangible assets will requirerequired significant judgment. As such, we have notWe completed our valuation analysis and calculations in sufficient detail necessary to arrive at the final estimates of the fair value of Level 3’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed, along with the related allocation to goodwill. The fair values of certain tangible assets, intangible assets, certain liabilities and residual goodwill are

the most significant areas not yet finalized and therefore are subject to change. We expect to complete our final fair value determinations prior todetermination during the anniversary datefourth quarter of the acquisition. Our final fair value determinations may be significantly different than2018, which differed from those reflected in our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2017.

Based solely onIn connection with receiving approval from the U.S. Department of Justice to complete the Level 3 acquisition we agreed to divest certain Level 3 network assets. All of those assets were sold by December 31, 2018. The proceeds from these sales were included in the proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment in our preliminary estimates,consolidated statements of cash flows. No gain or loss was recognized with these transactions.

As of October 31, 2018, the aggregate consideration exceedsexceeded the aggregate estimated fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities by $10.837$11.2 billion, which we have recognized as goodwill. The goodwill is attributable to strategic benefits, including enhanced financial and operational scale, market diversification and leveraged combined networks that we expect to realize. None of the goodwill associated with this acquisition is deductible for income tax purposes.

The following is our preliminary assignment of the preliminary estimated aggregate consideration:

 

  November 1, 2017  Adjusted
November 1,
2017

Balance as of
December 31,
2017
 Purchase Price
Adjustments
 Adjusted
November 1,
2017

Balance as of
October 31, 2018
 
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Cash, accounts receivable and other current assets(1)

  $3,317  

 

 $              3,317 

 

 

 

(26)

 

 

 

3,291 

 

Property, plant and equipment

   9,311  

 

9,311 

 

 

 

157 

 

 

 

9,468 

 

Identifiable intangible assets(2)

     

Customer relationships

   8,964  

 

8,964 

 

 

 

(533)

 

 

 

8,431 

 

Other

   391  

 

391 

 

 

 

(13)

 

 

 

378 

 

Other noncurrent assets

   782  

 

782 

 

 

 

216 

 

 

 

998 

 

Current liabilities, excluding current maturities of long-term debt

   (1,461 

 

(1,461)

 

 

 

(32)

 

 

 

(1,493)

 

Current maturities of long-term debt

   (7 

 

(7)

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

(7)

 

Long-term debt

   (10,888 

 

(10,888)

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

(10,888)

 

Deferred credits and other liabilities

   (1,629

Deferred revenue and other liabilities

 

 

(1,629)

 

 

 

(114)

 

 

 

(1,743)

 

Goodwill

   10,837  

 

10,837 

 

 

 

340 

 

 

 

11,177 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total estimated aggregate consideration

  $19,617  

 

 $            19,617 

 

 

 

(5)

 

 

 

19,612 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Includes a preliminary estimated fair value of $866 million for accounts receivable, which had a gross contractual value of $884 million on November 1, 2017. The $18 million difference between the gross contractual value2017 and the preliminary estimated fair value assigned represents our best estimate as of November 1, 2017 of contractual cash flows that will not be collected.October 31, 2018.

(2)

The preliminary estimate of the weighted-average amortization period for the acquired intangible assets is approximately 12.0 years.

On the acquisition date, we assumed Level 3’s contingencies. For more information on our contingencies, see Note 16—19—Commitments, Contingencies and Contingencies.Other Items.

Acquisition-Related Expenses

We have incurred acquisition-related expenses related to our acquisition of Level 3. The table below summarizes our acquisition-related expenses, which consist of integration-relatedintegration and transformation-related expenses, including severance and retention compensation expenses, and transaction-related expenses:

 

  Years Ended December 31,  Years Ended December 31, 
  2017   2016            2019                     2018                     2017           
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Transaction-related expenses

  $174    47  

 $

— 

 

 

 

 

 

 

174 

 

Integration-related expenses

   97    5 

Integration and transformation-related expenses

 

 

234 

 

 

 

391 

 

 

 

97 

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total acquisition-related expenses

  $271    52  

 $

234 

 

 

 

393 

 

 

 

271 

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At December 31, 2017,2019, we had incurred cumulative acquisition-related expenses of $323$950 million for Level 3. The total amounts of these expenses are included in our selling, general and administrative expenses.

Level 3 incurred transaction-related expenses of $47 million on the date of acquisition. This amount is not included in our results of operations.

References to Acquired Businesses

In the discussion that follows, we refer to the incremental business activities that we now operate as a result(3)  Sale of the Level 3 acquisition as “Legacy Level 3”. References to “Legacy CenturyLink”, when used to a comparison of our consolidated results for the years ended December 31, 2017Data Centers and 2016, mean the business we operated prior to the Level 3 acquisition.Colocation Business

Combined Pro Forma Operating Results (Unaudited)

For the year ended December 31, 2017, CenturyLink’s results of operations included operating revenues (net of intercompany eliminations) attributable to Level 3 of $1.39 billion. The addition of Level 3’s post-acquisition operations contributed a net loss of $144 million to our consolidated net income.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of CenturyLink as if the Level 3 acquisition had been consummated as of January 1, 2016.

   Years Ended December 31, 
           2017                   2016         
   (Dollars in millions, except per
share amounts)
 

Operating revenues

  $24,321    25,378 

Net income

   1,632    883 

Basic earnings per common share

   1.54    0.84 

Diluted earnings per common share

   1.54    0.84 

This pro forma information reflects certain adjustments to previously-reported operating results, consisting of primarily:

decreased operating revenues and expenses due to the elimination of deferred revenues associated with installation activities that were preliminarily assigned no value at the acquisition date (excluding certain deferred revenue associated with certain long-term prepaid customer capacity arrangements, which have been included at its current carrying value) and the elimination of transactions among CenturyLink and Level 3 that are now subject to intercompany elimination;

increased amortization expense related to identifiable intangible assets, net of decreased depreciation expense to reflect the preliminary fair value of property, plant and equipment;

increased interest expense resulting from (i) interest on the new debt to finance the combination and amortization of the related debt discount and debt issuance costs, (ii) the elimination of Level 3’s historical amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs and (iii) a reduction in interest expense due to the accretion of an adjustment to reflect the increased preliminary fair value of the long-term debt of Level 3 recognized on the acquisition date; and

the related income tax effects.

The pro forma information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not necessarily reflect the actual results of operations had the Level 3 acquisition been consummated at January 1, 2016, nor is it necessarily indicative of future operating results. The pro forma information excludes transaction costs incurred by us and Level 3 during 2017 (which are further described above in this note) and does not reflect integration costs to be incurred by us in future periods. In addition, the pro forma information does not give effect to any potential revenue enhancements, cost synergies or other operating efficiencies that could result from the acquisitions (other than those realized in our historical consolidated financial statements after November 1, 2017).

(3)Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business

On May 1, 2017, we sold a portion of our data centers and colocation business to a consortium led by BC Partners, Inc. and Medina Capital in exchange for cash and a minority stake in the limited partnership that owns the consortium’s newly-formed global secure infrastructure company, Cyxtera Technologies (“Cyxtera”).

WeAt the closing of this sale, we receivedpre-tax cash proceeds of $1.8 billion, and we have valued our minority stake at $150 million, which was based upon the total amount of equity contributions to the limited partnership on the date made. We classified our investment in the limited partnership in other assets on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. Due to the sale and related restructuring actions we have taken regarding certain subsidiaries involved in the data centers and colocation business, we have estimated a cumulative current tax impact relating to the sale totaling $65 million, $18 million of which was accrued in 2016 and $47 million of which was accrued in 2017.

In connection with our sale of the data centers and colocation business to Cyxtera, we agreed to lease back from Cyxtera a portion of the data center space to provide data hosting services to our customers. Because we have continuing involvement in the business through our minority stake in Cyxtera’s parent, we dodid not meet the requirements for a sale-leaseback transaction as described in ASC840-40,Leases - Leases—Sale-Leaseback Transactions. Under the failed-sale-leaseback accounting model, we arewere deemed under GAAP to still own certain real estate assets sold to Cyxtera, which we must continuecontinued, through December 31, 2018 to reflect on our consolidated balance sheet and depreciate over the assets’ remaining useful life. We mustThrough such date, we also treattreated a certain amount of thepre-tax cash proceeds from the sale of the assets as though it were the result of a financing obligation on our consolidated balance sheet, and our consolidated results of operations must includeincluded imputed revenue associated with the portion of the real estate assets that we havedid not leasedlease back and imputed interest expense on the financing obligation. A portion of the rent payments required under our leaseback arrangement with Cyxtera iswere recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation, resulting in lower recognized rent expense than the amounts actually paid each period. At the end of the lease term, the remaining imputed financing obligation and the remaining net book value of the real estate assets will be derecognized. Please see “Leases” (ASU2016-02) in Note 1—Background for additional information on the impact the new lease standard will have on the accounting for the failed-sale-leaseback.

The following table reflects the assets sold to and the liabilities assumed by Cyxtera on May 1, 2017, including the impact of failed-sale-leaseback:

   Dollars in millions 

Goodwill

  $1,142 

Property, plant and equipment

   1,051 

Other intangible assets

   249 

Other assets

   66 

Less assets not removed as a result of the failed-sale-leaseback

   (526
  

 

 

 

Total net amount of assets derecognized

  $1,982 
  

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

   294 

Other liabilities

   274 

Less imputed financing obligations from the failed-sale-leaseback

   (628
  

 

 

 

Total net imputed liabilities recognized

  $(60
  

 

 

 

In addition, theThe failed-sale-leaseback accounting treatment had the following effects on our consolidated results of operations for the yearyears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

   Positive (Negative) Impact to  
Net Income
 
 December 31, 
  Positive (Negative)
Impact to Net Income
          2018                 2017         
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Increase in revenue

  $49  

 $

74 

 

 

 

49 

 

Decrease in cost of sales

   15  

 

22 

 

 

 

15 

 

Increase in loss on sale of business included in selling, general and administrative expense

   (102 

 

— 

 

 

 

(102)

 

Increase in depreciation expense(one-time)

   (44 

 

— 

 

 

 

(44)

 

Increase in depreciation expense (ongoing)

   (47 

 

(69)

 

 

 

(47)

 

Increase in interest expense

   (39 

 

(55)

 

 

 

(39)

 

Decrease in income tax expense

   65  

 

 

 

 

65 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Decrease in net income

  $(103 

 $

(21)

 

 

 

(103)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

After factoring in the costs to sell the data centers and colocation business, excluding the impact from the failed-sale-leaseback accounting treatment, the sale resulted in a $20 million gain as a result of the aggregate value of the proceeds we received exceeding the carrying value of the assets sold and liabilities assumed. Based on the fair market values of the failed-sale-leaseback assets, the failed-sale-leaseback accounting treatment resulted in a loss of $102 million as a result of the requirement to treat a certain amount of thepre-tax cash proceeds from the sale of the assets as though it were the result of a financing obligation. The combined net loss of $82 million was included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017. The sale also resulted in a significant capital loss carryforward, which was entirely offset by a valuation allowance due to our determination that we are not likely to be able to utilize this carryforward prior to its expiration.

We evaluated our minority stake in the limited partnership and determined that we were not the primary beneficiary of the entity. As a result, we classified our $150 million investment in the limited partnership in other assets on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017. In addition to our investment, we have a receivable for $49 million from Cyxtera, classified primarily in other current assets on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017. We will continue to have an ongoing obligation to Cyxtera related to our lease of data center space from them. From May 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017, we paid rent to Cyxtera totaling $80 million.

Effective November 3, 2016, which is the date we entered into the agreement to sell a portion of our data centers and colocation business, we ceased recording depreciation of the property, plant and equipment to be sold and amortization of the business’s intangible assets in accordance with applicable accounting rules. Otherwise, we estimate that we would have recorded additional depreciation and amortization expense of $67 million from January 1, 2017 through May 1, 2017.

Upon adopting ASU2016-02, accounting for the failed sale leaseback is no longer applicable based on our facts and circumstances, and the real estate assets and corresponding financing obligation were derecognized from our consolidated financial statements. Please see “Leases” (ASU2016-02) in Note 1— Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information on the impact the new lease standard will have on the accounting for the failed-sale-leaseback.

(4)Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets

(4)  Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill, customer relationships and other intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

  As of December 31,  As of December 31, 
  2017   2016  2019 2018 
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Goodwill

  $30,475    19,650   $            21,534               28,031  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Customer relationships, less accumulated amortization of $7,096 and $6,318

  $10,876    2,797 

Customer relationships, less accumulated amortization of $9,809 and $8,492

  $7,596   8,911  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Indefinite-life intangible assets

  $269    269   $269   269  

Other intangible assets subject to amortization:

      

Capitalized software, less accumulated amortization of $2,294 and $2,019

   1,469    1,227 

Trade names and patents, less accumulated amortization of $31 and $23

   159    35 

Capitalized software, less accumulated amortization of $2,957 and $2,616

  $1,599   1,468  

Trade names, less accumulated amortization of $91 and $61

 103   131  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other intangible assets, net

  $1,897    1,531   $1,971   1,868  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Our goodwill was derived from numerous acquisitions where the purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired (including the acquisition described in Note 2—Acquisition of Level 3). At December 31, 2017, the net carrying amounts of goodwill, customer relationships and other intangibles assets included preliminary estimates of $20.060 billion as a result of our Level 3 acquisition. As of December 31, 2017, the preliminary estimate of2019, the weighted average remaining useful lives of the intangible assets acquired in the acquisition of Level 3 waswere approximately 128 years in total, approximately 129 years for customer relationships, 54 years for capitalized software and 53 years for trade names.

Total amortization expense for intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 2016 and 2015 was $1.226$1.7 billion, $1.225$1.8 billion and $1.353$1.2 billion, respectively. As of December 31, 2017,2019, the gross carrying amount of goodwill, customer relationships, indefinite-life and other intangible assets was $52.669$44.0 billion.

We estimate that total amortization expense for intangible assets (which include preliminary estimates for the intangible assets acquired from Level 3) for the years ending December 31, 20182020 through 20222024 will be as follows:

 

  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

2018

  $1,802 

2019

   1,701 

2020

   1,590  $                            1,674  

2021

   1,149  1,258  

2022

   977  1,037  

2023

 886  

2024

 828  

We assess our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or, under certain circumstances, more frequently, such as when events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be impairment. We are required to write down the value of goodwill only when our assessment determines the recorded amountcarrying value of goodwillequity of any of our reporting units exceeds the impliedits fair value. At October 31, 2019, our international and global accounts segment was comprised of our North America global accounts (“NA GAM”), Europe, Middle East and Africa region (“EMEA”), Latin America region (“LATAM”) and Asia Pacific region (“APAC”) reporting units. Our annual impairment assessment date for goodwill is October 31, at which date we assessedassess our reporting units. At October 31, 2019 our reporting units which were consumer, small and medium business, enterprise, (excluding wholesale), consumerwholesale, NA GAM, EMEA, LATAM and wholesale.APAC. Our annual impairment assessment date for indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill is December 31.

Our reporting units are not discrete legal entities with discrete full financial statements. Our assets and liabilities are employed in and relate to the operations of multiple reporting units. For each reporting unit, we compare its estimated fair value of equity to its carrying value of equity that we assign to the reporting unit. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value, we conclude that no impairment

exists. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a second calculation is required in which

the implied fair value of goodwill is comparedwe record an impairment equal to the carrying value of goodwill thatexcess amount. Depending on the facts and circumstances, we assigned to the reporting unit. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying value, goodwill must be written down to its implied fair value.

At October 31, 2017, we utilized a level 3 valuation technique totypically estimate the fair value of our enterprise (excluding wholesale), consumer and wholesale reporting units by considering either or both of (i) a market approach, and a discounted cash flow method. The market approach methodwhich includes the use of comparable multiples of publicly tradedpublicly-traded companies whose services are comparable to ours. Theours, and (ii) a discounted cash flow method, which is based on the present value of projected cash flows and a terminal value, which represents the expected normalized cash flows of the reporting units beyond the cash flows from the discrete projection period.

At October 31, 2019, we estimated the fair value of our eight above-mentioned reporting units by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 20172019 and concluded that the indicated implied control premium of approximately 36%44.7% was reasonable based on recent transactions in the market place.transactions. As of October 31, 2017,2019, based on our assessment performed with respect to our eight reporting units, the estimated fair value of our equity exceeded our carrying value of equity for our consumer, small and medium business, enterprise, wholesale, NA GAM, EMEA, LATAM, and APAC reporting units by 44%, 41%, 53%, 46%, 55%, 5%, 63% and 38%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded that the goodwill for our eight reporting units was not impaired as of October 31, 2019.

Both our January 2019 internal reorganization and the decline in our stock price triggered impairment testing in the first quarter of 2019. Because our low stock price was a key trigger for impairment testing during the first quarter of 2019, we estimated the fair value of our operations in such quarter using only the market approach. Applying this approach, we utilized company comparisons and analyst reports within the telecommunications industry which have historically supported a range of fair values derived from annualized revenue and EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) multiples between 2.1x and 4.9x and 4.9x and 9.8x, respectively. We selected a revenue and EBITDA multiple for each of our reporting units within this range. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of the date of each of our triggering events during the first quarter of 2019 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 4.5% and 4.1% was reasonable based on recent market transactions. In the quarter ended March 31, 2019, based on our assessments performed with respect to the reporting units as described above, we concluded that the estimated fair value of certain of our reporting units was less than our carrying value of equity as of the date of each of our triggering events during the first quarter. As a result, we recordednon-cash,non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges aggregating to $6.5 billion in the quarter ended March 31, 2019. See the table below for the impairment charges by segment.

The market multiples approach that we used in the quarter ended March 31, 2019 incorporated significant estimates and assumptions related to the forecasted results for the remainder of the year, including revenues, expenses, and the achievement of certain cost synergies. In developing the market multiple, we also considered observed trends of our industry participants. Our assessment included many qualitative factors that required significant judgment. Alternative interpretations of these factors could have resulted in different conclusions regarding the size of our impairments.

At October 31, 2018, we estimated the fair value of our then five reporting units which were consumer, medium and small business, enterprise, international and global accounts, and wholesale and indirect by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 2018 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 0.1% was reasonable based on recent market transactions. As of October 31, 2018, based on our assessment performed with respect to these reporting units as described above, we concluded that the estimated fair value of our consumer reporting unit was less than our carrying value of equity by approximately $2.7 billion. As a result, we recorded anon-cash,non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $2.7 billion for goodwill assigned to our consumer reporting unit during the fourth quarter of 2018. In addition, based on our assessments performed, we concluded that the goodwill for our threefour remaining reporting units was not impaired as of October 31, 2018.

We completed our qualitative assessment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and concluded it is more likely than not that date.our indefinite-lived intangible assets are not impaired; thus, no impairment charge for these assets was recorded in 2019 or 2018.

The following table showstables show the rollforward of goodwill assigned to our reportable segments from December 31, 20152017 through December 31, 2017.2019.

 

   Business  Consumer   Total 
   (Dollars in millions) 

As of December 31, 2015(1)

  $10,464   10,278    20,742 

Purchase accounting and other adjustments

   49       49 

Goodwill attributable to the colocation business and data centers reclassified to assets held for sale

   (1,141      (1,141
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016(1)

   9,372   10,278    19,650 

Purchase accounting and other adjustments

   10,825       10,825 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017(1)

  $20,197   10,278    30,475 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Business  Consumer  Total 
  (Dollars in millions) 

As of December 31, 2017(1)

  $20,197    10,278    30,475  

Purchase accounting and other adjustments(2)(3)

  250    32    282  

Impairment

  —    (2,726)   (2,726) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

  $20,447    7,584    28,031  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Goodwill is net of accumulated impairment losses of $1.1 billion that related to our former hosting segment now included in our business segment.

As of December 31, 2017, the $20.197 billion of goodwill assigned to our business reportable segment has not been allocated to our expected future reporting units ((i) medium and small business, (ii) enterprise, (iii) international and global accounts, (iv) wholesale and indirect and (v) consumer) as we have not completed our valuation analysis and calculation in sufficient detail necessary to allocate the goodwill to these reporting units.

(2)

We allocated $32 million of Level 3 goodwill to consumer as we expect the consumer segment to benefit from synergies resulting from the business combination.

During 2016, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of three companies for total consideration of $53 million, including future deferred or contingent cash payments of $14 million, of which $49 million has been attributed to goodwill. We have completed our valuations of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, along with the related allocations to goodwill and intangible assets for these three acquisitions. These acquisitions were consummated to expand the product offerings of our business segment and therefore the goodwill has been assigned to that segment. The majority of the goodwill is attributed primarily to expected future increases in business segment revenue from the sale of new products. The majority of the goodwill from these acquisitions is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

(3)

Includes $58 million decrease due to effect of foreign currency exchange rate change.

None of the above-described acquisitions materially impacted the consolidated results of operations from the dates of the acquisitions and would not materially impact pro forma results of operations.

  International
and Global
Accounts
  Enterprise  Small and
Medium
Business
  Wholesale  Consumer  Total 
  (Dollars in millions) 

As of January 1, 2019

  $3,595    5,222    5,193    6,437    7,584    28,031  

January 2019 reorganization

  —    987    (1,038)   395    (344)   —  

Effect of foreign currency rate change and other

     —    —    —    —     

Impairments

  (934)   (1,471)   (896)   (3,019)   (186)   (6,506) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

  $2,670    4,738    3,259    3,813    7,054    21,534  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

For additional information on our segments, see Note 14—17—Segment Information.

We completed

(5)  Revenue Recognition

The following tables present our qualitative assessmentreported results under ASC 606 and a reconciliation to results using the historical accounting method:

  Year Ended December 31, 2018 
  Reported
    Balances    
  Impact of
    ASC 606    
  ASC 605
Historical
Adjusted
    Balances    
 
  

(Dollars in millions, except per share
amounts

and shares in thousands)

 

Operating revenue

 

$

23,443 

 

 

 

39 

 

 

 

23,482 

 

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

 

 

10,862 

 

 

 

22 

 

 

 

10,884 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

4,165 

 

 

 

71 

 

 

 

4,236 

 

Interest expense

 

 

2,177 

 

 

 

(9)

 

 

 

2,168 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

170 

 

 

 

(12)

 

 

 

158 

 

Net loss

 

 

(1,733)

 

 

 

(33)

 

 

 

(1,766)

 

   

BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

   

BASIC

 

$

(1.63)

 

 

 

(0.03)

 

 

 

(1.66)

 

DILUTED

 

$

(1.63)

 

 

 

(0.03)

 

 

 

(1.66)

 

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING

   

BASIC

 

 

1,065,866 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

1,065,866 

 

DILUTED

 

 

1,065,866 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

1,065,866 

 

Reconciliation of our indefinite-lived intangibleTotal Revenue to Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The following tables provide disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers based on reporting segments and service offerings for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. It also shows the amount of revenue that is not subject to ASC 606, but is instead governed by other accounting standards.

  Year Ended December 31, 2019 
  Total Revenue  Adjustments
for Non-ASC
 606  Revenue(9) 
  Total Revenue
from Contracts

with
Customers
 
  (Dollars in millions) 

International and Global Accounts

   

IP and Data Services(1)

 

 $

1,676 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

1,676 

 

Transport and Infrastructure(2)

 

 

1,318 

 

 

 

(365)

 

 

 

953 

 

Voice and Collaboration(3)

 

 

377 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

377 

 

IT and Managed Services(4)

 

 

225 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

225 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total International and Global Accounts Segment Revenue

  3,596    (365)   3,231  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Enterprise

   

IP and Data Services(1)

  2,763    —    2,763  

Transport and Infrastructure(2)

 

 

1,545 

 

 

 

(134)

 

 

 

1,411 

 

Voice and Collaboration(3)

 

 

1,567 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

1,567 

 

IT and Managed Services(4)

 

 

258 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

258 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Enterprise Segment Revenue

  6,133    (134)   5,999  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Small and Medium Business

   

IP and Data Services(1)

  1,184    —    1,184  

Transport and Infrastructure(2)

 

 

420 

 

 

 

(36)

 

 

 

384 

 

Voice and Collaboration(3)

  1,306    —    1,306  

IT and Managed Services(4)

 

 

46 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

46 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Small and Medium Business Segment Revenue

  2,956    (36)   2,920  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Wholesale

   

IP and Data Services(1)

  1,377    —    1,377  

Transport and Infrastructure(2)

  1,920    (545)   1,375  

Voice and Collaboration(3)

  771    —    771  

IT and Managed Services(4)

     —     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Wholesale Business Segment Revenue

  4,074    (545)   3,529  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Consumer

   

Broadband(5)

  2,876    (215)   2,661  

Voice(6)

  1,881    —    1,881  

Regulatory(7)

  634    (634)   —  

Other(8)

  251    (24)   227  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Consumer Segment Revenue

  5,642    (873)   4,769  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Total revenue

  $22,401    (1,953)   20,448  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Timing of revenue

   

Goods and services transferred at a point in time

    $221  

Services performed over time

    20,227  
   

 

 

 

Total revenue from contracts with customers

    $20,448  
   

 

 

 

  Year Ended December 31, 2018 
  Total Revenue  Adjustments
forNon-ASC
606 Revenue(9)
  Total Revenue
from Contracts
with

Customers
 
  (Dollars in millions) 

International and Global Accounts

   

IP and Data Services(1)

 

 $

1,728 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

1,728 

 

Transport and Infrastructure(2)

 

 

1,276 

 

 

 

(83)

 

 

 

1,193 

 

Voice and Collaboration(3)

 

 

387 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

387 

 

IT and Managed Services(4)

 

 

262 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

262 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total International and Global Accounts Segment Revenue

  3,653    (83)   3,570  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Enterprise

   

IP and Data Services(1)

  2,673    —    2,673  

Transport and Infrastructure(2)

 

 

1,550 

 

 

 

(43)

 

 

 

1,507 

 

Voice and Collaboration(3)

 

 

1,607 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

1,607 

 

IT and Managed Services(4)

 

 

303 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

303 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Enterprise Segment Revenue

  6,133    (43)   6,090  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Small and Medium Business

   

IP and Data Services(1)

  1,178    —    1,178  

Transport and Infrastructure(2)

 

 

471 

 

 

 

(40)

 

 

 

431 

 

Voice and Collaboration(3)

  1,443    —    1,443  

IT and Managed Services(4)

 

 

52 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

52 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Small and Medium Business Segment Revenue

  3,144    (40)   3,104  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Wholesale

   

IP and Data Services(1)

  1,382    —    1,382  

Transport and Infrastructure(2)

  2,136    (397)   1,739  

Voice and Collaboration(3)

  872    —    872  

IT and Managed Services(4)

     —     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Wholesale Business Segment Revenue

  4,397    (397)   4,000  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Consumer

   

Broadband(5)

  2,822    (213)   2,609  

Voice(6)

  2,173    —    2,173  

Regulatory(7)

  729    (729)   —  

Other(8)

  392    (33)   359  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Consumer Segment Revenue

  6,116    (975)   5,141  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Total revenue

  $23,443    (1,538)   21,905  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Timing of revenue

   

Goods and services transferred at a point in time

    $230  

Services performed over time

    21,675  
   

 

 

 

Total revenue from contracts with customers

    $21,905  
   

 

 

 

(1)

Includes primarily VPN data network, Ethernet, IP, content delivery and other ancillary services.

(2)

Includes wavelengths, private line, dark fiber services, colocation and data center services, including cloud, hosting and application management solutions, professional services and other ancillary services.

(3)

Includes local, long-distance voice, including wholesale voice, and other ancillary services, as well as VoIP services.

(4)

Includes information technology services and managed services, which may be purchased in conjunction with our other network services.

(5)

Includes high speed, fiber-based and lower speed DSL broadband services.

(6)

Includes local and long-distance services.

(7)

Includes (i) CAF, USF and other support payments designed to reimburse us for various costs related to certain telecommunications services and (ii) other operating revenue from the leasing and subleasing of space.

(8)

Includes retail video services (including our linear TV services), professional services and other ancillary services.

(9)

Includes regulatory revenue, lease revenue, sublease rental income, revenue from fiber capacity lease arrangements and failed sale leaseback income in 2018, which are not within the scope of ASC 606.

Customer Receivables and Contract Balances

The following table provides balances of customer receivables, contract assets other than goodwilland contract liabilities as of December 31, 20172019 and concludedDecember 31, 2018:

  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
  (Dollars in millions) 

Customer receivables(1)

 

$

2,194 

 

 

 

2,346 

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

1,028 

 

 

 

860 

 

Contract assets

 

 

130 

 

 

 

140 

 

(1)

Gross customer receivables of $2.3 billion and $2.5 billion, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $94 million and $132 million, at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Contract liabilities are consideration we have received from our customers or billed in advance of providing goods or services promised in the future. We defer recognizing this consideration as revenue until we have satisfied the related performance obligation to the customer. Contract liabilities include recurring services billed one month in advance and installation and maintenance charges that are deferred and recognized over the actual or expected contract term, which typically ranges from one to five years depending on the service. Contract liabilities are included within deferred revenue in our consolidated balance sheet. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, we recognized $630 million and $295 million, respectively, of revenue that was included in contract liabilities as of January 1, 2019 and January 1, 2018, respectively.

Performance Obligations

As of December 31, 2019, our estimated revenue expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations associated with customer contracts that are unsatisfied (or partially satisfied) is approximately $6.0 billion. We expect to recognize approximately 92% of this revenue through 2022, with the balance recognized thereafter.

We do not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts for which we recognize revenue at the amount to which we have the right to invoice for services performed (for example, uncommitted usage ornon-recurring charges associated with professional or technical services to be completed), or contracts that are classified as leasing arrangements that are not subject to ASC 606.

Contract Costs

The following table provides changes in our contract acquisition costs and fulfillment costs:

  Year Ended December 31, 2019 
  Acquisition
Costs
  Fulfillment
Costs
 
  (Dollars in millions) 

Beginning of period balance

 

 $

322 

 

 

 

187 

 

Costs incurred

 

 

208 

 

 

 

158 

 

Amortization

 

 

(204)

 

 

 

(124)

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

End of period balance

 

 $

            326 

 

 

 

            221 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Year Ended December 31, 2018 
  Acquisition
Costs
  Fulfillment
Costs
 
  (Dollars in millions) 

Beginning of period balance

 

 $

268 

 

 

 

133 

 

Costs incurred

 

 

226 

 

 

 

146 

 

Amortization

 

 

(172)

 

 

 

(92)

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

End of period balance

 

 $

322 

 

 

 

187 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Acquisition costs include commission fees paid to employees as a result of obtaining contracts. Fulfillment costs include third party and internal costs associated with the provision, installation and activation of telecommunications services to customers, including labor and materials consumed for these activities.

Deferred acquisition and fulfillment costs are amortized based on the transfer of services on a straight-line basis over the average customer life of 30 months for consumer customers and 12 to 60 months for business customers and amortized fulfillment costs are included in cost of services and products and amortized acquisition costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. The amount of these deferred costs that are anticipated to be amortized in the next twelve months are included in other current assets on our consolidated balance sheets. The amount of deferred costs expected to be amortized beyond the next twelve months is included in othernon-current assets on our consolidated balance sheets. Deferred acquisition and fulfillment costs are assessed for impairment on an annual basis.

(6) Leases

Our financial position for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 is presented under the new accounting guidance, while prior periods amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with previous guidance, as discussed in Note 1— Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

We primarily lease various office facilities, switching and colocation facilities, equipment and dark fiber. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; we recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception and whether that lease meets the classification criteria of a finance or operating lease. Lease-related assets, orright-of-use assets, are recognized at the lease commencement date at amounts equal to the respective lease liabilities. Lease-related liabilities are recognized at the present value of the remaining contractual fixed lease payments, discounted using our incremental borrowing rates. As part of the present value calculation for the lease liabilities, we use an incremental borrowing rate as the rates implicit in the leases are not readily determinable. The incremental borrowing rates used for

lease accounting are based on our unsecured rates, adjusted to approximate the rates at which we could borrow on a collateralized basis over a term similar to the recognized lease term. We apply the incremental borrowing rates to lease components using a portfolio approach based upon the length of the lease term and the reporting entity in which the lease resides. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, while variable lease payments are expensed as incurred.

Some of our lease arrangements contain lease components (including fixed payments, such as rent, real estate taxes and insurance costs) andnon-lease components (including common-area maintenance costs). We generally account for each component separately based on the estimated standalone price of each component. For colocation leases, we account for the lease andnon-lease components as a single lease component.

Many of our lease agreements contain renewal options; however, we do not recognizeright-of-use assets or lease liabilities for renewal periods unless it is more likely thandetermined that we are reasonably certain of renewing the lease at inception or when a triggering event occurs. Certain leases also include options to purchase the leased property. The depreciable life of assets and leasehold improvements are limited by the expected lease term, unless there is a transfer of title or purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

Lease expense consisted of the following:

Year Ended
December 31, 2019
(Dollars in millions)

Operating and short-term lease cost

 $677 

Finance lease cost:

Amortization ofright-of-use assets

44 

Interest on lease liability

12 

Total finance lease cost

56 

Total lease cost

 $733 

CenturyLink leases various equipment, office facilities, retail outlets, switching facilities and other network sites. These leases, with few exceptions, provide for renewal options and escalations that are either fixed or based on the consumer price index. Any rent abatements, along with rent escalations, are included in the computation of rent expense calculated on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The lease term for most leases includes the initialnon-cancelable term plus any term under renewal options that are reasonably assured. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our indefinite-lived intangible assets are not impaired; thus, no impairment chargegross rental expense was recorded in 2017.$733 million, $875 million and $550 million, respectively. We also received sublease rental income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 of $24 million, $21 million and $13 million, respectively.

Supplemental consolidated balance sheet information and other information related to leases:

Leases (Dollars in millions)

Classification on the Balance Sheet

December 31
2019

Assets

Operating lease assets

Operating lease assets $1,686    

Finance lease assets

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation252    

Total leased assets

 $1,938    

Liabilities

Current

Operating

Current operating lease liabilities $416    

Finance

Current portion of long-term debt35    

Noncurrent

Operating

Noncurrent operating lease liabilities1,342    

Finance

Long-term debt185    

Total lease liabilities

 $1,978    

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)

Operating leases

7.2    

Finance leases

11.3    

Weighted-average discount rate

Operating leases

6.46%

Finance leases

5.47%

Supplemental consolidated cash flow statement information related to leases:

Year Ended December 31, 2019
(Dollars in millions)

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash flows from operating leases

 $665 

Operating cash flows from finance leases

14 

Financing cash flows from finance leases

32 

Supplemental lease cash flow disclosures

Operating leaseright-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

 $358 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities

 $14 

As of OctoberDecember 31, 20162019, maturities of lease liabilities were as follows:

  Operating Leases  Finance Leases 
  (Dollars in millions) 

2020

  $460    47  

2021

  361    28  

2022

  308    22  

2023

  265    22  

2024

  194    21  

Thereafter

  686    170  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total lease payments

  2,274    310  

Less: interest

  (516)   (90) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $1,758    220  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Less: current portion

  (416)   (35) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Long-term portion

  $1,342    185  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had no material operating or finance leases that had not yet commenced.

Operating Lease Income

CenturyLink leases various IRUs, office facilities, switching facilities and 2015, basedother network sites to third parties under operating leases. Lease and sublease income are included in operating revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our gross rental income was $1.4 billion, $882 million and $766 million, respectively, which represents 6%, 4% and 4% respectively, of our operating revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

Disclosures under ASC 840

We adopted ASU2016-02 on our assessments performed, we concluded that our goodwillJanuary 1, 2019 as noted above, and as required, the following disclosure is provided for our then three reporting units was not impairedperiods prior to adoption.

The future annual minimum payments under capital lease agreements as of those dates.December 31, 2018 were as follows:

  Capital Lease Obligations 
  (Dollars in millions) 

2019

  $51  

2020

  36  

2021

  23  

2022

  21  

2023

  20  

2024 and thereafter

  183  
 

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

  334  

Less: amount representing interest and executory costs

  (100) 
 

 

 

 

Present value of minimum payments

  234  

Less: current portion

  (38) 
 

 

 

 

Long-term portion

  $196  
 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, our future rental commitments for operating leases were as follows:

  Operating Leases 
  (Dollars in millions) 

2019

  $675  

2020

  443  

2021

  355  

2022

  279  

2023

  241  

2024 and thereafter

  969  
 

 

 

 

Total future minimum payments(1)

  $2,962  

 

(5)(1)

Minimum payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $101 million due in the future underLong-Term Debt and Credit Facilitiesnon-cancelable subleases.

(7)  Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities

The following chart reflects the consolidated long-term debt of CenturyLink, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated below, including unamortized discounts and premiums and unamortized debt issuance costs, but excluding intercompany debt:debt and the impact of the debt refinancing transactions described under “Subsequent Events”:

 

          As of December 31,      As of December 31, 
  Interest  Rates(1)   Maturities   2017 2016      Interest Rates(1)         Maturities     2019 2018 
          (Dollars in millions)      (Dollars in millions) 

Senior Secured Debt:(2)

           

CenturyLink, Inc.

           

2017 Revolving Credit Facility(2)

   4.153% - 4.285%    2022   $405    

Revolving Credit Facility

 4.495%  2022   $250   550  

Term Loan A(3)

   4.319%    2022    1,575     LIBOR + 2.75%  2022  1,536   1,622  

Term LoanA-1(3)

   4.319%    2022    370     LIBOR + 2.75%  2022  333   351  

Term Loan B(3)

   4.319%    2025    6,000     LIBOR + 2.75%  2025  5,880   5,940  

Subsidiaries:

           

Level 3 Financing, Inc.

           

Tranche B 2024 Term Loan(4)

   3.696%    2024    4,611     LIBOR + 2.25%  2024   —   4,611  

Tranche B 2027 Term Loan(5)

 LIBOR + 1.75%  2027  3,111    —  

Senior notes

 3.400% - 3.875%  2027 - 2029  1,500    —  

Embarq Corporation subsidiaries

           

First mortgage bonds

   7.125% - 8.770%    2018 - 2025    151   223  7.125% - 8.375%  2023 - 2025  138   138  

Senior Notes and Other Debt:

           

CenturyLink, Inc.

           

Senior notes

   5.625% - 7.650%    2019 - 2042    8,125   8,975  5.125% - 7.65%  2019 - 2042  8,696   8,036  

2012 Credit facility and revolving line of credit(2)

              370 

2012 Term loan

              336 

Subsidiaries:

           

Level 3 Financing, Inc.

           

Senior notes

   5.125% - 6.125%    2021 - 2026    5,315     4.625% - 6.125%  2021 - 2027  5,515   5,315  

Level 3 Parent, LLC

           

Senior notes

   5.750%    2022    600     5.750%  2022   —   600  

Qwest Corporation

           

Senior notes

   6.125% - 7.750%    2018 - 2057    7,294   7,259  6.125% - 7.750%  2021 - 2057  5,956   5,956  

Term loan(6)

   3.570%    2025    100   100  LIBOR + 2.00%  2025  100   100  

Qwest Capital Funding, Inc.

           

Senior notes

   6.500% - 7.750%    2018 - 2031    981   981  6.875% - 7.750%  2021 - 2031  352   697  

Embarq Corporation and subsidiary

           

Senior note

   7.995%    2036    1,485   1,485  7.995%  2036  1,450   1,485  

Other

   9.000%    2019    150   150  9.000%  2019   —   150  

Capital lease and other obligations(3)

   Various    Various    891   440 

Unamortized discounts and other, net

       23   (133

Finance lease and other obligations

 Various  Various  222   801  

Unamortized (discounts) premiums and other, net

   (52)  (8) 

Unamortized debt issuance costs

       (350  (193   (293)  (283) 
      

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

 

Total long-term debt

       37,726   19,993    34,694   36,061  

Less current maturities not associated with assets held for sale

       (443  (1,503

Less capital lease obligations associated with assets held for sale

          (305

Less current maturities

   (2,300)  (652) 
      

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities and capital leases obligations associated with assets held for sale

      $37,283   18,185 

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities

    $            32,394                  35,409  
      

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

As of December 31, 2017.2019. See “Subsequent Events” for a discussion of certain changes to CenturyLink’s senior secured debt in early 2020.

(2)

See the remainder of this Note for a description of certain parent or subsidiary guarantees and liens securing this debt.

(3)

CenturyLink, Inc.’s Term Loans A,A-1, and B had interest rates of 4.549% and 5.272% as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

(2)(4)

The aggregate amount outstanding on our 2017 revolving credit facility at December 31, 2017 was $405 million with a weighted-averageTranche B 2024 Term Loan had an interest rate of 4.186%. These amounts change on a regular basis. The aggregate amount outstanding on our 2012 credit facility and revolving line of credit borrowings at December 31, 2016 was $370 million with weighted-average interest rate of 4.500%. As described under “2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement” below, we discharged and terminated our 2012 credit facility on November 1, 2017.

(3)As a result of not meeting the sale leaseback accounting requirements, we must treat a certain amount of thepre-tax cash proceeds from the sale of our real estate assets as though it were the result of a financing obligation on our consolidated balance sheet. Also, the capital lease obligations that were shown as held for sale4.754% as of December 31, 2016 are retained and revalued. Please see Note 3—Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business for additional information on our most current estimate of the financing obligation.2018.

(5)

The Tranche B 2027 Term Loan had an interest rate of 3.549% as of December 31, 2019.

(6)

Qwest Corporation’s Term Loan had an interest rate of 3.800% as of December 31, 2019 and 4.530% as of December 31, 2018.

Debt of CenturyLink, Inc. and its Subsidiaries

At December 31, 2017,2019, most of our outstanding consolidated debt had been incurred by CenturyLink, Inc. or one of the following four other primary borrowers or “borrowing groups,” each of which has borrowed funds either on a standalone basis or as part of a separate restricted group with certain of its subsidiaries:

 

Qwest Corporation;

 

Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. (including its parent guarantor, Qwest Communications International Inc.);

 

Embarq Corporation; and

 

Level 3 Parent, LLCFinancing, Inc. (including its finance subsidiary,parent guarantor Level 3 Financing, Inc.)Parent, LLC).

Each of these borrowers or borrowing groups has entered into one or more credit agreements with certain financial institutions or other institutional lenders, or issued senior notes. Certain of these debt instruments are described further below.

Level 3 Long-Term Debt Acquired

As a result of the acquisition of Level 3 on November 1, 2017, Level 3’spre-existing debt obligations, which consisted of senior notes and a term loan issued by Level 3 Parent, LLC and Level 3 Financing, Inc., are now included in our consolidated debt balances. Level 3 Financing, Inc.’s Tranche B 2024 Term Loan is further described below under “Term Loans and Certain Other Debt of Subsidiaries”. On the acquisition date, Level 3’s debt securities had (i) stated principal balances totaling $10.526 billion, (ii) fixed contractual interest rates on senior notes ranging from 5.125% to 6.125% (with a weighted average of 5.47%) and a floating interest rate on the term loan and (iii) maturities ranging from 2021 to 2026. In accounting for the Level 3 acquisition, we recorded Level 3’s debt securities at their estimated fair values, which totaled $10.716 billion as of November 1, 2017. In addition, we assumed Level 3’s capital lease obligations of $179 million. Our acquisition date fair value estimates were based primarily on quoted market prices where available or, if not available, based on discounted future cash flows using current market interest rates. The amount by which the fair value of Level 3 debt securities exceeded their stated principal balances on the acquisition date of $190 million is being recognized as a reduction to interest expense over the remaining terms of the debt.

2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement

As further described in Note 2—Acquisition of Level 3, CenturyLink, Inc. completedIn connection with financing its acquisition of Level 3 on November 1, 2017. To finance a substantial portion of its acquisition of Level 3, on June 19, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc. caused its wholly-owned subsidiary, CenturyLink Escrow, LLC, (the “Escrow Borrower”), to enter into a credit agreement on June 19, 2017 (the “2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement”) with, among others, Bank of America,

N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, initially providing for $9.945$10.245 billion in senior secured credit facilities (the “2017 Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). These at December 31, 2019. As amended in early 2018, these facilities consistconsisted of the following:

 

a $2$2.168 billion revolving credit facility (“2017 Revolving Credit Facility”), which originally hadwith 18 lenders, each with allocations ranging from $36.4 million to $167.8 million, which we initially drew upon on November 1, 2017;lenders;

 

a $1.575$1.707 billion senior secured Term Loan A credit facility, which originally had 17 lenders, each with commitments ranging from $28.6 million to $132.2 million, which we drew in full on November 1, 2017;18 lenders;

 

a $370 million senior secured Term LoanA-1 credit facility with CoBank, ACB, which we drew in full on November 1, 2017;ACB; and

 

a $6$6.0 billion senior secured Term Loan “B” credit facility, which we fullypre-funded the proceeds, net of a discount, into escrow on June 19, 2017 and released to us on November 1, 2017.facility.

LoansAt December 31, 2019, loans under the Term Loan A andA-1 facilities and the 2017 Revolving Credit Facility bearbore interest at a rate equal to, at our option, the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or the alternative base rate (each as defined in the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement) plus an applicable margin between 2.25% to 3.00% per annum for LIBOR loans and 1.25% to 2.00% per annum for alternative base rate loans, depending on our then current total leverage ratio. Borrowings under the Term Loan B facility bore interest at 1.375% per annum through July 18, 2017 and at 2.75% per annum thereafter through November 1, 2017. Subsequent toSince November 1, 2017, borrowings under the Term Loan B facility bearhave borne interest at LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum. Loans under each of the term loan facilities require certain specified quarterly amortization payments and certain specified mandatory prepayments in connection with certain asset sales and debt issuances and out of excess cash flow, among other things, subject in each case to certain significant exceptions.

CenturyLink, Inc. usedAt December 31, 2019, the proceeds of the borrowings under the 2017 Senior Secured Credit Facilities, together with other available funds (including $1.825 billion borrowed from Level 3), (i) to fund the cash portion of the consideration and transaction costs payable in connection with the Level 3 acquisition and (ii) to repay all indebtedness outstanding under its 2012 term loan. The 2017 Revolving Credit Facility and borrowings under the Term Loan A andA-1 facilities willwere scheduled to mature on November 1, 2022. Borrowings2022, and borrowings under the Term Loan B facility willwere scheduled to mature on January 31, 2025.

By virtue of merging the Escrow Borrower into CenturyLink, Inc. on November 1, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc. assumed all rights and obligations under the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement, including the right to borrow funds under the 2017 Revolving Credit Facility on the terms and conditions specified in the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement.

All of CenturyLink, Inc.‘s’s obligations under the 2017 Senior Secured Credit Facilities are guaranteed by certain of its subsidiaries. The guarantees by certain of those guarantors are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all assets (including certain subsidiaries stock) directly owned by them, subject to certain exceptions and limitations.

The 2017 Revolving Credit Facility replaced CenturyLink, Inc.‘s 2012 revolving credit facility. A portion of the 2017 Revolving Credit Facility in an amount not to exceed $100 million is available for swingline loans, and a portion in an amount not to exceed $400 million is available for the issuance of letters of credit. In addition, on November 1, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc. discharged its 2012 term loan scheduled to mature in 2019 and entered into Term LoanA-1 with the same lender.

CenturyLink, Inc. is permitted under the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement to request certain incremental borrowings subject to the satisfaction of various conditions and to certain other limitations. Any incremental borrowings would be subject to the same terms and conditions under the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement.

Changes to Agreement, as described further under “Subsequent Events,” in January 2020 we effected certain refinancing transactions that among other things, changed the maturity dates of the 2017 Senior Secured Credit Facilities, lowered the interest rates payable thereunder, and changed the allocations of amounts owed under each of the facilities.

Term Loans and Certain Other Debt of Subsidiaries

Qwest Corporation

In 2015, Qwest Corporation entered into a variable rate term loan in the amount of $100 million with CoBank, ACB. The outstanding unpaid principal amount of this term loan plus any accrued and unpaid interest is due on February 20, 2025. Interest is paid monthlyat least quarterly based upon either the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or the base rate (as defined in the credit agreement) plus an applicable margin between 1.50% to 2.50% per annum for LIBOR loans and 0.50% to 1.50% per annum for base rate loans depending on Qwest Corporation’s then current senior unsecured long-term debt rating. At both December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, the outstanding principal balance on this term loan was $100 million.

Level 3 Financing, Inc.

At November 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017,2019, Level 3 Financing, Inc. owed $4.611$3.111 billion, under the Tranche B 20242027 Term Loan, which matures on February 22, 2024.March 1, 2027. The Tranche B 20242027 Term Loan carries an interest rate, in the case of base rate borrowings, equal to (i) the greater of the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 50 basis points, or LIBOR plus 100 basis points (with all such terms and calculations as defined or further specified in the applicable credit agreement) plus (ii) 1.25%0.75% per annum. Any Eurodollar borrowings under the Tranche B 20242027 Term Loan bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.25%1.75% per annum.

The Tranche B 20242027 Term Loan requires certain specified mandatory prepayments in connection with certain asset sales and other transactions, subject to certain significant exceptions. The obligations of Level 3 Financing, Inc. under the Tranche B 20242027 Term Loan are, subject to certain exceptions, secured by certain assets of Level 3 Parent, LLC and subject to pending regulatory approvals, certain of its material domestic telecommunication subsidiaries. Also, Level 3 Parent, LLC has guaranteed and upon receipt of pending regulatory approvals, certain of its subsidiaries will guaranteehave guaranteed the obligations of Level 3 Financing, Inc. under the Tranche B 20242027 Term Loan. Subject to

The net proceeds from the receiptTranche B 2027 Term Loan, together with the net proceeds from a concurrent offering of pending regulatory approvals, Level 3 Communications, LLC and its material domestic subsidiaries will guarantee and, subject to certain exceptions, will pledge certain of their assets to secure the obligationssenior secured notes of Level 3 Financing, Inc. under the, were used topre-pay in full Level 3 Financing’s predecessor Tranche B 2024 Term Loan.

Embarq Subsidiaries

At December 31, 2017, two2019 and 2018, one of our Embarq subsidiaries had outstanding first mortgage bonds. Each issue of theseThese first mortgage bonds isare secured by substantially all of the property, plant and equipment of the issuing subsidiary.

Revolving Letters of Credit

We use various financial instruments in the normal course of business. These instruments include letters of credit, which are conditional commitments issued on our behalf in accordance with specified terms and conditions. CenturyLink, Inc. maintains an uncommitted $225 million revolving letter of credit facility separate from the letter of credit facility included in the 2017 Revolving Credit Facility noted above. On November 1, 2017,Letters of credit issued under this facility was amended to increase its size from $160 million to $225 million and to provide the lender withare backed by credit enhancements in the form of secured guarantees issued by certain CenturyLinkof our subsidiaries. As of December 31, 20172019 and 2016, CenturyLink, Inc.’s2018, our outstanding letters of credit under this credit facility totaled $104$82 million and $105$97 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2017,2019, Level 3 Parent, LLC had outstanding letters of credit or other similar obligations of approximately $36$23 million, of which $30$18 million iswas collateralized by cash that is reflected on the consolidated balance sheets inas restricted cash. As of December 31, 2018, Level 3 Parent, LLC had outstanding letters of credit or other similar obligations of approximately $30 million of which $24 million was collateralized by cash and securities.that is reflected on the consolidated balance sheets as restricted cash.

Senior Notes

CenturyLink, Inc., Level 3 Financing, Inc., Level 3 Parent, LLC, Qwest Corporation, Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. and Embarq Corporation have each issued unsecured senior notes.notes, and Level 3 Financing has issued secured senior notes, that were outstanding as of December 31, 2019. All of these notes carry fixed

interest rates and all principal is due on the notes’ respective maturity dates, which rates and maturity dates are summarized in the table above. None of the senior notes issued by CenturyLink that were outstanding as of December 31, 2019 are guaranteed by any of its subsidiaries. The senior notes issued by Level 3 Financing, Inc. are guaranteed by its parent, Level 3 Parent, LLC and anotherone or more of its affiliates. The senior notes issued by Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. are guaranteed by its parent, Qwest Communications International Inc. Except for a limited number of senior notes issued by Qwest Corporation, the issuer generally can redeem the notes, at its option, in whole or in part, (i) pursuant to a fixed schedule ofpre-established redemption prices, (ii) pursuant to a “make whole” redemption price or (iii) under certain other specified limited conditions. Under certain circumstances in connection with a “change of control” of CenturyLink, Inc., it will be required to make an offer to repurchase each series of these senior notes (other than two of its older series of notes) at a price of 101% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Also, under certain circumstances in connection with a “change of control” of Level 3 Parent, LLC it, as well asor Level 3 Financing, Inc., Level 3 Financing will be required to make an offer to repurchase each series of its outstanding senior notes at a price of 101% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

New Issuances

2017

As described above under “2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement”, on June 19, 2017,On December 16, 2019, CenturyLink, Inc. caused oneissued $1.250 billion of its wholly-owned subsidiaries5.125% Senior Notes due 2026. The proceeds from the offering were primarily used to enter intofully redeem on January 15, 2020 the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement initially providing for $9.945$1.1 billion of senior secured credit facilities. Uponnotes of Qwest Corporation described under “Subsequent Events—Redemption.”

On November 29, 2019, Level 3 Financing, Inc. issued $750 million of 3.400% Senior Secured Notes due 2027 and $750 million of 3.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2029. The proceeds from the executionoffering together with cash on hand were primarily used to redeem a portion of the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement, the $6$4.611 billion Tranche B 2024 Term Loan B credit facilitythat was fully funded.repaid on November 29, 2019. On November 1, 2017, CenturyLink,29, 2019, Level 3 Financing, Inc. assumed the obligations and borrowed additional sums under such credit agreement.

On April 27, 2017, Qwest Corporation issued $575 million aggregate principal amount of 6.75% Notes due 2057 and, on May 5, 2017, issuedentered into an additional $85 million aggregate principal amount of such notes pursuantamendment to an over-allotment option in exchange for aggregate net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and other expenses, of $638 million. All of the 6.75% Notes are senior unsecured obligations and may be redeemed by Qwest Corporation, in whole or in part, on or after June 15, 2022, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

2016

On August 22, 2016, Qwest Corporation issued $978 million aggregate principal amount of 6.5% Notes due 2056, including $128 million principal amount that was sold pursuant to an over-allotment option, in exchange for net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and other expenses, of $946 million. All of the 6.5% Notes are unsecured obligations and may be redeemed by Qwest Corporation, in whole or in part, on or after September 1, 2021, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

On April 6, 2016, CenturyLink, Inc. issued $1 billion aggregate principal amount of 7.5% Notes due 2024, in exchange for net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and other expenses, of $988 million. All of the 7.5% Notes are unsecured obligations and may be redeemed by CenturyLink, Inc., in whole or in part, on or after January 1, 2024, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time before January 1, 2024, the Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at CenturyLink, Inc.‘s option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed or the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes to be redeemed, discounted to the redemption date in the manner described in the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. In addition, at any time on or prior to April 1, 2019, CenturyLink, Inc. may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price of 107.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings. Under certain circumstances, CenturyLink, Inc. will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes at a price of 101% of the aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date.its

credit agreement to incur $3.111 billion in aggregate borrowings under the agreement through the Tranche B 2027 Term Loan discussed above.

On January 29, 2016, Qwest CorporationSeptember 25, 2019, Level 3 Financing, Inc. issued $235 million aggregate principal amount$1.0 billion of 7%4.625% Senior Notes due 2056, in exchange for net2027. The proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and other expenses,from the offering together with cash on hand were used to redeem, during the fourth quarter of $227 million. All of the 7% Notes are unsecured obligations and may be redeemed by Qwest Corporation, in whole or in part, on or after February 1, 2021, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

Repayments

2017

As described above under “2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement”, on November 1, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc. repaid the2019, all $240 million outstanding principal amount of $319Level 3 Financing, Inc.’s 6.125% Senior Notes due 2021, all $600 million under its 2012 term loan.

On August 1, 2017, subsidiaries of Embarq Corporation paid at maturity the $72 million principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest due under their 8.77% Notes.

On June 15, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc. paid at maturity the $350 million principal and accrued and unpaid interest due under its 5.15% Notes.

On May 9, 2017, Qwest Corporation redeemed $125 million aggregateoutstanding principal amount of the remaining $288Level 3 Parent, LLC’s 5.75% Senior Notes due 2022 and $160 million of its 7.5%Level 3 Financing, Inc.’s $1 billion outstanding principal amount of 5.375% Senior Notes due 2051,2022.

Repayments

2019

Including the redemptions noted above under “New Issuances”, during 2019, CenturyLink and its affiliates repurchased approximately $3.6 billion of their respective debt securities, which primarily included approximately $2.3 billion of Level 3 Financing, Inc. senior notes and term loan, $600 million of Level 3 Parent, LLC senior notes, $345 million of Qwest Capital Funding senior notes, $340 million of CenturyLink, Inc. senior notes, which resulted in an immaterial loss.

On May 4, 2017, Qwest Corporation redeemed all $500aggregate net gain of $72 million. Additionally, during the period CenturyLink paid $398 million of its 6.5% Notes due 2017, which resulted in an immaterial loss.

On April 3, 2017, CenturyLink, Inc. paid at maturity the $500maturing senior notes and $164 million principal and accrued and unpaid interest dueof amortization payments under its 6.00% Notes.term loans.

20162018

On December 23, 2016, a subsidiaryDuring 2018, CenturyLink and its affiliates redeemed approximately $1.7 billion in debt securities, which primarily included approximately $1.3 billion of EmbarqQwest Corporation redeemed $5senior notes and $174 million of its 8.375% Notes due 2025, which resulted in an immaterial loss.Qwest Capital Financing senior notes.

On September 19, 2016, a subsidiary of Embarq Corporation redeemed all of its 8.77% Notes due 2017, which was less than $4 million and resulted in an immaterial loss.

On September 15, 2016, Qwest Corporation redeemed $287 million of its 7.5% Notes due 2051, which resulted in a loss of $9 million.

On August 29, 2016, Qwest Corporation redeemed all $661 million of its 7.375% Notes due 2051, which resulted in a loss of $18 million.

On June 1, 2016, Embarq Corporation paid at maturity the $1.184 billion principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest due under its 7.082% Notes.

On May 2, 2016, Qwest Corporation paid at maturity the $235 million principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest due under its 8.375% Notes.

Aggregate Maturities of Long-Term Debt Maturities

Set forth below is the aggregate principal amount of our long-term debt (excluding unamortized discounts and premiums, net and unamortized debt issuance costs) maturing during the following years:years as of December 31, 2019:

 

  (Dollars in  millions)(1)(2)      (Dollars in millions)     

2018

  $443 

2019

   638 

2020

   1,194   $2,300  

2021

   3,109  2,478  

2022

   5,033  4,224  

2023 and thereafter

   27,137 

2023

 2,096  

2024

 1,973  

2025 and thereafter

 21,968  
  

 

  

 

 

Total long-term debt

  $37,554   $35,039  
  

 

  

 

 

(1)The amount outstanding on the data centers obligation at December 31, 2017 was $598 million. The aggregate maturities of long-term debt do not include $499 million of this obligation, which, at the end of the lease term on April 30, 2020, will be derecognized along with the remaining net book value of the associated real estate assets. Also, the aggregate maturities of long-term debt do not include future imputed lease income of $173 million attributable to the accounting for certain of the real estate assets under the failed-sale-leaseback. See Note 3—Sale of Data Centers and Colocation Business for additional information.
(2)Actual principal paid in any year may differ due to the possible future refinancing of outstanding debt or the issuance of new debt. The projected amounts in the table also exclude any impacts from any further acquisitions.

Interest Expense

Interest expense includes interest on total long-term debt. The following table presents the amount of gross interest expense, net of capitalized interest:

 

  Years Ended December 31,  Years Ended December 31, 
  2017   2016   2015      2019         2018         2017     
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Interest expense:

         

Gross interest expense

  $1,559    1,372    1,364   $2,093   2,230   1,559  

Capitalized interest

   (78   (54   (52 (72)  (53)  (78) 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total interest expense

  $1,481    1,318    1,312   $            2,021               2,177               1,481  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Covenants

CenturyLink, Inc.

With respect to the Term Loan A andA-1 facilities and the 2017 Revolving Credit Facility, the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement requires us to maintain (i) a maximum total leverage ratio of not more than 5.00 to 1.00 between the closing date of the Level 3 acquisition and the second anniversary thereof and 4.75 to 1.00 thereafter and (ii) a minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00, with such ratios being determined and calculated in the manner described in the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement.

The 2017 Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain various representations and warranties and extensive affirmative and negative covenants. Such covenants include, among other things and subject to certain significant exceptions, restrictions on our ability to declare or pay dividends, repurchase stock, repay certain other indebtedness, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, make investments, engage in transactions with its affiliates, dispose of assets and merge or consolidate with any other person.

The senior notes of CenturyLink, Inc. were issued under an indenturebase indentures dated March 31, 1994. This indenture restricts1994 or December 16, 2019. These indentures restrict our ability to (i) incur, issue or create liens upon the property of CenturyLink, Inc. and (ii) consolidate with or merge into, or transfer or lease all or substantially all of our assets to any other party. The indenture doesindentures do not contain any provisions that are impacted by our credit ratings or that restrict the issuance of new securities in the event of a material adverse change to us. However, as indicated above under “Senior Notes”, CenturyLink, Inc. will be required to offer to purchase certain of its long-term debt securities issued under this indenture under certain circumstances in connection with a “change of control” of CenturyLink, Inc.

Level 3 Companies

The term loan, senior secured notes and senior unsecured notes of Level 3 Parent, LLC and Level 3 Financing, Inc. contain various representations and extensive affirmative and negative covenants. Such covenants include, among other things and subject to certain significant exceptions, restrictions on their ability to declare or pay dividends, repay certain other indebtedness, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, make investments, engage in transactions with their affiliates, dispose of assets and merge or consolidate with any other person. Also, as indicated above under “Senior Notes”, Level 3 Parent, LLC, as well as Level 3 Financing, Inc., will be required to offer to purchaserepurchase or repay certain of its long-term debt securities under certain circumstances in connection with a “change of control” of Level 3 Financing or Level 3 Parent, LLC.

Qwest Companies

Under its term loan, Qwest Corporation must maintain a debt to EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as defined in such term loan)loan documentation) ratio of not more than 2.85:1.0, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter for the four quarters then ended. The term loan also contains a negative pledge covenant, which generally requires Qwest Corporation to secure equally and ratably any advances under the term loan if it pledges assets or permit liens on its property for the benefit of other debtholders.

The senior notes of Qwest Corporation were issued under indentures dated April 15, 1990 and October 15, 1999. These indentures contain restrictions on the incurrence of liens and the consummation of certain transactions substantially similar to the above-described covenants in CenturyLink, Inc.‘s March 31,CenturyLink’s 1994 indentureand 2019 indentures (but contain no mandatory repurchase provisions). The senior notes of Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. were issued under an indenture dated June 29, 1998 containing terms substantially similar to those set forth in Qwest Corporation’s indentures.

Embarq

Embarq’s senior note was issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 17, 2006. While Embarq is generally prohibited from creating liens on its property unless its senior notes are secured equally and ratably,

Embarq can create liens on its property without equally and ratably securing its senior notes so long as the sum of all indebtedness so secured does not exceed 15% of Embarq’s consolidated net tangible assets. The indenture also contains restrictions on the consummation of certain transactions substantially similar to CenturyLink, Inc.’s above-described covenants (but without mandatory repurchase provision), as well as certain customary covenants to maintain properties and pay all taxes and lawful claims.

Impact of Covenants

The debt covenants applicable to CenturyLink, Inc. and its subsidiaries could materially adversely affect their ability to operate or expand their respective businesses, to pursue strategic transactions, or to otherwise pursue their plans and strategies. The covenants of the Level 3 companies may significantly restrict the ability of CenturyLink, Inc. to receive cash from the Level 3 companies, to distribute cash from the Level 3 companies to other of CenturyLink, Inc.’s affiliated entities, or to enter into other transactions among CenturyLink, Inc.’s wholly-owned entities.

Certain of the debt instruments of CenturyLink, Inc. and its subsidiaries contain cross payment default or cross acceleration provisions. When present, these provisions could have a wider impact on liquidity than might otherwise arise from a default or acceleration of a single debt instrument.

The ability of CenturyLink, Inc. and its subsidiaries to comply with the financial covenants in their respective debt instruments could be adversely impacted by a wide variety of events, including unforeseen contingencies, many of which are beyond their control.

Compliance

At December 31, 2017,2019, CenturyLink, Inc. believes it and its subsidiaries were in compliance with the provisions and financial covenants contained in their respective material debt agreements.agreements in all material respects.

Guarantees

CenturyLink, Inc. does not guarantee the debt of any unaffiliated parties, but, as noted above, as of December 31, 2019 certain of its largest subsidiaries guaranteeguaranteed (i) its debt and letters of credit outstanding under theits 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement and its $225 million revolving letter of credit facility and (ii) the outstanding term loans or senior notes issued by certain other subsidiaries. As further noted above, several of the subsidiaries guaranteeing the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreementthese obligations have pledged substantially all of their assets to secure their respective guarantees.

Subsequent Events

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

On January 21, 2018, a subsidiary of Embarq Corporation redeemed all $13 million of31, 2020, CenturyLink, Inc. amended and restated its 8.77% Notes due 2019, which resulted in an immaterial loss.

On January 29, 2018, the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement was(as so amended to:

Add a lender toand restated, the 2017 Revolving“Amended Credit Facility and to increase CenturyLink, Inc.’s borrowing capacity thereunder toAgreement”). Coupled with CenturyLink’s prepayment on January 24, 2020 of $1.25 billion of indebtedness outstanding under its Term Loan B facility (using principally the net proceeds from its below-described sale the same day of $1.25 billion of its 4.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2027), the Amended Credit Agreement currently provides for approximately $2.168 billion; and

Add a lender to the$8.699 billion in senior secured credit facilities, consisting of an approximately $1.166 billion Term Loan A credit facility, a $333 million Term LoanA-1 credit facility, a $5.0 billion Term Loan B credit facility and to increase CenturyLink, Inc.’s borrowing capacity thereunder to approximately $1.707 billion.

In connection with this amendment,a $2.2 billion revolving credit facility (collectively, the new lender provided approximately $132 million“Amended Senior Secured Credit Facilities”).

The Amended Credit Agreement, among other things, (i) extended the maturity date of (a) the Term Loan A, loan proceeds, whichTerm LoanA-1 and Revolving Credit facilities from November 1, 2022 to January 31, 2025 and (b) the

Term Loan B facility from January 31, 2025 to March 15, 2027, and (ii) lowered the interest rate applicable to loans made under each of the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facilities. As so amended, (i) loans under the Term Loan A, Term LoanA-1 and Revolving Credit facilities will bear interest at a rate equal to, at CenturyLink’s option, the Eurodollar rate or the alternative base rate (each as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) plus an applicable margin between 1.50% to 2.25% per annum for Eurodollar loans and 0.50% to 1.25% per annum for alternative base rate loans, depending on CenturyLink’s then current total leverage ratio, and (ii) loans under the Term Loan B facility will bear interest at the rate equal to, at CenturyLink’s option, the Eurodollar rate plus 2.25% per annum or the alternative base rate plus 1.25% per annum. The subsidiary guarantor and collateral provisions and the financial covenants contained in the Amended Credit Agreement are unchanged from the 2017 CenturyLink Credit Agreement.

New Bond Issuance

On January 24, 2020, CenturyLink issued $1.25 billion aggregate principal amount of its 4.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the “2027 Notes”). CenturyLink used together with available cash,the net proceeds from this offering to reducerepay a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under its borrowingsTerm Loan B facility. The 2027 Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by each of CenturyLink’s domestic subsidiaries that guarantees CenturyLink’s Amended Credit Agreement, subject to the receipt of certain regulatory approvals and various exceptions and limitations. While the 2027 Notes are not secured by any of the assets of CenturyLink, certain of the note guarantees are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of such guarantors (including the stock of certain of their respective subsidiaries), which assets also secure obligations under the 2017 RevolvingAmended Credit Facility.Agreement on a pari passu basis.

Redemption

(6)Accounts Receivable

On January 15, 2020, Qwest Corporation fully redeemed all $850 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6.875% senior notes due 2033 and all $250 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 7.125% senior notes due 2043.

(8)  Accounts Receivable

The following table presents details of our accounts receivable balances:

 

   As of
December 31,
 
   2017   2016 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Trade and purchased receivables

  $2,245    1,882 

Earned and unbilled receivables

   436    299 

Other

   40    14 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable

   2,721    2,195 

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

   (164   (178
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, less allowance

  $2,557    2,017 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

  As of December 31, 
        2019              2018       
  (Dollars in millions) 

Trade and purchased receivables

  $1,971    2,094  

Earned and unbilled receivables

  374    425  

Other

  20    21  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable

  2,365    2,540  

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

  (106)   (142) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, less allowance

  $            2,259                2,398  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

We are exposed to concentrations of credit risk from residential and business customers within our local service area, business customers outside of our local service area and from other telecommunications service providers.customers. We generally do not require collateral to secure our receivable balances. We have agreements with other telecommunicationscommunications service providers whereby we agree to bill and collect on their behalf for services rendered by those providers to our customers within our local service area. We purchase accounts receivable from other telecommunicationscommunications service providers primarily on a recourse basis and include these amounts in our accounts receivable balance. We have not experienced any significant loss associated with these purchased receivables.

The following table presents details of our allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

   Beginning
Balance
   Additions   Deductions   Ending
Balance
 
   (Dollars in millions) 

2017

  $178    176    (190   164 

2016

  $152    192    (166   178 

2015

  $162    177    (187   152 
    Beginning  
Balance
  Additions  Deductions  Ending
Balance
 
  (Dollars in millions) 

2019

  $                142                    145                    (181)                   106  

2018

  164    153    (175)   142  

2017

  178    176    (190)   164  

(9)  Property, Plant and Equipment

(7)Property, Plant and Equipment

Net property, plant and equipment is composed of the following:

 

  Depreciable
Lives
  As of December 31,    Depreciable  
Lives
  As of December 31, 
  2017   2016      2019         2018     
     (Dollars in millions)    (Dollars in millions) 

Land

  N/A  $883    563  N/A   $867   871  

Fiber, conduit and other outside plant(1)

  15-45 years   22,798    16,996  15-45 years  24,666   23,936  

Central office and other network electronics(2)

  3-10 years   18,538    13,768  3-10 years  19,608   18,736  

Support assets(3)

  3-30 years   7,586    6,623  3-30 years  7,984   8,020  

Construction in progress(4)

  N/A   1,399    1,244  N/A  2,300   1,704  
    

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Gross property, plant and equipment

     51,204    39,194   55,425   53,267  

Accumulated depreciation

     (24,352   (22,155  (29,346)  (26,859) 
    

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Net property, plant and equipment

    $26,852    17,039    $            26,079               26,408  
    

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Fiber, conduit and other outside plant consists of fiber and metallic cable, conduit, poles and other supporting structures.

(2)

Central office and other network electronics consists of circuit and packet switches, routers, transmission electronics and electronics providing service to customers.

(3)

Support assets consist of buildings, cable landing stations, data centers, computers and other administrative and support equipment.

(4)

Construction in progress includes inventory held for construction and property of the aforementioned categories that has not been placed in service as it is still under construction.

We recorded depreciation expense of $2.710$3.1 billion, $2.691$3.3 billion and $2.836$2.7 billion for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015,2017, respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligations

At December 31, 2017,2019, our asset retirement obligations balance was primarily related to estimated future costs of removing equipment from leased properties and estimated future costs of properly disposing of asbestos and other hazardous materials upon remodeling or demolishing buildings. Asset retirement obligations are included in other long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

As of the Level 3 acquisition date, we recorded liabilities to reflect our preliminary estimates of fair values of Level 3’s asset retirement obligations. Our preliminary fair value estimates were determined using the discounted cash flow method.

The following table provides asset retirement obligation activity:

 

  Years Ended
December 31,
  Years Ended December 31, 
  2017   2016   2015      2019         2018         2017     
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Balance at beginning of year

  $95    91    107   $190   115   95  

Accretion expense

   6    6    7  11   10    

Liabilities assumed in acquisition of Level 3(1)

   45           —   58   45  

Liabilities settled

   (3   (2   (2 (14)  (14)  (3) 

Liabilities transferred to Cyxtera

   (20          —    —   (20) 

Change in estimate

   (8       (21 10   21   (8) 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $115    95    91   $            197               190               115  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

We revised our

(1)

The liabilities assumed during 2018 relate to purchase price adjustments during the year.

The 2019, 2018 and 2017 change in estimates for the cost of removal of network equipment, asbestos remediation, and other obligations by $8 million and $21 million, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2015, respectively. These revisions resulted in a reduction of the asset retirement obligation and offsetting reduction toare offset against gross property, plant and equipment,equipment.

(10)  Severance and revisions to assets specifically identified are recorded as a reduction to accretion expense. We did not revise our estimates for the cost of removal of network equipment, asbestos remediation, and other obligations during 2016.Leased Real Estate

(8)Severance and Leased Real Estate

Periodically, we reduce our workforce and accrue liabilities for the related severance costs. These workforce reductions result primarily from the progression or completion of our post-acquisition integration plans, increased competitive pressures, cost reduction initiatives, automation and other process improvements through automation and reduced workload demands due to the loss of customers purchasingreduced demand for certain services.

We report severance liabilities within accrued expenses and other liabilities—salaries and benefits in our consolidated balance sheets and report severance expenses in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. As described in Note 14—17—Segment Information, we do not allocate these severance expenses to our segments.

We haveUnder prior GAAP, we had previously recognized liabilities to reflect our estimates of the fair values of the existing lease obligations for real estate which we have ceased using, net of estimated sublease rentals. As ofIn accordance with transitional guidance under the Level 3 acquisition date, we recorded liabilities to reflect our preliminary estimates of the fair values ofnew lease standard (ASC 842), the existing lease obligations for real estate for which we had ceased using, netobligation of estimated sublease rentals. Our fair value estimates were determined using discounted cash flow methods. We recognize expense$110 million as of January 1, 2019 has been netted against the operating lease right of use assets at adoption. For additional information, see Note 6—Leases to reflect accretion of the discounted liabilities and periodically we adjust the expense when our actual subleasing experience differs from our initial estimates. We report the current portion of liabilities forceased-use real estate leases in accrued expenses and other liabilities-other and report the noncurrent portion in deferred credits and other liabilities-other in our consolidated balance sheets. We report the related expensesfinancial statements in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statementsItem 1 of operations. At December 31, 2017, the current and noncurrent portionsPart I of our leased real estate accrual were $11 million and $53 million, respectively. The remaining lease terms range from 0.16 years to 7.9 years, with a weighted average of 6.7 years.this report.

Changes in our accrued liabilities for severance expenses and leased real estate were as follows:

 

   Severance   Real
Estate
 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $14    80 

Accrued to expense

   173    4 

Payments, net

   (89   (20

Reversals and adjustments

       3 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   98    67 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued to expense

   42    4 

Liabilities assumed in acquisition of Level 3

   1    4 

Payments, net

   (108   (13

Reversals and adjustments

       2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $33    64 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Severance
(Dollars in millions)

Balance at December 31, 2017

 $33 

Accrued to expense

205 

Payments, net

(151)

 

(9)

Balance at December 31, 2018

Employee Benefits87 

Accrued to expense

89 

Payments, net

(87)

Balance at December 31, 2019

 $89 

(11)  Employee Benefits

Pension, Post-Retirement and Other Post-Employment Benefits

We sponsor various defined benefit pension plans (qualified andnon-qualified) which, in the aggregate, cover a substantial portion of our employees including legacy CenturyLink, legacy Qwest Communications International Inc. (“Qwest”) and legacy Embarq employees. On December 31, 2015, we merged our existing qualified pension plans, which included merging the Qwest Pension Plan and Embarq Retirement Pension Plan into the CenturyLink Retirement Plan. The CenturyLink Retirement Plan was renamed the CenturyLink Combined Pension Plan (“Combined Plan”). Pension benefits for participants of the new CenturyLink

Combined Pension Plan (“Combined Pension Plan”) who are represented by a collective bargaining agreement are based on negotiated schedules. All other participants’ pension benefits are based on each individual participant’s years of service and compensation. We also maintainnon-qualified pension plans for certain current and former highly compensated employees. We maintain post-retirement benefit plans that provide health care and life insurance benefits for certain eligible retirees. We also provide other post-employment benefits for certain eligible former employees. We use a December 31 measurement date for all our plans.

Pension Benefits

In connection with the acquisition of Level 3 Communications, Inc. on November 1, 2017, we assumed defined benefit pension plans sponsored by various Level 3 companies for their employees. Based on a valuation analysis, we recognized a $20 million liability on November 1, 2017 for the unfunded status of the Level 3 pension plans. The net unfunded status recognized on our balance sheets at December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $18 million and $11 million, respectively, representing liabilities of $140 million and $144 million, and assets of $122 million and $133 million, respectively. Due to the insignificant impact of these pension plans reflecting projectedon our consolidated financial statements, we have predominantly excluded them from the remaining employee benefit obligations of 167 million,disclosures in excess of the $147 million fair value of plan assets.this Note.

CurrentUnited States funding laws require a company with a pension shortfall to fund the annual cost of benefits earned in addition to a seven-year amortization of the shortfall. Our funding policy for our Combined Pension Plan is to make contributions with the objective of accumulating sufficientample assets to pay all qualified pension benefits when due under the terms of the plan. The accounting unfunded status of our qualified pension planthe Combined Pension Plan was $2.004$1.7 billion and $2.352$1.6 billion as of December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, respectively.

We made ano voluntary cash contributioncontributions to our qualified pension plan of $100the Combined Pension Plan in 2019 and $500 million in both 2017 and 2016,2018 and paid $5 million and $7 million of benefits directly to participants of ournon-qualified pension plans in 2017both 2019 and 2016, respectively.2018. Based on current laws and circumstances, we do not believe we are not required to make any contributions to our qualified pension planthe Combined Pension Plan in 2018, but2020, nor do we currently expect to make a voluntary contribution of $100 million to the trust for our qualified pension planthe Combined Pension Plan in 2018.2020. We estimate that in 20182020 we will pay $5 million of benefits directly to participants of ournon-qualified pension plans.

As previously mentioned, above, we assumed in the Level 3 acquisition certain contributory andsponsor unfundednon-contributorynon-qualified employee pension plans both qualifiedfor certain current andnon-qualified plans (the “Level 3 Pensions”). At December 31, 2017, the fair value of the Level 3 Pensions’ plan assets was $147 million, and the associated benefit obligation was $167 million. We recognized the former highly-compensated employees. The net unfunded status of Level 3’sournon-qualified pension plans of $20was $51 million on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017, and the net periodic benefit expense of less than $1$52 million for the period November 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017, in our consolidated income statement for the yearyears ended December 31, 2017.2019 and 2018, respectively. Due to the insignificant amountimpact of these pension plans on our consolidated financial statements, we have predominantly excluded them from the remaining employee benefit disclosures in this Note.

Post-Retirement Benefits

In connection with our acquisition of Level 3 Communications, Inc. on November 1, 2017, we assumed post-retirement benefit plans sponsored by Level 3 Communications, L.L.C. and Continental Level 3, Inc. for certain of its current and former employees. Based on a valuation analysis, we recognized less than $1 million in liability for the unfunded status of Level 3’s post-retirement benefit plans. Though largely unfunded, these post-retirement plans, in the aggregate, are immaterial to our consolidated financial statements. Due to the insignificant amount of these post-retirement plans, we have predominantly excluded them from the remaining employee benefit disclosures in this Note.

Our post-retirement benefit plans provide post-retirement benefits to qualified retirees and allow (i) eligible employees retiring before certain dates to receive benefits at no or reduced cost and (ii) eligible employees retiring after certain dates to receive benefits on a shared cost basis. The post-retirement benefits not paid by the trusts are funded by us and we expect to continue funding these post-retirement obligations as benefits are paid. The accounting unfunded status of our qualified post-retirement benefit plan was $3.352 billion and $3.360$3.0 billion as of December 31, 20172019 and 2016, respectively.2018.

Assets in the post-retirement trusts have beenwere substantially depleted as of December 31, 2016; however we will continueas of December 31, 2019 the Company ceased to pay certain post-retirement benefits through the trusts. No contributions were made to the post-retirement trusts in 2017 and 2016. Benefits not paid from the trusts are expected to2019 nor 2018. Starting in 2020, benefits will be paid directly by us with available cash. In 2017,2019, we paid $237$245 million of post-retirement benefits, net of participant contributions and direct subsidies. In 2018,2020, we currently expect to pay $283directly $236 million of post-retirement benefits, net of participant contributions and direct subsidies. The increasedecrease in anticipated post-retirement benefit payments is the result of increased utilization coupled with a continued rise3% decrease in the costplan participants receiving benefits as of care.December 31, 2019.

We expect our health care cost trend rate to range from 5.0% to 6.5% in 2018, 5.0% to 7.0% in 2019, 5.0% to 6.5% in 2020 and grading to 4.50% by 2025. Our post-retirement benefit cost, for certain eligible legacy Qwest retirees and certain eligible legacy CenturyLink retirees, is capped at a set dollar amount. Therefore, those health care benefit obligations are not subject to increasing health care trends after the effective date of the caps.

As mentioned above, we assumed in the Level 3 acquisition certain post-retirement plans. Though largely unfunded, these post-retirement plans, in the aggregate, are immaterial to our consolidated financial statements. Due to the insignificant amount of these post-retirement plans, we have predominantly excluded them from the remaining employee benefit disclosures in this Note.

A change of 100 basis points in the assumed initial health care cost trend rate would have had the following effects in 2017:

       100 Basis
Points Change
    
       Increase   (Decrease)    
       (Dollars in millions)    

Effect on the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic post-retirement benefit expense (consolidated statement of operations)

    $2    (2 

Effect on benefit obligation (consolidated balance sheet)

     60    (57 

Expected Cash Flows

The qualified pension,non-qualified pension andCombined Pension Plan payments, post-retirement health care benefit payments and premiums, and life insurance premium payments are paid by us oreither distributed from plan assets.assets or paid by us. The estimated benefit payments provided below are based on actuarial assumptions using the demographics of the employee and retiree populations and have been reduced by estimated participant contributions.

 

  Pension
Plans
   Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
   Medicare
Part  D

Subsidy
Receipts
  Combined
  Pension Plan  
   Post-Retirement  
Benefit Plans
   Medicare Part D  
Subsidy
Receipts
 
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Estimated future benefit payments:

         

2018

  $1,031    293    (7

2019

   973    280    (7

2020

   951    271    (7  $971   242   (6) 

2021

   929    262    (7 921   238   (6) 

2022

   908    253    (7 893   232   (6) 

2023—2027

   4,170    1,122    (31

2023

 868   226   (5) 

2024

 842   219   (5) 

2025 - 2029

 3,813   986   (20) 

Net Periodic Benefit Expense

In 2016, we changed the method we use to estimateWe utilize a full yield curve approach in connection with estimating the service and interest components of net periodic benefit expense for pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. This change resulted in a decrease in the service and interest components in 2017 and 2016. Beginning in 2016, we utilized a full yield curve approach in connection with estimating these components by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows, as opposed to the single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve that we have used in the past. We believe this change more precisely measures service and interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows to the corresponding spot yield curve rates. This change did not affect the measurement of our total benefit obligations but lowered our annual net periodic benefit cost by $122 million and $149 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively, when compared topre-2016 methodology. This change was treated as a change in accounting estimate and accordingly, we did not adjust the amounts recorded in 2015.flow.

The actuarial assumptions used to compute the net periodic benefit expense for our qualified pension,non-qualified pensionCombined Pension Plan and post-retirement benefit plans are based upon information available as of the beginning of the year, as presented in the following table.

 

 

Pension Plans

 

Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

 Combined Pension
Plan
 Post-Retirement Benefit Plans 
 

2017

 

2016

 2015 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

   2019     2018     2017     2019     2018     2017   

Actuarial assumptions at beginning of year:

            

Discount rate

 3.50% - 4.10% 3.50% - 4.50%  3.50% - 4.10%  3.90% 4.15% 3.80%  
3.94% -
4.44%

 
  
3.14% -
3.69%

 
  
3.25% -
4.14%

 
  
3.84%-
4.38%

 
 4.26%  3.90% 

Rate of compensation increase

 3.25% 3.25%  3.25%  N/A     N/A     N/A     3.25%  3.25%  3.25%  N/A  N/A  N/A 

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets(1)

 6.50% 7.00%  7.50%  5.00% 7.00% 7.50% 6.50%  6.50%  6.50%  4.00%  4.00%  5.00% 

Initial health care cost trend rate

 N/A     N/A      N/A      7.00% / 5.00% 5.00% / 5.25% 6.00% / 6.50% N/A  N/A  N/A   
6.50% /
5.00%

 
  
7.00% /
5.00%

 
  
7.00% /
5.00%

 

Ultimate health care cost trend rate

 N/A     N/A      N/A      4.50% 4.50% 4.50% N/A  N/A  N/A  4.50%  4.50%  4.50% 

Year ultimate trend rate is reached

 N/A     N/A      N/A      2025     2025     2025     N/A  N/A  N/A  2025  2025  2025 

 

N/A—Not applicable

(1) Rates are presented net of projected fees and administrative costs.

Net periodic benefit (income) expense (income) for our qualified andnon-qualifiedcombined pension plansplan includes the following components:

 

  Pension Plans
Years Ended December 31,
  Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
 
  2017   2016   2015      2019         2018         2017     
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Service cost

  $63    64    83   $56   66   63  

Interest cost

   411    427    568  436   392   409  

Expected return on plan assets

   (666   (732   (898 (618)  (685)  (666) 

Special termination benefits charge

       13        15    —  

Recognition of prior service (credit) cost

   (8   (8   5 

Recognition of prior service credit

 (8)  (8)  (8) 

Recognition of actuarial loss

   205    175    161  223   178   204  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net periodic pension benefit expense (income)

  $5    (61   (81

Net periodic pension benefit (income) expense

  $95   (42)   
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net periodic benefit expense for our post-retirement benefit plans includes the following components:

 

  Post-Retirement Plans
Years Ended December 31,
  Post-Retirement Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 
  2017   2016   2015      2019         2018         2017     
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Service cost

  $18    19    24   $15   18   18  

Interest cost

   100    111    140  110   97   100  

Expected return on plan assets

   (2   (7   (21 (1)  (1)  (2) 

Special termination benefits charge

       3     

Recognition of prior service cost

   20    20    19  16   20   20  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net periodic post-retirement benefit expense

  $136    146    162   $140   134   136  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

We report service costs for our qualified pension,non-qualified pensionCombined Pension Plan and post-retirement benefit plans in cost of services and products and selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015.2017. Additionally, a portion of the service cost is also allocated to certain assets under construction, which are capitalized and reflected as part of property, plant and equipment in our consolidated balance sheets. The remaining components of net periodic benefit expense (income) are reported in other income, (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations. In 2016, we announced plansAs a result of ongoing efforts to reduce our workforce, initially through voluntary severance packages and the balance through involuntary reductions, as a result we recognized aone-time charge in 2019 of $16$6 million and in 2018 of $15 million for special termination benefit enhancements paid to certain eligible employees upon voluntary retirement.

Benefit Obligations

The actuarial assumptions used to compute the funded status for the plans are based upon information available as of December 31, 20172019 and 20162018 and are as follows:

 

  Pension Plans   

Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

 Combined Pension Plan Post-Retirement Benefit Plans 
  December 31,   

December 31,

 December 31, December 31, 
  2017   2016   

2017

  

2016

         2019                 2018                 2019                 2018         

Actuarial assumptions at end of year:

            

Discount rate

   3.44% - 3.70%    3.50% - 4.10%   3.53%  3.90% 3.25%  4.29%  3.22%  4.26% 

Rate of compensation increase

   3.25%    3.25%   N/A      N/A     3.25%  3.25%  N/A  N/A 

Initial health care cost trend rate

   N/A        N/A       7.00% / 5.00%  5.00% / 5.50% N/A  N/A  6.50% /5.00%  7.00% /5.00% 

Ultimate health care cost trend rate

   N/A        N/A       4.50%  4.50% N/A  N/A  4.50%  4.50% 

Year ultimate trend rate is reached

   N/A        N/A       2025      2025     N/A  N/A  2025  2025 

 

N/A—Not applicable

N/A—Not

applicable

In 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015,2017, we adopted the revised mortality tables and projection scales released by the Society of Actuaries, (“SOA”), which decreased the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by $113$4 million, $268$38 million and $379$113 million, respectively. The change in the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans was recognized as part of the net actuarial (gain) loss and is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a portion of which is subject to amortization over the remaining estimated life of plan participants, which was approximately 9 to 1016 years as of December 31, 2017.2019.

The following tables summarize the change in the benefit obligations for the pensionCombined Pension Plan and post-retirement benefit plans:

 

  Pension Plans
Years Ended December 31,
  Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
 
  2017   2016   2015        2019             2018             2017       
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Change in benefit obligation

         

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $13,301    13,349    15,042   $11,594   13,064   13,244  

Service cost

   63    64    83  56   66   63  

Interest cost

   411    427    568  436   392   409  

Plan amendments

       2    (100 (9)   —    —  

Special termination benefits charge

       13        15    —  

Actuarial loss (gain)

   590    487    (800

Benefits paid by company

   (5   (7   (6

Actuarial (gain) loss

 1,249   (765)  586  

Benefits paid from plan assets

   (1,238   (1,034   (1,438 (1,115)  (1,178)  (1,238) 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

  $13,122    13,301    13,349   $    12,217       11,594       13,064  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 
  2017   2016   2015 
  (Dollars in millions) 

Change in benefit obligation

      

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $3,413    3,567    3,830 

Service cost

   18    19    24 

Interest cost

   100    111    140 

Participant contributions

   54    57    57 

Direct subsidy receipts

   7    5    8 

Special termination benefits charge

       3     

Actuarial loss (gain)

   112    (13   (148

Benefits paid by company

   (298   (191   (181

Benefits paid from plan assets

   (31   (145   (163
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

  $3,375    3,413    3,567 
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

  Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 
        2019              2018              2017       
  (Dollars in millions) 

Change in benefit obligation

   

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $2,977    3,375    3,413  

Service cost

  15    18    18  

Interest cost

  110    97    100  

Participant contributions

  52    54    54  

Direct subsidy receipts

         

Plan Amendment

  —    (36)   —  

Actuarial (gain) loss

  180    (224)   112  

Benefits paid by company

  (300)   (311)   (298) 

Benefits paid from plan assets

  (4)   (4)   (31) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

  $3,037    2,977    3,375  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Our aggregate benefit obligation as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 2016 and 2015 was $16.497$15.3 billion, $16.714$14.8 billion and $16.916$16.5 billion, respectively.

Plan Assets

We maintain plan assets for our qualified pension planCombined Pension Plan and certain post-retirement benefit plans. The qualified pension plan’sfollowing tables summarize the change in the fair value of plan assets are used for the payment of pension benefitsCombined Pension Plan and certain eligible plan expenses. The post-retirement benefit plan’s assets are used to pay health care benefits and premiums on behalf of eligible retirees and to pay certain eligible plan expenses. As discussed further above, the liquid plan assets in our post-retirement trust have been substantially depleted as of December 31, 2017. plans:

  Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
 
        2019              2018              2017       
  (Dollars in millions) 

Change in plan assets

   

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  $10,033    11,060    10,892  

Return on plan assets

  1,575    (349)   1,306  

Employer contributions

  —    500    100  

Benefits paid from plan assets

  (1,115)   (1,178)   (1,238) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  $10,493    10,033    11,060  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 
        2019              2018              2017       
  (Dollars in millions) 

Change in plan assets

   

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  $18    23    53  

Return on plan assets

  (1)   (1)    

Benefits paid from plan assets

  (4)   (4)   (31) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  $13    18    23  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The expected rate of return on plan assets is the long-term rate of return we expect to earn on the plans’ assets, net of administrative expenses paid

from plan assets. The rate of returnIt is determined byannually based on the strategic asset allocation of plan assets and the long-term risk and return forecast for each asset class. The forecasts for each asset class are generated primarily from an analysis of the long-term expectations of various third party investment management organizations. The expected rate of return on plan assets is reviewed annually and revised, as necessary, to reflect changes in the financial markets and our investment strategy.

The following tables summarize the change in the fair value of plan assets for the pension and post-retirement benefit plans:

   Pension Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 
   2017   2016   2015 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Change in plan assets

      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  $10,892    11,072    12,571 

Return on plan assets

   1,306    754    (161

Employer contributions

   100    100    100 

Benefits paid from plan assets

   (1,238   (1,034   (1,438
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  $11,060    10,892    11,072 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 
   2017   2016   2015 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Change in plan assets

      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  $53    193    353 

Return on plan assets

   1    5    3 

Benefits paid from plan assets

   (31   (145   (163
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  $23    53    193 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined Pension Plans:Plan: Our investment objective for the qualified pension plan assets is to achieve an attractive risk-adjusted return over time that will provide for the payment of benefits and minimize the risk of large losses. Our pension planWe employ a liability-aware investment strategy is designed to meet this objective by broadly diversifying planreduce the volatility of pension assets across numerous strategiesrelative to pension liabilities. This strategy is evaluated frequently and is expected to evolve over time with differing expected returns, volatilitieschanges in the funded status and correlations. The pension plan assets have target allocations of 45% to interest rate sensitive investments and 55% to investments designed to provide higher expected returns than the interest rate sensitive investments. Interest rate sensitive investments include 30%other factors. Approximately 50% of plan assets is targeted primarily to long-duration investment grade bonds 10% targeted to high yield and emerging market bondsinterest rate sensitive derivatives and 5%50% is targeted to diversified strategies, which primarily have exposures to global bonds, as well as some exposures to global stocksequity, fixed income and commodities. Assetsprivate market investments that are expected to provide higher returns thanoutperform the interest rate sensitive assets include broadly diversified equity investmentsliability with targets of approximately 15% to U.S. equity markets and 15% tonon-U.S. developed and emerging markets. Approximately 7% is targeted to broadly diversified multi-asset class strategies that have the flexibility to adjust exposures to different asset classes. Approximately 10% is allocated to private markets investments including funds primarily invested in private equity, private debt and hedge funds. Real estate investments are targeted at 8% of plan assets.moderate funded status risk. At the beginning of 2018,2020, our expected annual long-term rate of return on pension assets before consideration of administrative expenses is assumed to be 7.0%6.5%. However,Administrative expenses, including projected increases in PBGC (Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation) premium rates have now become large enough topremiums reduce the annual long-term expected return net of administrative expenses to 6.5%6.0%.

Ournon-qualified pension plans are not funded. We pay benefits directly toThe short term and long-term interest crediting rates during 2019 for cash balance components of the participants of these plans.

Combined Pension Plan were 2.25% and 4.00%, respectively.

Post-Retirement Benefit Plans: Our investment objective for the post-retirement benefit plans’ assets is to achieve an attractive risk-adjusted return and minimize the risk of large losses over the expected life of the assets. At the beginning of 2018,2020, our expected annual long-term rate of return on post-retirement benefit plan assets is assumed to be 4.0%.

Permitted investments: Plan assets are managed consistent with the restrictions set forth by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, which requires diversification of assets and also generally prohibits defined benefit and welfare plans from investing more than 10% of their assets in securities issued by the sponsor company. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the post-retirement benefit plans did not directly own any shares of our common stock or debt instruments. At December 31, 2017, the pension benefit plan directly held approximately $4 million of our equity securities and approximately $2 million of CenturyLink, Inc. debt securities. At December 31, 2016 the pension benefit plan held approximately $1 million of our debt securities.amended.

Derivative instruments: Derivative instruments are used to reduce risk as well as provide return. The pension plan uses exchange traded futures and swaps to gain exposure to equity and interest rate markets consistent with target asset allocations and to reduce risk relative to measurement of the benefit obligation, which is sensitive to interest rate changes. Foreign exchange forward contracts are used to manage currency exposures. Credit default swaps are used to manage credit risk exposures in a cost effective and targeted manner relative to transacting with physical corporate fixed income securities. Options are currently used to manage interest rate exposure taking into account the implied volatility and current pricing of the specific underlying market instrument. Some derivative instruments subject the plans to counterparty risk. The external investment managers, along with Plan Management, monitor counterparty exposure and mitigate this risk by diversifying the exposure among multiple high credit quality counterparties, requiring collateral and limiting exposure by periodically settling contracts.

The gross notional exposure of the derivative instruments directly held by the pension benefit plan is shown below. The notional amount of the derivatives corresponds to market exposure but does not represent an actual cash investment. Our post-retirement plans were not invested in derivative instruments for the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2016.

   Gross Notional Exposure 
   Pension Plan 
   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017   2016 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Derivative instruments:

    

Exchange-traded U.S. equity futures

  $256    104 

Exchange-traded Treasury and other interest rate futures

   1,830    1,813 

Interest rate swaps

   137    260 

Credit default swaps

   100    240 

Equity index swaps

   1     

Foreign exchange forwards

   293    778 

Options

   259    206 

Fair Value Measurements: Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between independent and knowledgeable parties who are willing and able to transact for an asset or liability at the measurement date. We use valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value and then we rank the estimated values based on the reliability of the inputs used following the fair value hierarchy set forth by the FASB. For additional information on the fair value hierarchy, see Note 12—14—Fair Value Disclosure.of Financial Instruments.

At December 31, 2017,2019, we used the following valuation techniques to measure fair value for assets. There were no changes to these methodologies during 2017:2019:

 

Level 1—Assets were valued using the closing price reported in the active market in which the individual security was traded.

 

Level 2—Assets were valued using quoted prices in markets that are not active, broker dealer quotations, net asset value of shares held by the plans and other methods by which all significant inputs were observable at the measurement date.

 

Level 3—Assets were valued using unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists as reported by the respective institutions at the measurement date.

The tables below present the fair value of plan assets by category and the input levels used to determine those fair values at December 31, 2017. It is important to note that the asset allocations do not include market exposures that are gained with derivatives. Investments include dividend and interest receivables, pending trades and accrued expenses.

   Fair Value of Pension Plan Assets at
December 31, 2017
 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Investment grade bonds(a)

  $432    1,315       $1,747 

High yield bonds(b)

       575    7    582 

Emerging market bonds(c)

   217    219    1    437 

U.S. stocks(e)

   1,030    2    3    1,035 

Non-U.S. stocks(f)

   706            706 

Private debt(i)

           15    15 

Multi-asset strategies(l)

   440            440 

Derivatives(m)

   2            2 

Cash equivalents and short-term investments(n)

       476    1    477 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV

  $2,827    2,587    27    5,441 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Investments valued at NAV

         5,619 
        

 

 

 

Total pension plan assets

        $11,060 
        

 

 

 
   Fair Value of Post-Retirement Plan Assets
at December 31, 2017
 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Investment grade bonds(a)

  $           $ 

High yield bonds(b)

                

U.S. stocks(e)

   1            1 

Non-U.S. stocks(f)

                

Cash equivalents and short-term investments(n)

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV

  $1            1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Investments valued at NAV

         22 
        

 

 

 

Total post-retirement plan assets

        $23 
        

 

 

 

The tables below present the fair value of plan assets by category and the input levels used to determine those fair values at December 31, 2016. It is important to note that the asset allocations do not include market exposures that are gained with derivatives. Investments include dividend and interest receivable, pending trades and accrued expenses.

   Fair Value of Pension Plan Assets at
December 31, 2016
 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Investment grade bonds(a)

  $420    1,404       $1,824 

High yield bonds(b)

   7    597    11    615 

Emerging market bonds(c)

   212    212        424 

U.S. stocks(e)

   1,146    1        1,147 

Non-U.S. stocks(f)

   721    1        722 

Multi-asset strategies(l)

   389            389 

Cash equivalents and short-term investments(n)

       207        207 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV

  $2,895    2,422    11    5,328 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Investments valued at NAV

         5,564 
        

 

 

 

Total pension plan assets

        $10,892 
        

 

 

 
   Fair Value of Post-Retirement Plan  Assets
at December 31, 2016
 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Investment grade bonds(a)

  $1    2       $3 

High yield bonds(b)

       1        1 

U.S. stocks(e)

   2            2 

Non-U.S. stocks(f)

   1            1 

Cash equivalents and short-term investments(n)

       5        5 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV

  $4    8        12 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Investments valued at NAV

         41 
        

 

 

 

Total post-retirement plan assets

        $53 
        

 

 

 

The table below presents the fair value of plan assets valued at NAV by category for our pension and post-retirement plans at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

  Fair Value of Plan Assets Valued at NAV 
  Pension Plans at
December 31,
  Post-Retirement Benefit Plans at
December 31,
 
  2017  2016  2017  2016 
  (Dollars in millions) 

Investment grade bonds(a)

 $163   106       

High yield bonds(b)

  483   521      1 

Emerging market bonds(c)

  14   6       

Diversified strategies(d)

  538   522      1 

U.S. stocks(e)

  73   58       

Non-U.S. stocks(f)

  627   560      1 

Emerging market stocks(g)

  98   76       

Private equity(h)

  460   506   10   14 

Private debt(i)

  374   369   1   1 

Market neutral hedge funds(j)

  769   739      1 

Directional hedge funds(j)

  636   657      1 

Real estate(k)

  903   926   1   8 

Multi-asset strategies(l)

  424   412       

Cash equivalents and short-term investments(n)

  57   106   10   13 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments valued at NAV

 $5,619   5,564   22   41 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The plans’ assets are invested in various asset categories utilizing multiple strategies and investment managers. Interests in commingled funds are fair valued using a practical expedient to the net asset value (“NAV”) per unit (or its equivalent) of each fund. The NAV reported by the fund manager is based on the market value of the underlying investments owned by each fund, minus its liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding. Commingled funds can be redeemed at NAV, generally withinwith a year of the financial statement date.frequency that includes, daily, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually and annually. These commingled funds include redemption notice periods between same day and 270 days. Investments in private funds, primarily limited partnerships, represent long-term commitments with a fixed maturity date and are also valued at NAV. The plan has unfunded commitments related to certain private fund investments, which in aggregate are not material to the plan. Valuation inputs for these private fund interests are generally based on assumptions and other information not observable in the market. The assumptions and valuation methodologies of the pricing vendors, account managers, fund managers and partnerships are monitored and evaluated for reasonableness. Underlying investments held in funds are aggregated and are classified based on the fund mandate. Investments held in separate accounts are individually classified.

The tables below present the fair value of plan assets by category and the input levels used to determine those fair values at December 31, 2019. It is important to note that the asset allocations do not include market exposures that are gained with derivatives. Investments include dividend and interest receivables, pending trades and accrued expenses.

  Fair Value of Combined Pension Plan Assets
at December 31, 2019
 
      Level 1          Level 2          Level 3          Total     
  (Dollars in millions) 

Assets

    

Investment grade bonds (a)

  $828    3,197    —    $4,025  

High yield bonds (b)

  —    232       237  

Emerging market bonds (c)

  203    84    —    287  

U.S. stocks (d)

  756          760  

Non-U.S. stocks (e)

  592    —    —    592  

Private debt (h)

  —    —    16    16  

Multi-asset strategies (l)

  257    —    —    257  

Repurchase agreements (n)

  —    39    —    39  

Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)

  —    433    —    433  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV

  $2,636    3,988    22    6,646  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Liabilities

    

Derivatives (m)

  $   (18)   —    (17) 

Investments valued at NAV

     3,864  
    

 

 

 

Total pension plan assets

     $10,493  
    

 

 

 

Fair Value of Post-Retirement Plan Assets
at December 31, 2019
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
(Dollars in millions)

Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV

 $— — — — 

Investments valued at NAV

13 

Total post-retirement plan assets

 $13 

The tables below present the fair value of plan assets by category and the input levels used to determine those fair values at December 31, 2018. It is important to note that the asset allocations do not include market exposures that are gained with derivatives. Investments include dividend and interest receivable, pending trades and accrued expenses.

  Fair Value of Combined Pension Plan Assets
at December 31, 2018
 
      Level 1          Level 2          Level 3          Total     
  (Dollars in millions) 

Investment grade bonds (a)

  $458    1,393    —    $1,851  

High yield bonds (b)

  —    277       284  

Emerging market bonds (c)

  151    181    —    332  

U.S. stocks (d)

  764          768  

Non-U.S. stocks (e)

  601    —    —    601  

Private debt (h)

  —    —    15    15  

Multi-asset strategies (l)

  342    —    —    342  

Derivatives (m)

     (2)   —     

Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)

     907    —    910  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV

  $2,326    2,758    24    5,108  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Investments valued at NAV

     4,925  
    

 

 

 

Total pension plan assets

     $10,033  
    

 

 

 

Fair Value of Post-Retirement Plan Assets
at December 31, 2018
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
(Dollars in millions)

Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV

 $— — — — 

Investments valued at NAV

18 

Total post-retirement plan assets

 $18 

The table below presents the fair value of plan assets valued at NAV by category for our pension and post-retirement plans at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

  Fair Value of Plan Assets Valued at NAV 
  Combined Pension
Plan at

December 31,
  Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans at

December 31,
 
        2019              2018              2019              2018       
  (Dollars in millions) 

Investment grade bonds (a)

  $211    109    —    —  

High yield bonds (b)

  39    388    —    —  

U.S. stocks (d)

  169    150    —    —  

Non-U.S. stocks (e)

  467    500    —    —  

Emerging market stocks (f)

  92    75    —    —  

Private equity (g)

  322    347        

Private debt (h)

  483    452    —     

Market neutral hedge funds (i)

  433    746    —    —  

Directional hedge funds (j)

  443    512    —    —  

Real estate (k)

  635    821    —    —  

Multi-asset strategies (l)

  449    763    —    —  

Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)

  121    62       11  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments valued at NAV

  $3,864    4,925    13    18  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Below is an overview of the asset categories, the underlying strategies and valuation inputs used to value the assets in the preceding tables:

(a)Investment grade bonds represent investments in fixed income securities as well as commingled bond funds comprised of U.S. Treasury securities, agencies, corporate bonds, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities. Treasury securities are valued at the bid price reported in the active market in which the security is traded and are classified as Level 1. The valuation inputs of other investment grade bonds primarily utilize observable market information and are based on a spread to U.S. Treasury securities and consider yields available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. The primary observable inputs include references to the new issue market for similar securities, the secondary trading markets and dealer quotes. Option adjusted spread models are utilized to evaluate securities such as asset backed securities that have early redemption features. These securities are classified as Level 2. The commingled fundsNAV funds’ underlying investments in this category are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying fixed income securities using the same valuation inputs previously described.inputs.

(b)High yield bonds represent investments in below investment grade fixed income securities as well as commingled high yield bond funds. The valuation inputs for the securities primarily utilize observable market information and are based on a spread to U.S. Treasury securities and consider yields available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. These securities are primarily classified as Level 2. Securities

whose valuation inputs are not based on observable market information are classified as Level 3. The commingled fundsNAV funds’ underlying investments in this category are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying high yield instruments using the same valuation inputs previously described.inputs.

(c)Emerging market bonds represent investments in securities issued by governments and other entities located in developing countries as well as registered mutual funds and commingled emerging market bond funds. The valuation inputs for the securities utilize observable market information and are primarily based on dealer quotes or a spread relative to the local government bonds. The registered mutual fund is classified as Level 1 while individual securities are primarily classified as Level 2. Securities whose valuation inputs are not based on observable market information are classified as Level 3. The commingled funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying emerging market bonds using the same valuation inputs previously described.

(d)Diversified strategies represent an investment in a commingled fund that primarily has exposures to global government, corporate and inflation linked bonds, global stocks and commodities. This asset category includes investments in a registered mutual fund which is classified at Level 1, and a commingled fund which is valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments. The valuation inputs utilize observable market information including published prices for exchange traded securities, bid prices for government bonds, and spreads and yields available for comparable fixed income securities with similar credit ratings.

(e)U.S. stocks represent investments in stocks of U.S. based companies as well as commingled U.S. stock funds. The valuation inputs for U.S. stocks are based on the last published price reported on the major

stock market on which the securities are traded and are primarily classified as Level 1. Securities that are not actively traded but can be directly or indirectly observable are classified as Level 2. Securities whose valuation inputs are not based on observable market information are classified as Level 3. The commingled fundsNAV funds’ underlying investments in this category are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments using the same valuation inputs previously described.inputs.

(f)(e)Non-U.S. stocks represent investments in stocks of companies based in developed countries outside the U.S. as well as commingled funds. The valuation inputs fornon-U.S. stocks are based on the last published price reported on the major stock market on which the securities are traded and are primarily classified as Level 1. The commingled fundsNAV funds’ underlying investments in this category are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments using the same valuation inputs previously described.inputs.

(g)(f)Emerging market stocks represent investments in commingled funds comprised of stocks of companies located in developing markets. The commingled fundsNAV funds’ underlying investments in this category are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments using the same valuation inputs described previously for individual stocks.inputs.

(h)(g)Private equity representsnon-public investments in domestic and foreign buy out and venture capital funds. Private equity funds are primarily structured as limited partnerships and are valued according to the valuation policy of each partnership, subject to prevailing accounting and other regulatory guidelines. The partnerships are valued at NAV using valuation methodologies that consider a range of factors, including but not limited to the price at which investments were acquired, the nature of the investments, market conditions, trading values on comparable public securities, current and projected operating performance, and financing transactions subsequent to the acquisition of the investments. These valuation methodologies involve a significant degree of judgment.

(i)(h)Private debt representsnon-public investments in distressed or mezzanine debt funds and pension group insurance contracts. Pension group insurance contracts are valued based on actuarial assumptions and are classified as Level 3. Mezzanine debt instruments are debt instruments that are subordinated to other debt issues and may include embedded equity instruments such as warrants. Private debt funds are primarily structured as limited partnerships and are valued at NAV according to the valuation policy of each partnership, subject to prevailing accounting and other regulatory guidelines. The valuation of underlying fund investments areis based on

factors including the issuer’s current and projected credit worthiness, the security’s terms, reference to the securities of comparable companies, and other market factors. These valuation methodologies involve a significant degree of judgment.

(j)(i)Market neutral hedge funds hold investments in a diversified mix of instruments that are intended in combination to exhibit low correlations to market fluctuations. These investments are typically combined with futures to achieve uncorrelated excess returns over various markets. Hedge funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments which include publicly traded equity and fixed income securities and privately negotiated debt securities.

(j)Directional hedge funds—This asset category represents investments that may exhibit somewhat higher correlations to market fluctuations than the market neutral hedge funds. Investments in hedge funds include both direct investments and investments in diversified funds of funds. Hedge funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments which include publicly traded equity and fixed income securities and privately negotiated debt securities. The hedge funds are valued by third party administrators using the same valuation inputs previously described.

(k)Real estate represents investments in commingled funds and limited partnerships that invest in a diversified portfolio of real estate properties. These investments are valued at NAV according to the valuation policy of each fund or partnership, subject to prevailing accounting and other regulatory guidelines. The valuation inputs of the underlying properties are generally based on third-party appraisals that use comparable sales or a projection of future cash flows to determine fair value.

(l)Multi-asset strategies represent broadly diversified strategies that have the flexibility to tactically adjust exposures to different asset classes through time. This asset category includes investments in a registered

mutual fund which is classified as Level 1 and amay include commingled fundfunds which isare valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments.

(m)Derivatives include exchange traded futures contracts which are classified as Level 1, as well as privately negotiated over the counter swaps and options that are valued based on the change in interest rates or a specific market index and are classified as Level 2. The market values represent gains or losses that occur due to fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, security prices, or other factors.

(n)Repurchase Agreements includes contracts where the security owner sells a security with the agreement to buy it back at a future date and price. Agreements are valued based on expected settlement terms and are classified as Level 2.

(o)Cash equivalents and short-term investments represent investments that are used in conjunction with derivatives positions or are used to provide liquidity for the payment of benefits or other purposes. The valuation inputs of securities are based on a spread to U.S. Treasury Bills, the Federal Funds Rate, or London Interbank Offered Rate and consider yields available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings and are primarily classified as Level 2. The commingled funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments using the same valuation inputs described above.

Derivative instruments: Derivative instruments are used to reduce risk as well as provide return. The gross notional exposure of the derivative instruments directly held by the pension benefit plan is shown below. The notional amount of the derivatives corresponds to market exposure but does not represent an actual cash investment. Our post-retirement plans were not invested in derivative instruments for the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2018.

  Gross Notional Exposure 
  Combined Pension Plan 
  Years Ended December 31, 
              2019                          2018             
  (Dollars in millions) 

Derivative instruments:

  

Exchange-traded U.S. equity futures

 $184   300  

Exchange-traded Treasury and other interest rate futures

  1,253   3,901  

Exchange-traded EURO futures

  10   —  

Interest rate swaps

  44   83  

Credit default swaps

  205   66  

Index swaps

  2,058   —  

Foreign exchange forwards

  508   295  

Options

  146   192  

Concentrations of Risk: Investments, in general, are exposed to various risks, such as significant world events, interest rate, credit, foreign currency and overall market volatility risk. These risks are managed by broadly diversifying assets across numerous asset classes and strategies with differing expected returns, volatilities and correlations. Risk is also broadly diversified across numerous market sectors and individual companies. Financial instruments that potentially subject the plans to concentrations of counterparty risk consist principally of investment contracts with high quality financial institutions. These investment contracts are typically collateralized obligations and/or are actively managed, limiting the amount of counterparty exposure to any one financial institution. Although the investments are well diversified, the value of plan assets could change materially depending upon the overall market volatility, which could affect the funded status of the plans.

The table below presents a rollforward of the pension plan assets valued using Level 3 inputs:

 

   Pension Plan Assets Valued Using Level 3 Inputs 
   High
Yield
Bonds
  Emerging
Market
Bonds
  U.S.
Stocks
   Private
Debt
   Cash   Total 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $13   1               14 

Net transfers

   (2                 (2

Acquisitions

   1                  1 

Dispositions

   (1  (1              (2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   11                  11 

Net transfers

   (1         14        13 

Acquisitions

   2   1       1    1    5 

Actual return on plan assets

   (5     3            (2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $7   1   3    15    1    27 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Combined Pension Plan Assets Valued Using Level 3
Inputs
 
  High
Yield
  Bonds  
  Emerging
Market
  Bonds  
  U.S.
  Stocks  
    Private  
Debt
   Cash    Total  
  (Dollars in millions) 

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $         15       27  

Acquisitions (dispositions)

  —    —    (2)   —    (1)   (3) 

Actual return on plan assets

  —    (1)      —    —    —  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

     —       15    —    24  

Acquisitions (dispositions)

  (2)   —    —       —    (1) 

Actual return on plan assets

  —    —    (1)   —    —    (1) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

  $   —       16    —    22  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Certain gains and losses are allocated between assets sold during the year and assets still held atyear-end based on transactions and changes in valuations that occurred during the year. These allocations also impact our calculation of net acquisitions and dispositions.

For the year ended December 31, 2017,2019, the investment program produced actual gains on qualified pension and post-retirement plan assets of $1.307$1.6 billion as compared to expected returns of $668$619 million for a difference of $639 million.$1.0 billion. For the year ended December 31, 2016,2018, the investment program produced actual lossesloses on qualified pension and post-retirement plan assets of $759$350 million as compared to the expected returns of $739$686 million for a difference of $20 million.$1.0 billion. The short-term annual returns on plan assets will almost always be different from the expected long-term returns and the plans could experience net gains or losses, due primarily to the volatility occurring in the financial markets during any given year.

Unfunded Status

The following table presents the unfunded status of the pensionsCombined Pension Plan and post-retirement benefit plans:

 

  Pension Plans   Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
  Combined Pension Plan Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
 
  Years Ended
December 31,
   Years Ended
December 31,
      Years Ended December 31,         Years Ended December 31,     
  2017   2016   2017   2016          2019                 2018                 2019                 2018         
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Benefit obligation

  $(13,122   (13,301   (3,375   (3,413  $(12,217)  (11,594)  (3,037)  (2,977) 

Fair value of plan assets

   11,060    10,892    23    53  10,493   10,033   13   18  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Unfunded status

   (2,062   (2,409   (3,352   (3,360 (1,724)  (1,561)  (3,024)  (2,959) 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Current portion of unfunded status

  $(5   (6   (262   (236  —    —   (224)  (252) 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Non-current portion of unfunded status

  $(2,057   (2,403   (3,090   (3,124  $(1,724)  (1,561)  (2,800)  (2,707) 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The current portion of our post-retirement benefit obligations is recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accrued expenses and other current liabilities-salaries and benefits.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss-Recognition and Deferrals

The following table presents cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2016,2018, items recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense in 2017,2019, additional items deferred during 2019 and cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic

benefits expense as of December 31, 2019. The items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense have been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accumulated other comprehensive loss:

  As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 
      2018      Recognition
of Net
Periodic
Benefits
Expense
    Deferrals    Net
Change in
    AOCL    
      2019     
  (Dollars in millions) 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

     

Pension plans:

     

Net actuarial (loss) gain

 

 $

      (2,973)

 

 

 

224 

 

 

 

(297)

 

 

 

(73)

 

 

 

        (3,046)

 

Prior service benefit (cost)

 

 

46 

 

 

 

(8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47 

 

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

754 

 

 

 

(53)

 

 

 

69 

 

 

 

16 

 

 

 

770 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total pension plans

 

 

(2,173)

 

 

 

163 

 

 

 

(219)

 

 

 

(56)

 

 

 

(2,229)

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Post-retirement benefit plans:

     

Net actuarial (loss) gain

 

 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

(182)

 

 

 

(182)

 

 

 

(175)

 

Prior service (cost) benefit

 

 

(87)

 

 

 

16 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

16 

 

 

 

(71)

 

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

22 

 

 

 

(4)

 

 

 

44 

 

 

 

40 

 

 

 

62 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total post-retirement benefit plans

 

 

(58)

 

 

 

12 

 

 

 

(138)

 

 

 

(126)

 

 

 

(184)

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 $

(2,231)

 

 

 

175 

 

 

 

(357)

 

 

 

(182)

 

 

 

(2,413)

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following table presents cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2017, items recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense in 2018, additional items deferred during 20172018 and cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2017. The items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense have been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accumulated other comprehensive loss:

 

  As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 
  2016 Recognition
of Net
Periodic
Benefits
Expense
 Deferrals Net
Change
in

AOCL
 2017      2017     Recognition
of Net
Periodic
Benefits
Expense
   Deferrals   Net
Change in
    AOCL    
     2018     
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

           

Pension plans:

           

Net actuarial (loss) gain

  $(3,148  205   51   256   (2,892 

 $

      (2,892)

 

 

 

179 

 

 

 

(260)

 

 

 

(81)

 

 

 

      (2,973)

 

Prior service benefit (cost)

   62   (8     (8  54  

 

54 

 

 

 

(8)

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

(8)

 

 

 

46 

 

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)

   1,191   (72  (12  (84  1,107 

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)(1)

 

 

1,107 

 

 

 

(418)

 

 

 

65 

 

 

 

(353)

 

 

 

754 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total pension plans

   (1,895  125   39   164   (1,731 

 

(1,731)

 

 

 

(247)

 

 

 

(195)

 

 

 

(442)

 

 

 

(2,173)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Post-retirement benefit plans:

           

Net actuarial (loss) gain

   (137     (113  (113  (250 

 

(250)

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

257 

 

 

 

257 

 

 

 

 

Prior service (cost) benefit

   (127  20      20   (107 

 

(107)

 

 

 

20 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

20 

 

 

 

(87)

 

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)

   102   (7  27   20   122 

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)(2)

 

 

122 

 

 

 

(37)

 

 

 

(63)

 

 

 

(100)

 

 

 

22 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total post-retirement benefit plans

   (162  13   (86  (73  (235 

 

(235)

 

 

 

(17)

 

 

 

194 

 

 

 

177 

 

 

 

(58)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $(2,057  138   (47  91   (1,966 

 $

(1,966)

 

 

 

(264)

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

 

(265)

 

 

 

(2,231)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The following table presents cumulative items not

(1) Amounts currently recognized as a component ofin net periodic benefits expense asinclude $375 million of December 31, 2015, itemsbenefit arising from the adoption of ASU2018-02. See Note 1— Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further detail.

(2) Amounts currently recognized as a component ofin net periodic benefits expense in 2016, additional items deferred during 2016include $32 million arising from the adoption of ASU2018-02. See Note 1— Background and cumulative items not recognized as a componentSummary of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2016. The items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense have been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accumulated other comprehensive loss:Significant Accounting Policies for further detail.

   As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 
   2015  Recognition
of Net
Periodic
Benefits
Expense
  Deferrals  Net
Change
in
AOCL
  2016 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

      

Pension plans:

      

Net actuarial (loss) gain

  $(2,857  175   (466  (291  (3,148

Prior service benefit (cost)

   72   (8  (2  (10  62 

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)

   1,070   (67  188   121   1,191 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total pension plans

   (1,715  100   (280  (180  (1,895
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Post-retirement benefit plans:

      

Net actuarial (loss) gain

   (147     10   10   (137

Prior service (cost) benefit

   (147  20      20   (127

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)

   114   (8  (4  (12  102 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total post-retirement benefit plans

   (180  12   6   18   (162
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $(1,895  112   (274  (162  (2,057
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following table presents estimated items to be recognized in 2018 as a component of net periodic benefit expense of the pension,non-qualified pension and post-retirement benefit plans:

   Pension
Plans
  Post-
Retirement

Plans
 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Estimated recognition of net periodic (cost) benefit income in 2018:

   

Net actuarial loss

  $(205   

Prior service income (cost)

   8   (20

Deferred income tax benefit

   48   4 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Estimated net periodic benefit expense to be recorded in 2018 as a component of other comprehensive (loss) income

  $(149  (16
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003

We sponsor post-retirement health care plans with several benefit options that provide prescription drug benefits that we deem actuarially equivalent to or exceeding Medicare Part D. We recognize the impact of the federal subsidy received under the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 in the calculation of our post-retirement benefit obligation and net periodic post-retirement benefit expense.

Other Benefit Plans

Health Care and Life Insurance

We provide health care and life insurance benefits to essentially all of our active employees. We are largely self-funded for the cost of the health care plan. Our health care benefit expense for current employees was $341$381 million, $399$434 million and $381$341 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015,2017, respectively. Union-represented employee benefits are based on negotiated collective bargaining agreements. Employees contributed $128$148 million, $127$142 million, and $125$128 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015,2017, respectively. Our group basic life insurance plans are fully insured and the premiums are paid by us.

401(k) Plans

We sponsor qualified defined contribution plans covering substantially all of our employees. Under these plans, employees may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation up to certain maximums, as defined by the plans and by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). Currently, we match a percentage of employee contributions in cash. At December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, the assets of the plans included approximately 711 million shares and 712 million shares, respectively, of our common stock all of which were the result of the combination of previous employer match and participant directed contributions. We recognized expenses related to these plans of $77$113 million, $79$93 million and $83$77 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015,2017, respectively.

Upon the November 1, 2017 closing of our acquisition of Level 3, we assumed various defined contribution plans covering substantially all eligible employees of Level 3. On December 31, 2017, we merged the Level 3 Communications, Inc. 401(k) Plan into the CenturyLink Dollar & Sense 401(k) Plan. The resulting plan covers substantially all eligiblenon-represented employees of the combined company in the US.

Deferred Compensation Plans

We sponsorednon-qualified deferred compensation plans for various groups that included certain of our current and former highly compensated employees. The value of liabilities related to these plans was not significant.

(10)Share-based Compensation
(12)  Share-based Compensation

We maintain an equity programsincentive program that allowallows our Board of Directors (through its Compensation Committee or our Chief Executive Officer as its delegate) to grant incentives to certain employees and our outside directors in any one or a combination of severalmore forms, includingincluding: incentive andnon-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and market and performance shares. Stock options generally expire ten years from the date of grant.

Acquisition of Level 3

UponAs discussed in Note 2—Acquisition of Level 3, upon the November 1, 2017 closing of our acquisition of Level 3, and pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement, we replacedassumed certain of Level 3’s share-based compensation awards, with our share-based compensation awards.which were converted to settle in shares of CenturyLink common stock. Specifically:

 

each outstanding Level 3 restricted stock unit award granted prior to April 1, 2014 or granted to an outside director of Level 3 was converted into $26.50 in cash and 1.4286 shares of our common stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) with respect to each Level 3 share covered by such award (the “Converted RSU Awards”); and

 

each outstanding Level 3 restricted stock unit award granted on or after April 1, 2014 (other than these granted to outside directors of Level 3) was converted into a CenturyLink restricted stock unit award using a conversion ratio of 2.8386 to 1 as determined in accordance with a formula set forth in the merger agreement (the “Continuing RSU Awards”).

The preliminary aggregate fair value of the replaced Level 3 awards was $239 million, of which $103 million was attributable to service performed prior to the acquisition date and was included in the cost of the acquisition. The fair value of CenturyLink shares was determined based on the $18.99 closing price of our common stock on November 1, 2017. The remaining $137$136 million of the preliminary aggregate fair value of the replaced Level 3 awards was attributable to post-acquisition period and is beingwas recognized as compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the remaining vesting period from 1 to 2 years.year vesting period.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes activity involving stock option awards for the year ended December 31, 2017:2019:

 

  Number of
Options
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number of
Options
 Weighted-
Average
Exercise
        Price         
 
  (in thousands)      (in thousands)   

Outstanding and Exercisable at December 31, 2016

   3,008   $40.08 

Outstanding and Exercisable at December 31, 2018

 

 

543 

 

 

$

27.46 

 

Exercised

   (12   10.75  

 

(6)

 

 

 

11.38 

 

Forfeited/Expired

   (1,974   46.82  

 

(68)

 

 

 

24.78 

 

  

 

    

 

  

Outstanding and Exercisable at December 31, 2017

   1,022    27.41 

Outstanding and Exercisable at December 31, 2019

 

 

469 

 

 

 

28.04 

 

  

 

    

 

  

The aggregate intrinsic value of our options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 20172019 was less than $1 million. The weighted-average remaining contractual term for such options was 1.440.18 years.

During 2017,2019, we received net cash proceeds of less than $1 million in connection with our option exercises. The tax benefit realized from these exercises was less than $1 million. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 20172019, 2018 and 2016,2017, was less than $1 million each year. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $4 million.

Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards

For equity based restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards that contain only service conditions for vesting (time-based awards), we calculate the award fair value based on the closing price of CenturyLink common stock on the accounting grant date. We also grant equity basedequity-based awards that contain service conditions as well as additional market or performance conditions. For awards withhaving both service and market conditions, the award fair value is calculated using Monte-Carlo simulations. Awards with service as well as market or performance conditions specify a target number of shares for the award. Eachaward, although each recipient ultimately has

the opportunity to receive between 0% and 200% of the target number of shares. For awards with service and market conditions, the percentage received is based on our total shareholder return over the three-year service period versus that of selected peer companies. For awards with service and performance conditions, the percentage received depends upon the attainment of twoone or more financial performance targets during thetwo- or three-year service period.

Awards Granted in 2017

In 2017, we granted 6 million shares of restricted stock awards, of which 4.7 million shares contained only service conditions and 1.3 million target shares that contained service conditions and either market or performance conditions. The details of these grants are as follows:

During the first quarter of 2017, we granted 784 thousand shares of restricted stock to certain executive level employees as part of our long-term incentive program, of which 314 thousand shares contained only service conditions and will vest on a straight-line basis on February 21, 2018, 2019 and 2020. The remaining awards, 470 thousand target shares, contain service conditions and either market or performance conditions and are scheduled to vest on February 21, 2020.

During the first quarter of 2017, we also granted 2 million shares to certain key employees as part of our annual equity compensation program, of which 1.8 million shares contained only service conditions and will vest on a straight-line basis on February 20, 2018, 2019 and 2020. The remaining awards, 200 thousand target shares, contain service conditions and either market or performance conditions and are scheduled to vest on February 20, 2020.

During the second quarter of 2017, we granted 894 thousand shares to certain executive level employees as integration and retention awards related to the Level 3 acquisition, of which 647 thousand shares of the retention awards will vest on June 1, 2018, 2019 and 2020. The remaining retention awards, 125 thousand shares, will vest on December 15, 2018 and 2019. Integration awards, which contain service and performance conditions, specify a target number of shares for the award. Each recipient ultimately has the opportunity to receive from 80% to 120% of the target number of shares. Integration awards of 122 thousand target shares are scheduled to vest on December 15, 2018.

During the fourth quarter of 2017, we granted 948 thousand shares of restricted stock to certain executive level employees as part of our long-term equity retention program. Time-based awards totaled 493 thousand shares. The remaining awards, 455 thousand target shares, contain service conditions and either market or performance conditions are scheduled to vest on March 31, 2019 and November 1, 2020. We also granted 1.1 million shares to certain key employees as part of our special retention program. Of these, time-based awards totaled 911 thousand shares and will vest on November 1, 2019 and 2020. The remaining awards, 187 thousand shares, are scheduled to vest on November 1, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

Awards Granted in 2016

In 2016, we granted 3.8 million shares of restricted stock awards, of which 3.1 million shares contained only service conditions and 700 thousand target shares that contained service conditions and either market or performance conditions. The details of these grants are as follows:

During the first quarter of 2016, we granted 766 thousand shares of restricted stock to certain executive level employees as part of our long-term incentive program, of which 306 thousand contained only service conditions and will vest on a straight-line basis on February 23, 2017, 2018 and 2019. The remaining awards, 460 thousand target shares, contain service conditions and either market or performance conditions and are scheduled to vest on February 23, 2019.

During the first quarter of 2016, we also granted 1.9 million shares to certain key employees as part of our annual equity compensation program, of which 1.7 million contained only service conditions and will vest on a straight-line basis on February 25, 2017, 2018 and 2019. The remaining awards, 200 thousand target shares, contain service conditions and either market or performance conditions and are scheduled to vest on February 25, 2019. During the first and third quarter of 2016, we granted shares to certain key employees as part of our long-term equity retention program. These awards will vest over a three to seven year period with 113 thousand, 322 thousand and 209 thousand shares vesting on August 16, 2019, 2021 and 2023, respectively, and 22 thousand shares vesting on January 13, 2021 and 22 thousand shares vesting on January 13, 2023. The remaining awards granted throughout 2016 to certain other key employees and our outside directors were made as part of our equity compensation and retention programs. These awards require only service conditions for vesting and typically vest equally over a three year period.

Awards Granted in 2015

In 2015, we granted 2.9 million shares of restricted stock awards, of which 2.6 million shares contained only service conditions and 300 thousand target shares that contained service conditions and either market or performance conditions. The details of these grants are as follows:

During the first quarter of 2015, we granted 496 thousand shares of restricted stock to certain executive-level employees as part of our long-term incentive program, of which 198 thousand contained only service conditions and will vest on a straight-line basis on February 23, 2016, 2017 and 2018. The remaining awards, 298 thousand target shares, contain service conditions and market or performance conditions and are scheduled to vest on February 23, 2018.

At the end of the first quarter of 2015, we granted 1.2 million shares to certain key employees as part of our annual equity compensation program. These awards contained only service conditions and will vest on a straight-line basis on March 12, 2016, 2017 and 2018. During the third quarter of 2015 we granted shares to certain key employees as part of our long-term equity retention program. These awards will vest over a three to seven year period with 193 thousand, 423 thousand and 230 thousand shares vesting on August 14, 2018, 2020 and 2022, respectively, and 55 thousand shares vesting equally on August 14, 2017, 2019, and 2021. The remaining awards granted throughout 2015 to certain other key employees and our outside directors were made as part of our equity compensation and retention programs. These awards require only service conditions for vesting and typically vest equally over a three year period.

The following table summarizes activity involving restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards for the year ended December 31, 2017:2019:

 

  Number of
Shares
   Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
  Number of
Shares
 Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
    Fair Value    
 
  (in thousands)      (in
thousands)
   

Non-vested at December 31, 2016

   5,948   $31.89 

Level 3 replacement awards

   12,530    18.99 

Non-vested at December 31, 2018

 

 

17,059 

 

 

$

19.65 

 

Granted(1)

   5,223    22.02  

 

9,780 

 

 

 

12.41 

 

Vested

   (2,762   28.55  

 

(9,038)

 

 

 

19.54 

 

Forfeited

   (1,165   26.43  

 

(1,757)

 

 

 

18.62 

 

  

 

    

 

  

Non-vested at December 31, 2017

   19,774    21.90 

Non-vested at December 31, 2019

 

 

16,044 

 

 

 

15.42 

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

(1)Shares granted whose related performance conditions were not finalized at December, 31, 2017, were excluded from this figure.

(1) Shares granted whose related performance conditions were not finalized at December 31, 2019, were excluded from this figure.

During 2016,2018, we granted 3.69.7 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards at a weighted-average price of $30.83.$17.02. During 2015,2017, we granted 2.95.2 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards at a weighted-average price of $31.83.$22.02. The total fair value of restricted stock that vested during 2019, 2018 and 2017, 2016was $118 million, $169 million and 2015, was $60 million, $47 million and $59 million, respectively.

Compensation Expense and Tax Benefit

We recognize compensation expense related to our market and performance share-based awards with graded vesting that only have a service condition on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Total compensation expense for all share-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, 2016 and 2015, was $111$162 million, $80$186 million and $73$111 million, respectively. Our tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for our share-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, 2016 and 2015, was $28$39 million, $31$46 million and $28 million, respectively. At December 31, 2017,2019, there was $240$190 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to our share-based payment arrangements, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 1.91.6 years.

(11)Earnings Per Common Share

(13)  (Loss) Earnings Per Common Share

Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 20152017 were calculated as follows:

 

  Years Ended December 31,  Years Ended December 31, 
      2017         2016         2015            2019             2018             2017       
  

(Dollars in millions, except per share

amounts, shares in thousands)

  (Dollars in millions, except per share
amounts, shares in thousands)
 

Income (Numerator):

    

Net income

  $1,389   626   878 

Earnings applicable tonon-vested restricted stock

          

Loss income (Numerator):

   

Net (loss) income

 

 $

(5,269)

 

 

 

(1,733)

 

 

 

1,389 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income applicable to common stock for computing basic earnings per common share

   1,389   626   878 

Net (loss) income applicable to common stock for computing basic earnings per common share

 

 

(5,269)

 

 

 

(1,733)

 

 

 

1,389 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted earnings per common share

  $1,389   626   878 

Net (loss) income as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted earnings per common share

 

 $

(5,269)

 

 

 

(1,733)

 

 

 

1,389 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Shares (Denominator):

       

Weighted average number of shares:

       

Outstanding during period

   635,576   545,946   559,260  

 

      1,088,730 

 

 

 

        1,078,409 

 

 

 

        635,576 

 

Non-vested restricted stock

   (7,768  (6,397  (4,982 

 

(17,289)

 

 

 

(12,543)

 

 

 

(7,768)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding for computing basic earnings per common share

   627,808   539,549   554,278  

 

1,071,441 

 

 

 

1,065,866 

 

 

 

627,808 

 

Incremental common shares attributable to dilutive securities:

       

Shares issuable under convertible securities

   10   10   10  

 

— 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

10 

 

Shares issuable under incentive compensation plans

   875   1,120   805  

 

— 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

875 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Number of shares as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted earnings per common share

   628,693   540,679   555,093 

Number of shares as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted (loss) earnings per common share

 

 

1,071,441 

 

 

 

1,065,866 

 

 

 

628,693 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

  $2.21   1.16   1.58 

Basic (loss) earnings per common share

 

 $

(4.92)

 

 

 

(1.63)

 

 

 

2.21 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

  $2.21   1.16   1.58 

Diluted (loss) earnings per common share (1)

 

 $

(4.92)

 

 

 

(1.63)

 

 

 

2.21 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, we excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share 3.0 million shares and 4.6 million shares, respectively, potentially issuable under incentive compensation plans or convertible securities, as their effect, if included, would have been anti-dilutive.

Our calculation of diluted (loss) earnings per common share excludes shares of common stock that are issuable upon exercise of stock options when the exercise price is greater than the average market price of our common stock. We also exclude unvested restricted stock awards that are antidilutive as a result of unrecognized compensation cost. Such shares averagedwere 6.8 million, 2.7 million and 4.7 million 3.3 millionfor 2019, 2018 and 3.1 million for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

(14)    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

(12)Fair Value Disclosure

Our financial instruments consist of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and long-term debt, excluding capitalfinance lease and other obligations. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of our cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between independent and knowledgeable parties who are willing and able to transact for an asset or liability at the measurement date. We use valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value and then we rank the estimated values based on the reliability of the inputs used following the fair value hierarchy set forth by the FASB.

We determined the fair values of our long-term debt, including the current portion, based on quoted market prices where available or, if not available, based on discounted future cash flows using current market interest rates.

The three input levels in the hierarchy of fair value measurements are defined by the FASB generally as follows:

 

Input Level

 

Description of Input

Level 1

 Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets.

Level 2

 Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable.

Level 3

 Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists.

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our long-term debt, excluding capitalfinance lease and other obligations, as well as the input level used to determine the fair values indicated below:

 

     As of December 31, 2017   As of December 31, 2016 
  Input
Level
  Carrying
Amount
   Fair
Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Fair
Value
 
     (Dollars in millions) 

Liabilities-Long-term debt, excluding capital lease and other obligations

  2  $36,835    36,402    19,553    19,639 
     As of December 31,
2019
  As of December 31,
2018
 
  Input
  Level  
  Carrying
  Amount  
    Fair Value    Carrying
  Amount  
    Fair Value   
     (Dollars in millions) 

Liabilities-Long-term debt, excluding finance lease and other obligations

  2   $34,472    35,737    35,260    32,915  

Interest rate swap contracts (see Note 15)

  2   51    51    —    —  

(15)  Derivative Financial Instruments

From time to time, CenturyLink, Inc. uses derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swaps, to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. Our primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to decrease the volatility of our earnings and cash flows affected by changes in the underlying rates. We have floating rate long-term debt (see Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities of this report). These obligations expose us to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, interest expense increases. Conversely, if interest rates decrease, interest expense also decreases. We have designated our currently outstanding interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges. As described further below, under these hedges, we receive variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments over the lives of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. The change in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements is reflected in AOCI and, as described below, is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction affects earnings by virtue of qualifying as effective cash flow hedges. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

In February 2019, we entered into fivevariable-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest payments on $2.5 billion notional amount of floating rate debt. The five interest rate swap agreements are with different counterparties; one for $700 million and the other four for $450 million each. The transactions were effective beginning March 31, 2019 and mature March 31, 2022. Under the terms of these interest rate swap transactions, we receive interest payments based on one month floating LIBOR terms and pay interest at the fixed rate of 2.48%.

In June 2019, we entered into sixvariable-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest payments on $1.5 billion notional amount of floating rate debt. The six interest rate swap agreements are with different counterparties for $250 million each. The transactions were effective beginning June 30, 2019 and mature June 30, 2022. Under the terms of these interest rate swap transactions, we receive interest payments based on one month floating LIBOR terms and pay interest at the fixed rate of 1.58%.

We evaluate the effectiveness of all of our February 2019 and June 2019 hedges qualitatively on a quarterly basis and both qualified as effective hedge relationships at December 31, 2019.

CenturyLink, Inc. is exposed to credit related losses in the event ofnon-performance by counterparties. The counterparties to any of the financial derivatives we enter into are major institutions with investment grade credit ratings. We evaluate counterparty credit risk before entering into any hedge transaction and continue to closely monitor the financial market and the risk that our counterparties will default on their obligations as part of our quarterly qualitative effectiveness evaluation.

Amounts accumulated in AOCI related to derivatives are indirectly recognized in earnings as periodic settlement payments are made throughout the term of the swaps.

The table below presents the fair value of our derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2019 as follows (in millions):

 

(13)Income Taxes
Liability Derivatives
December 31, 2019

Derivatives designated as

Balance Sheet LocationFair Value

Cash flow hedging contracts

Other current and noncurrent
liabilities
 $            51 

The amount of losses recognized in AOCI consists of the following (in millions):

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

2019

Cash flow hedging contracts

Year Ended December 31, 2019

 $            51 

Amounts currently included in AOCI will be reflected as earnings prior to the settlement of these cash flow hedging contracts in 2022. We estimate that $22 million of net losses on the interest rate swaps (based on the estimated LIBOR curve as of December 31, 2019) will be reflected as earnings within the next twelve months.

(16)  Income Taxes

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was signed into law. The Act significantly changes U.S. tax law. The Act reduces the U.S. corporate income tax rate from a maximum of 35% to 21% for all corporations, effective January 1, 2018, and makes certain changes to U.S. taxation of income earned by foreign subsidiaries, capital expenditures, interest expense and various other items.

As a result of the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, were-measured our net deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2017 and recognized a provisional tax benefit of approximately $1.1 billion in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The Act imposed As aone-time repatriation tax on certain earnings result of foreign subsidiaries. The Act also includes certain anti-abuse and base erosion provisions that may impact the amounts of U.S. tax that we pay with respect to income earned by our foreign subsidiaries. We have not yet been able to make a reasonable estimate of the impact of these provisions and continue to account for these items based on our existing accounting under U.S. GAAP and the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect prior to the Act’s enactment.

On December 22, 2017, the SEC staff addressed the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Act. We have provisionally recognized the tax impacts related to there-measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities in the amount noted above in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. The ultimate impact may differ fromfinalizing our provisional amount duerecorded in 2017, we recorded a reduction to additional analysis, changesthis amount for purchase price accounting adjustments resulting from the Level 3 acquisition and the tax reform impact on those adjustments of $92 million in interpretations and assumptions we have made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions we may take as a result of the Act.2018.

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2019  2018  2017 
  (Dollars in millions) 

Income tax expense (benefit) was as follows:

   

Federal

   

Current

 

 $

 

 

 

(576)

 

 

 

82 

 

Deferred

 

 

376 

 

 

 

734 

 

 

 

(988)

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

State

   

Current

 

 

15 

 

 

 

(22)

 

 

 

21 

 

Deferred

 

 

81 

 

 

 

52 

 

 

 

16 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Foreign

   

Current

 

 

35 

 

 

 

                36 

 

 

 

                22 

 

Deferred

 

 

(11)

 

 

 

(54)

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

 $

            503 

 

 

 

170 

 

 

 

(849)

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2019  2018  2017 
  (Dollars in millions) 

Income tax (benefit) expense was allocated as follows:

   

Income tax (benefit) expense in the consolidated statements of operations:

   

Attributable to income

 

 $

            503 

 

 

 

                170

 

 

 

(849)

 

Stockholders’ equity:

   

Compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts recognized for financial reporting purposes

 

 

— 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

— 

 

Tax effect of the change in accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(62)

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

 

                81 

 

The change from our current provisional estimates will be reflected in our future statements of operations and could be material. We expect to complete the accounting by the time we file our 2017 U.S. corporate income tax return in the 4th quarter of 2018, although we cannot assure you of this.

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Income tax expense was as follows:

      

Federal

      

Current

  $82    335    28 

Deferred

   (988   5    329 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

State

      

Current

   21    27    40 

Deferred

   16    8    21 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign

      

Current

   22    26    16 

Deferred

   (2   (7   4 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

  $(849   394    438 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Income tax (benefit) expense was allocated as follows:

    

Income tax (benefit) expense in the consolidated statements of operations:

    

Attributable to income

  $(849  394   438 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts recognized for financial reporting purposes

      (2  (5

Tax effect of the change in accumulated other comprehensive loss

   81   (109  59 

The following is a reconciliation from the statutory federal income tax rate to our effective income tax rate:

 

  Years Ended December 31,  Years Ended December 31, 
      2017         2016         2015            2019             2018             2017       
  (Percentage of pre-tax income)  (Percentage of pre-tax income) 

Statutory federal income tax rate

   35.0   35.0   35.0  

 

        21.0 %

 

 

 

21.0 %

 

 

 

35.0 %

 

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

   3.9   2.3   2.6  

 

(1.6)%

 

 

 

(1.5)%

 

 

 

            3.9 %

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

(28.6)%

 

 

 

(36.6)%

 

 

 

— %

 

Change in liability for unrecognized tax position

   1.0   0.2   0.4  

 

(0.2)%

 

 

 

            1.3 %

 

 

 

1.0 %

 

Tax reform

   (209.8)  —   —  

 

— %

 

 

 

(5.9)%

 

 

 

(209.8)%

 

Net foreign income taxes

   (0.7)  0.1   0.7  

 

(0.5)%

 

 

 

1.8 %

 

 

 

(0.7)%

 

Foreign dividend paid to a domestic parent company

   0.2   1.8   —  

 

— %

 

 

 

— %

 

 

 

0.2 %

 

Affiliate debt rationalization

   —   —   (2.6)

Research and development credits

   (1.4)  (0.6)  (2.1) 

 

0.1 %

 

 

 

0.9 %

 

 

 

(1.4)%

 

Tax impact on sale of data centers and colocation business

   5.0   —   —  

 

— %

 

 

 

— %

 

 

 

5.0 %

 

Tax benefit of net operating loss carryback

 

 

— %

 

 

 

9.1 %

 

 

 

— %

 

Level 3 acquisition transaction costs

   6.0   —   —  

 

— %

 

 

 

— %

 

 

 

6.0 %

 

Other, net

   3.6   (0.2)  (0.7) 

 

(0.8)%

 

 

 

(1.0)%

 

 

 

3.6 %

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Effective income tax rate

   (157.2)  38.6   33.3  

 

(10.6)%

 

 

 

(10.9)%

 

 

 

(157.2)%

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 include a $1.4 billion and a $572 million unfavorable impact ofnon-deductible goodwill impairments, respectively. Additionally, the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018 reflects a $92 million unfavorable impact due to finalizing the impacts of tax reform. Partially offsetting these amounts is a $142 million benefit generated by a loss carryback to 2016. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 reflects the benefit of approximately $1.1 billion from there-measurement of deferred taxes as noted above, a $27 million tax expense related to the

sale of our colocation business and $32 million tax impact ofnon-deductible transaction costs related to the Level 3 acquisition. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 reflects a tax impact of $18 million from an intercompany dividend payment from one of our foreign subsidiaries to its domestic parent company that was made as part of our corporate restructuring in preparation for the sale of our colocation business. The 2015 rate reflects a tax benefit of approximately $34 million related to affiliate debt rationalization, research and development tax credits of $28 million for 2011 through 2015 and a $16 million tax decrease due to changes in state taxes caused by apportionment changes, state tax rate changes and the changes in the expected utilization of net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”).

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:

 

  As of December 31,  As of December 31, 
  2017   2016          2019                 2018         
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Deferred tax assets

      

Post-retirement and pension benefit costs

  $1,321    2,175  

 $

1,169 

 

 

 

1,111 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

   3,951    473  

 

3,167 

 

 

 

3,445 

 

Other employee benefits

   112    125  

 

134 

 

 

 

162 

 

Other

   714    342  

 

577 

 

 

 

553 

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

   6,098    3,115  

 

5,047 

 

 

 

5,271

 

Less valuation allowance

   (1,341   (375 

 

(1,319)

 

 

 

(1,331)

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   4,757    2,740  

 

3,728 

 

 

 

3,940

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

      

Property, plant and equipment, primarily due to depreciation differences

   (2,935   (3,626 

 

(3,489)

 

 

 

(3,011)

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

   (3,785   (2,577 

 

(3,019)

 

 

 

(3,303)

 

Other

   (16     

 

— 

 

 

 

(23)

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

   (6,736   (6,203 

 

(6,508)

 

 

 

(6,337)

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

  $(1,979   (3,463 

 $

(2,780)

 

 

 

(2,397)

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Of the $1.979$2.8 billion and $3.463$2.4 billion net deferred tax liability at December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, respectively, $2.413$2.9 billion and $3.471$2.5 billion is reflected as a long-term liability and $434$118 million and $8$131 million is reflected as a net noncurrent deferred tax asset at December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, respectively.

At December 31, 2017,2019, we had federal NOLs of $9.1$6.2 billion, and state NOLsnet of $21 billion. If unused, the NOLs will expire between 2018 and 2033; however, no significant amounts expire until 2023. We also had foreign NOL carryforwards of $5.8 billion as a result of the Level 3 acquisition. At December 31, 2017, we had an immaterial amount of federal tax credits. Our acquisitions of Level 3, Qwest and SAVVIS, Inc. (“Savvis”) caused “ownership changes” within the meaninglimitations of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“Section 382”) and uncertain tax positions, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If unused, the NOLs will expire between 2022 and 2037. The U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards expire as follows:

Expiring Amount 
December 31,     (Dollars in millions)     

2022

  $177  

2023

  614  

2024

  1,403  

2025

  1,042  

2026

  1,525  

2027

  375  

2028

  637  

2029

  645  

2030

  668  

2031

  733  

2032

  348  

2033

  238  

2037

  2,973  
 

 

 

 

NOLs per return

  11,378  

Uncertain tax positions

  (5,183) 
 

 

 

 

Financial NOLs

  $6,195  
 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2019 we had state net operating loss carryforwards of $18 billion (net of uncertain tax positions). We also had foreign NOL carryforwards of $6 billion. Our acquisitions of Level 3, Qwest and SAVVIS, Inc. caused “ownership changes” within the meaning of Section 382 for the acquired companies. As a result, our ability to use these NOLs and AMTtax credits are subject to annual limits imposed by Section 382. Despite this, we expect to use substantially all of these tax attributes to reduce our future federal tax liabilities, although the timing of that use will depend upon our future earnings and future tax circumstances.

We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce the deferred tax assets to amounts we expect to realize. As of December 31, 2017,2019, a valuation allowance of $1.341$1.3 billion was established as it is more likely than not that this amount of net operating loss, capital loss and tax credit carryforwards will not be utilized prior to expiration. Our valuation allowance at December 31, 20172019 and 20162018 is primarily related to foreign and state NOL carryforwards. This valuation allowance increaseddecreased by $966$12 million during 2017,2019, primarily due to the acquisitionimpact of Level 3foreign exchange rate adjustments and the related valuation allowances.state law changes.

A reconciliation of the change in our gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding both interest and any related federal benefit) from January 1 to December 31 for 20172019 and 20162018 is as follows:

 

      2017           2016              2019                 2018         
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year

  $16    15  $1,587   40  

Assumed in the acquisition of Level 3

   18     

Tax position of prior periods netted against deferred tax assets assumed in the acquisition of Level 3

   2     

Increase in tax positions of the current year netted against deferred tax assets

 11    —  

Increase in tax positions of prior periods netted against deferred tax assets

   1,353  

Decrease in tax positions of the current year netted against deferred tax assets

 (49)  (15) 

Decrease in tax positions of prior periods netted against deferred tax assets

 (19)   —  

Increase in tax positions taken in the current year

   1    1     

Increase in tax positions taken in the prior year

   3      10   211  

Decrease due to payments/settlements

 (8)  (1) 

Decrease from the lapse of statute of limitations

  —   (2) 

Decrease due to the reversal of tax positions taken in a prior year

 (5)  (3) 
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year

  $40    16  $1,538   1,587  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

The total amount (including both interest and any related federal benefit) of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate was $66$259 million and $34$256 million at December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, respectively.

Our policy is to reflect interest expense associated with unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. We had accrued interest (presented before related tax benefits) of approximately $56$15 million and $35$17 million at December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, respectively.

We, or at least one of our subsidiaries, file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, ornon-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2003.2002. The Internal Revenue Service and state and local taxing authorities reserve the right to audit any period where net operating loss carryforwards are available.

Based on our current assessment of various factors, including (i) the potential outcomes of these ongoing examinations, (ii) the expiration of statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, (iii) the negotiated settlement of certain disputed issues, and (iv) the administrative practices of applicable taxing jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions previously taken may decrease by up to $16$3 million within the next 12 months. The actual amount of such decrease, if any, will depend on several future developments and events, many of which are outside our control.

(17)  Segment Information

(14)Segment Information

In January 2017, we implemented a new organization structure designedAs described in more detail below, our segments are managed based on the direct costs of providing services to further strengthen our ability to attain our operational, strategic and financial goals. Prior to this reorganization, we operated and reported as two segments, business and consumer. As a result of this reorganization, we changed the name of the predecessor business segment to “enterprise” segment. Additionally, we also reassigned our information technology, managed hosting, cloud hosting and hosting area network services from our business segment to a newnon-reportable operating segment. We reported two segments, enterprise and consumer, from January 2017 through October 2017.

In connection with our acquisition of Level 3 (discussed further in Note 2—Acquisition of Level 3), effective November 1, 2017, we implemented a new organization structure and began managing our operations in two segments: business and consumer. Our consumer segment remains substantially unchanged under this reorganization, and our newly reorganized business segment includes the legacy CenturyLink enterprise segment operationstheir customers and the legacy Level 3 operations. In addition, we reassigned our information technology,associated selling, general and administrative costs (primarily salaries and commissions). Shared costs that were previously reported in segments are managed hosting, cloud hostingseparately and hosting area network operations back intoincluded in “Operations and Other”, in the business segment fromtables below. We reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform to the formernon-reportable operating segment. current period presentation.

At December 31, 2017,2019, we had the following twofive reportable segments:

 

  

BusinessInternational and Global Accounts Management (“IGAM”) Segment.This Under our IGAM segment, consists generally of providingwe provide our products and services to small, mediumapproximately 200 global enterprise customers and enterprise business, wholesaleto enterprises and government customers, including other communicationcarriers in three operating regions: Europe Middle East and Africa, Latin America and Asia Pacific;

 

providers. OurEnterprise Segment. Under our enterprise segment, we provide our products and services offered to these customers includelarge and regional domestic and global enterprises, as well as public sector, which includes the U.S. Federal government, state and local governments and research and education institutions;

Small and Medium Business (“SMB”) Segment. Under our localSMB segment, we provide our products and long-distance voice, VPN data network, private line (including business data services), Ethernet, information technology, wavelength, broadband, colocationservices to small and data center services, managed services, professionalmedium businesses directly and other services provided in connection with selling equipment, network security and various other ancillary services, all of which are described further under “Products and Services Categories”;through our indirect channel partners; and

 

  

ConsumerWholesale Segment. ThisUnder our wholesale segment, consists generally of providingwe provide our products and services to residential customers. Our products and services offered to these customers include our broadband, local and long-distancea wide range of other communication providers across the wireline, wireless, cable, voice video and other ancillary services.

The following table summarizes our segment results for 2017, 2016 and 2015 based on the segment categorization we were operating under at December 31, 2017.

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Total segment revenues

  $16,924   16,766   17,171 

Total segment expenses

   9,390   9,081   9,025 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total segment income

  $7,534   7,685   8,146 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total margin percentage

   45  46  47

Business segment:

    

Revenues

  $11,220   10,704   10,977 

Expenses

   6,847   6,391   6,395 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income

  $4,373   4,313   4,582 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Margin percentage

   39  40  42

Consumer segment:

    

Revenues

  $5,704   6,062   6,194 

Expenses

   2,543   2,690   2,630 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income

  $3,161   3,372   3,564 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Margin percentage

   55  56  58

Product and Service Categories

We categorize our products, services and revenues among the following five categories:

IP and data services, which include primarily VPN data networks, Ethernet, IP, video (including our facilities-based video servicescenter sectors. Our wholesale customers range from large global telecom providers to small regional providers; and Vyvx broadcast services) and other ancillary services;

 

  

TransportConsumer Segment. Under our consumer segment, we provide our products and infrastructureservices to residential customers. Additionally, Universal Service Fund (“USF”) federal and state support payments, Connect America Fund (“CAF”) federal support revenue, and other revenue from leasing and subleasing including prior year rental income associated with the 2017 failed-sale-leaseback are reported in our consumer segment as regulatory revenue.

Product and Service Categories

We categorize our products and services revenue among the following four categories for our International and Global Accounts Management, Enterprise, Small and Medium Business and Wholesale segments:

IP and Data Services, which include broadband, private line (including businessincludes primarily VPN data services), data center facilities and services, including cloud, hosting and application management solutions, wavelength, equipment sales and professional services, network security servicesnetworks, Ethernet, IP, content delivery and other ancillary services;

 

  

Transport and Infrastructure, which includes wavelengths, dark fiber, private line, colocation and data center services, including cloud, hosting and application management solutions, professional services and other ancillary services;

Voice and collaborationCollaboration, which includes primarily local and long-distance voice, including wholesale voice, and other ancillary service;services, as well as VoIP services; and

 

  

IT and managed servicesManaged Services, which includeincludes information technology services and managed services, which may be purchased in conjunction with our other network services.

We categorize our products and services revenue among the following four categories for our Consumer segment:

Broadband, which includes high-speed, fiber based and lower speed DSL broadband services;

 

  

Voice, which includes local and long-distance services;

Regulatory revenues,Revenue, which consists of Universal Service Fund (“USF”) and Connect America Fund (“CAF”) support payments,(i) CAF, USF surcharges and other operating revenues. We receive federal support payments from both federal and state USF programs and from the federal CAF program. The USF and

CAF support payments are government subsidies designed to reimburse us for various costs related to certain telecommunications services. We generateservices and (ii) other operating revenuesrevenue from the leasing and subleasing of space in our office buildings, warehousesspace; and other properties and from rental income associated with the failed-sale-leaseback. Because we centrally manage the activities that generate these regulatory revenues, these revenues are not included in our segment revenues.

Our operating revenues for our products and services are presented as follows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Business segment

      

IP & Data Services(1)

  $3,595    2,851    2,704 

Transport & Infrastructure(2)

   3,680    3,929    4,157 

Voice & Collaboration(3)

   3,294    3,284    3,429 

IT & Managed Services(4)

   651    640    687 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total business segment revenues

   11,220    10,704    10,977 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer segment

      

IP & Data Services(5)

   448    506    468 

Transport & Infrastructure(6)

   2,871    2,897    2,829 

Voice & Collaboration(3)

   2,385    2,659    2,897 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer segment revenues

   5,704    6,062    6,194 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-segment revenues

      

Regulatory revenues(7)

   732    704    729 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totalnon-segment revenues

   732    704    729 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

  $17,656    17,470    17,900 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Includes primarily VPN data network, Ethernet, IP

Other, which includes retail video services (including our linear and ancillary revenues.

(2)Includes primarily broadband, private line (including business dataTV services), colocation and data centers, wavelength and ancillary revenues.
(3)Includes local, long-distanceprofessional services and other ancillary revenues.services.

(4)Includes IT services and managed services revenues.
(5)Includes retail video revenues (including our facilities-based video revenues).
(6)Includes primarily broadband and equipment sales and professional services revenues.
(7)Includes CAF Phase I, CAF Phase 2, federal and state USF support revenue, sublease rental income and failed-sale leaseback income.

The following tables summarize our segment results for 2019, 2018 and 2017 based on the segment categorization we were operating under at December 31, 2019.

  Year Ended December 31, 2019 
  International and
Global Accounts
  Enterprise  Small and
Medium
Business
  Wholesale  Consumer  Total
Segments
  Operations
and Other
  Total 
  (Dollars in millions) 

Revenue:

        

IP and Data Services

  $              1,676            2,763            1,184            1,377    —            7,000    —            7,000  

Transport and Infrastructure

  1,318    1,545    420    1,920    —    5,203    —    5,203  

Voice and Collaboration

  377    1,567    1,306    771    —    4,021    —    4,021  

IT and Managed Services

  225    258    46       —    535    —    535  

Broadband

  —    —    —    —    2,876    2,876    —    2,876  

Voice

  —    —    —    —    1,881    1,881    —    1,881  

Regulatory

  —    —    —    —    634    634    —    634  

Other

  —    —    —    —    251    251    —    251  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Revenue

  3,596    6,133    2,956    4,074    5,642    22,401    —    22,401  

Expenses:

           

Cost of services and products

  1,044    2,088    606    567    313    4,618            5,459    10,077  

Selling, general and administrative

  266    555    480    80    415    1,796    1,919    3,715  

Less: share-based compensation

  —    —    —    —    —    —    (162)   (162) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expense

  1,310    2,643    1,086    647    728    6,414    7,216    13,630  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total adjusted EBITDA

  $2,286    3,490    1,870    3,427            4,914    15,987    (7,216)   8,771  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Year Ended December 31, 2018 
  International and
Global Accounts
  Enterprise  Small and
Medium
Business
  Wholesale  Consumer  Total
Segments
  Operations
and Other
  Total 
  (Dollars in millions) 

Revenue:

        

IP and Data Services

  $              1,728            2,673            1,178            1,382    —            6,961    —            6,961  

Transport and Infrastructure

  1,276    1,550    471    2,136    —    5,433    —    5,433  

Voice and Collaboration

  387    1,607    1,443    872    —    4,309    —    4,309  

IT and Managed Services

  262    303    52       —    624    —    624  

Broadband

  —    —    —    —    2,822    2,822    —    2,822  

Voice

  —    —    —    —    2,173    2,173    —    2,173  

Regulatory

  —    —    —    —    729    729    —    729  

Other

  —    —    —    —    392    392    —    392  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Revenue

  3,653    6,133    3,144    4,397    6,116    23,443    —    23,443  

Expenses:

                 

Cost of services and products

  1,056    2,038    614    645    500    4,853            6,009    10,862  

Selling, general and administrative

  256    573    517    86    511    1,943    2,222    4,165  

Less: share-based compensation

  —    —    —    —    —    —    (186)   (186) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expense

  1,312    2,611    1,131    731    1,011    6,796    8,045    14,841  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total adjusted EBITDA

  $2,341    3,522    2,013    3,666            5,105    16,647    (8,045)   8,602  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Year Ended December 31, 2017 
  International and
Global Accounts
  Enterprise  Small and
Medium
Business
  Wholesale  Consumer  Total
Segments
  Operations
and Other
  Total 
  (Dollars in millions) 

Revenue:

        

IP and Data Services

  $              528    1,515    634    916    —    3,593       3,594  

Transport and Infrastructure

  406    1,116    419    1,530    —    3,471    192    3,663  

Voice and Collaboration

  176    1,245    1,314    569    —    3,304    —    3,304  

IT and Managed Services

  272    310    51    11    —    644    —    644  

Broadband

  —    —    —    —    2,698    2,698    —    2,698  

Voice

  —    —    —    —    2,531    2,531    —    2,531  

Regulatory

  —    —    —    —    731    731    —    731  

Other

  —    —    —    —    491    491    —    491  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Revenue

  1,382    4,186    2,418    3,026    6,451    17,463    193    17,656  

Expenses:

              

Cost of services and products

  457    1,365    389    413    620    3,244    4,959    8,203  

Selling, general and administrative

  104    365    448    47    695    1,659    1,849    3,508  

Less: share-based compensation

  —    —    —    —    —    —    (111)   (111) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expense

  561    1,730    837    460    1,315            4,903            6,697    11,600  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total adjusted EBITDA

  $821            2,456            1,581            2,566            5,136    12,560    (6,504)           6,056  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

We recognize revenuesrevenue in our consolidated statements of operations for certain USF surcharges and transaction taxes that we bill to our customers. Our consolidated statements of operations also reflect the offsetting expense for the amounts we remit to the government agencies. The total amount of such surcharges and transaction taxes that we included in revenues aggregated to $601 million, $572 million and $544 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These USF surcharges where we record revenue, and transaction taxes are assigned to the products and services categories of each segments based on the underlying revenues.revenue. We also act as a collection agent for certain other USF and transaction taxes that we are required by government agencies to bill our customers, for which we do not record any revenue or expense because we only act as a pass-through agent.

The following table provides the amount of USF surcharges and transaction taxes:

  Years Ended December 31, 
      2019          2018          2017     
  (Dollars in millions) 

USF surcharges and transaction taxes

  $            1,002                952                601  

Allocations of RevenuesRevenue and Expenses

Our segment revenues includerevenue includes all revenuesrevenue from our IP and data services, transport and infrastructure services, voice and collaboration, colocation and security services and IT and managed servicesfive segments as described in more detail above. Our segment revenues arerevenue is based upon each customer’s classification. We report our segment revenuesrevenue based upon all services provided to that segment’s customers. Our segment expenses include specific cost of service expenses incurred as a direct result of providing services and products to segment customers, along with selling, general and administrative expenses that are (i) directly associated with specific segment customers or activities, and (ii) allocated expenses which include network expenses, facilities expenses and other expenses such as fleet and real estate expenses. We do not assign depreciation and amortization expense or impairments toactivities.

The following items are excluded from our segments, as the related assets and capital expendituressegment results, because they are centrally managed and are not monitored by or reported to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”)our CODM by segment. Generally speaking, severancesegment:

Network expenses restructuring expensesnot incurred as a direct result of providing services and certain products to segment customers;

centrally managed administrative functions (suchexpenses such as finance, information technology, legalOperations, Finance, Human Resources, Legal, Marketing, Product Management and human resources)IT, which are not assigned to our segments. Interestreported as “Operations and Other”;

depreciation and amortization expense is also excluded from segment resultsor impairments;

interest expense, because we manage our financing on a consolidated basis and have not allocated assets or debt to specific segments. Othersegments;

stock-based compensation; and

other income and expense items are not monitored as a part of our segment operations and are therefore excluded from our segment results.operations.

The following table reconciles total segment incomeadjusted EBITDA to net (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015:2017:

 

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Total segment income

  $7,534    7,685    8,146 

Regulatory revenues

   732    704    729 

Depreciation and amortization

   (3,936   (3,916   (4,189

Non-segment expenses

   (2,321   (2,140   (2,107

Other expenses, net

   (1,469   (1,313   (1,263
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

   540    1,020    1,316 

Income tax benefit (expense)

   849    (394   (438
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $1,389    626    878 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Years Ended December 31, 
          2019                  2018                  2017         
  (Dollars in millions) 

Total segment adjusted EBITDA

  $        15,987              16,647              12,560  

Depreciation and amortization

  (4,829)   (5,120)   (3,936) 

Goodwill impairment

  (6,506)   (2,726)   —  

Other operating expenses

  (7,216)   (8,045)   (6,504) 

Share-based compensation

  (162)   (186)   (111) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

  (2,726)   570    2,009  

Total other expense, net

  (2,040)   (2,133)   (1,469) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

  (4,766)   (1,563)   540  

Income tax expense (benefit)

  503    170    (849) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $(5,269)   (1,733)   1,389  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

We do not have any single customer that provides more than 10% of our consolidated total operating revenues. Approximately 2% of our consolidated total operating revenues come from customers locatedrevenue.

The assets we hold outside of the U.S. Approximatelyrepresent less than 10% of our consolidated total assets and approximatelyassets. Revenue from sources outside of the U.S. is responsible for less than 10% of our consolidated long-lived assets are located outside of the U.S.

total operating revenue.

(15)Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
(18)  Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

   First
Quarter
   Second
Quarter
   Third
Quarter
   Fourth
Quarter
   Total 
   (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts) 

2017

          

Operating revenues

  $4,209    4,090    4,034    5,323    17,656 

Operating income

   631    367    487    524    2,009 

Net income

   163    17    92    1,117    1,389 

Basic earnings per common share

   0.30    0.03    0.17    1.26    2.21 

Diluted earnings per common share

   0.30    0.03    0.17    1.26    2.21 

2016

          

Operating revenues

  $4,401    4,398    4,382    4,289    17,470 

Operating income

   688    647    593    405    2,333 

Net income

   236    196    152    42    626 

Basic earnings per common share

   0.44    0.36    0.28    0.08    1.16 

Diluted earnings per common share

   0.44    0.36    0.28    0.08    1.16 
  First
    Quarter    
  Second
    Quarter    
  Third
    Quarter    
  Fourth
    Quarter    
      Total     
  (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts) 

2019

     

Operating revenue

  $5,647    5,578    5,606    5,570    22,401  

Operating (loss) income

  (5,499)   976    950    847    (2,726) 

Net (loss) income

  (6,165)   371    302    223    (5,269) 

Basic (loss) earnings per common share

  (5.77)   0.35    0.28    0.21    (4.92) 

Diluted (loss) earnings per common share

  (5.77)   0.35    0.28    0.21    (4.92) 

2018

     

Operating revenue

  $5,945    5,902    5,818    5,778    23,443  

Operating income (loss)

  750    767    894    (1,841)   570  

Net income (loss)

  115    292    272    (2,412)   (1,733) 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

  0.11    0.27    0.25    (2.26)   (1.63) 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

  0.11    0.27    0.25    (2.26)   (1.63) 

During the first quarter of 2017,2019, we recorded anon-cash,non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $6.5 billion for goodwill, see Note 4—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets for further details.

During the fourth quarter of 2018, we recorded anon-cash,non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $2.7 billion for goodwill see Note 4—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets for further details.

During the first quarter of 2018, we recognized $10$71 million of expenses related to our acquisition of Level 3 followed by acquisition-related expenses of $18$162 million, $37$43 million and $206$117 million in the second, third and

fourth quarters of 2017,2018, respectively. During 2019, we recognized expenses related to our acquisition of Level 3 of $34 million, $39 million, $38 million and $123 million in the first, quarter of 2017, depreciation and amortization expense of $50 million was not recognized on colocation assets held for sale. During the second, quarter, we recognized a combined loss of $119 million resulting from the sale of the colocation business and data centers and the accounting treatment of the failed-sale-leaseback. During the second quarter of 2017, we recognized aone-time depreciation charge of $44 million related to the failed-sale-leaseback accounting. During the third and fourth quarters of 2017, we recognized $44 million2019, respectively.

(19)  Commitments, Contingencies and $20 million, respectively, of interest expense related to CenturyLink, Inc.‘s $6 billion secured term loan utilized in the acquisition of Level 3. In the fourth quarter of 2017, we recognized a tax benefit of approximately $1.1 billion due to the change in the federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%.Other Items

During the fourth quarter of 2016, we recognized $164 million of severance expenses and otherone-time termination benefits associated with our workforce reductions and $52 million of expenses related to our pending acquisition of Level 3.

(16)Commitments and Contingencies

We are vigorously defending against all ofsubject to various claims, legal proceedings and other contingent liabilities, including the matters described below, (excluding those referred to underwhich individually or in the heading “Hurricane Damage”).aggregate could materially affect our financial condition, future results of operations or cash flows. As a matter of course, we are prepared to both litigate these matters to judgment as needed, as well as to evaluate and consider all reasonable settlement opportunities.

Irrespective of its merits, litigation may be both lengthy and disruptive to our operations and could cause significant expenditure and diversion of management attention. We review our litigation accrual liabilities on a quarterly basis, but in accordance with applicable accounting guidelines only establish accrual liabilities when losses are deemed probable and reasonably estimable and only revise previously-established accrual liabilities when warranted by changes in circumstances, in each case based on then-available information. As such, as of any given date we could have exposure to losses under proceedings as to which no liability has been accrued or as to which the accrued liability is inadequate. Amounts accrued for our litigation andnon-income tax contingencies at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 aggregated to approximately $180 million and $123 million, respectively, and are included in other current liabilities and other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of such date. The establishment of an accrual does not mean that actual funds have been set aside to satisfy a given contingency. Thus, the resolution of a particular contingency for the amount accrued could have no effect on our results of operations but nonetheless could have an adverse effect on our cash flows.

In this Note, when we refer to a class action as “putative” it is because a class has been alleged, but not certified in that matter. We have established accrued liabilities for these matters described below where losses are deemed probable and reasonably estimable.

Shareholder Class Action Suit

CenturyLink and certain CenturyLink board members of the CenturyLink Board of Directors have beenand officers were named as defendants in a putative shareholder class action lawsuit filed on January 11, 2017June 12, 2018 in the 4th JudicialBoulder County District Court of the Statestate of Louisiana, Ouachita Parish,Colorado, captioned Jeffery TomasuloHouser et al. v. CenturyLink, Inc., et al. The complaint asserts among other things,claims on behalf of a putative class of former Level 3 shareholders who became CenturyLink shareholders as a result our acquisition of Level 3. It alleges that the members of CenturyLink’s Board allegedly breached their fiduciary dutiesproxy statement provided to the CenturyLink shareholders in approving the Level 3 merger agreement and, more particularly, that: the consideration that CenturyLink agreedshareholders failed to pay to Level 3 stockholders in the transaction is allegedly unfairly high; the CenturyLink directors allegedly had conflicts of interest in negotiating and approving the transaction; and the

disclosures set forth in our preliminary joint proxy statement/prospectus filed in December 2016 are insufficient in that they allegedly fail to containdisclose various material information concerning the transaction.of several kinds, including information about strategic revenue, customer loss rates, and customer account issues, among other items. The complaint seeks among other things, a declaration that the members of the CenturyLink Board have breached their fiduciary duties, corrective disclosure,damages, costs and fees, rescission, rescissory or other damages, and other equitable relief, including rescission of the transaction. On February 13, 2017, the parties entered into a memorandum of understanding providing for the settlement of the lawsuit. The proposed settlement is subject to court approval, among other conditions, and the amount of the settlement is not material to our consolidated financial statements.relief.

Retiree Benefits Suit

In William Douglas Fulghum, et al. v. Embarq Corporation, et al., filed on December 28, 2007 in the United States District Court for the District of Kansas, a group of retirees filed a class action lawsuit challenging the decision to make certain modifications in retiree benefits programs relating to life insurance, medical insurance and prescription drug benefits, generally effective January 1, 2006 and January 1, 2008 (which, at the time of the modifications, were expected to reduce estimated future expenses for the subject benefits by more than $300 million). Defendants include Embarq, certain of its benefit plans, its Employee Benefits Committee and the individual plan administrator of certain of its benefits plans. Additional defendants include Sprint Nextel and certain of its benefit plans. The court certified classes on the claims for vested benefits and age discrimination, but rejected class certification on the claims for breach of fiduciary duty. On October 14, 2011, the Fulghum lawyers filed a new, related lawsuit, Abbott et al. v. Sprint Nextel et al. InAbbott, approximately 1,500 plaintiffs alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the changes in retiree benefits that were at issue inFulghum. After extensive district court proceedings inFulghum, and an interlocutory appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit, defendants prevailed in 2015 on all age discrimination claims and on the majority of claims for vested benefits. The district court inFulghum subsequently granted judgment in favor of defendants on all remaining vested benefits claims, and in July 2016 ordered that any affected class members could appeal this ruling. No appeal was taken, and all claims for vested benefits thus have lapsed. On August 31, 2016, the parties reached a settlement in principle on all remaining claims inFulghum andAbbott. Since then, a settlement agreement has been finalized and, per its terms, the settlement funds have been distributed to class members. The settlement payments were not material to our consolidated financial statements.

Switched Access Disputes

Subsidiaries of CenturyLink, Inc. are among hundreds of companies involved in an industry-wide dispute, raised in nearly 100 federal lawsuits (filed between 2014 and 2016) that have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas for pretrial procedures. The disputes relate to switched access charges that local exchange carriers (“LECs”) collect from interexchange carriers (“IXCs”) for IXCs’ use of LEC’s access services. In the lawsuits, IXCs, including Sprint Communications Company L.P. (“Sprint”) and various affiliates of Verizon Communications Inc. (“Verizon”), assert that federal and state laws bar LECs from collecting access charges when IXCs exchange certain types of calls between mobile and wireline devices that are routed through an IXC. Some of these IXCs have asserted claims seeking refunds of payments for access charges previously paid and relief from future access charges.

In November 2015, the federal court agreed with the LECs and rejected the IXCs’ contention that federal law prohibits these particular access charges, charges. Final judgments have been entered in the consolidated lawsuits

and also allowed the IXCs to refilestate-law claims. Since then, many of the LECs and IXCs have filed revised pleadings and additional motions, which remain pending.are pursuing an appeal. Separately, some of the defendants, including CenturyLink, Inc.‘sCenturyLink’s LECs, have petitioned the FCC to address these issues on an industry-wide basis.

AsOur subsidiaries include both an IXCIXCs and a LEC, we bothLECs which respectively pay and assess significant amounts of the charges in question. The outcome of these disputes and lawsuits, as well as any related regulatory proceedings that could ensue, are currently not predictable. If we are required to stop assessing these charges or to pay refunds of any such charges, our financial results could be negatively affected.

State Tax Suits

CenturyLink, Inc. and severalSince 2012, a number of its subsidiaries are defendants in lawsuits filed over the past few yearsMissouri municipalities have asserted claims in the Circuit Court of St. Louis County, Missouri, by numerous Missouri municipalities alleging underpaymentthat we and several of our subsidiaries have underpaid taxes. These municipalities are seeking, among other things, (i) a declaratory judgmentrelief regarding the extentapplication of our obligations to pay certain business license and gross receipts taxes and (ii) a monetary award of back taxes coveringfrom 2007 to the present, plus penalties and interest. In a February 2017 ruling in connection with one of these pending cases, the court entered into a finalan order awarding plaintiffs $4 million and broadening the tax base on a going forwardgoing-forward basis. We filed a notice of appeal on March 3, 2017. We expectappealed that decision to the outcome of our appealMissouri Supreme Court. In December 2019, it affirmed the circuit court’s order in some respects and reversed it in others, remanding the case to the circuit court for further proceedings. The Missouri Supreme Court’s decision will reduce our ultimate exposure although we can provide no assurances to this effect.in the case. In a June 9, 2017 ruling in connection with another one of these pending cases, the circuit court made findings in anon-final ruling which, if not overturned or modified in light of the Missouri Supreme Court’s decision, will result in a tax liability to us well in excess of the contingent liability we have established. Following further proceedings at the district court,In due course, we plan to file an appeal andthat decision. We continue to vigorously defend against these claims. For a variety of reasons, we expect the outcome of our appeal to significantly reduce our ultimate exposure, although we can provide no assurances to this effect.

Billing Practices Suits

In June 2017, a former employee filed an employment lawsuit against us claiming that she was wrongfully terminated for alleging that we charged some of our retail customers for products and services they did not authorize. Starting shortly thereafter and continuing since then, and based in part on the allegations made by the former employee, several legal proceedings have been filed.

In June 2017, McLeod v. CenturyLink, a series ofputative consumer and shareholder putative class actions wereaction, was filed against us and we received several shareholder derivative demands. In July 2017, the Minnesota Attorney General also filed a civil suit on behalf of the Minnesota consumers alleging that we engaged in improper sales and billing practices. The filing of additional related lawsuits is possible. The consumer putative class actions have been transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Central District of MinnesotaCalifornia alleging that we charged some of our retail customers for coordinatedproducts and consolidated pretrial proceedings.services they did not authorize. A number of other complaints asserting similar claims were filed in other federal and state courts. The shareholderlawsuits assert claims including fraud, unfair competition, and unjust enrichment. Also in June 2017, Craig. v. CenturyLink, Inc., et al., a putative class actions have been consolidated into a single action that currently is pending in U.S. District Court for the Western District of Louisiana. In addition, a separate, relatedsecurities investor class action, was filed in U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, purportedly on behalfalleging that we failed to disclose material information regarding improper sales practices, and asserting federal securities law claims. A number of persons who purchased certain of our Senior Notes. This class action suit hasother cases asserting similar claims have also been transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Louisiana.filed.

In lateBeginning June 2017, the Board of Directors formed a special committee of outside directors to investigate improper sales and billing practices andwe also received several shareholder derivative demands addressing related matters. In late 2017, the special committee concluded its review and issued its key findings. Among other things, the committee found that (i) our investment in consumer sales monitoring was insufficient, (ii) our ordering and billing software contributed to customer confusion and (iii) systems and human errors contributed to inaccurate billing.topics. In August 2017, the Board of Directors formed a special litigation committee of outside directors to address the allegations of impropriety contained in the shareholder derivative demands. The investigation ofIn April 2018, the special litigation committee is ongoing.concluded its review of the derivative demands and declined to take further action. Since then, derivative cases were filed. Two of these cases, Castagna v. Post and Pinsly v. Post, were filed in Louisiana state court in the Fourth Judicial District Court for the Parish of Ouachita. The remaining derivative cases were filed in federal court in Louisiana and Minnesota. These cases have been brought on behalf of CenturyLink against certain current and former officers and directors of the Company and seek damages for alleged breaches of fiduciary duties.

Pending Litigation Matters AssumedThe consumer putative class actions, the securities investor putative class actions, and the federal derivative actions have been transferred to the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota for coordinated and consolidated pretrial proceedings as In Re: CenturyLink Sales Practices and Securities Litigation. Subject to confirmatory discovery and court approval, we have agreed to settle the consumer putative class actions for

payments of $15.5 million to compensate class members and of up to $3.5 million for administrative costs. We accrued for those amounts during the second quarter of 2019. Certain class members may elect to opt out of the class settlement and pursue the resolution of their individual claims against us on these issues through various dispute resolution processes, including individual arbitration. One law firm claims to represent more than 22,000 potential class members. To the extent that a substantial number of class members, including many of the law firm’s alleged clients, meet the contractual requirements to arbitrate, elect to opt out of the settlement (or otherwise successfully exclude their individual claims), and actually pursue arbitrations, the Company could incur a material amount of filing and other arbitrations fees in Level 3 Acquisitionrelation to the administration of those claims.

Peruvian Tax LitigationIn July 2017, the Minnesota state attorney general filed State of Minnesota v. CenturyTel Broadband Services LLC, et al. in the Anoka County Minnesota District Court, alleging claims of fraud and deceptive trade practices relating to improper consumer sales practices.

BeginningWe have engaged in 2005, onediscussions regarding potential resolutions of Level 3’s Peruvian subsidiaries receivedthese claims with a number of state attorneys general, and have entered into agreements settling the Minnesota suit and certain of the consumer practices claims asserted by state attorneys general. While we do not agree with allegations raised in these matters, we have been willing to consider reasonable settlements where appropriate.

In 2019, we recorded a charge of approximately $71 million with respect to the above-described settlements and other consumer litigation related matters.

Locate Service Investigations

In June 2019, Minnesota and Arizona initiated investigations related to the timeliness of responses by certain of our vendors to requests for marking the location of underground telecommunications facilities. We and our subsidiaries are cooperating with the investigations.

Peruvian Tax Litigation

In 2005, the Peruvian tax authorities (“SUNAT”) issued tax assessments foragainst one of our Peruvian subsidiaries asserting $26 million, of additional income tax withholding and value-added taxes (“VAT”), penalties and interest for calendar years 2001 and 2002. Peruvian tax authorities (“SUNAT”) took2002 on the positionbasis that the Peruvian subsidiary incorrectly documented its importations resulting in additional income tax withholding and value-added taxes (“VAT”). The total amount of the asserted claims, including potential interest and penalties, was $26 million, consisting of $3 million for income tax withholding in connection with the import of services for calendar years 2001 and 2002, $7 million for VAT in connection with the import of services for calendar years 2001 and 2002, and $16 million in connection with the disallowance of VAT credits for periods beginning in 2005.importations. After taking into account the developments described below, as well as the accrued interest and foreign exchange effects, we believe the total amount of our exposure is $15$7 million at December 31, 2017.

2019.

Level 3We challenged the 2002 tax period assessments via administrative and then judicial review processes. In October 2011, the highest administrative review tribunal (the Tribunal) decided the central issue underlying the 2002 tax period assessments in the government’s favor, while denying a portion of the assessment on procedural grounds. Level 3 thenSUNAT’s favor. We appealed the Tribunal’s decision to the judicial court in Peru. After further development of the record, the first judicial level, which decided the central issue in favor of Level 3. SUNAT and Level 3we filed cross-appeals.cross-appeals with the court of appeal. In May 2017, the court of appeal issued a decision reversing the first judicial level. In June 2017, Level 3we filed an appeal of the decision to the Supreme Court of Justice, the final judicial level. That appealOral argument was held before the Supreme Court of Justice in October 2018. A decision on this case is pending.

In October 2013, the Tribunal decided the central issue underlying the year 2001 tax period assessments in the government’s favor, while denying a portion of the assessment on procedural grounds. Level 3SUNAT’s favor. We appealed that decision to the judicial court in Peru. After further development of the record, the first judicial court issued a ruling against Level 3.level in Peru, which decided the central issue in favor of SUNAT. In June 2017, Level 3we filed an appeal with the court of appeal. An oral hearing took place before the court of appeals on October 18, 2017. In November 2017, the court of appeals issued a decision affirming the lower court’s decisionfirst judicial level and Level 3we filed an appeal of the decision to the Supreme Court of Justice. Oral argument was held before the Supreme Court of Justice the final judicial level. That appealin June 2019. A decision on this case is pending.

In December 2013, SUNAT initiated an audit of calendar year 2001. In June 2014, Level 3 was served with SUNAT’s assessments of the 2001 VAT credits declared null by the Tribunal and the corresponding fine. In July 2014, Level 3 challenged these assessments by filing administrative claims before SUNAT. In January 2015, SUNAT rejected the administrative claims, thereby confirming the assessments. Level 3 filed an appeal with the Tribunal in February 2015. In May 2015, the Tribunal notified Level 3 of its administrative resolution declaring the assessments and corresponding fines null. The time for SUNAT to appeal this resolution has closed. Under local practice, notification of an appeal can take several months. Counsel confirmed in the first quarter of 2016 that SUNAT has not filed an appeal to the resolution. Nevertheless, SUNAT retains the right to reissue the assessments declared null or start a new audit. However, Level 3 is under no obligation to provide additional information and any fine issued by SUNAT based on the same information that it has already used in the past would be declared null.

Employee Severance and Contractor Termination Disputes

A number of former employees and third-party contractors have asserted a variety of claims in litigation against certain of Level 3’s Latin American subsidiaries for separation pay, severance, commissions, pension benefits, unpaid vacation pay, breach of employment contracts, unpaid performance bonuses, property damages, moral damages and related statutory penalties, fines, costs and expenses (including accrued interest, attorneys’ fees and statutorily mandated inflation adjustments) as a result of their separation from Level 3 or termination of service relationships. Level 3 is vigorously defending itself against the asserted claims, which aggregate to approximately $17 million at December 31, 2017.

Brazilian Tax Claims

In December 2004, March 2009, April 2009 and July 2014, the São Paulo state tax authorities issued tax assessments against one of Level 3’sour Brazilian subsidiaries for the Tax on Distribution of Goods and Services

(“ICMS”) with respect to revenue from leasing movable propertiescertain assets (in the case of the December 2004, March 2009 and July 2014 assessments) and revenue from the provision of Internet access services (in the case of the April 2009 and July 2014 assessments), by treating such activities as the provision of communications services, to which the ICMS tax applies. In September 2002, July 2009 and May 2012, the Rio de Janeiro state tax authorities issued tax assessments to the same Brazilian subsidiary on similar issues. Level 3 has

We have filed objections to these assessments, arguing that the lease of assets and the provision of Internet access are not communication services subject to ICMS. The objections to the September 2002, December, 2004 and March 2009 assessments were rejected by the respective state administrative courts, and Level 3 haswe have appealed those decisions to the judicial courts. In October 2012 and June 2014, Level 3we received favorable rulings from the lower court on the

December 2004 and March 2009 assessments regarding equipment leasing, but those rulings are subject to appeal by the state. No ruling has been obtained with respect to the September 2002 assessment. The objections to the April and July 2009 and May 2012 assessments are still pending final administrative decisions. The July 2014 assessment was confirmed during the fourth quarter of 2014 at the first administrative level, and Level 3we appealed this decision to the second administrative level.

Level 3 isWe are vigorously contesting all such assessments in both states and, in particular, viewsview the assessment of ICMS on revenue from equipment leasing movable properties to be without merit. Nevertheless, Level 3 believes it is reasonably possible that theseThese assessments, if upheld, could result in a loss of up to $53$37 million at December 31, 20172019 in excess of the accruals established for these matters.

Other Level 3 MattersQui Tam Action

Level 3 has recently beenwas notified in late 2017 of a qui tam action pending against Level 3 Communications, Inc., certain former employees and others in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, captioned United States of America ex rel., Stephen Bishop v. Level 3 Communications, Inc. et al. The original qui tam complaint wasand an amended complaint were filed under seal on November 26, 2013 and an amended complaint was filed under seal on June 16, 2014.2014, respectively. The court unsealed the complaints on October 26, 2017.

The amended complaint alleges that Level 3, principally through two former employees, submitted false claims and made false statements to the government in connection with two government contracts. The relator seeks damages in this lawsuit of approximately $50 million, subject to trebling, plus statutory penalties,pre-and-post judgment interest, and attorney’s fees. The case is currently stayed.

Level 3 is evaluating its defenses to the claims. At this time, Level 3 does not believe it is probable Level 3 will incur a material loss. If, contrary to its expectations, the plaintiff prevails in this matter and proves damages at or near $50 million, and is successful in having those damages trebled, the outcome could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the period in which a liability is recognized and on our cash flows for the period in which any damages are paid.

TheSeveral people, including two former Level 3 employees named in the qui tam amended complaint and others were also indicted in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia on October 3, 2017, and charged with, among other things, accepting kickbacks from a subcontractor, who was also indicted, for work to be performed under a prime government contract. Of the two former employees, one entered into a plea agreement, and the other is deceased. Level 3 is fully cooperating in the government’s investigations in this matter.

Other Proceedings, Disputes and DisputesContingencies

From time to time, we are involved in other proceedings incidental to our business, including patent infringement allegations, administrative hearings of state public utility commissions relating primarily to our rates or services, actions relating to employee claims, various tax issues, environmental law issues, grievance hearings before labor regulatory agencies and miscellaneous third party tort actions.

We are currently defending several patent infringement lawsuits asserted against us bynon-practicing entities, many of which are seeking substantial recoveries. These cases have progressed to various stages and one or more may go to trial in the coming 24 monthsduring 2020 if they are not otherwise resolved. Where applicable, we are seeking full or partial indemnification from our vendors and suppliers. As with all litigation, we are vigorously defending these actions and, as a matter of course, are prepared to litigate these matters to judgment, as well as to evaluate and consider all reasonable settlement opportunities.

We are subject to various foreign, federal, state and local environmental protection and health and safety laws. From time to time, we are subject to judicial and administrative proceedings brought by various governmental authorities under these laws. Several such proceedings are currently pending, but none is reasonably expected to exceed $100,000 in fines and penalties.

The outcome of these other proceedings described under this heading is not predictable. However, based on current circumstances, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these other proceedings, after considering available defenses and any insurance coverage or indemnification rights, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.us.

Hurricane Damage

During the third quarter of 2017, multiple hurricanes struck portions of United States, which caused damage to our facilities and disruption of our services in certain areas of multiple states. We are still in the process of assessing the full extent of the damage. However, based on our current assessment, we estimate that expenditures required for the restoration of our network and physical plant may range from $20 million to $25 million, including repairs and equipment replacement. In addition, Level 3 incurred damage to certain of its facilities from multiple hurricanes, and estimate expenditures required for the restoration of their network and physical plant of $6 million, including repairs and equipment replacement. These damage estimates are subject to many uncertainties and may change materially as we complete physical surveys.

The hurricanes did not have a significant impact on our financial condition or results of operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, as the majority of the capital and repair expenditures will be recorded in the future periods as we incur the costs.

The ultimate outcome of the above-described matters may differ materially from the outcomes anticipated, estimated, projected or implied by us in certain of our forward-looking statements appearing above in this Note, and proceedings currently viewed as immaterial by us may ultimately materially impact us. For more information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Legal and Regulatory Matters—Our pending legal proceedings could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results, on the trading price of our securities and on our ability to access the capital markets” in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Environmental Contingencies

In connection with our largely historical operations, we have responded to or been notified of potential environmental liability at approximately 200 properties. We are engaged in addressing or have liquidated environmental liabilities at many of those properties. We could potentially be held liable, jointly, or severally, and without regard to fault, for the costs of investigation and remediation of these sites. The discovery of additional environmental liabilities or changes in existing environmental requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Capital LeasesRight-of-Way

We lease certain facilities and equipment under various capital lease arrangements. Depreciation of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense in our consolidated statements of operations. Payments on capital leases are included in repayments of long-term debt, including current maturities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

The tables below summarize our capital lease activity:

   Years Ended December 31, 
      2017         2016         2015    
   (Dollars in millions) 

Assets acquired through capital leases

  $35    45    17 

Depreciation expense

   50    70    96 

Cash payments towards capital leases

   48    58    89 

   As of December 31, 
       2017           2016     
   (Dollars in millions) 

Assets included in property, plant and equipment

  $342    705 

Accumulated depreciation

   153    351 

The future annual minimum payments under capital lease arrangements as ofAt December 31, 20172019, our future rental commitments forRight-of-Way agreements were as follows:

 

   Future
Minimum

Payments(1)
 
   (Dollars in
millions)
 

Capital lease obligations:

  

2018

  $56 

2019

   45 

2020

   32 

2021

   25 

2022

   22 

2023 and thereafter

   203 
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

   383 

Less: amount representing interest and executory costs

   (117
  

 

 

 

Present value of minimum payments

   266 

Less: current portion

   (40
  

 

 

 

Long-term portion

  $226 
  

 

 

 
  Right-of-Way
Agreements
 
  (Dollars in millions) 

2020

  $                            174  

2021

  75  

2022

  72  

2023

  63  

2024

  52  

2025 and thereafter

  464  
 

 

 

 

Total future minimum payments

 $900  
 

 

 

 

Operating Leases

CenturyLink leases various equipment, office facilities, retail outlets, switching facilities and other network sites. These leases, with few exceptions, provide for renewal options and escalations that are either fixed or based on the consumer price index. Any rent abatements, along with rent escalations, are included in the computation of rent expense calculated on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The lease term for most leases includes the initialnon-cancelable term plus any term under renewal options that are reasonably assured. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, our gross rental expense was $550 million, $482 million and $467 million, respectively. We also received sublease rental income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 of $13 million, $12 million and $12 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2017, our future rental commitments for operating leases were as follows:

   Future
Minimum

Payments
 
   (Dollars in
millions)
 

2018

  $666 

2019

   533 

2020

   467 

2021

   367 

2022

   326 

2023 and thereafter

   2,116 
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum payments(1)

  $4,475 
  

 

 

 

(1)Minimum payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $92 million due in the future undernon-cancelable subleases.

Purchase Commitments

We have several commitments primarily for marketing activities and support services from a variety of vendors to be used in the ordinary course of business totaling $953$766 million at December 31, 2017.2019. Of this amount, we expect to purchase $343$247 million in 2018, $265 million in 2019 through 2020, $103$261 million in 2021 through 2022, and $242$85 million in 2023 through 2024 and $173 million in 2025 and thereafter. These amounts do not represent our entire anticipated purchases in the future, but represent only those items for which we were contractually committed as of December 31, 2017.2019.

(17)

(20)  Other Financial Information

Assets Held for Sale

Assets held for sale includes several assets that we expect to sell within the next twelve months. On January 22, 2018, we entered into an agreement to sell a block of Internet Protocol Addresses for aggregate consideration of $68 million, which is to be paid in two equal installments. In addition, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) approved our acquisition of Level 3 subject to conditions of a consent decree on October 2, 2017, which requires the combined company to divest certain Level 3 metro network assets in the markets located in Albuquerque, New Mexico; Boise, Idaho; and Tucson, Arizona and to divest dark fiber connecting 30 specified city-pairs across the United States in the form of an Indefeasible Right of Use agreement. As of the date of our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, we have signed two letters of intent that the DOJ is reviewing.

Other Current Assets

The following table presents details of other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets:

 

   As of December 31, 
       2017           2016     
   (Dollars in millions) 

Prepaid expenses

  $294    206 

Income tax receivable

   258    51 

Materials, supplies and inventory

   128    134 

Deferred activation and installation charges

   128    101 

Other

   133    55 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other current assets

  $941    547 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

  As of December 31, 
          2019                  2018         
  (Dollars in millions) 

Prepaid expenses

 $274    307  

Income tax receivable

  35    82  

Materials, supplies and inventory

  105    120  

Contract assets

  42    52  

Contract acquisition costs

  178    167  

Contract fulfillment costs

  115    82  

Other

  59    108  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other current assets

 $808    918  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Selected Current Liabilities

Current liabilities reflected in our consolidated balance sheets include accounts payable and other current liabilities as follows:

 

  As of December 31,  As of December 31, 
  2017   2016          2019                 2018         
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions) 

Accounts payable

  $1,555    1,179  $1,724   1,933  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other current liabilities:

      

Accrued rent

  $34    31  $75   45  

Legal contingencies

   45    30  88   30  

Other

   265    152  223   282  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other current liabilities

  $344    213  $386   357  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Included in accounts payable at December 31, 20172019 and 2016,2018, were (i) $36$106 million and $56$86 million, respectively, representing book overdrafts and (ii) $225$469 million and $196$434 million, respectively, associated with capital expenditures.

(21)  Labor Union Contracts

(18)Labor Union Contracts

As of December 31, 2017,2019, approximately 28%25% of our employees were members of various bargaining units represented by the Communication Workers of America (“CWA”) and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers (“IBEW”). We believe that relations with our employees continue to be generally good. Less than 1,000 of ourThere were no employees were subject to collective bargaining agreements that expired in 2017 and, as ofprior to December 31, 2017, were being renegotiated. Inmid-2017, we reached new agreements with the CWA District 7 and IBEW Local 206, which represented at December 31, 2017 approximately 10,000, or 71%,2019. Approximately 9% of our represented employees. The new agreements were effective June 18, 2017 and will expire on March 8, 2020 and include terms substantially similar to those contained in the prior agreements. Approximately 1,000 of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements that are scheduled to expire in 2018.2020.

(19)

(22)  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Information Relating to 20172019

The table below summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss recorded on our consolidated balance sheet by component for the year ended December 31, 2017:2019:

 

   Pension Plans   Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
   Foreign  Currency
Translation
Adjustment
and Other
   Total 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $(1,895   (162   (60   (2,117
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

   39    (86   31    (16

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

   125    13        138 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

   164    (73   31    122 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $(1,731   (235   (29   (1,995
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

    Pension Plans    Post-
Retirement

  Benefit Plans  
  Foreign
Currency

Translation
    Adjustment    
and Other
    Interest  
Rate
Swap
          Total         
  (Dollars in millions) 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 $(2,173)   (58)   (230)   —    (2,461) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

  (219)   (138)      (41)   (396) 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

  163    12    —       177  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive (loss) income

  (56)   (126)      (39)   (219) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 $(2,229)   (184)   (228)   (39)   (2,680) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The table below presents further information about our reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the year ended December 31, 2017:2019:

Year Ended December 31, 2017

  Decrease (Increase)
in Net Income
   Affected Line Item in Consolidated Statement of
Operations
 
   (Dollars in millions)     

Amortization of pension & post-retirement plans(1)

    

Net actuarial loss

  $205    Other income (expense), net 

Prior service cost

   12    Other income (expense), net
  

 

 

   

Total before tax

   217   

Income tax benefit

   (79   Income tax expense 
  

 

 

   

Net of tax

  $138   
  

 

 

   

 

(1)

Year Ended December 31, 2019

    (Decrease) Increase    
in Net Loss
    Affected Line Item in Consolidated    
Statement of
Operations
(Dollars in millions)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss(1)

Interest rate swap

 $Interest expense

Net actuarial loss

224 Other income, net

Prior service cost

Other income, net

Total before tax

234 

Income tax benefit

(57)Income tax expense (benefit)

Net of tax

 $177 

(1)    See

Note 9—11—Employee Benefits for additional information on our net periodic benefit (expense) income related to our pension and post-retirement plans.

Information Relating to 20162018

The table below summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss recorded on our consolidated balance sheet by component for the year ended December 31, 2016:2018:

 

   Pension Plans   Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
   Foreign  Currency
Translation
Adjustment
and Other
   Total 
   (Dollars in millions) 

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $(1,715   (180   (39   (1,934
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

   (280   6    (22   (296

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

   100    12    1    113 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

   (180   18    (21   (183
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $(1,895   (162   (60   (2,117
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Pension Plans    Post-
Retirement

  Benefit Plans  
  Foreign
Currency

  Translation  
Adjustment
and Other
      Total     
  (Dollars in millions) 

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $(1,731)   (235)   (29)   (1,995) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

  (195)   194    (201)   (202) 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

  128    15    —    143  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

  (67)   209    (201)   (59) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU2018-02, Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

  $(375)   (32)   —    (407) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

  $(2,173)   (58)   (230)   (2,461) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The table below presents further information about our reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the year ended December 31, 2016:2018:

Year Ended December 31, 2016

  Decrease (Increase)
in Net Loss
   Affected Line Item in Consolidated Statement of
Operations
 
   (Dollars in millions)     

Amortization of pension & post-retirement plans(1)

    

Net actuarial loss

  $175    Other income (expense), net 

Prior service cost

   12    Other income (expense), net 
  

 

 

   

Total before tax

   187   

Income tax benefit

   (75   Income tax expense 

Insignificant items

  $1   
  

 

 

   

Net of tax

  $113   
  

 

 

   

 

(1)

Year Ended December 31, 2018

    (Decrease) Increase    
in Net Loss
    Affected Line Item in Consolidated    
Statement of

Operations
(Dollars in millions)

Amortization of pension & post-retirement plans(1)

Net actuarial loss

 $178 Other income, net

Prior service cost

12 Other income, net

Total before tax

190 

Income tax benefit

(47)Income tax expense (benefit)

Net of tax

 $143 

(1)    See

Note 9—11—Employee Benefits for additional information on our net periodic benefit (expense) income related to our pension and post-retirement plans.

(20)Dividends

(23)  Dividends

Our Board of Directors declared the following dividends payable in 20172019 and 2016:2018:

 

Date Declared

  Record Date   Dividend
Per Share
   Total Amount   Payment Date 
           (in millions)     

November 14, 2017

   11/27/2017   $0.540   $577    12/11/2017 

August 22, 2017

   9/5/2017    0.540    296    9/15/2017 

May 24, 2017

   6/5/2017    0.540    297    6/16/2017 

February 21, 2017

   3/3/2017    0.540    295    3/17/2017 

November 15, 2016

   11/28/2016    0.540    294    12/12/2016 

August 23, 2016

   9/2/2016    0.540    295    9/16/2016 

May 18, 2016

   5/31/2016    0.540    294    6/14/2016 

February 23, 2016

   3/4/2016    0.540    295    3/18/2016 

Date Declared

 Record Date  Dividend
Per Share
  Total Amount  Payment Date 
        (in millions)    

November 21, 2019

  12/2/2019    $0.250    $273    12/13/2019  

August 22, 2019

  9/2/2019    0.250    273    9/13/2019  

May 23, 2019

  6/3/2019    0.250    274    6/14/2019  

March 1, 2019

  3/12/2019    0.250    273    3/22/2019  

November 14, 2018

  11/26/2018    0.540    586    12/7/2018  

August 21, 2018

  8/31/2018    0.540    584    9/14/2018  

May 23, 2018

  6/4/2018    0.540    588    6/15/2018  

February 21, 2018

  3/5/2018    0.540    586    3/16/2018  

The declaration of dividends is solely at the discretion of our Board of Directors, which may change or terminate our dividend practice at any time for any reason without prior notice. On February 21, 2018,27, 2020, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.54$0.25 per share.

* * * * * * * * * *

APPENDIX C

to Proxy Statement

Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Plan

CENTURYLINK

2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

as amended and restated on May 20, 2020

1.    Purpose. The purpose of the CenturyLink 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to increase shareholder value and to advance the interests of CenturyLink, Inc. (“CenturyLink”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) by furnishing stock-based economic incentives (the “Incentives”) designed to attract, retain, reward, and motivate the Company’s key employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors and to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such persons and CenturyLink’s shareholders. Incentives consist of opportunities to purchase or receive shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of CenturyLink (the “Common Stock”) or cash valued in relation to Common Stock, on terms determined under this Plan. As used in this Plan, the term “subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company, or other entity of which CenturyLink owns (directly or indirectly) within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock, membership interests, or other equity interests issued thereby.

2.    Administration.

2.1    Composition. This Plan shall generally be administered by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of CenturyLink (the “Board”) or by a subcommittee thereof (such administrator, as used in this Plan, the “Committee”). The Committee shall consist of not fewer than two members of the Board, each of whom shall qualify as a“non-employee director” under Rule16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”) or any successor rule.

2.2    Authority. The Committee shall have plenary authority to award Incentives under this Plan and to enter into agreements with or provide notices to participants as to the terms of the Incentives (collectively, the “Incentive Agreements”). The Committee shall have the general authority to interpret this Plan, to establish any rules or regulations relating to this Plan that it determines to be appropriate, and to make any other determination that it believes necessary or advisable for the proper administration of this Plan. Committee decisions regarding matters relating to this Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the Company, participants, and all other interested persons. The Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent provided in Section 3.2.

3.    Eligible Participants.

3.1    Eligibility. Key employees, officers, and directors of the Company and persons providing services as consultants or advisors to the Company shall become eligible to receive Incentives under the Plan when designated by the Committee.

3.2    Delegation of Authority to Chief Executive Officer. With respect to participants not subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, the Committee may delegate to the chief executive officer of CenturyLink its authority to designate participants, to determine the size and type of Incentives to be received by those participants, to determine any performance objectives for these participants, and to approve or authorize the form of Incentive Agreement governing such Incentives. Following any grants of Incentives pursuant to such delegated authority, the chief executive officer of CenturyLink or any officer designated by him may exercise any powers of the Committee under this Plan to accelerate vesting or exercise periods, to terminate restricted periods, to waive compliance with specified provisions, or to otherwise make determinations contemplated hereunder with respect to those participants;provided, however, that (a) the chief executive officer may only grant options at a per share exercise price equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 12.10) of a share of Common Stock on the later of the date the officer approves such grant or the date the participant commences employment and (b) the Committee retains sole authority to make any of the determinations set forth in Section 5.4, 12.10 or Section 11 of this Plan.

4.    Types of Incentives. Incentives may be granted under this Plan to eligible participants in the forms of (a) incentive stock options,(b) non-qualified stock options, (c) stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), (d) restricted stock, (e) restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and (f) Other Stock-Based Awards (as defined in Section 10).

5.    Shares Subject to the Plan.

5.1    Number of Shares. Subject to the counting provisions of Section 5.2 and adjustment as provided in Section 5.4, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered to participants and their permitted transferees under this Plan shall be 75,600,000.

5.2    Share Counting. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.4:

(a)    The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code shall be 34,600,000.

(b)    Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Incentive granted under this Plan that is subsequently canceled, forfeited, or expires prior to exercise or realization, whether in full or in part, shall be available again for issuance or delivery under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Incentive granted under the Amended and Restated CenturyLink, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan that, after the date this Plan is first approved by shareholders, is cancelled, forfeited, or expires prior to exercise or realization, whether in full or in part, shall be available for issuance or delivery under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares subject to an Incentive shall not be available again for issuance or delivery under this Plan if such shares were (a) tendered in payment of the exercise or base price of a stock option or stock-settled SAR; (b) covered by, but not issued upon settlement of, stock-settled SARs; or (c) delivered or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation related to a stock option or stock-settled SAR.

(c)    If an Incentive, by its terms, may be settled only in cash, then the grant, vesting, payout, settlement, or forfeiture of such Incentive shall have no impact on the number of shares available for grant under the Plan.

5.3    Participant Limits. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.4, the following additional limitations are imposed under the Plan:

(a)    The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be covered by Incentives granted under the Plan to any one individual during any calendar year shall be 1,500,000.

(b)    The maximum value of Incentives that may be granted under the Plan to eachnon-employee director of CenturyLink during any single calendar year shall be $500,000, with any shares granted under such Incentives valued at Fair Market Value on the date of grant.

5.4    Adjustment.

(a)    In the event of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares or other comparable change in the Common Stock, all limitations on numbers of shares of Common Stock provided in this Section 5 and the number of shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding Incentives shall be equitably adjusted in proportion to the change in outstanding shares of Common Stock. In addition, in the event of any such change in the Common Stock, the Committee shall make any other adjustment that it determines to be equitable, including adjustments to the exercise price of any option or the Base Price (defined in Section 7.5) of any SAR and any per share performance objectives of any Incentive in order to provide participants with the same relative rights before and after such adjustment.

(b)    If the Company merges, consolidates, sells substantially all of its assets, or dissolves, and such transaction is not a Change of Control as defined in Section 11 (each of the foregoing, a “Fundamental Change”), then thereafter, upon any exercise or payout of an Incentive granted prior to the Fundamental Change, the participant shall be entitled to receive (i) in lieu of shares of Common Stock previously issuable thereunder, the number and class of shares of stock or securities to which the participant would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the Fundamental Change if, immediately prior to such Fundamental Change, the participant had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Incentive or (ii) in lieu of payments based on the Common Stock previously payable thereunder, payments based on any formula that the Committee determines to be equitable in order to provide participants with substantially equivalent rights before and after the Fundamental Change. In the event any such Fundamental

Change causes a change in the outstanding Common Stock, the aggregate number of shares available under the Plan may be appropriately adjusted by the Committee in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be conclusive.

5.5    Type of Common Stock. Common Stock issued under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or issued shares held as treasury shares.

5.6    Minimum Vesting Requirements. Except for any Incentives that are issued in payment of cash amounts earned under the Company’s short-term incentive program, all Incentives must be granted with a minimum vesting period of at least one year without providing for incremental vesting during suchone-year period.

5.7    Dividends and Dividend Equivalent Rights. Incentives granted under this Plan in the form of stock options and SARs may not be granted with dividend or dividend equivalent rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Incentive Agreement, as well as any procedures established by the Committee, the Committee may determine to pay dividends or dividend equivalents, as applicable, on Incentives granted under this Plan in the form of restricted stock, RSUs, or Other Stock Based Awards. In the event that the Committee grants dividend equivalent rights, the Company shall establish an account for the participant and reflect in that account any securities, cash, or other property comprising any dividend or property distribution with respect to each share of Common Stock underlying each Incentive. For any Incentives granted under this Plan with dividend or dividend equivalent rights, such dividends or dividend equivalent rights shall vest and pay out or be forfeited in tandem with underlying Incentives rather than during the vesting period.

6.    Stock Options. A stock option is a right to purchase shares of Common Stock from CenturyLink. Stock options granted under the Plan may be incentive stock options (as such term is defined in Section 422 of the Code) ornon-qualified stock options. Any option that is designated as anon-qualified stock option shall not be treated as an incentive stock option. Each stock option granted by the Committee under this Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1    Price. The exercise price per share shall be determined by the Committee, subject to adjustment under Section 5.4; provided that in no event shall the exercise price be less than the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 12.10) of a share of Common Stock as of the date of grant, except in the case of a stock option granted in assumption of or substitution for an outstanding award of a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines. In the event that an option grant is approved by the Committee, but is to take effect on a later date, such as when employment or service commences, such later date shall be the date of grant.

6.2    Number. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option shall be determined by the Committee, subject to Section 5, including, but not limited to, any adjustment as provided in Section 5.4.

6.3    Duration and Time for Exercise. The term of each stock option shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not exceed a maximum term of ten years. Subject to Section 5.6, each stock option shall become exercisable at such time or times during its term as determined by the Committee and provided for in the Incentive Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any stock option at any time.

6.4    Manner of Exercise. A stock option may be exercised, in whole or in part, by giving written notice to the Company, specifying the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased. The exercise notice shall be accompanied by the full purchase price for such shares. The option price shall be payable in United States dollars and may be paid (a) in cash; (b) by check; (c) by delivery to the Company of currently-owned shares of Common Stock (including through any attestation of ownership that effectively transfers title), which shares shall be valued for this purpose at the Fair Market Value on the business day immediately preceding the date such option is exercised; (d) by delivery of irrevocable written instructions to a broker approved by the Company (with a copy to the Company) to immediately sell a portion of the shares issuable under the option and to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale proceeds (or loan proceeds if the broker lends funds to the participant for delivery to the Company) to pay the exercise price; (e) if approved by the Committee, through a net exercise procedure whereby the optionee surrenders the option in exchange for that number of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the difference between the aggregate exercise price of the options being surrendered and the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the option; (f) in such other manner as may be authorized from time to time by the Committee; or (g) through any combination of the foregoing methods.

6.5    Limitations on Repricing. Except for adjustments pursuant to Section 5.4 or actions permitted to be taken by the Committee under Section 11 in the event of a Change of Control, unless approved by the shareholders of the Company, (a) the exercise price for any outstanding option granted under this Plan may not be decreased after the date of grant; and (b) an outstanding option that has been granted under this Plan may not, as of any date that such option has a per share exercise price that is greater than the then-current Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, be surrendered to the Company as consideration for the grant of a new option or SAR with a lower exercise price, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, an Other Stock-Based Award, a cash payment, or Common Stock.

6.6    Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the following additional provisions shall apply to the grant of stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options (as such term is defined in Section 422 of the Code):

(a)    Any incentive stock option agreement authorized under the Plan shall contain such other provisions as the Committee shall deem advisable, but shall in all events be consistent with and contain or be deemed to contain all provisions required in order to qualify the options as incentive stock options.

(b)    All incentive stock options must be granted within ten years from the date on which this Plan is adopted by the Board.

(c)    No incentive stock options shall be granted to anynon-employee or to any participant who, at the time such option is granted, would own (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of CenturyLink.

(d)    The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined with respect to each incentive stock option as of the time such incentive stock option is granted) of the Common Stock with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year (under the Plan or any other plan of CenturyLink or any of its subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that such limitation is exceeded, the excess options shall be treated asnon-qualified stock options for federal income tax purposes.

7.    Stock Appreciation Rights.

7.1    Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. A stock appreciation right, or SAR, is a right to receive, without payment to the Company, a number of shares of Common Stock, cash, or any combination thereof, the number or amount of which is determined pursuant to the formula set forth in Section 7.5. Each SAR granted by the Committee under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Incentive Agreement.

7.2    Number. Each SAR granted to any participant shall relate to such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be determined by the Committee, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.4.

7.3    Duration and Time for Exercise. The term of each SAR shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not exceed a maximum term of ten years. Subject to Section 5.6, each SAR shall become exercisable at such time or times during its term as shall be determined by the Committee and provided for in the Incentive Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any SAR at any time in its discretion.

7.4    Exercise. A SAR may be exercised, in whole or in part, by giving written notice to the Company, specifying the number of SARs that the holder wishes to exercise. The date that the Company receives such written notice shall be referred to herein as the “Exercise Date.” The Company shall, within 30 days of an Exercise Date, deliver to the exercising holder certificates for the shares of Common Stock to which the holder is entitled pursuant to Section 7.5 or cash or both, as provided in the Incentive Agreement.

7.5    Payment.

(a)    The number of shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable upon the exercise of a SAR payable in Common Stock shall be determined by dividing:

(i)    the number of shares of Common Stock as to which the SAR is exercised, multiplied by the amount of the appreciation in each such share (for this purpose, the “appreciation” shall be the amount by which the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 12.10) of a share of Common Stock

subject to the SAR on the trading day prior to the Exercise Date exceeds the “Base Price,” which is an amount, not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant, which shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, subject to adjustment under Section 5.4); by

(ii)    the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Exercise Date.

(b)    No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the exercise of a SAR; instead, the holder of a SAR shall be entitled to purchase the portion necessary to make a whole share at its Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date.

(c)    If so provided in the Incentive Agreement, a SAR may be exercised for cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock that would be issuable under Section 7.5(a), if the exercise had been for Common Stock.

7.6    Limitations on Repricing. Except for adjustments pursuant to Section 5.4 or actions permitted to be taken by the Committee under Section 11 in the event of a Change of Control, unless approved by the shareholders of the Company, (a) the Base Price for any outstanding SAR granted under this Plan may not be decreased after the date of grant; and (b) an outstanding SAR that has been granted under this Plan may not, as of any date that such SAR has a Base Price that is greater than the then-current Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, be surrendered to the Company as consideration for the grant of a new option or SAR with a lower exercise price, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, an Other Stock-Based Award, a cash payment, or Common Stock.

8.    Restricted Stock.

8.1    Grant of Restricted Stock. The Committee may award shares of restricted stock to such eligible participants as determined pursuant to the terms of Section 3. An award of restricted stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transfer and forfeitability provisions and such other terms and conditions, including the attainment of specified performance goals, as the Committee may determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan.

8.2    The Restricted Period. Subject to Section 5.6, at the time an award of restricted stock is made, the Committee shall establish a period of time during which the transfer of the shares of restricted stock shall be restricted and after which the shares of restricted stock shall be vested (the “Restricted Period”). Each award of restricted stock may have a different Restricted Period.

8.3    Escrow. The participant receiving restricted stock shall enter into an Incentive Agreement with the Company setting forth the conditions of the grant. Any certificates representing shares of restricted stock shall be registered in the name of the participant and deposited with the Company, together with a stock power endorsed in blank by the participant. Each such certificate shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

The transferability of this certificate and the shares of Common Stock represented by it are subject to the terms and conditions (including conditions of forfeiture) contained in the CenturyLink 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and an agreement entered into between the registered owner and CenturyLink, Inc. (the “Company”) thereunder. Copies of the Plan and the agreement are on file at the principal office of the Company.

Alternatively, in the discretion of the Company, ownership of the shares of restricted stock and the appropriate restrictions shall be reflected in the records of the Company’s transfer agent and no physical certificates shall be issued.

8.4    Forfeiture. In the event of the forfeiture of any shares of restricted stock under the terms provided in the Incentive Agreement (including any additional shares of restricted stock that may result from the reinvestment of cash and stock dividends, if so provided in the Incentive Agreement), such forfeited shares shall be surrendered, any certificates shall be cancelled, and any related accrued but unpaid cash dividends will be forfeited. The participants shall have the same rights and privileges, and be subject to the same forfeiture provisions, with respect to any additional shares received pursuant to Section 5.4 due to a recapitalization or other change in capitalization.

8.5    Expiration of Restricted Period. Upon the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Committee, the restrictions applicable to the restricted

stock shall lapse, and the Company shall cause to be delivered to the participant or the participant’s estate, as the case may be, the number of shares of restricted stock with respect to which the restrictions have lapsed, free of all such restrictions and legends, except any that may be imposed by law. The Company, in its discretion, may elect to deliver such shares through issuance of a stock certificate or by book entry.

8.6    Rights as a Shareholder. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including, but not limited to, Section 5.7) and the applicable Incentive Agreement, each participant receiving restricted stock shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to shares of stock during the Restricted Period, including without limitation, the right to vote any shares of Common Stock.

9.    Restricted Stock Units.

9.1    Grant of Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit, or RSU, represents the right to receive from the Company on the respective scheduled vesting or payment date for such RSU, one share of Common Stock. An award of RSUs may be subject to the attainment of specified performance goals or targets, forfeitability provisions and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan

9.2    Vesting Period. Subject to Section 5.6, at the time an award of RSUs is made, the Committee shall establish a period of time during which the restricted stock units shall vest (the “Vesting Period”). Each award of RSUs may have a different Vesting Period.

9.3    Rights as a Shareholder. Subject to the restrictions imposed under the terms and conditions of this Plan and subject to any other restrictions that may be imposed in the Incentive Agreement, each participant receiving restricted stock units shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to such restricted stock units until such time as shares of Common Stock are issued to the participant.

10.    Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may grant to eligible participants “Other Stock-Based Awards,” which shall consist of awards (other than options, SARs, restricted stock, or RSUs, described in Sections 6 through 9 hereof) paid out in shares of Common Stock or the value of which is based in whole or in part on the value of shares of Common Stock. Other Stock-Based Awards may be awards of shares of Common Stock, awards of phantom stock, or may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, shares of, or appreciation in the value of, Common Stock (including, without limitation, securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock), as deemed by the Committee consistent with the purposes of this Plan. Subject to Section 5.6, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any Other Stock-Based Award (including which rights of a shareholder, if any, the recipient shall have with respect to Common Stock associated with any such award) and may provide that such award is payable in whole or in part in cash. An Other Stock-Based Award may be subject to the attainment of such specified performance goals or targets as the Committee may determine, subject to the provisions of this Plan.

11.    Change of Control.

(a)    A Change of Control shall mean:

(i)    the acquisition by any person of beneficial ownership of 30% or more of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock or 30% or more of the combined voting power of CenturyLink’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:

(A)    any acquisition (other than a Business Combination (as defined below) which constitutes a Change of Control under Section 11(a)(iii) hereof) of Common Stock directly from the Company,

(B)    any acquisition of Common Stock by the Company,

(C)    any acquisition of Common Stock by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or

(D)    any acquisition of Common Stock by any corporation pursuant to a Business Combination that does not constitute a Change of Control under Section 11(a)(iii) hereof; or

(ii)    individuals who, as of May 23, 2018, constituted the Board of Directors of CenturyLink (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors;provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election by CenturyLink’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at leasttwo-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board, unless such individual’s initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Incumbent Board; or

(iii)    consummation of a reorganization, share exchange, merger or consolidation (including any such transaction involving any direct or indirect subsidiary of CenturyLink) or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”);provided, however, that in no such case shall any such transaction constitute a Change of Control if immediately following such Business Combination:

(A)    the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of CenturyLink’s outstanding Common Stock and CenturyLink’s voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination have direct or indirect beneficial ownership, respectively, of more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, and more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the surviving or successor corporation, or, if applicable, the ultimate parent company thereof (the “Post-Transaction Corporation”), and

(B)    except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, no person (excluding the Post-Transaction Corporation and any employee benefit plan or related trust of either CenturyLink, the Post-Transaction Corporation or any subsidiary of either corporation) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation, and

(C)    at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Post-Transaction Corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board of Directors, providing for such Business Combination; or

(iv)    approval by the shareholders of CenturyLink of a complete liquidation or dissolution of CenturyLink.

For purposes of this Section 11, the term “person” shall mean a natural person or entity, and shall also mean the group or syndicate created when two or more persons act as a syndicate or other group (including a partnership or limited partnership) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, or disposing of a security, except that “person” shall not include an underwriter temporarily holding a security pursuant to an offering of the security.

(b)    No Incentive Agreement shall provide for (1) the acceleration of the vesting of time-based Incentives upon the occurrence of a Change of Control without a contemporaneous or subsequent termination of the participant’s employment or service relationship or (2) the payout of any performance-based Incentives upon a Change of Control in an amount exceeds the greater of (i) the payout of apro-rata portion of such Incentive, based on the portion of the performance period that has elapsed and assuming target performance and (ii) payout of such Incentive based on actual performance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no later than 30 days after a Change of Control of the type described in subsections (a)(i) or (a)(ii) of this Section 11 and no later than 30 days after the approval by the Board of a Change of Control of the type described in subsections (a)(iii) or (a)(iv) of this Section 11, the Committee, acting in its sole discretion without the consent or approval of any participant (and notwithstanding any removal or attempted removal of some or all of the members thereof as directors or Committee members), may act to effect one or more of the alternatives listed below, which may vary among individual participants and which may vary among Incentives held by any individual participant;provided,

however, that no such action may be taken if it would result in the imposition of a penalty on the participant under Section 409A of the Code as a result thereof:

(i)    require that all outstanding options, SARs or Other Stock-Based Awards be exercised on or before a specified date (before or after such Change of Control) fixed by the Committee, after which specified date all unexercised options, SARs and Other Stock-Based Awards and all rights of participants thereunder would terminate,

(ii)    make such equitable adjustments to Incentives then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Change of Control and provide participants with substantially equivalent rights before and after such Change of Control (provided, however, that the Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary),

(iii)    provide for mandatory conversion or exchange of some or all of the outstanding options, SARs, restricted stock units or Other Stock-Based Awards held by some or all participants as of a date, before or after such Change of Control, specified by the Committee, in which event such Incentives would be deemed automatically cancelled and the Company would pay, or cause to be paid, to each such participant an amount of cash per share equal to the excess, if any, of the Change of Control Value of the shares subject to such option, SAR, restricted stock unit or Other Stock-Based Award, as defined and calculated below, over the per share exercise price or Base Price of such Incentive or, in lieu of such cash payment, the issuance of Common Stock or securities of an acquiring entity having a Fair Market Value equal to such excess, or

(iv)    provide that thereafter, upon any exercise or payment of an Incentive that entitles the holder to receive Common Stock, the holder shall be entitled to purchase or receive under such Incentive, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by such Incentive, the number and class of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) to which the holder would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the agreement providing for the reorganization, share exchange, merger, consolidation or asset sale, if, immediately prior to such Change of Control, the holder had been the record owner of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by such Incentive.

(c)    For the purposes of conversions or exchanges under paragraph (iii) of Section 11(c), the “Change of Control Value” shall equal the amount determined by whichever of the following items is applicable:

(i)    the per share price to be paid to holders of Common Stock in any such merger, consolidation or other reorganization,

(ii)    the price per share offered to holders of Common Stock in any tender offer or exchange offer whereby a Change of Control takes place, or

(iii)    in all other events, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee as of the time determined by the Committee to be immediately prior to the effective time of the conversion or exchange.

(d)    In the event that the consideration offered to shareholders of CenturyLink in any transaction described in this Section 11 consists of anything other than cash, the Committee shall determine the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered that is other than cash.

12.    General.

12.1    Duration. No Incentives may be granted under the Plan after May 23, 2028;provided, however, that subject to Section 12.8, the Plan shall remain in effect after such date with respect to Incentives granted prior to that date, until all such Incentives have either been satisfied by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or otherwise been terminated under the terms of the Plan and all restrictions imposed on shares of Common Stock in connection with their issuance under the Plan have lapsed.

12.2    Transferability.

(a)    No Incentives granted hereunder may be transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise encumbered by a participant except:

(i)    by will;

(ii)    by the laws of descent and distribution;

(iii)    if permitted by the Committee and so provided in the Incentive Agreement or an amendment thereto, pursuant to a domestic relations order, as defined in the Code; or

(iv)    as to options only, if permitted by the Committee and so provided in the Incentive Agreement or an amendment thereto, (i) to Immediate Family Members (as defined in Section 12.2(b)); (ii) to a partnership in which the participant and/or Immediate Family Members, or entities in which the participant and/or Immediate Family Members are the sole owners, members, or beneficiaries, as appropriate, are the sole partners; (iii) to a limited liability company in which the participant and/or Immediate Family Members, or entities in which the participant and/or Immediate Family Members are the sole owners, members, or beneficiaries, as appropriate, are the sole members; or (iv) to a trust for the sole benefit of the participant and/or Immediate Family Members.

(b)    “Immediate Family Members” shall be defined as the spouse and natural or adopted children or grandchildren of the participant and their spouses. To the extent that an incentive stock option is permitted to be transferred during the lifetime of the participant, it shall be treated thereafter as a nonqualified stock option. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition of Incentives, or levy of attachment or similar process upon Incentives not specifically permitted herein, shall be null and void and without effect.

12.3    Effect of Termination of Employment or Death. In the event that a participant ceases to be an employee of the Company or to provide services to the Company for any reason, including death, disability, early retirement or normal retirement, any Incentives may be exercised, shall vest or shall expire at such times as may be determined by the Committee or as provided in the Incentive Agreement.

12.4    Additional Conditions. Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding: (a) the Company may, if it shall determine it necessary or desirable for any reason, at the time of award of any Incentive or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any Incentive, require the recipient of the Incentive, as a condition to the receipt thereof or to the receipt of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant thereto, to deliver to the Company a written representation of present intention to acquire the Incentive or the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant thereto for his own account for investment and not for distribution; and (b) if at any time the Company further determines, in its sole discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification (or any updating of any such document) of any Incentive or the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant thereto is necessary on any securities exchange or under any federal or state securities or blue sky law, or that the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with the award of any Incentive, the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto, or the removal of any restrictions imposed on such shares, such Incentive shall not be awarded or such shares of Common Stock shall not be issued or such restrictions shall not be removed, as the case may be, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.

12.5    Withholding.

(a)    The Company shall have the right to withhold from any payments made or stock issued under the Plan or to collect as a condition of payment, issuance or vesting, any taxes required by law to be withheld (up to the maximum permissible withholding rate). At any time that a participant is required to pay to the Company an amount required to be withheld under applicable income tax laws in connection with an Incentive (each such date, a “Tax Date”), the participant may, subject to Section 12.5(b) below, satisfy this obligation in whole or in part by electing (the “Election”) to deliver currently owned shares of Common Stock or to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock, in each case having a value equal to the maximum statutory amount required to be withheld under federal, state and local law. The value of the shares to be delivered or withheld shall be based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Tax Date.

(b)    Each Election must be made prior to the Tax Date. For participants who are not subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, the Committee may disapprove of any Election, may suspend or terminate the right to make Elections, or may provide with respect to any Incentive that the right to make Elections shall not apply to such Incentive. If a participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to shares of restricted stock, an Election to have shares withheld to satisfy withholding taxes is not permitted to be made.

12.6    No Continued Employment. No participant under the Plan shall have any right, solely based on his or her participation in the Plan, to continue to serve as an employee, officer, director, consultant, or advisor of the Company for any period of time or to any right to continue his or her present or any other rate of compensation.

12.7    Deferral Permitted. Payment of an Incentive may be deferred at the option of the participant if permitted in the Incentive Agreement. Any deferral arrangements shall comply with Section 409A of the Code.

12.8    Amendments to or Termination of the Plan. The Board may amend or discontinue this Plan at any time;provided, however, that no such amendment may:

(a)    amend Section 6.5 or Section 7.6 to permit repricing of options or SARs without the approval of shareholders;

(b)    materially impair, without the consent of the recipient, an Incentive previously granted, except that the Company retains all of its rights under Section 11; or

(c)    materially revise the Plan without the approval of the shareholders. A material revision of the Plan includes (i) except for adjustments permitted herein, a material increase to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued through the Plan, (ii) a material increase to the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan, (iii) a material expansion of the classes of persons eligible to participate in the Plan, (iv) an expansion of the types of awards available for grant under the Plan, (v) a material extension of the term of the Plan and (vi) a material change that reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be offered through the Plan.

12.9    Repurchase. Upon approval of the Committee, the Company may repurchase all or a portion of a previously granted Incentive from a participant by mutual agreement by payment to the participant of cash or Common Stock or a combination thereof with a value equal to the value of the Incentive determined in good faith by the Committee;provided, however, that in no event will this section be construed to grant the Committee the power to take any action in violation of Section 6.5, 7.6, or 12.13.

12.10    Definition of Fair Market Value. Whenever “Fair Market Value” of Common Stock shall be determined for purposes of this Plan, except as provided below in connection with a cashless exercise through a broker, it shall be determined as follows: (a) if the Common Stock is listed on an established stock exchange or any automated quotation system that provides sale quotations, the closing sale price for a share of the Common Stock on such exchange or quotation system on the date as of which fair market value is to be determined, (b) if the Common Stock is not listed on any exchange or quotation system, but bid and asked prices are quoted and published, the mean between the quoted bid and asked prices on the date as of which fair market value is to be determined, and if bid and asked prices are not available on such day, on the next preceding day on which such prices were available; and (c) if the Common Stock is not regularly quoted, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date as of which fair market value is to be determined, as established by the Committee in good faith. In the context of a cashless exercise through a broker, the “Fair Market Value” shall be the price at which the Common Stock subject to the stock option is actually sold in the market to pay the option exercise price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if so determined by the Committee, “Fair Market Value” may be determined as an average selling price during a period specified by the Committee that is within 30 days before or 30 days after the date of grant, provided that the commitment to grant the stock right based on such valuation method must be irrevocable before the beginning of the specified period, and such valuation method must be used consistently for grants of stock rights under the same and substantially similar programs during any particular calendar year.

12.11    Liability.

(a)    Neither CenturyLink, its affiliates or any of their respective directors or officers shall be liable to any participant relating to the participant’s failure to (i) realize any anticipated benefit under an Incentive due to the failure to satisfy any applicable conditions to vesting, payment or settlement, or (ii) realize any anticipated tax benefit or consequence due to changes in applicable law, the particular circumstances of the participant, or any other reason.

(b)    No member of the Committee (or officer of the Company exercising delegated authority of the Committee under Section 3 thereof) will be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Incentive.

12.12    Interpretation.

(a)    Unless the context otherwise requires, (i) all references to Sections are to Sections of this Plan, (ii) the term “including” means including without limitation, (iii) all references to any particular Incentive Agreement shall be deemed to include any amendments thereto or restatements thereof, and (iv) all references to any particular statute shall be deemed to include any amendment, restatement or re-enactment thereof or any statute or regulation substituted therefore.

(b)    The titles and subtitles used in this Plan or any Incentive Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Plan or the Incentive Agreement.

(c)    All pronouns contained in this Plan or any Incentive Agreement, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as the identities of the parties may require.

(d)    Whenever any provision of this Plan authorizes the Committee to take action or make determinations with respect to outstanding Incentives that have been granted or awarded by the chief executive officer of CenturyLink under Section 3.2 hereof, each such reference to “Committee” shall be deemed to include a reference to any officer of the Company that has delegated administrative authority under Section 3.2 of this Plan (subject to the limitations of such section).

12.13    Compliance with Section 409A. It is the intent of the Company that this Plan comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to any Incentives that constitutenon-qualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, and the Company intends to operate the Plan in compliance with Section 409A and the Department of Treasury’s guidance or regulations promulgated thereunder. If the Committee grants any Incentives or takes any other action that would, either immediately or upon vesting or payment of the Incentive, inadvertently result in the imposition of a penalty on a participant under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company, in its discretion, may, to the maximum extent permitted by law, unilaterally rescindab initio, sever, amend or otherwise modify the grant or action (or any provision of the Incentive) in such manner necessary for the penalty to be inapplicable or reduced.

12.14    Data Privacy. As a condition of receipt of any Incentive, each participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section by and among, as applicable, the Company and its affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan and Incentives and such participant’s participation in the Plan. In furtherance of such implementation, administration, and management, the Company and its affiliates may hold certain personal information about a participant, including, but not limited to, the participant’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), information regarding any securities of the Company or any of its affiliates, and details of all Incentives (the “Data”). In addition to transferring the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Incentives and the participant’s participation in the Plan, the Company and its affiliates may each transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Incentives and such participant’s participation in the Plan. Recipients of the Data may be located in the participant’s country or elsewhere, and the participant’s country and any given recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections. By accepting an Incentive, each participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Incentives and such participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the participant may elect to deposit any shares of Common Stock. The Data related to a participant will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Plan and Incentives and the participant’s participation in the Plan. A participant may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the participant, or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in

writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. However, if a participant refuses or withdraws the consents described herein, the Company may cancel the participant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, and in the Committee’s discretion, the participant may forfeit any outstanding Incentive. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, participants may contact their local human resources representative.

12.15    Participants Outside of the United States. The Committee may modify the terms of any Incentive under the Plan made to or held by a participant who is then a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that such Incentive shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then a resident or primarily employed or providing services, or so that the value and other benefits of the Incentive to such participant, as affected bynon-United States tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the participant’s residence, employment, or providing services abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such Incentive to a Participant who is a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, in the United States. An Incentive may be modified under this Section 12.15 in a manner that is inconsistent with the express terms of the Plan, so long as such modifications will not contravene any applicable law or regulation or result in actual liability under Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act for the participant whose Incentive is modified. Additionally, the Committee may adopt such procedures andsub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Eligible Persons who arenon-United States nationals or are primarily employed or providing services outside the United States.

Corporate Headquarters

100 CenturyLink Drive

Monroe, Louisiana 71203

General Information:318-388-9000

Transfer Agent

For address changes, stock transfers, name changes, registration changes, lost stock certificates and stock holdings, please contact:

Computershare Investor Services L.L.C.

Post Office Box 505000

Louisville, Kentucky 40233

q  IF YOU HAVE NOT VOTED VIA THE INTERNETOR TELEPHONE, FOLD ALONG THE PERFORATION, DETACH AND RETURN THE BOTTOM PORTION IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.  q1-800-969-6718

www.computershare.com/centurylink

LOGOAuditors

KPMG LLP

1225 17th Street, Suite 800

Denver, Colorado 80202

Investor Relations

Inquiries by securities analysts, investment professionals and shareholders about CenturyLink, Inc. common stock, including requests for any SEC or other shareholder reports should be directed to:

Investor.relations@centurylink.com

http://ir.centurylink.com

Annual Report

After the close of each fiscal year, CenturyLink, Inc. submits an Annual Report onForm 10-K to the SEC containing certain additional information about its business. A copy of the10-K report may be obtained without charge by addressing your request to Stacey W. Goff, Secretary, CenturyLink, Inc., 100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, Louisiana 71203, or by visiting our website at www.centurylink.com.

Common Stock

CenturyLink common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol CTL.

As of the Record Date, we had 1,097,900,481 shares of common stock and 7,018 shares of Series L preferred stock issued and outstanding. On such date there were 92,407 shareholders of record.

CenturyLink, CenturyLink, Inc. and the CenturyLink logos are either registered service marks or service marks of CenturyLink, Inc. and/or one of its Affiliates in the United States and/or other countries. Any other service names, product names, company names or logos included herein are the trademarks or service marks of their respective owners.


LOGO


CENTURYLINK, INC.

100 CENTURYLINK DRIVE
MONROE, LA 71203

 

VOTE BY INTERNET -www.proxyvote.com or scan the QR Barcode above

Use the Internet to transmit your voting instructions and for electronic delivery of information. Vote by 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on May 19, 2020 for shares held directly. Have your proxy card in hand when you access the web site and follow the instructions to obtain your records and to create an electronic voting instruction form.

ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF FUTURE PROXY MATERIALS

If you would like to reduce the costs incurred by our company in mailing proxy materials, you can consent to receiving all future proxy statements, proxy cards and annual reports electronically via e-mail or the Internet. To sign up for electronic delivery, please follow the instructions above to vote using the Internet and, when prompted, indicate that you agree to receive or access proxy materials electronically in future years.

VOTE BY PHONE - 1-800-690-6903

Use any touch-tone telephone to transmit your voting instructions. Vote by 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on May 19, 2020 for shares held directly. Have your proxy card in hand when you call and then follow the instructions.

VOTE BY MAIL

Mark, sign and date your proxy card and return it in the postage-paid envelope we have provided or return it to Vote Processing, c/o Broadridge, 51 Mercedes Way, Edgewood, NY 11717.

SHAREHOLDER MEETING REGISTRATION

To vote and/or attend the meeting, go to the "Register for Meeting" link at www.proxyvote.com. As discussed further in its proxy materials, the Company reserves the right to announce alternate meeting attendance options or restrictions or to adjourn or reschedule the meeting in response to the COVID-19 outbreak.

 

 

Proxy —

TO VOTE, MARK BLOCKS BELOW IN BLUE OR BLACK INK AS FOLLOWS:

D05027-P34050KEEP THIS PORTION FOR YOUR RECORDS
DETACH AND RETURN THIS PORTION ONLY
THIS PROXY CARD IS VALID ONLY WHEN SIGNED AND DATED.
CENTURYLINK, INC.
The Board of Directors recommends you vote FOR the following:
1.Elect 11 directors.ForAgainstAbstain
1a.

Martha H. Bejar

1b.

Virginia Boulet

1c.Peter C. Brown
1d.Kevin P. Chilton
1e.Steven T. Clontz
1f.T. Michael Glenn
1g. W. Bruce Hanks
1h.Hal S. Jones
1i.Michael J. Roberts
1j.Laurie A. Siegel
1k.Jeffrey K. Storey

The Board of Directors recommends you vote FOR proposals 2, 3 and 4

ForAgainstAbstain
2.Ratify the appointment of KPMG LLP as our independent auditor for 2020.
3.Amend our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.
4.Advisory vote to approve our executive compensation.
5.In their discretion to vote upon such other business as may properly come before the Meeting.
FOR YOUR VOTE TO BE COUNTED UNDER THIS PROXY CARD, WE MUST RECEIVE THIS CARD, PROPERLY COMPLETED, BY 11:59 P.M. EASTERN TIME ON MAY 19, 2020.
NOTE:If you plan to attend the meeting and would like directions, please visit our website, http://ir.centurylink.com.

Please sign exactly as name appears on the certificate or certificates representing shares to be voted by this proxy. When signing as executor, administrator, attorney, trustee or guardian, please give full title as such. If a corporation, please sign in full corporate name by president or other authorized officer. If a partnership, please sign in partnership name by authorized persons.
Signature [PLEASE SIGN WITHIN BOX]DateSignature (Joint Owners)Date

 

 

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting:

The Notice and Proxy Statement is available atwww.proxyvote.com

D05028-P34050

CENTURYLINK, INC.

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Glen F. Post,Jeffrey K. Storey, III and Stacey W. Goff, or either of them, proxies for the undersigned, with full power of substitution, to represent the undersigned and to vote all of the shares of common stock and voting preferred stock (collectively, the “Voting Shares”"Voting Shares") of CenturyLink, Inc. (the “Company”"Company") that the undersigned is entitled to vote at the annual meeting of shareholders of the Company to be held on May 23, 2018,20, 2020, and at any and all adjournments thereof (the “Meeting”"Meeting").

In addition to serving as a Proxy, this card will also serve as instructions to Computershare Investor Services L.L.C. (the “Agent”"Agent") to vote in the manner designated on the reverse side hereof the shares of the Company’sCompany's common stock held as of April 6, 2018March 26, 2020 in the name of the Agent and credited to any plan account of the undersigned in accordance with the Company’sCompany's dividend reinvestment plan. Upon the Company’sCompany's timely receipt of this Proxy, properly executed, all of your Voting Shares, including any held in the name of the Agent, will be voted as specified.

With respect to each matter listed on the reverse side, the Board of Directors recommends that you vote (i) FOR Items 1 through 4, and (ii) AGAINST Items 5(a) and 5(b), each of which is described more fully in the Company’sCompany's proxy statement for the Meeting. If you properly execute and return this Proxy but fail to provide specific directions with respect to any of the matters listed on the reverse side, all of your votes will be voted in accordance with these recommendations with respect to such matters.

(Please See Reverse Side)

 

CENTURYLINK, INC.
100 CENTURYLINK DRIVE
MONROE, LA 71203

 

VOTE BY INTERNET -www.proxyvote.com or scan the QR Barcode above

Use the Internet to transmit your voting instructions and for electronic delivery of information. Vote by 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on May 17, 2020 for shares held in a Plan. Have your voting instruction card in hand when you access the web site and follow the instructions to obtain your records and to create an electronic voting instruction form.

ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF FUTURE PROXY MATERIALS

If you would like to reduce the costs incurred by our company in mailing proxy materials, you can consent to receiving all future proxy statements, voting instruction cards and annual reports electronically via e-mail or the Internet. To sign up for electronic delivery, please follow the instructions above to vote using the Internet and, when prompted, indicate that you agree to receive or access proxy materials electronically in future years.

VOTE BY PHONE - 1-800-690-6903

Use any touch-tone telephone to transmit your voting instructions. Vote by 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on May 17, 2020 for shares held in a Plan. Have your voting instruction card in hand when you call and then follow the instructions.

VOTE BY MAIL

Mark, sign and date your voting instruction card and return it in the postage-paid envelope we have provided or return it to Vote Processing, c/o Broadridge, 51 Mercedes Way, Edgewood, NY 11717.

SHAREHOLDER MEETING REGISTRATION

To vote and/or attend the meeting, go to the "Register for Meeting" link at www.proxyvote.com. As discussed further in its proxy materials, the Company reserves the right to announce alternate meeting attendance options or restrictions or to adjourn or reschedule the meeting in response to the COVID-19 outbreak.


LOGO

 

 

 

Using ablack inkpen, mark your votes with anXas shown in this example. Please do not write outside the designated areas.

TO VOTE, MARK BLOCKS BELOW IN BLUE OR BLACK INK AS FOLLOWS:

D05025-Z76407KEEP THIS PORTION FOR YOUR RECORDS
DETACH AND RETURN THIS PORTION ONLY
THIS VOTING INSTRUCTION CARD IS VALID ONLY WHEN SIGNED AND DATED.
 
CENTURYLINK, INC.
The Board of Directors recommends you vote FOR the following:
1.Elect 11 directors.ForAgainstAbstain
1a.

Martha H. Bejar

1b.

Virginia Boulet

1c.Peter C. Brown
1d.Kevin P. Chilton
1e.Steven T. Clontz
1f.T. Michael Glenn
1g. W. Bruce Hanks
1h.Hal S. Jones
1i.Michael J. Roberts
1j.Laurie A. Siegel
1k.Jeffrey K. Storey

 

 
 

Electronic Voting Instructions

Available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week!

Instead of mailing your proxy, you may choose one of the voting methods outlined below to vote your proxy.

VALIDATION DETAILS ARE LOCATED BELOW IN THE TITLE BAR.

Proxies submitted by the Internet or telephone must be received by 1:00 a.m., Central Time, on May 23, 2018.

  

Vote by Internet

•  Go towww.envisionreports.com/CTL

•  Or scan the QR code with your smartphone

•  Follow the steps outlined on the secure website

Vote by telephone

Call toll free 1-800-652-VOTE (8683) within the USA, US territories & Canada on a touch tone telephone

Follow the instructions provided by the recorded message

LOGO

q  IF YOU HAVE NOT VOTED VIA THE INTERNETOR TELEPHONE, FOLD ALONG THE PERFORATION, DETACH AND RETURN THE BOTTOM PORTION IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.  q

 A  Proposals — 

The Board of Directors of the Company recommends that you vote (i)FOR Items 1 through 4, proposals 2, 3 and (ii)AGAINST Items 5(a) and 5(b) listed4

ForAgainstAbstain
  below, each of which is described more fully in the Company’s proxy statement for the Meeting.

1.2.Elect thirteen directors.ForWithholdForWithholdForWithholdForWithhold+

01 - Martha H. Bejar

Ratify the appointment of KPMG LLP as our independent auditor for 2020.02 - Virginia Boulet03 - Peter C. Brown04 - Kevin P. Chilton 
 

05 - Steven T. Clontz

  
3.Amend our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.06 - T. Michael Glenn07 - W. Bruce Hanks08 - Mary L. Landrieu 
 

09 - Harvey P. Perry

  
4.10 - Glen F. Post, IIIAdvisory vote to approve our executive compensation.11 - Michael J. Roberts12 - Laurie A. Siegel 
 
5.In their discretion to vote upon such other business as may properly come before the Meeting.

13 - Jeffrey K. Storey

NOTE:If you plan to attend the meeting and would like directions, please visit our website, http://ir.centurylink.com.

  
  

  For Against Abstain    For Against Abstain
2. Ratify the appointment of KPMG LLP as our independent auditor for 2018.     3. Approve our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.   
4. Advisory vote to approve our executive compensation.     5(a). Shareholder proposal regarding our lobbying activities.   
5(b). Shareholder proposal regarding our billing practices.     6. In their discretion to vote upon such other business as may properly come before the Meeting.  

BTO BE COUNTED, THE TRUSTEE MUST RECEIVE THIS CARD, PROPERLY COMPLETED, BY 11:59 P.M. EASTERN TIME ON MAY 17, 2020. Authorized Signatures — This section must be completed for your vote to be counted. — Date
Please mark, sign, date and Sign Belowreturn these instructions promptly using the enclosed envelope.

Please sign exactly as name appears on the certificate or certificates representing shares to be voted by this proxy. When signing as executor, administrator, attorney, trustee or guardian, please give full title as such. If a corporation, please sign in full corporate name by president or other authorized officer. If a partnership, please sign in partnership name by authorized persons.

Date (mm/dd/yyyy) — Please print date below. Signature 1 — Please keep signature within the box. Signature 2 — Please keep signature within the box.
 /       /   
  

Signature of Participant

Date


 

q  IF YOU HAVE NOT VOTED VIA THE INTERNETOR TELEPHONE, FOLD ALONG THE PERFORATION, DETACH AND RETURN THE BOTTOM PORTION IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.  q

LOGO

 

 

Voting Instruction Card — CENTURYLINK, INC.

 

 

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting:

The Notice and Proxy Statement is available atwww.proxyvote.com

D05026-Z76407

CENTURYLINK DOLLARS & SENSE 401(k) PLAN


CENTURYLINK UNION 401(k) PLAN

VOTING INSTRUCTIONS

The undersigned, acting as a participant and a “named fiduciary”"named fiduciary" in either of the above-referenced retirement plans (collectively, the “Plans”"Plans"), hereby directs The Northern Trust Company (the “Trustee”"Trustee"), as directed trustee of the Plans’Plans' trust (the “Trust”"Trust"), to vote at the annual meeting of shareholders of CenturyLink, Inc. (the “Company”"Company") to be held on May 23, 2018,20, 2020, and any and all adjournments thereof (the “Meeting”"Meeting"), in the manner designated herein, the number of shares of the Company’sCompany's common stock credited to the account of the undersigned maintained under either of the Plans on the matters set forth on the reverse side hereof and more fully described in the Company’sCompany's proxy statement for the Meeting. If no instructions are furnished by the undersigned, the Trustee will vote unvoted shares and unallocated shares, if any, held in the Trust (collectively, “Undirected Shares”"Undirected Shares") in the same proportion as voted shares regarding each of the matters set forth on the reverse side hereof, except as otherwise provided in accordance with applicable law. Under the Trust, plan participants are deemed to act as “named fiduciaries”"named fiduciaries" to the extent of their authority to direct the voting of shares held in their accounts and their proportionate share of Undirected Shares.

The undersigned hereby directs the Trustee to authorize the Company’sCompany's proxies to vote in their discretion upon such other business as may properly come before the Meeting.

TO BE COUNTED, THE TRUSTEE MUST RECEIVE THIS CARD, PROPERLY COMPLETED, BY 1:00 A.M. CENTRAL TIME ON MAY 21, 2018.

(Please See Reverse Side)With respect to each matter listed on the reverse side, the Board of Directors of the Company recommends that you vote FOR Items 1 through 4 on the reverse side, each of which is described more fully in the Company's proxy statement for the Meeting. Upon the Trustee's timely receipt of these instructions, properly executed, the undersigned's shares will be voted in the manner directed. If the undersigned properly executes and returns these instructions but fails to provide specific directions with respect to any of the matters listed on the reverse side, the undersigned's shares will be voted in accordance with the Board's recommendations with respect to such matters.


LOGO

 

 

Using ablack inkpen, mark your votes with anXas shown in this example. Please do not write outside the designated areas.

 

Electronic Voting Instructions

Available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week!

Instead of mailing your proxy, you may choose one of the voting methods outlined below to vote your proxy.

VALIDATION DETAILS ARE LOCATED BELOW IN THE TITLE BAR.

Voting instructions submitted by the Internet or telephone must be received by 1:00 a.m., Central Time, on May 21, 2018.

Vote by Internet

•  Go towww.envisionreports.com/CTL

•  Or scan the QR code with your smartphone

•  Follow the steps outlined on the secure website

Vote by telephone

Call toll free 1-800-652-VOTE (8683) within the USA, US territories & Canada on a touch tone telephone

Follow the instructions provided by the recorded message

LOGO

q  IF YOU HAVE NOT VOTED VIA THE INTERNETOR TELEPHONE, FOLD ALONG THE PERFORATION, DETACH AND RETURN THE BOTTOM PORTION IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.  q

 A Proposals —The Board of Directors of the Company recommends that you vote (i)FOR Items 1 through 4, and (ii)AGAINST Items 5(a) and 5(b) listed
below, each of which is described more fully in the Company’s proxy statement for the Meeting.

1.Elect thirteen directors.ForWithholdForWithholdForWithholdForWithhold+

01 - Martha H. Bejar

02 - Virginia Boulet03 - Peter C. Brown04 - Kevin P. Chilton

05 - Steven T. Clontz

06 - T. Michael Glenn07 - W. Bruce Hanks08 - Mary L. Landrieu

09 - Harvey P. Perry

10 - Glen F. Post, III11 - Michael J. Roberts12 - Laurie A. Siegel

13 - Jeffrey K. Storey

  For Against Abstain    For Against Abstain
2. Ratify the appointment of KPMG LLP as our independent auditor for 2018.     3. Approve our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.   
4. Advisory vote to approve our executive compensation.     5(a). Shareholder proposal regarding our lobbying activities.   
5(b). Shareholder proposal regarding our billing practices.     6. In their discretion to vote upon such other business as may properly come before the Meeting.  

BAuthorized Signatures — This section must be completed for your vote to be counted. — Date and Sign Below

Please mark, sign, date and return these instructions promptly. When signing as executor, administrator, attorney, trustee or guardian, please give full title as such.

Date (mm/dd/yyyy) — Please print date below.Signature 1 — Please keep signature within the box.Signature 2 — Please keep signature within the box.
       /       /